Hochiki Products PDF

Click sign of the pulldown menu
Hochiki America Corporation Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

7051 Village Drive, Suite 100 • Buena Park, CA 90621-2268
Phone: 714/522-2246 • Fax: 714/522-2268
Technical Support: 800/845-6692 or technicalsupport@hochiki.com
ALG-V PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE SENSOR
APPLICATION
The HOCHIKI America ALG-V Photoelectric Smoke
Sensor is particularly suited to detecting optically dense
smoke typical of fires involving materials such as soft
furnishings, plastic, foam or other similar materials which
tend to smoulder and produce large visible smoke particles.
Hochiki's unique design allows fast response to flaming
fires as well as smoldering fires while eliminating false
alarms.
OPERATION
The detection chamber consists of a light emitting diode
(LED) and photodiode arrangement. The chamber is
designed such that light emitted by the LED cannot
Shown without base normally reach the photo diode. In the event of fire,
particles of smoke enter the chamber and scatter the
STANDARD FEATURES light. As the smoke level increases, the scattering effect
• Low Profile - Only 1.97" high, including base. increases, causing more light to hit the photodiode.
• Simple and reliable device addressing method. The chamber contains a unique baffle design which allows
• Very low current consumption using the unique smoke to enter the chamber while preventing external
"Low Power Mode". light from affecting the photodiode. The photodiode input
level is sampled to sense smoke density.
• Automatic compensation for sensor contamination.
• Built-in optical fire test feature. When the smoke density exceeds a preset threshold
• Uses the noise immune Digital Communication the sensor transmits an interrupt to the fire control panel
Protocol (DCP), which utilizes interrupts for fast indicating a fire condition. The fire alarm control panel
response to fires. can adjust the sensor threshold to compensate for
contamination.
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage 17-41 VDC Up to 127 devices are permitted on each loop. A sensor
address can be set by a hand held programming unit.
Current Consumption The sensor mounts to an electronics free base and
Standby: Normal: 390µA (typical) incorporates a locking mechanism for secure installation.
Low Power Mode: The base provides mounting slots, terminals for field wiring
120µA (@ 0.75 sec.) and a third contact for a remote indicator/LED. The sensor
incorporates dual LED's for easy viewing of sensor status.
Average when Polled: 2mA
Alarm: 8mA
Transmission Method DCP - Digital
ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS
Communication Protocol The contractor shall furnish and install where indi-
Maximum Humidity 95% RH Non-Condensing cated on the plans, photoelectric sensors HOCHIKI
UL Ambient Installation 32°F to 100° F America Model ALG-V. The combination sensor
head and twist lock base shall be UL listed compat-
Temperature Range (0° C to 37.8° C) ible with a UL listed fire alarm control panel.
Operating Temperature 14°F to 122° F
Range (-10° C to 50° C) PRODUCT LISTINGS
Air Velocity Range 0-4000 fpm
Underwriters Laboratories: S1383
Color & Case Material Bone PC / ABS Blend
CSFM #: 7272-0410:149
Weight 3.4oz FM#: 3022559
(5.1 oz. with 4" base) MEA Report #: 284-91-E Vol. IV
Bases 4" YBN-NSA-4
Continued on back.
6" HSB-NSA-6
Specifications subject to change without notice.

7051 Village Drive, Suite 100 Buena Park, CA 90621-2268
Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Technical Support: 800/845-6692 or technicalsupport@hochiki.com F0021 02/2005
ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS, continued
The base shall permit direct interchange with the HOCHIKI America AIE-EA ionization type smoke sensor, and the
ATG-EA heat sensor.
The sensitivity of the sensor shall be capable of being measured by the control panel.
The vandal-resistant, security locking feature shall be used in those areas as indicated on the drawing. The
locking feature shall be optional and can be implemented when required.
BASES
The HOCHIKI America YBN-NSA-4 and the HSB-NSA-6 mounting bases are electronics free and are a simple
rugged design with screw terminals for wiring connections. A common mounting base allows sensor interchange
and maintains loop continuity when sensors are removed. A simple anti-tamper head locking system is provided
which is enabled by removing a small plastic tab on the back of the sensor. Once locked, the head can be removed
using a small diameter screw driver.
YBN-NSA-4 Base HSB-NSA-6 Base
TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
NOTE: Fire alarm control panel compatibility is required for DCP products.
State-of-the-art communications protocol, DCP, allows system components (DCP sensors AIE-EA,
ALG-V and ATG-EA, bases and modules), to be used concurrently in a system's signal conditioning loop.
Hochiki America Corporation ALG-V Specifications subject to change without notice.
AIE-EA IONIZATION SMOKE SENSOR
APPLICATION
The HOCHIKI America AIE-EA Ionization smoke sensor
has a responsive and highly stable operation that gives
it an extremely wide range of uses. The AIE-EA can be
used in areas where early warning of trouble from super-
heated or flaming combustibles is expected. The AIE-
EA is also constructed to be effectively used where out-
side RFI (Radio Frequency Interference) and other elec-
trical interference is expected to be encountered.
OPERATION
Shown without base
A single radioactive source ionizes two chambers which
causes a small DC current to flow between the elec-
STANDARD FEATURES. trodes in each chamber. Smoke can freely enter the
• Low Profile - Only 2.22" high, including base. outer chamber while the inner chamber is virtually sealed
• Simple and reliable device addressing method. to smoke. Smoke entering the outer chamber causes a
reduction in the DC current, the imbalance between the
• Very low current consumption using the unique two chambers is proportional to the smoke density. The
"Low Power Mode". two chamber design is utilized to compensate for changes
• Automatic compensation for sensor in atmospheric and environmental conditions. When the
contamination. sensed input value exceeds a predetermined threshold,
• Built in fire test feature. an interrupt is issued to the control panel indicating a
• Uses the noise immune Digital Communication fire alarm.
Protocol (DCP), which utilizes interrupts for fast
response to fires. The fire alarm control panel can adjust the sensor thresh-
old to compensate for contamination. Up to 127 de-
vices are permitted on each loop. A sensor address can
SPECIFICATIONS be set by a hand held programming unit. The sensor
mounts to an electronics free base and incorporates a
Operating Voltage 17-41 VDC locking mechanism for secure installation. The base
Current Consumption provides mounting slots, terminals for field wiring and a
Standby: Normal: 350µA (typical) third contact for a remote indicator/LED. The sensor in-
corporates dual LED's for easy viewing of sensor status.
Low Power Mode:
140µA (@ 0.75 sec)
Average when polled: 2mA ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS
Alarm: 8mA
Transmission Method DCP - Digital The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated
Communication Protocol on the plans, dual-chamber, ionization smoke sensor
Maximum Humidity 95% RH Non Condensing HOCHIKI America AIE-EA. The combination sensor head
UL Ambient Installation 32°F to 100°F and twist-lock base shall be UL listed compatible with a
UL listed fire alarm control panel.
Temperature Range (0°C to 37.8°C)
Operating Temperature 14°F to 122°F
Range (-10°C to 50°C) PRODUCT LISTINGS
Radiation Source Americium 241 (0.98µCi) Underwriters Laboratories: S1383
Color & Case Material Bone PC / ABS Blend CSFM #: 7271-0410:148
Weight 4.2oz (5.9 oz. w/ 4" base) FM#: 3022559
Base 4" YBN-NSA-4 MEA Report#: 284-91-E Vol. IV
6" HSB-NSA-6
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The base shall permit direct interchange with the HOCHIKI America ALG-V photoelectric sensor and the
ATG-EA heat sensor.
The vandal-resistant, security locking feature shall be used in those areas indicated on the drawing. The
BASES
The HOCHIKI America HSB-NSA-6 and the YBN-NSA-4 mounting bases are electronics free and are a
simple rugged design with screw terminals for wiring connections. A common mounting base allows
sensor interchange and maintains loop continuity when sensors are removed. A simple anti-tamper head
locking system is provided which is enabled by removing a small plastic tab on the back of the sensor.
Once locked, the head can be removed using a small diameter screw driver.
HSB-NSA-6 Base YBN-NSA-4 Base

Hochiki America Corporation • AIE-EA Specifications subject to change without notice.
ATG-EA HEAT SENSOR
APPLICATION
The HOCHIKI America ATG-EA Sensor provides accurate
temperature measurement data to the fire alarm control
panel. This sensor is particularly suited to environments
where smoke detectors are unsuitable because of the
precense of system or cooking fumes such as in a
kitchen.
OPERATION
The ATG-EA Heat sensor incorporates a highly linear
thermistor circuit, with the thermistor mounted externally.
The specially designed cover protects the thermistor
while allowing maximum air flow. The thermistor circuit
STANDARD FEATURES produces a voltage proportional to temperature which is
• Low Profile - Only 2.0" high, including base scaled, and transmitted as a digitally encoded value to
• Simple and reliable device addressing method the control panel. When the ambient temperature
• Very low current consumption using the unique exceeds a pre-programmed threshold (fixed
"Low Power Mode" temperature), the sensor transmits an interrupt to the
• Built-in optical fire test feature control panel indicating a fire alarm. The fire alarm control
• Uses the noise immune Digital Communication panel can adjust the sensor threshold for different
Protocol (DCP), which utilizes interrupts for fast Standard's requirements. The rate of rise function is
response to fires calculated within the fire alarm control panel, which can
• Adjustable threshold temperature 135°F - 150°F also initiate a fire test which functionally tests the sensor.
(determined by panel)
Up to 127 devices are permitted on each loop. A sensor
SPECIFICATIONS address can be set by a hand-held programming unit.
The sensor mounts to an electronics free base and in-
Operating Voltage 17-41 VDC
corporates a locking mechanism secure installation. The
Current Consumption
base provides mounting slots, terminals for field wiring,
Standby Normal: 350µA (typical)
and a third contact for a remote indicator/LED. The sen-
Low Power Mode: sor incorporates dual LED's for easy viewing of sensor
110µA (@ 0.75 sec.) status.
Average when Polled 2mA
Alarm 8mA
Transmission Method DCP - Digital
Communication Protocol Heat sensors are installed in accordance with NFPA
Maximum Humidity 95% RH Non-Condensing (National Fire Pretection Association) 72, the UL Listed
UL Ambient Installation 32°F to 115° F Spacing Requirements and the rules and regulations set
Temperature Range (0° C to 47° C) forth by the local authorities having
Operating Temperature 135°F to 150° F
Range (57.2° C to 65.6° C) PRODUCT LISTINGS
Color & Case Material Bone PC / ABS blend Underwriters Laboratories: S2966
Weight 3.2oz CSFM #: 7272-0410:147
(4.9 oz. with 4" base) FM#: 3022559
Bases 4" YBN-NSA-4 MEA Report#: 284-91-E Vol. IV
6" HSB-NSA-6
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
jurisdiction. Automatic heat sensors shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed.
The base shall permit direct interchange with the HOCHIKI America AIE-EA ionization type smoke sensor, and
the ALG-V photoelectric smoke sensor.
The vandal-resistant, security locking feature shall be used in those areas as indicated on the drawing. The
It shall be possible to perform a functional test of the sensor without generating heat. The test method shall
simulate the effects of heat on the device to insure testing of internal circuitry.
BASES
The HOCHIKI America HSB-NSA-6 and the YBN-NSA-4 mounting bases are electronic free and are a simple
rugged design with screw terminals for wiring connections. A common mounting base allows sensor inter-
change and maintains loop continuity when sensors are removed. A simple anti-tamper head locking system
is provided which is enabled by removing a small plastic tab on the back of the sensor. Once locked, the head
can be removed using a small diameter screw driver.
(DIAGRAM OF 2 BASES HERE)
HSB-NSA-6 Base YBN-NSA-4 Base
Hochiki America Corporation • ATG-EA Specifications subject to change without notice.

ANALOG SENSOR BASES
APPLICATION
The HOCHIKI America YBN-NSA-4 and the HSB-NSA-

6 mounting bases are electronics free and contain a
simple rugged design with screw terminals for wiring
connections. A common mounting base allows sensor
interchange and maintains loop continuity when sen-
sors are removed. A simple anti-tamper head locking
system is provided which is enabled by removing a small
plastic tab on the back of the sensor. Once locked, the
head can only be removed using a small diameter screw
driver.
YBN-NSA-4
OPERATION
The YBN-NSA-4 and HSB-NSA-6 are designed specifi-

cally for use with the Hochiki NS Analog models AIE-EA
Ionization Smoke Sensor, ALG-V Photoelectric Smoke
Sensor and ATG-EA Heat Sensor.
The YBN-NSA-4 and HSB-NSA-6 common mounting

bases allows for complete compatibility for all of the
Hochiki NS Series Analog sensors. The bases are
lightweight and very thin, providing a low profile once
installed. The solder-less screw terminals enable quick
and easy wiring connections.
HSB-NSA-6
STANDARD FEATURES
• UL & ULC Listed
• Designed for use with all NS analog sensors.
• Available in 4 and 6 inch models.
• Contains a security locking tab for tamper
protection.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
Underwriters Laboratories of Canada: CS463
SPECIFICATIONS CSFM #: 7300-0410:132
FM#: 3022559
YBN-NSA-4 4 inches
MEA Report #: 284-91-E Vol. IV
HSB-NSA-6 6 inches
Security Feature Plastic Tamper-Lock
Color Bone PC / ABS Blend
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The base shall permit direct interchange with the HOCHIKI America AIE-EA ionization type smoke sensor, ALG-V
photoelectric smoke sensor, and the ATG-EA heat sensor.
The vandal-resistant, security locking feature shall be used in those areas as indicated on the drawing. The locking
feature shall be optional and can be implemented when required.
It shall be possible to perform a functional test of the sensor without the need of generating smoke. The test method
shall simulate the effects of products of combustion in the chamber to ensure testing of internal circuitry.
YBN-NSA-4
(+)
U.L.
LISTED
COMPATIBLE
DCP
LOOP (-) 8mA MAX.
OUTPUT
U.L.
LISTED (+)
POWER
LIMITED
SUPPLY 8mA MAX.
OUTPUT
HSB-NSA-6
(+)
U.L.
LISTED
COMPATIBLE
CONTROL (-)
PANEL
U.L.
LISTED
POWER
LIMITED (+)
SUPPLY
8mA MAX. 8mA MAX.

OUTPUT OUTPUT
- OPTIONAL WIRING CONFIGURATIONS FOR REMOTE OUTPUT
ALG-V and ATG-EA, bases and modules), to be used concurrently in a system's signaling line circuit.
Hochiki America Corporation Analog Sensor Bases Specifications subject to change without notice.
ASB - ANALOG SOUNDER BASE
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage 17 - 41 VDC

SLC Loop Idle Current 110 µA
SLC Loop Max. Alarm Current 110 µA
Aux. Power Supply Voltage 16 - 31 VDC
Device Aux. Power Min. Voltage 15.0 VDC
Aux. Idle Current 550µA
Aux. Max. Alarm Current 18mA
Shown without sensor Shown with sensor Max. Humidity 93%RH (non-condensing)
Sound Pressure Level at 10 ft 85dB
UL Ambient Installation
Temperature Range 32°F (0°C) ~ 100°F (38°C)
STANDARD FEATURES Operating Temperature Range
32°F (0°C) ~ 122°F (50°C)
• Programmable evacuation codes - Continuous, Base Diamater 5.9"
March, ANSI Temporal patterns Base Height (without sensor) 1.3"
• Base learns the sensor address and assumes an Weight 0.455 lb
upper range address (128-254) Compatible Sensors ALG-V, AIE-EA & ATG-EA
• Up to 127 sensors and 127 ASBs can be used on
one SLC loop
• Can be alarmed or reset by zone or by individual
address DESCRIPTION
• ASB SLC loop wire resistance = 50 ohms Max.
(total SLC wire run length)
• High sound pressure level (85dB SPL at 10 feet) The ASB Analog Sounder Base is designed for use
with Hochiki analog style sensors models ALG-V,
AIE-EA, and ATG-EA. Each addressable base is to
be connected to a Hochiki America Corporation DCP
Signaling Line Circuit (SLC). The ASB provides an
audible alarm in the immediate vicinity. Typical
applications are use in hotels, apartments, and
hospitals.
The ASB has a highly configurable programming

algorithm that allows the user to setup groups of
PRODUCT LISTINGS bases for synchronization of modulation tones. Each
Underwriters Laboratories: S1383 device has 16 states that are programmed with the
CSFM #: 7300-0410:161 desired output pattern to be used (e.g., “Temporal” or
“March”) for each state.
Specifications subject to change without notice. Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
WIRING DIAGRAM
FireNET
CONTROL NEXT DEVICE
8mA Max.
PANEL
LOOP OUT
NEXT DEVICE
(+) FIGURE A
TOP VIEW
8mA MAX.
OUTPUT
NOTE: Class A style 7 wire configuration requires the installation of short circuit isolators (SCI).
DO NOT CONNECT FOR CLASS B (STYLE 4)
LOOP IN
CONNECT FOR CLASS A (STYLE 6 OR 7)
HO HA
HO HA-
CH -0 8-
CH 08
IKI 06 AS
IKI -067 AS
M M
AM 7 R B
AM R B
ER EV.
ER EV
IC A B
IC . B
A
CO
CO
RP
RP
.
.
SC
SC
G
G
TP3
TP
3
F
F
DET
DE
TP
T P1
TS
SC
AUX POWER
TP2
TP
S
S
2
S5
S56
6
S
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
RED
RED
C-0103
C-0103
RED
RED
2
2
2
2
RED RED RED
BLACK BLACK BLACK
FIGURE B
BOTTOM VIEW
NUMBER OF BASES PERMITTED

# of Bases Aux. Wire Resistance SLC Wire Resistance
In Alarm (Total SLC Run Lenght) (Total SLC Run Lenght)
127 1.4 ohm 50 ohm

75 2.4 ohm 50 ohm
60 3.0 ohm 50 ohm
50 3.6 ohm 50 ohm
30 6.1 ohm 50 ohm
20 9.1 ohm 50 ohm
15 12.2 ohm 50 ohm
10 18.3 ohm 50 ohm
Hochiki America Corporation ASB Specifications subject to change without notice.

FireNET™4127 - ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
STANDARD FEATURES
Analog design using Hochiki’s advanced DCP
protocol for fast communication
Up to 127 sensors & modules, plus 127 analog
sounder bases, for a total of 254 points possible per
loop
Uses standard wire-no shielded or twisted pair
required on SLC loops
Supports Class B (style 4) and Class A (style 6 or 7)
configuration for SLC loops
Programmable sensitivity levels by device
Alarm Verification
Automatic daily calibration & drift compensation
routine
Large 8-line x 40-character LCD display (320 charac-
ters total)
2 or 4 loop versions
DESCRIPTION RS-485 bus for panel network
Built-in RS-232 interface for programming via a PC
The FireNET™ 4127 control panel is an analog Five on board Form C relays rated at 1 amp at
addressable fire alarm panel containing 2 or 4 SLC 30VDC (Fire1, Fire2, trouble, supervisory, aux.)
loops with each loop supporting 127 devices of any 500mA of auxiliary power available rated at 24 VDC
combination (sensors or modules), and 127 analog Loop Explorer Windows® configuration utility
sounder bases, for a possible total of 254 points. Auto-Learn feature
Communication between devices is transferred *500 network wide software zones
through standard cable (shielded or twisted pair is (*Output zones allocated to zones 1-253 only for
not required). Each panel includes a 4-amp power older SOM)
supply and has 4 on board NAC circuits. An RS-485 Network Capability of up to 64 panels
bus provides communication to the panel network, Built in help and alarm information screens
while the RS-232 interface allows the convenience of 4 onboard Class B (style Y) NAC circuits rated at
programming via a PC. The system will support a 2.5 Amp each
variety of Hochiki devices: photo, ion and heat Automatic day/night sensitivity modes
sensors, which contain a unique, patented sensor Fire drill test function
design incorporating automatic drift compensation Walk test function
and day/night sensitivity mode. Additional devices Expandable up to 4 SLC Loops (800
include contact monitors, relay controllers, super- addresses+sub-addresses Max.)
vised auxiliary output and short circuit isolator Powerful & versatile Cause & Effect wizard
modules. In addition, interfaces to conventional including:
detection systems can be established by using a *Cause & Effect action
conventional zone-monitoring module. The Loop *Disable function configuration
Explorer Windows® Software interface provides the *Test mode configuration
installer with fingertip access to installation program-
PRODUCT LISTINGS
ming and diagnostic tools. An Auto Learn feature
UL 864, Local Signaling Unit. S8255
offers the convenience for quick start applications.
Types: Automatic, manual, waterflow and sprinkler supervisory
Add to this a reputation for high quality and dedicated NFPA 72 Compliant
service makes this an exceptional product both in FM#: 3022559 (Fire Protection, Chapter 14, Local Protective
performance and value. Signaling)
Specifications subject to change without notice. CSFM#: 7165-0410:159
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Technical Support: 800/845-6692 or technicalsupport@hochiki.com F0028 10/28/05
SLC COMPATIBLE DEVICES AND SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
MODEL DESCRIPTION
ALG-V Analog Addressable Photoelectric Sensor
AIE-EA Analog Addressable Ionization Sensor
ATG-EA Analog Addressable Heat Sensor
NSA-6 Six inch Sensor Base
NSA-4 Four inch Sensor Base
ASB Analog Sounder Base
DH-98A Anaolg Addressable Duct Detector Unit
DH-98AR Analog Addressable Duct Detector Unit (with relays)
FRCME-S Contact Monitoring Module (mini w/terminal blocks)
FRCME-P Contact Monitoring Module (mini w/pigtail leads)
FRCME-4 Contact Monitoring Module (with faceplate/indicating LED)
DIMM Dual Input Monitor Module (with faceplate/indicating LED)
CZM Conventional Zone Module
R2M Dual Relay Module
SOM Supervised Output Module
SCI Short Circuit Isolator Module
FN-LCD-N Network LCD Annunciator
FN-4127-SLC Dual SLC Loop Expansion Card
FN-4127-NIC Network Interface Card
FN-4127-IO 16 Channel Input/Output Board
TCH-B100 Hand Held Programmer (portable device addresser)
SPECIFICATIONS
Primary AC: 120VAC @ 2 amps 60hz (Optional 220VAC)
Output DC: 24VDC @ 4 amps
Power Supply: 4 amp integrated
Charger Current: 1.5 amps max.
Dimensions: 14.5"W x 24" H x 5"D
Weight: 31 lbs (without batteries)
Color: Red (optional charcoal)
Material: ABS/steel enclosure
Display: 8 line x 40 character LCD (320 characters total)
Network: Dual RS485 ports (64 panels max.)
Zones: 500 network wide software zones per system (Output zones 1 to 253 only for SOM 2.0 & earlier)
SLC loops: 2 or 4 (class A or B)
Devices per loop: 127 sensors & modules, plus 127 analog sounder bases, 254 total
(800 addresses+sub-addresses max. per panel)
NAC Outputs: (4) 2.5 amp@24VDC (class B)
Relay Outputs: (5) Form C 1amp@30VDC
Voltage Outputs: (3) 500mA@24VDC
Aux. Power: 500mA@24VDC
Aux. Inputs: (8) digital pull downs
PC Port: RS232
Printer Port: RS232
FireNET ORDERING MODELS

MODEL DESCRIPTION
FN-2127 FACP (2 Loop/4 Amp)
FN-2127N FACP (2 Loop/4 Amp) (w/Network)
Hochiki America Corporation FireNET ANALOG ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL Specifications subject to change without notice.
STANDARD FEATURES
• UL 864 9th edition Listed
• Analog design using Hochiki’s advanced DCP
protocol for fast and robust communication
• Up to 127 sensors & modules, plus 127 analog sounder
bases, for a total of 254 points possible per loop
• Uses standard wire, no shielded or twisted pair required
on SLC loops
• Supports Class B (style 4) and Class A (style 6 or 7)
SLC loops
• 4 on board Class B (style Y) NAC circuits rated at 2.5
Amp each
• Programmable sensitivity levels per device & automatic
day/night sensitivity modes
• Automatic daily calibration & drift compensation routine
• Large 8-line x 40-character LCD display (320 char.)
• 2 or 4 loop versions (800 addresses/sub-addr. max.)
• Dual RS-485 bus for panel network
DESCRIPTION • 2 built-in RS-232 interfaces for programming via a PC
and serial printer interface
The FireNET™ 4127 control panel is an analog
addressable fire alarm panel containing 2 or 4 SLC • 5 on board programmable Form C relays rated at 1 amp
at 30VDC (Fire1, Fire2, trouble, supervisory, aux.)
loops with each loop supporting 127 devices of any
combination (sensors or modules), and 127 analog
• 500mA of auxiliary power available rated at 24 VDC
sounder bases, for a possible total of 254 points. • Loop Explorer Windows® configuration utility
Communication between devices is transferred • *500 network wide software zones
through standard cable (shielded or twisted pair is • Network Capability of up to 64 panels
not required). Each panel includes a 5.25 amp • RS485 slave bus for expansion - up to 31 FN-4127-IO
power supply and has 4 on board NAC circuits. An boards or up to 15 FN-LCD-S serial annunciators and up
to16 FN-4127-IO boards
RS-485 bus provides communication to the panel
network, while the RS-232 interface allows the • Auto-learn feature
convenience of programming via a PC. The system • Built in help and alarm information screens
will support a variety of Hochiki devices: photo, ion • Fire Drill test function
and heat sensors, which contain a unique, patented • Walk Test function
sensor design incorporating automatic drift compen- • Alarm Verification feature
sation and day/night sensitivity mode. Additional • FireNET is UL listed for Central Station Service when
devices include contact monitors, relay controllers, used with the Bosch D9068 contact dialer
supervised auxiliary output and short circuit isolator • Operates on 120VAC or 240VAC input voltage
modules. In addition, interfaces to conventional • Powerful & versatile Cause & Effect programming (up to
detection systems can be established by using a 500 maximum, network wide) including:
conventional zone-monitoring module. The Loop *Cause & Effect action
Explorer Windows® Software interface provides the *Disable function configuration
installer with fingertip access to installation program- *Test mode configuration
ming and diagnostic tools. An Auto-learn feature PRODUCT LISTINGS
offers the convenience for quick start applications. UL 864, Local Signaling Unit.
Add to this a reputation for high quality and dedi- Types: Automatic, manual, waterflow,
sprinkler supervisory,
cated service makes this an exceptional product Auxiliary Service(local energy),
both in performance and value. and Central Station Service (DACT) S8255
Non-coded signaling. NFPA 70, 72 &13 Compliant

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
SPECIFICATIONS
Primary AC 120VAC @ 2.1 Amps 60hz or 220VAC @ 1.1Amps 60hz
Output DC 24VDC @ 5.25 Amps (4 Amps availble for system power)
Power Supply 5.25 Amp integrated
Charger Current 1.5 Amps max.
Dimensions 14.5" W x 24" H x 5" D
Weight 31 lbs. (without batteries)
Color Red (optional charcoal)
Material ABS/steel enclosure
Display 8 line x 40 character LCD (320 characters total)
Network Dual RS485 ports (64 panels max.)
Zones 500 network wide software zones per system
SLC loops 2 or 4 (class A, "style 6 or 7" or class B, "style 4")
Devices per loop 127 sensors & modules, plus 127 analog sounder bases, 254 total
Addresses per panel (800 addresses+sub-addresses max. per panel)
NAC Outputs (4) 2.5 Amp @ 24VDC (class B)
Relay Outputs (5) Form C 1 Amp @ 30VDC
Voltage Outputs (3) 500mA @ 24VDC FireNET ORDERING MODELS
Aux. Power 500mA @ 24VDC MODEL DESCRIPTION
Aux. Inputs (8) digital pull downs
FN-2127 FACP (2 Loop/5.25 Amp)
PC Port RS232
FN-2127N FACP (2 Loop/5.25 Amp) (w/Network)
Printer Port RS232
FN-4127 FACP (4 Loop/5.25 Amp)
FN-4127N FACP (4 Loop/5.25 Amp) (w/Network)
SLC COMPATIBLE DEVICES & SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

MODEL DESCRIPTION
CONTROL PANEL EXPANDERS
FN-CTM City-Tie Module (Local Energy Type)
ANNUNCIATORS
FN-LCD-S Serial LCD Annunciator
SLC LOOP DEVICES
MS-RA, MS-RA/R,
MS-KA/R Remote Test Station for DH98A & DH98AR
AMS Series Addressable Manual Pull Station
ACCESSORIES
FN-ACC Battery/Accessory Enclosure (houses up to 33AH size batteries)
FN-ETR Enclosure Trim Ring for Panel Flush Mount
FN-LCD-S - SERIAL LCD ANNUNCIATOR
STANDARD FEATURES

• Large 320 character liquid crystal display (8 line
x 40 character) allows viewing of system status
• LED indicators for Fire, Supervisory Alarm, Pre-
Alarm, Fire Output Active, AC Power On, On
Test, Panel Sounder Silenced, Delay Active,
More Events, Point Bypassed, General Trouble,
Power Trouble, System Trouble & NAC Trouble
• Same controls as the FireNET fire panel (Reset,
Panel Sounder Silence, Lamp Test, Alarm
Silence, Re-sound Alarm, Fire Drill, Program-
mable Function, More Events, More Fire Events,
Enter & Exit)
• Up to 15 FN-LCD-S serial annunicators may be
connected to a FireNET control panel or network
DESCRIPTION annunciator
• Resides on the FireNET slave RS-485 line
The FN-LCD-S serial annunciator provides a • Local piezo sounder for event notification
convenient and cost effective remote annunciator • Supports user codes & firefighter key to enable
solution. Up to 15 FN-LCD-S annunciators can be access & controls
connected to the slave RS-485 port of the FireNET • Powered by FireNET Aux 24VDC or UL fire listed
control panel or network annunciator. The FN-LCD-S’s Aux. 24VDC supply
large 320 character display and navigation buttons are • Available in red or charcoal, and can be surface
a complete mimic of the FireNET control panel or flush mounted
display. The use of a common interface allows the
• Built-in help & alarm information screens
user to easily operate the FN-LCD-S as if he were
operating the FireNET control panel directly. • Fire drill function
Security is established by the use of a password or SPECIFICATIONS

firefighters enable key. Designed to be aesthetically
pleasing, the FN-LCD-S is available in charcoal grey Current Draw
or red enclosures. The FN-LCD-S can be surface or Standby: 20mA @ 24VDC
flush mounted without the need for a trim ring. Alarm: 110mA @ 24VDC
Dimensions
FN-LCD-S 10.88" W x 8.00" H x 1.38" D
Back Box 10.38" W x 7.38" H x 1.25" D
Weight 3.5 lbs
PRODUCT LISTINGS Color Red (optional charcoal)
UL 864, NFPA 70 & 72: Material ABS/steel enclosure
Signaling Device Display 8 line x 40 character LCD
S8255 Vol. 2 (320 characters total)
Network RS485 port

Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
ENGINEERING SPECIFICATION
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, the serial remote annunciator model
FN-LCD-S. The FN-LCD-S shall connect to the FireNET fire alarm control panel (FACP) or network
annunciator (FN-LCD-N) RS485 slave bus. The serial remote annunciator shall annunciate on its 320
character display and local buzzer, the condition of its master FireNET FACP. Up to 15 FN-LCD-S serial
annunciators may be connected together on a single RS-485 FireNET slave bus. The FN-LCD-S shall be
UL listed and compatible with the Hochiki FireNET control panel, and have surface or flush mount
capability.
WIRING DIAGRAM
1522RO @
FIT JUMPER
ADDRESS COMM1 0V +24V COMM2 FOR END OF LINE
RESET W / DOG RESET COMM1 COMM2
+
+
l
ON K S
1 2 3 4 COMMS
ACTIVE
Reset
Not Used
Switch
Not Used
DIP Switch used to set

the FN-LCD-S address RS485 End-of-line jumper . Put
between 1 -15 jumper in place when FN-LCD-S
is the last device on the RS485
buss “I/O Comm”.
7. PR2
8. PR3
l +
COMMS
ADDITIONAL
I/O BOARDS
To next
( +)
AUX serial
24 VDC
l +
24X (- ) FN-LCD-
S or
other
NETWORK (+)
RS485
l +
IN RS-485
(- ) Buss
Device
NETWORK
l +
OUT
To AUX 24VDC of control

FireNET Control Panel panel (as shown) or to UL
(section) 864/1481 listed AUX
24VDC Power Supply
Hochiki America Corporation FN-LCD-S Specifications subject to change without notice.

FN-LCD-N - LCD NETWORK ANNUNCIATOR
STANDARD FEATURES
• 320 character liquid crystal display (8 line x 40
character).
• LED indicators for Fire, Trouble, Supervisory, Pre-
alarm, Fire Output Active, AC Power, On Test, Panel
Sounder Silence, Delay Active, More Events, Point
Bypassed, General Trouble, Power Trouble, System
Trouble & NAC Trouble.
• Dual RS485 ports for primary fire network.
• Slave RS485 port for expansion board network.
• Built-in RS232 PC interface for programming via loop
explorer.
• Built-in RS232 serial printer interface.
• 4 on board Form C relays rated at 1 Amp at 30VDC
(Fire, Supervisory, Trouble & Auxiliary).
• Same controls as the FireNET fire panel (Reset,
DESCRIPTION Buzzer Silence, Lamp Test, Alarm Silence, Alarm Re-
sound, Fire Drill, & Programmable Function).
The FN-LCD-N type LCD network annunciator is • Local piezo sounder for event notification.
designed to be used with the FireNET analog • Supports user codes & firefighter key to enable
addressable system. It allows for remote access, access & controls.
monitoring & control of the FireNET system throughout
the building.
• Powered by FireNET Aux 24VDC or UL fire listed
Aux. 24VDC supply.
The FN-LCD-N is a true network annunciator that can
access, monitor & control any or all FireNET panels in
• Available in red or charcoal, and can be surfaced or
flush mounted (using trim ring).
the network. Each FN-LCD-N is completely
independent. The highly intuitive user interface and • True network annunciator, any or all panels can be
routed to the FN-LCD-N. In addition, each event
320 character LCD display of the FN-LCD-N is exactly
category can be individually routed to the FN-LCD-N.
the same as the FireNET panel. In addition to routing
any panel in the network to the FN-LCD-N, every event • Up to (64) FireNET panels & FN-LCD-N's can be
category within each panel can also be individually networked together in any combination.
routed, as well as routing of all remote control functions • 500mA of auxiliary power available rated at 24VDC.
(reset, alarm silence, re-sound alarm) from individual • Auto-learn feature.
panels. The FN-LCD-N supports the same RS485 • Built-in help & alarm information screens.
expansion port as the FireNET panel, allowing for • Fire drill function.
FireNET expansion boards and accessories to be • Each FN-LCD-N is completely independent.
connected to the network annunciator. • Supports up to (32) FN-4127-IO, (16) input output
The FN-LCD-N also has (4) output relays for fire, boards on RS485 expansion port.
supervisory, trouble & auxiliary. The relays are • The FN-LCD-N can be configured to remote reset,
programmable (except supervisory). silence, resound, any or all panels on the network in
Security is established by the use of a password or any combination.
firefighters enable key. Designed to be aesthetically PRODUCT LISTINGS
pleasing, the FN-LCD-N is available in charcoal grey UL 864, NFPA 72: Signaling Device S8255 Vol. 2
or red and can be surface or flush mounted using a Types: Automatic, manual, waterflow and sprinkler
standard trim ring kit. supervisory
CSFM #: 7120-0410:165
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
SPECIFICATIONS
Input DC: 24VDC @ 270mA ( + Aux. Power Load)
Aux. Output DC: 24VDC @ 500mA
Dimensions: 14.5"W x 10" H x 3.3"D
Weight: 9.4 lbs
Network: Dual RS485 ports (64 nodes max.)
PC Port: RS232
Printer Port: RS232
Expansion Port: RS485 (for optional expansion boards)
Hochiki America Corporation FN-LCD-N Specifications subject to change without notice.

FN-LCD-N - LCD NETWORK ANNUNCIATOR
STANDARD FEATURES
• 320 character liquid crystal display (8 line x 40
character)
• LED indicators for Fire, Supervisory Alarm, Pre-
Alarm, Fire Output Active, Power On, On Test, Panel
Sounder Silenced, Delay Active, More Events, Point
Bypassed, General Trouble, Power Trouble, System
Trouble & NAC Trouble
• Dual RS485 ports for primary fire network
• RS485 slave bus for expansion - up to 31 FN-4127-IO
DESCRIPTION boards or up to 15 FN-LCD-S serial annunciators and
up to16 FN-4127-IO boards
The FN-LCD-N type LCD network annunciator is • 2 built-in RS-232 interfaces for programming via a PC
designed to be used with the FireNET analog and serial printer interface
addressable system. It allows for remote access,
• 4 on board programmable Form C relays rated at 1
monitoring & control of the FireNET system throughout Amp at 30VDC (Fire, Supervisory, Trouble &
the building. Auxiliary)
The FN-LCD-N is a true network annunciator that can • Same controls as the FireNET fire panel (Reset,
access, monitor & control any or all FireNET panels in Panel Sounder Silence, Lamp Test, Alarm Silence,
the network. Each FN-LCD-N is completely Re-sound Alarm, Fire Drill, Programmable Function,
independent. The highly intuitive user interface and More Events, More Fire Events, Enter & Exit)
320 character LCD display of the FN-LCD-N is exactly • Local piezo sounder for event notification
the same as the FireNET panel. In addition to routing • Supports user codes & firefighter key to enable
any panel in the network to the FN-LCD-N, every event access & controls
category within each panel can also be individually • Powered by FireNET Aux 24VDC or UL fire listed
routed, as well as routing of all remote control functions Aux. 24VDC supply
(reset, alarm silence, re-sound alarm) from individual • Available in red or charcoal, and can be surface or
panels. The FN-LCD-N supports the same RS485 flush mounted (using trim ring)
expansion port as the FireNET panel, allowing for • True network annunciator, any or all panels can be
FireNET expansion boards and accessories to be routed to the FN-LCD-N. In addition, each event
connected to the network annunciator. category can be individually routed to the FN-LCD-N
The FN-LCD-N also has (4) output relays for fire, • Up to (64) FireNET panels & FN-LCD-N's can be
supervisory, trouble & auxiliary. The relays are networked together in any combination
programmable (except supervisory). • 500mA of auxiliary power available rated at 24VDC
Security is established by the use of a password or • Auto-learn feature
firefighters enable key. Designed to be aesthetically • Built-in help & alarm information screens
pleasing, the FN-LCD-N is available in charcoal grey
• Fire drill function
or red and can be surface or flush mounted using a
standard trim ring kit.
• Each FN-LCD-N is completely independent
• Supports up to (31) FN-4127-IO boards on RS485
PRODUCT LISTINGS expansion port
UL 864, NFPA 70 & 72:
• The FN-LCD-N can be configured to remote reset,
silence, resound, any or all panels on the network in
Signaling Device
any combination
S8255 Vol. 2

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
SPECIFICATIONS
Input DC 24VDC @ 270mA Max. ( + Aux. Power Load)
Aux. Output DC 24VDC @ 500mA
Dimensions 14.5" W x 10" H x 3.3" D
Weight 9.4 lbs
Color Red (optional charcoal)
Material ABS/steel enclosure
Display 8 line x 40 character LCD (320 characters total)
Network Dual RS485 ports (64 nodes max.)
Relay Outputs (4) Form C 1amp@30VDC
PC Port RS232
Printer Port RS232
Expansion Port RS485 (for optional expansion boards)
ENGINEERING SPECIFICATION
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, the network annunciator model FN-LCD-N.
The FN-LCD-N shall connect to the FireNET fire alarm control panel (FACP) network. The network annunciator
shall be capable of annunciating on its 320 character display and local buzzer, the condition of any FireNET FACP
or network annunciator on the network. Up to 64 FN-LCD-N network annunciators or FireNET FACP's may be
connected together on the network. The FN-LCD-N shall be UL listed, and have surface or flush mount capability.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hochiki America Corporation FN-LCD-N Specifications subject to change without notice.

DCP-AMS SERIES ADDRESSABLE MANUAL PULL STATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage (SLC) 17~41 VDC
Average Current Consumption 600uA (Typical)
Alarm Current 8mA
Ambient Temperature 32°F (0 °C) ~ 120°F (49°C)
Maximum Humidity 90% RH, non-condensing
Dimensions 3.4"W x 4.8"H x 2.0"D
Mounting Single gang or 4" square
electrical box
MODEL DESCRIPTION
DCP-AMS Single Action Hex Key Lock
DCP-AMS DCP-AMS-KL DCP-AMS-LP Dual Action Hex Key Lock
DCP-AMS-KL Single Action Key Lock
DCP-AMS-KL-LP Dual Action Key Lock
DESCRIPTION
The DCP-AMS are the Hochiki America series of
addressable manual pull stations that provide a fast and
practical means of manually initiating a fire alarm signal.
Both single action and dual action manual pull stations
are available. Resetting of the pull station requires either
a Cat 211 key or a 1/8" hex key (depending upon the
model used).
An alarm condition is actuated by pulling down on the

handle of the DCP-AMS and DCP-AMS-KL single action
models. On the dual action models DCP-AMS-LP and
DCP-AMS-LP DCP-AMS-KL-LP DCP-AMS-KL-LP the Lift and Pull cover must be lifted
before pulling down on the pull station handle. Once
the pull station is activated, the handle cannot be put
STANDARD FEATURES back into a normal standby condition without using the
key operated reset feature.
• Addressable integrated design
• All metal construction The DCP-AMS series is electronically addressable and
• Single and dual action models available includes a bi-colored status LED. The LED blinks green
• Extremely easy to operate indicating normal communication with the DCP
• Bi-colored status LED indicates Standby and compatible SLC loop. When an alarm condition is
Alarm conditions actuated by pulling the handle, the LED will latch Red
• Address is programmable in EEPROM to indicate the alarm condition.
• Address can be programmed when installed
• Key lock or hex key lock models available
PRODUCT LISTINGS
• Terminals accept up to 14AWG wire California State
• Surface mount back box available Fire Marshal
S6512 7150-0410:169

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Manual pull stations shall be Hochiki addressable AMS-series single or dual action models, DCP-AMS, DCP-AMS-
KL, DCP-AMS-LP, or DCP-AMS-KL-LP. Models shall be made of 14 AWG CRS and painted with Red enamel. The
words Fire Alarm shall be in a contrasting color and be embossed text 1/2" tall. The electronics shall be fully
integrated into the manual pull station requiring only connection to the SLC loop of the control panel. Programming of
the manual pull station address must be possible with the manual pull station fully installed.
Manual pull stations shall be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed, CSFM Approved, and be installed within the limits
defined in the American Disabilities Act.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Hochiki America Corporation
OUT TO
NEXT DCP-AMS
MODULE Addressable Manual Pull Station
Ser. No.
SC- S+
S+ SC-
For Proper Installation, see HA-06-135 Rev 12/05
S6512
NON-CODED ALARM BOX

36CC
UL
Listed + S
Hochiki
DCP - SC
Compatible
Panel
TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM EXAMPLE, CONNECTED

TO A COMPATIBLE LISTED CONTROL PANEL
Class B (Style 4)
Hochiki America Corporation Hochiki America Corporation Hochiki America Corporation
DCP-AMS DCP-AMS DCP-AMS
Addressable Manual Pull Station Addressable Manual Pull Station Addressable Manual Pull Station
Ser. No. Ser. No. Ser. No.
S+ SC- S+ SC- S+ SC-

For Proper Installation, see HA-06-135 Rev 12/05 For Proper Installation, see HA-06-135 Rev 12/05 For Proper Installation, see HA-06-135 Rev 12/05
S6512 S6512 S6512

+ S NON-CODED ALARM BOX NON-CODED ALARM BOX NON-CODED ALARM BOX
UL 36CC 36CC 36CC
Listed
Hochiki
- SC
DCP
+ S
Compatible
Panel - SC
Class A Return (Style 6)
Class A (Style 7)
Hochiki America Corporation Hochiki America Corporation
DCP-AMS DCP-AMS
Addressable Manual Pull Station Addressable Manual Pull Station
Ser. No. Ser. No.
+ S

(IN) S (IN) S (IN) S (IN) S

SIGNALING DEVICE
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX

ISSUE NO. AH-9774
SIGNALING DEVICE
SIGNALING DEVICE
SIGNALING DEVICE
-
ISSUE NO. AH-9774
ISSUE NO. AH-9774
ISSUE NO. AH-9774
SC
DCP-SCI
DCP-SCI
DCP-SCI
DCP-SCI
(IN) SC (IN) SC (IN) SC (IN) SC

LISTED
LISTED
LISTED
LISTED
S+ SC- S+ SC-
UL (OUT) S
S6512 (OUT) S (OUT) S
S6512 (OUT) S
Listed NON-CODED ALARM BOX

S5694
NON-CODED ALARM BOX

S5694
S5694
S5694
(OUT) SC 36CC (OUT) SC (OUT) SC 36CC (OUT) SC
Hochiki
DCP
Compatible
Panel - SC
+ S
Hochiki America Corporation DCP-AMS, DCP-AMS-LP, DCP-AMS-KL AND DCP-AMS-KL-LP Specifications subject to change without notice.
FN-4127-IO 16 CHANNEL INPUT/OUTPUT BOARD
(RS-485 BUS DEVICE)
SPECIFICATIONS
Supply Voltage: 24 VDC Nominal
Channels: (16) total per I/O board (each
configurable as input or output)
I/O Comms Bus: Up to (32) expansion boards
Quiescent Current: 20mA
Current per input: 3mA max.
Current per output: 100mA max. (*within overall limits)
*Current per bank of 500mA max. (for banks 1-8 & 9-10)
8 outputs:
*Current per I/O board: 1A max.
Communications: RS485 two wire
STANDARD FEATURES
Max Distance from 4,000 ft. (depends on method &
• 16 channels of input/output points. panel: wire size used for input power).
• 32 I/O boards per FireNET panel (512 channels of Cable Capacity: 12 AWG max.
input/output points). Indicators: (2) LED's for communication status
• Each channel configurable as input or output point. Size: 7.5" L x 2.4" W
• Inputs are opto-isolated non-supervised pulldown
type triggered by “dry” contact from input source.
DESCRIPTION
• Outputs are open collector transistor pulldown
type (100mA max each) that provide “wet” voltage The FireNET FN-4127-IO is a 16 channel Input/Output
output. board that provides powerful input/output expansion &
• Simple 4 wire connection to control panel (2 for addition to the FireNET system allowing up to thirty two I/O
power, 2 for data). boards to be connected to each FireNET panel within the
• All inputs/outputs can be assigned to global FireNET network. Every I/O board connected to any panel
functions, any event category, and used in network is available to the entire network, which allows for network
wide Cause & Effect logic. wide input/output mapping. Typical uses include graphical
• Can be mounted locally within control panel LED map displays/annunciators, tabular LED zone display/
enclosure or remotely via FN-ACC accessory annunciators, input/output logic to & from the fire system
enclosure up to 4000ft from the panel. for secondary use (I/O board points cannot be used for
primary fire initiation inputs or notification outputs) such as
• Each I/O board has a unique address 1-32 (set via
access control, burglar, CCTV, intercom, voice, or other 3rd
DIP switch) on the I/O Comms Bus.
party systems. Each channel can be configured to produce
• Input/Outputs are for secondary use, not for a variety of input actions or respond to a variety of output
primary fire initiation inputs or notification outputs. categories or logic. All channels can trigger, or react from,
• Two LED’s are provided for communication status. network wide cause and effect logic depending on their
configuration. The flexibility of these boards is further
PRODUCT LISTINGS enhanced by the fact that each of the channels is
UL 864 Category UOJZ CNN: Signal System Control configurable as either an input or an output. Connection
Unit Sub-Assembly S8255 Vol. 1 Sec. 2 can be achieved through a simple two wire RS485
NFPA72 compliant communications protocol and two wire power input. I/O
CSFM #: 7165-0410:159 boards can be mounted locally in the control panel or
distributed on a bus up to 4,000ft from the panel when
Specifications subject to change without notice. using the FN-ACC accessory enclosure.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
FN-4127-SLC DUAL SLC LOOP EXPANDER
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage: 24 - 40VDC

Board Current: 100mA (+ loop current)
Loop Current: 400mA max. each
System Capacity: One expander per FireNET
control panel
Loops per 2 SLC (Class A or B)
expander:
Devices per loop: 127 sensors/modules +
127 analog sounder bases, 254 total
Loop Load 50 ohms, 1uF, 1mH max.
STANDARD FEATURES
impedance:
Size: 6.3" L x 4.5" W
• Adds two SLC loops to a two loop FireNET
control panel.
• Each SLC loop is capable of 127 sensors/
modules, plus 127 analog sounder bases, DESCRIPTION
for a potential total of 254 addresses per
loop (127+127 per loop). The model FN-4127-SLC Dual SLC Loop Expander is
• FN-4127-SLC can be added at the factory or a two loop expander board that increases the
installed in the field. standard FireNET loop capacity from 2 to 4 loops.
• Supports Class A and B wiring methods per The FN-4127-SLC can be added at the factory or
NFPA72 Styles 4, 6, and 7 (with isolators). installed in the field, and mounts within the main
• Fully supervised & power limited SLC loops. control board location as a piggy-back board. By
adding the FN-4127-SLC, the FireNET capacity is
• Supports Hochiki’s DCP (Digital.
increased from 254+254 to 508+508 analog
Communication Protocol) loop protocol.
addressable points within the overall 800 address/
• Same functionality as built-in SLC loops of sub-address limit. The FN-4127-SLC has the same
FireNET control panel. functionality as the built-in SLC loops. The FN-4127-
• One SLC expander (maximum) may be SLC utilizes Hochiki’s robust DCP loop protocol for
added per FireNET control panel. highly reliable and fast alarm reporting without the
• Each SLC loop is completely independent need for shielded or twisted pair wiring for the SLC
and autonomous. loops.
• Uses standard wire, no shielded or twisted
pair required on SLC loops.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
UL 864 Category UOJZ CNN: Signal System Control
Unit Sub-Assembly S8255 Vol. 1
NFPA72 compliant
CSFM #: 7165-0410:159

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Hochiki America Corporation Specifications subject to change without notice.
CZM - CONVENTIONAL ZONE MODULE
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage 17~41 VDC
Auxiliary Supply Voltage Nominal 18.8~27.2 V
Average Current Consumption (From S-SC)
Typical Quiescent 400µA
2-Wire Detector Loop Current
Standby Detector Load 1mA Max
From Auxiliary Supply
Alarm (Short across detector line) 60mA Max
Data Transmission Current 22mA ± 20%
EOL Device 4.7K Ohms
Alarm Threshold Level <1.5K Ohms
Wiring OK Threshold Level
>2.5K Ohms & <6K Ohms
STANDARD FEATURES Open Circuit Threshold Level >10K Ohms
Max. 2-Wire Conventional Detector
• Provides an address point for a zone of up to 25 Loop Resistance 50 Ohms (total SLC run length)
conventional smoke detectors Operating Temperature Range
• Blinks green when polled. Latched on red (con
32°F (0°C) ~ 120°F (49°C)
trolled by panel) when activated
• Device address can also be programmed with a
handheld programmer. Device address- ranges DESCRIPTION
from 1 to 127
• Compatible with Class B (Style B) and Class A (Style The Hochiki Conventional Zone Module (CZM) is
D) wiring designed for use on the FireNET analog addressable
• Auxiliary power source provides power for the zone system. Up to 127 devices can be placed on a single
of detectors SLC loop. The device address is uniquely stored on an
onboard EEPROM. The module allows the panel to
• Compatible with conventional detectors, SLR, SIJ,
SLK and SIH series interface and monitor dry contacts such as two-wire
conventional detectors or pull stations. Each CZM is
addressed through the panel and transmits the status
of one zone of devices (25 maximum per zone) back
to the panel. It supervises the power supply as well
as the entire zone of devices. Status conditions are
reported as normal, open or alarm. All 2-wire smoke
detectors must be UL listed as compatible to be
PRODUCT LISTINGS interfaced with the CZM. The interrupt driven Digital
Communication Protocol (DCP) combines maximum
Underwriters Laboratories: S5694 communication reliability and fast response to emer-
CSFM #: 7300-0410:150 gency conditions. The module has a single bi-colored
LED to indicate device status. It fits into a standard 4"
square or double gang electrical back box.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, Conventional Zone Module (CZM). The
modules shall be UL listed and compatible with the Hochiki America Analog Control Panel Protocol. The device
address shall be electrically programmable and stored in EEPROM. A bi-colored LED shall indicate device status.
The CZM shall be supplied with a plastic cover and shall be suitable for mounting to a 4" square or double gang
electrical back box. The CZM shall provide a monitor LED that is visible from outside the cover plate.
Back side of a CZM

EXPLODED VIEW
NFPA STYLE D WIRING DIAGRAM
3-4: CLASS A
OPTIONAL BRANCH
CIRCUIT TO NEXT
INTERFACE MODULE.
JP2
MODULE SUPERVISES
SUPPLY VOLTAGE AND CZM CLASS A
DETECTOR LOOP. Conventional Zone Module
S SC SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX NOTE: ENSURE JUMPER IS IN CORRECT POSITION
TB1 TB2
U.L. LISTED FOR WIRING CONFIGURATION. (POSITION 3-4)
COMPATIBLE SC SC IN+
FIRE CONTROL S
PANEL S IN-
24V- OUT+
UL LISTED 24VDC -
24V+ OUT-
POWER LIMITED +
AND REGULATED MAX. 25 CONVENTIONAL
POWER SUPPLY, DETECTORS
LISTED FOR FIRE 24- 24V+
PROTECTION S5694
NEXT DEVICE ALL WIRING IS SUPERVISED AND POWER LIMTED.
WITH BATTERY
BACKUP. SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AU-6110 EB
DO NOT MIX FIRE ALARM INITIATING, SUPERVISORY, OR
SECURITY DEVICES ON THE SAME MODULE.
NFPA STYLE B WIRING DIAGRAM EXPLODED VIEW
1-2: CLASS B
OPTIONAL BRANCH
CIRCUIT TO NEXT
INTERFACE MODULE.
MODULE SUPERVISES
SUPPLY VOLTAGE AND CZM JP2
CLASS B
DETECTOR LOOP. Conventional Zone Module
S SC
TB1 SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX TB2
NOTE: ENSURE JUMPER IS IN CORRECT POSITION
U.L. LISTED FOR WIRING CONFIGURATION. (POSITION 1-2)
COMPATIBLE SC SC IN+
FIRE CONTROL S
PANEL S IN-
24V- OUT+ U.L. LISTED
UL LISTED 24VDC - E.O.L. DEVICE 4.7K
PART NUMBER
0400-01820
E.O.L. DEVICE 4.7K
24V+ OUT- PART NUMBER
POWER LIMITED +
MAX. 25 CONVENTIONAL 0400-01820
AND REGULATED
POWER SUPPLY, DETECTORS
LISTED FOR FIRE 24- 24V+
PROTECTION S5694
NEXT DEVICE
WITH BATTERY
BACKUP. SIGNALING DEVICE
EB
ISSUE NO. AU-6110 ALL WIRING IS SUPERVISED AND POWER LIMTED.
DO NOT MIX FIRE ALARM INITIATING, SUPERVISORY, OR

SECURITY DEVICES ON THE SAME MODULE.
Hochiki America Corporation CZM Specifications subject to change without notice.

DCP-FRCME - FAST RESPONSE CONTACT MODULE
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage DCP Powered Loop 17~41 VDC
Average Current Consumption 550 µA (Typical)
Alarm Current 8mA
Dimensions
FRCME-4 4.2"W x 4.7"H x 1.4"D
FRCME-P 3.0"W x 1.9"H x 0.5"D
FRCME- S 2.8"W x 1.8"H x 0.7"D
Ambient Temperature 32°F (0°C) ~ 120°F (49°C)
Max. Humidity 90% RH, non-condensing
Mounting
FRCME-4 Mounts to double gang/4" square back box
FRCME-S/FRCME-P Mounts inside a singlegang
back box
FRCME-4
DESCRIPTION
The Hochiki FRCME Fast Response Contact Monitoring
STANDARD FEATURES Modules are designed to be used with pull stations, water
flow switches, and other applications requiring the moni-
• Single input contact monitor toring of dry contact alarm initiating devices. The interrupt
• Fast, reliable contact monitoring utilizing the driven Digital Communications Protocol (DCP) combines
Hochiki DCP (Digital Communications Protocol) maximum communication reliability and fast response to
• Two different mounting configurations emergency conditions. Two different mounting configura-
tions are provided to meet a wide range of applications.
• 127 devices can be used per DCP loop
The FRCME contact monitoring module does not require a
• Bi-colored indicating LED provides module status separate 24 VDC power source.
(FRCME-4 only)
Each addressable contact monitoring module is
• Can be programmed to monitor Normally Open programmed with its own unique Signaling Line Circuit
(NO) or Normally Closed (NC) contacts (SLC) loop address. The device address is electrically
• Operates on Class A or Class B SLC loop programmable and stored in onboard EEPROM. Up to
• Accepts up to 14 AWG wire 127 devices can be placed on the Hochiki DCP SLC loop.
• UL listed UL 864 The module supervises the wiring to the contact with an
End Of Line (EOL) resistor. It can be programmed to monitor
Normally Open (NO) or Normally Closed (NC) contacts. If
a fault condition occurs in the wiring, the module sends a
PRODUCT LISTINGS trouble status signal to the fire alarm control panel. When
a change of status (contact changes state) is sensed by
Underwriters Laboratories: S5694 the FRCME, it sends an interrupt to the FireNET control
Underwriters Laboratories panel indicating that an alarm has occurred.
of Canada: CS943 (FRCME-4/FRCME-S only)
The FRCME-P and FRCME-S are small package designs
CSFM #: 7300 - 0410:150
and are suitable for mounting in a small junction box behind
FM#: 3022559
a pull station or other monitored device.
MEA Report#: 284-91-E Vol. IV (FRCME-4/
FRCME-S only) The FRCME-4 is mounted to a cover plate for a 4" square or
double gang junction box. It contains a visible bi-colored
Specifications subject to change without notice. indicating LED to provide module status.
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, addressable contact monitoring modules Hochiki
DCP-FRCME-4, DCP-FRCME-S and FRCME-P. The modules shall be UL listed and compatible with the Hochiki
FireNET fire alarm control panel. The device address shall be electrically programmable and stored in EEPROM.
The FRCME-S and FRCME-P shall fit inside a single gang electrical back box. The FRCME-4 shall be supplied with a
plastic face plate and shall be suitable for mounting to a 4" square or double gang electrical back box. The FRCME-4
shall provide a monitor LED that is visible through the face plate.
FRCME-4 FRCME-S FRCME-P

OUT TO
NEXT
MODULE
TYPICAL WIRING FOR N/O CONTACTS ONLY
WIRING DIAGRAM U.L. LISTED E.O.L. DEVICE

SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
DCP-FRCME-4
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9755
S+
COMPATIBLE PART NUMBER
0400-01046
SC- CONTROL
IN-A PANEL
FRCME-4/FRCME-S
S5694
IN-B
ANY NUMBER OF UL LISTED N/O CONTACT CLOSURE

DEVICES MAY BE USED . DO NOT MIX FIRE ALARM U.L. LISTED
INITIATING OR SUPERVISORY ON THE SAME MODULE E.O.L. DEVICE
PART NUMBER
0400-01046
ALL WIRING SHOWN IS SUPERVISED
AND INHERENTLY POWER LIMITED.
OUT TO
NEXT
MODULE
U.L. LISTED
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
DCP-FRCME-4
COMPATIBLE
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9755
S+
SC- CONTROL
PANEL
IN-A
S5694
IN-B
TYPICAL WIRING FOR N/C CONTACTS ONLY
E.O.L. DEVICE U.L. LISTED

ALL WIRING SHOWN IS SUPERVISED PART NUMBER E.O.L. DEVICE
0400-01046
AND INHERENTLY POWER LIMITED. PART NUMBER
0400-01046
CAUTION!
DO NOT CONNECT MORE THAN ONE N/C CONTACT TO AN INPUT.
FRCME-P OUT TO
NEXT
MODULE TYPICAL WIRING FOR N/O CONTACTS ONLY
S SC
S U.L. LISTED E.O.L. DEVICE

S (OUT)
COMPATIBLE PART NUMBER
0400-01046
SIGNALING DEVICE
DCP-FRCME-P
ISSUE NO. AH-9765
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
SC CONTROL
RED
S (IN)
PANEL
SC (OUT)
BLK
SC (IN)
IN-A
S5694
WHT
IN-B

DEVICES MAY BE USED . DO NOT MIX FIRE ALARM U.L. LISTED
ALL WIRING SHOWN IS SUPERVISED INITIATING OR SUPERVISORY ON THE SAME MODULE E.O.L. DEVICE
AND INHERENTLY POWER LIMITED. PART NUMBER
OUT TO 0400-01046
NEXT
MODULE
S SC
S U.L. LISTED
S (OUT)
COMPATIBLE
SIGNALING DEVICE
DCP-FRCME-P
ISSUE NO. AH-9765
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
RED
SC CONTROL
S (IN)
PANEL
SC (OUT)
BLK
SC (IN)
IN-A
S5694
WHT
IN-B
ALL WIRING SHOWN IS SUPERVISED

AND INHERENTLY POWER LIMITED. TYPICAL WIRING FOR N/C CONTACTS ONLY
E.O.L. DEVICE U.L. LISTED

PART NUMBER
0400-01046
E.O.L. DEVICE
PART NUMBER
0400-01046
CAUTION!
DO NOT CONNECT MORE THAN ONE N/C CONTACT TO AN INPUT.
Hochiki America Corporation DCP-FRCME Specifications subject to change without notice.

FN-CTM CITY TIE MODULE
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage 12 ~ 30 VDC

Average Current Consumption 0mA (Standby)
Alarm Current 1A for 0.5 seconds
Ambient Temperature 32°F (0 C) ~ 120°F (49C)
Maximum Humidity 90% RH, non-condensing
Dimensions 4.2"W X 4.7"H X 1.1"D
Weight Approximately 3.0 ounces
Mounting 4" square electrical box
DESCRIPTION
STANDARD FEATURES The FN-CTM City Tie Module is used to connect a

Fire Alarm Control Panel to a Local Energy type City
Tie Monitoring circuit. The FN-CTM City Tie Module
• Interfaces Fire Alarm Control Panels to a Local circuit provides the power necessary to trip the
Energy type City Tie monitoring circuit Master Box Trip Coil when the Fire Alarm Control
• Integrates Fire Alarm Control Panel EOL device Panel goes into alarm.
into module for supervision of interface wiring
• Wide operating voltage The City Tie Circuit is capable of providing 1A for 0.5
• Power limited operation seconds to operate the Master Box Trip Coil. The
• Transient protection wiring is supervised to the Master Box by placing the
Fire Alarm Control Panel EOL device on the terminals
• Terminals accept up to 14 AWG wire
of the FN-CTM City Tie Module.
• Mounts to a standard 4" electrical back box
PRODUCT LISTINGS
S8255

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The FN-CTM City Tie Module shall be Hochiki America City Tie Module. Module terminal blocks shall be capable
of accepting up to 14 AWG wire. The FN-CTM City Tie Module shall be configured such that the Fire Alarm Control
Panels EOL (end of line) device connect directly with the module to ensure that supervision of interface wiring is
performed. The module shall fit into a standard 4" electrical back box. The FN-CTM City Tie Module shall be
Underwriters Laboratories Listed for the intended purpose.
Rear view of FN-CTM City Tie Module
WIRING DIAGRAM
Note: When City Tie wiring leaves

the building, install 26 AWG wire
between the City Tie module and
the Trip Coil. A short length of 24
AWG wire must be used to
interface between the 26 AWG
and the City Tie Module terminal
block. Maximum coil resistance
and wire resistance must not
exceed 30 Ohms.
Ground Wire

FN-CTM
City Tie Module
Local Energy SERIAL NO.XXXXX
City Tie
Trip Coil
+
-
City Tie
Hochiki FireNET
+ or
-
NAC Input Compatible UL Listed
E.O.L. DEVICE Fire Alarm Control Panel
EOL
NAC Circuit NAC Circuit
For Proper Installation
S8255 see HA-06-137 Rev 5/06
Signaling Devices Wiring Polarity Shown in

ISSUE NO. BF-8887 Alarm Condition.
U.L. LISTED
E.O.L. DEVICE
FOR FireNET
PART NUMBER
0400-01046
10K OHM 1/4W
All Wiring is Power Limited, Connect only to Power Limited Circuits.

For Use Only With Supervised Circuits.
Hochiki America Corporation FN-CTM City Tie Module Specifications subject to change without notice.
DCD 135/190 FIXED TEMPERATURE/RATE OF RISE HEAT DETECTOR
APPLICATION
The DCD-135/-190 fixed temperature/rate-of-rise heat
detector are suited for installation where high heat output
fires are expected or in areas where ambient conditions
would not allow use of other detection methods. Heat
detectors are intended for protection of property. Do
not rely on heat detectors for life safety protection.
Where life safety is a concern, smoke detectors must
also be used. A UL listed fire alarm panel must
electronically supervise the DCD-135/-190 heat
detectors.
All NS conventional devices are mechanically compatible

with Hochiki America HSB, HSC and YBA type bases.
Please check individual panel listings for appropriate
Shown without base
listed bases.
STANDARD FEATURES
• Choice of fixed temperature/rate-of-rise OPERATION
135°F or 190°F heat detector
The DCD-135/-190 fixed temperature/rate-of-rise heat
• UL Listed spacing up to 60' by 60'
detectors are suited to detect in the presence of slow or
• 2 or 4 wire base compatibility, relay bases available
fast rising temperatures due to burning combustibles.
• Highly stable operation, RF/Transient protection
The construction of these models incorporate a
• Low standby current, 35µA nominal
thermistor heat element protected from damage by the
• Two built-in power/alarm LED's for 360° viewing
built-in, durable plastic guard. These electronic heat
• Fully electronic operation
detectors incorporate two power/alarm LED's for 360°
• Power/alarm LED's confirm detector status
indication of status. In standby condition the power LED's
• Compatible with Hochiki SLR-24V and SIJ-24
flash Green. In an alarm condition the LED's latch on
detectors and their bases
Red. The DCD-135/-190 electronic heat detection
circuitry performs the same function as a Mechanical
SPECIFICATIONS Device but with Electronic Precision. If the heat rise is
less than 12°/minute the DCD will not alarm until it
Response Temperature 135° ± 7.5°F reaches its alarm temperature (135° or 190° ± 7.5°F). If
Temperature 190° ± 7.5°F the heat rise is greater than 12°/minute the DCD will
Rated Voltage 17.7 - 30.0 VDC alarm immediately giving an early warning signal and
Working Voltage 15.0 - 33.0 VDC latching the Red alarm LED's on.
Maximum Voltage 42 VDC
Supervisory Current 40µA @ 24 VDC
Surge Current 160µA max. @ 24 VDC
PRODUCT LISTINGS
Alarm Current 150mA max. @ 24 VDC
Ambient Temperature 32°F to 120°F Underwriters Laboratories: S2966
(0°C to 49°C) CSFM #: 7270-0410:151
Contact Rating N/O Contacts MEA Report #: 284-91E Vol. IV
150mA max. @ 24 V FM#: 1D5A1.AY
Color & Case Material Bone PC/ABS blend
Mounting Refer to the NS Conventional
Detector Base Data Sheet
Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Automatic heat detectors where ambient temperatures do not exceed 120°F shall be the DCD-135 fixed temperature/
rate-of-rise heat detector rated at 135°F. For areas where ambient temperatures exceed 120°F, but not 160°F, the
DCD-190 fixed temperature/rate-of-rise heat detector rated at 190°F shall be used. Electrical contacts shall be
normally open, rated at 150mA @ 24VDC.
Heat detectors shall be installed in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Standard 72, the spacing
assigned by Underwriters Laboratories and in accordance with the rules and regulations set forth by the local authorities
having jurisdiction. Automatic heat detectors shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed.
4-WIRE OPERATION
(+)
INITIATING LISTED
CIRCUIT END OF LINE
DEVICE
HSC-4R
CONTACTS
(-) H1
H2
YEL
ORN
PUR
UL LISTED (+) LISTED

POWER END OF LINE
SUPPLY RELAY
12VDC OR 24VDC HA-EOLR-12 OR HA-EOLR-24
(-)
HSC-4R HSC-4R
2-WIRE OPERATION
UL LISTED (+)
CONTROL LISTED
PANEL END OF LINE
DEVICE
(-)
PANEL Resistor shown is for example
POWER only. Not all annunciators have
in line resistance.
SUPPLY
(-)
NEGATIVE
NS4 SERIES NS6 SERIES
Annunciation device must be current limited to 20 mA @
24VDC Maximum. Not limiting current could result in
damage to the detector or cause a no alarm condition.
2-WIRE RELAY OPERATION
(+)
UL LISTED LISTED
CONTROL END OF LINE
PANEL DEVICE
TERMINAL BLOCK USED ON
HSC-224RA/RST VERSION ONLY
(-) HSC-(XXX)R (2-WIRE)
COM 6
GRY
N/C 5 BLU
GRN
N/O 4 YEL
ORN
HSC-RELAY SERIES N/O 3 PUR
N/C 2 2 AND 4 WIRE BASE

RELAYS SHOWN WITH
COM 1 POWER OFF.
Hochiki America Corporation DCD 135/190 Specifications subject to change without notice.
DSC-EA RATE OF RISE THERMAL DETECTOR
STANDARD FEATURES
1. The DSC features a slim design which combines
visual appeal with a high standard of reliability.
2. The design of the DSC enables the detector to
operate in locations where the temperature is likely
to increase suddenly should a fire develop.
3. The operating characteristics of DSC is a key feature
of the product enabling a very cost effective solution
for the use of heat detectors. This detector consumes
no current in standby, which enables an unlimited
number of detectors to be connected on the same
detection wires.
4. With connection to the standard Hochiki range of
conventional bases, the DSC heat detector can be
connected or disconnected very easily, allowing
simple interchangeability with other members of the
Hochiki conventional detectors.
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated Voltage: 24VDC APPLICATION
Working Voltage: 15 - 30VDC The DSC rate of rise heat detector is suitable for use in
Maximum Switching Current: 100mA max. most applications that require heat detection. Please
Heat Sensing Element: Air chamber composed with note that special attention should be given to avoid
the diaphragm. installation in direct line with hot air heaters, above
Operating Temp. Range: stoves, ovens or other heat generating objects.
-10° C - +50° C
(14°F - 122° F) OPERATION
Storage Temp. Range: -30° C - +70° C
(-22° F - 158° F) The DSC rate of rise heat detectors are composed of
Relative Humidity an air chamber, vent and a flexible metal diaphragm.
(at 40° C): 95% RH Non-Condensing When the DSC is heated, the air in the chamber
Dimensions: 3.9 " D x 1.3" H expands. The vent permits the chamber to breathe and
Weight: 3 oz. slowly release the expanded air. If a fire occurs, the air
Color: Bone in the chamber will expand more rapidly than it can be
Applicable Standard: UL-521 vented. This causes the diagram to close a set of
Response Grade: Ordinary precious metal contacts (nornally open) to trigger the
alarm signal.
PRODUCT LISTINGS

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Technical Support: 800/845-6692 or technicalsupport@hochiki.com 05/2005
COMPATIBLE BASES
HSC-(XXX)L HEAT DETECTOR BASE
The HSC-(XXX)L Series is a 6" base featuring a current limiting resistor, latching annunciator
output and a latching circuit so the alarm LED will remain lit until the control panel has been
reset. Heat detectors are not recognized as proper detection for life safety protection, therefore
they should be utilized only for the protection of property.
COMPATIBLE (+)
UL LISTED LISTED
CONTROL END OF LINE
PANEL DEVICE
3.9K 1/2W
(-)
Pig Tail Lead
PANEL
POWER (-)
SUPPLY
HSC-(XXX)L SERIES
NEGATIVE
Nominal alarm current shown at 24V. Polarized with annunciator output.

HSC-220L 73mA
HSC-221L 41mA
HSC-224L 38mA
NS6-100 DETECTOR BASE
The NS6-100 is a 6" diameter base that has no current limiting nor annunciator output features.
A direct short occurs across the loop when the detector is actuated. Heat detectors are not
recognized as proper detection for life safety protection, therefore they should be utilized only
for the protection of property.
(+)
COMPATIBLE
UL LISTED LISTED
CONTROL END OF LINE
PANEL DEVICE
(-)
6 6
NS6-100
Non polarized, not current limited. No annunciator output.
We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. However, we cannot cover
all specifications or anticipate all requirements. For additional information contact
your local distributor or call or write Hochiki America Corporation.
Hochiki America Corporation DSC-EA Specifications subject to change without notice.

DFE 135/190 FIXED TEMPERATURE HEAT DETECTOR
APPLICATION
The DFE 135/190 fixed temperature heat detector is
suited for installation where high heat output fires are
expected or in areas where ambient conditions would
not allow use of other detection methods.
Heat detectors are used for property protection. Do not

rely on heat detectors for life safety protection. Where
life safety is involved, smoke detectors must also be
used.
Heat detectors should be electronically supervised from

a UL listed alarm panel.
OPERATION
The DFE 135/190 fixed temperature heat detector is
STANDARD FEATURES suited to alarm in the presence of slowly rising
temperatures. The construction of this model
• Choice of fixed temperature - 135°F or 190°F
incorporates an oversized heat collector protected from
• UL Listed ceiling spacing of 50' by 50' damage by the built-in, durable plastic guard. The DFE
135/190 fixed temperature heat detector used the proven
(2,500 square feet) snap-disc principle of operation. This bi-metal disc
• Self-Restoring deflects when temperature reaches a predetermined
value. The disc deflection then causes a push-rod to
• Heat element protected by a built-in guard close the internal contact resulting in an alarm condition.
• Contact Rating of 100 mA The bi-metal disc returns to its normal shape when the
heat subsides causing internal contacts to return to their
• Highly Dependable normally open position. A standby condition is restored.
• Latching LED base available
SPECIFICATIONS
Automatic heat detectors shall be fixed temperature rated
Response Temperature 135° ± 7.5°F at 135°F for areas where ambient temperatures do not
Temperature 190° ± 7.5°F exceed 120°F and 190°F where ambient temperatures
Contact Rating N/O Contacts exceed 120°F but not 160°F. The fixed temperature el-
100mA @ 60 V ement shall consist of a bi-metallic disc and actuator
Color & Case Material Ivory ACS shaft. Electrical contacts shall be normally open, rated
Mounting Refer to back of this sheet at 100mA @ 60VDC.
Heat detectors shall be installed in accordance with

PRODUCT LISTINGS National Fire Protection Association Standard 72, the
spacing assigned by Underwriters Laboratories, and in
Underwriters Laboratories: S2966 accordance with the rules and regulations set forth by
CSFM #: 7254-0410:119 the local authorities having jurisdiction. Automatic heat
MEA Report #: 284-91-E Vol. II detectors shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
COMPATIBLE BASES
HSC-(XXX)L HEAT DETECTOR BASE
The HSC-xxx L Series is a 6" base featuring a current limiting resistor, latching annunciator output
and a latching circuit so the alarm LED will remain lit until the control panel has been reset. Heat
detectors are not recognized as proper detection for life safety protection, therefore they should
be utilized only for the protection of property.
COMPATIBLE (+)
UL LISTED LISTED
CONTROL END OF LINE
PANEL DEVICE
3.9K 1/2W
(-)
Pig Tail Lead
PANEL
POWER (-)
SUPPLY
HSC-(XXX)L SERIES
NEGATIVE
Nominal alarm current shown at 24V. Polarized with annunciator output.
HSC-21L 24mA HSC-221L 41mA
HSC-224L 38mA HSC-220L 73mA
NS6-100 DETECTOR BASE
The NS6-100 is a 6" diameter base that has no current limiting nor annunciator output features.
A direct short occurs across the loop when the detector is actuated. Heat detectors are not
recognized as proper detection for life safety protection, therefore they should be utilized only
for the protection of property.
(+)
COMPATIBLE
UL LISTED LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL DEVICE
(-)
6 6
NS6-100
Non polarized, not current limited. No annunciator output.
We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. However, we cannot cover
all specifications or anticipate all requirements. For additional information contact
your local distributor or call or write Hochiki America Corporation.
Hochiki America Corporation DFE-135/190 Specifications subject to change without notice.

DH-98 DUCT DETECTOR REMOTE ACCESSORIES
APPLICATION SPECIFICATIONS
The DH-98 Duct Detector Remote Accessories are Power Requirements
designed to be used with the DH-98 Conventional Alarm LED 15 mA
and DH-98 Analog Duct Detectors to provide audible Pilot LED 15 mA
and visual indication as well as remote test/reset Horn 20 mA @ 24 VDC
functions. Sound Pressure
Horn 78 db @ 10 feet
These devices are contructed of brushed stainless Dimensions
steel and mount on a standard single or double gang Single Gang 2.75" (69.85mm) W
backbox. 4.5" (114.3mm) H
Double Gang 4.5" (114.3mm) W
4.5" (114.3mm) H
MS-RA MS-KA/P/R
Functions: Functions:
Remote Alarm LED (red) ALARM
Remote Alarm LED (red)
For Use with: Pilot LED (green)
ALARM
DH-98-I, DH-98-P PILOT
Key-Operated Test/Reset
DH-98-HVI, DH-98-HVP Switch
DH-98-A, DH-98-AR For Use with:
TEST/RESET
DH-98-I, DH-98-P
DH-98-HVI, DH-98-HVP
MS-KA/R MS-RA/R
ALARM Remote Alarm LED (red) Remote Alarm LED (red)
Key-Operated Test/Reset ALARM
Push-button Test/Reset
Switch Switch
For Use with: For Use with:
DH-98-I, DH-98-P TEST/RESET DH-98-I, DH-98-P
TEST/RESET
DH-98-HVI, DH-98-HVP DH-98-HVI, DH-98-HVP
DH-98-AR DH-98-AR
MS-RA/P MS-RA/P/R
Remote Alarm LED (red) Remote Alarm LED (red)
ALARM
ALARM Pilot LED (green) Pilot LED (green)
For Use with: Push-button Test/Reset
PILOT
DH-98-I, DH-98-P Switch
PILOT DH-98-HVI, DH-98-HVP For Use with:
TEST/RESET DH-98-I, DH-98-P

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
MS-RH/KA/P/R
Functions:
Remote Alarm Horn
ALARM
Remote Alarm LED (red)
Pilot LED (green)
PILOT Key-Operated Test/Reset
Switch
TEST/RESET
For Use with:
DH-98-I, DH-98-P
WIRING DIAGRAM
RED
RED
RED GREEN
ALARM
24VDC PILOT
24VDC ALARM HORN
LED LED
BLACK
BLACK
ALARM
PILOT
BLACK
KEY OR
PUSH BUTTON
24VDC
"TEST/RESET"
SWITCH
BLACK
TEST/RESET
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PUSH KEY
PILOT ALARM BUTTON OPERATED
LED LED TEST/ TEST/ SINGLE DOUBLE
(GREEN) (RED) RESET RESET HORN GANG GANG
MODEL #
MS-RA
MS-RA/P
MS-RA/R
MS-RA/P/R
MS-KA/R
MS-KA/P/R
MS-RH/KA/P/R
Hochiki America Corporation DH-98 Duct Detector Remote Accessories Specifications subject to change without notice.
DH-98 ANALOG DUCT DETECTOR
STANDARD FEATURES
• Detects and limits the spread of smoke
throughout building HVAC ducts.
• Compatible with building automation and fire
alarm systems.
• Installs quickly and easily.
• No screens or filters to clean.
• Rugged gray steel back box with clear cover.
• Accessories - Remote LED alarm
indication capability.
• Meets UL 268A Requirements.
APPLICATION
The HOCHIKI AMERICA DH-98 Analog duct smoke
Duct housing with an ALG-DH analog
photoelectric sensor.
detector provides early detection of smoke and
products of combustion present in air moving
SPECIFICATIONS through HVAC ducts in Commercial, Industrial and
Residential applications. The DH-98 is designed to
D uct Detector Model # DH-98-A DH-98-AR prevent the recirculation of smoke in areas by the
air handling systems, fans and blowers. Complete
Detector Head model ALG-DH
systems may be shut down in the event of smoke
Detector Head Type Analog Photoelectric detection. The HOCHIKI AMERICA DH-98-A and
Communication
the DH-98-AR operate on a DCP powered loop
DCP Powered Loop
(24 VDC source required for DH-98-AR)
DCP Powered Loop DCP Powered Loop/
Input Voltage 24V DC PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Standby Current 2mAAVG 10mA
The DH-98 is designed and built to meet all local
Alarm Current 8mA 55mA requirements, as well as the NFPA regulations re-
2 form C rated at garding duct smoke detectors. Output terminals
Alarm Contacts N/A 10A@250V AC are provided for remote accessories such as a
Sensitivity Test Method Control Panel horn, strobe, remote status indicators and reset
Power,Alarm, key switches or push buttons. Air sampling is
Remote Indication Compatibility
Alarm Horn/Piezo accomplished by two tubes which protrude into
(Refer to DH-98 Accessories)
Test the duct. An exhaust tube of one standard length
Air Velocity 300 to 4000 ft/min. (7.5") is supplied in the installation kit with the
Ambient Temperature 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C)
smoke duct unit. Once the duct width has been
determined the air intake sampling tubes must be
10% to 85% Relative Humidity
Humidity ordered. Sampling tubes are supplied in three
(non-condensing)
standard lengths 3 ft., 5 ft. and 10 ft. and cut to
Housing Material 18 G.A. steel backbox, clear plastic cover
size to fit the duct.
Finish Grey Paint
Dimensions 91/8"L x 71/4"W x 21/4"H PRODUCT LISTINGS
Maximum Net Weight 3lbs. Underwriters Laboratories: S1383
CSFM #: 3240-0410:155
Sampling Tubes 3ft., 5ft. or 10ft.
FM #: 3022559
MEA Report#: 284-91-E Vol. V
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION, continued
Mounting the duct smoke unit is accomplished by the used of a template and 4 sheet metal screws, which are
provided. Mounting can be achieved without the removal of the clear cover which is secured by 4 capture
screws.
The compact DH-98-AR contains 2 sets of form "C" contacts rated at 10 amps.
The pilot and alarm visual indicators, provided on the front of the DH-98-AR duct unit, signal the operating
status of the device. A manual test/ reset switch is located along side the visual indicators.
Air duct smoke detectors shall be HOCHIKI AMERICA DH-98 Series. The detectors shall be listed by Underwriters
Laboratories per UL 268A. The detectors shall operate at air velocities from 300 feet per minute to 4000 feet per
minute.
The duct detector housings shall be of metal construction and complete mechanical installation may be
performed without removal of detector cover. The duct detector shall not require additional filters or screens
which must be maintained. The housing shall contain a base which will accept an analog photoelectric sensor
head. Terminal connections shall be of the screw type and be a minimum of #6 screw. For installations
requiring relay function, terminals shall be provided for remote pilot, remote alarm indication, strobe/ horn and
remote key switch. For installation not requiring relay function, visual indication of alarm and power must be
provided on detector front. A manual reset switch shall be located on front of the device. All wiring must
comply with local codes and regulations.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
ALG-DH ANALOG
DH-98-A SENSOR
1 2 3 4
Note ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
The DH-98-A and DH-98-AR

UL LISTED (-) (+) REMOTE ALARM LED WIRING MUST are not self-contained
CONTROL PANEL HAVE POLARITY AS SHOWN sensors. This product is
LOOP INTERFACE
24 VDC (8mA MAX.)

S (+) compatible only with fire
alarm control panels that
TO NEXT utilize Hochiki's Digital
SENSOR Communications Protocol,
SC (-) DCP. For example the
FireNET Control Panel.
FAN SHUT DOWN EXAMPLE
DH-98-AR OBSERVE POLARITY

FAN
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
INPUT VOLTAGE
24 V.D.C.
10 mA Standby
55mA Alarm
+ -
REMOTE
ADDRESSABLE ALARM
LOOP LED
+
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
- +
C C
REMOTE
NC NO NC NO
PILOT LED ALARM CONTACTS ALARM CONTACTS
10.0A @ 250VAC 10.0A @ 250VAC
UL LISTED REMOTE TEST

CONTROL PANEL SWITCH
(Test function only. does not reset.)
LOOP INTERFACE
S (+)
TO NEXT SENSOR
ANALOG ADDRESSABLE
OR RETURN
SC (-) FIELD LOOP WIRING
TO CONTROL PANEL
Terminate Remote Accessories as indicated above (if required).
This is not a self-contained stand alone detector.
A U.L. Listed Analog Addressable Fire System is required.
Hochiki America Corporation DH-98 ANALOG DUCT DETECTOR Specifications subject to change without notice.
DIMM - DUAL INPUT MONITOR MODULE
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage 17~41 VDC

Average Current Consumption 600µA(Typical)
Alarm Current 30mA
Dimensons 4.2"W x 4.7"H x 1.4"D
Ambient Temperature 32°F (0°C) ~ 120°F (49°C)
Max. Humidity 90% RH, non-condensing
DESCRIPTION
STANDARD FEATURES
The Hochiki Dual Monitor Module (DIMM) is designed
• Fast, reliable contact monitoring utilizing the for use on the FireNET analog addressable system.
Hochiki DCP (Digital Communications Protocol) It provides two independent contact monitoring cir-
• 127 devices can be used per DCP loop cuits while only utilizing one address on the SLC loop.
• Bi-colored indicating LED provides module status Up to 127 devices can be placed on a single SLC
loop. The device address is uniquely stored on an
• Dual input contact monitor
onboard EEPROM. The module can be programmed
• Can be programmed to monitor Normally Open to monitor Normally Open (NO) or Normally Closed
(NO) or Normally Closed (NC) contacts (NC) contact fire alarm and supervisory devices. The
• Operates on Class A or Class B SLC loop interrupt driven Digital Communication Protocol (DCP)
• Accepts up to 14 AWG wire combines maximum communication reliability and
• Mounts to 4" square gang box fast response to emergency conditions. The module
has a single bi-colored LED to indicate device sta-
tus. It fits into a standard 4" square or double gang
electrical back box.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7300-0410:150

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Air sampling is accomplished by two tubes which protrude into the duct. An exhaust tube of one standard
length (7.5") is supplied in the installation kit with the smoke duct unit. Once the duct width has been determined
the air intake sampling tubes must be ordered. Sampling tubes are supplied in three standard lengths 2.5 ft.,
5 ft. and 10 ft. and cut to size to fit the duct. Mounting the duct smoke unit is accomplished by the use of a
template and 4 sheet metal screws, which are provided. Mounting can be achieved without the removal of the
clear cover which is secured by 4 capture screws.
The compact DH-98 contains 3 sets of alarm contacts, 1 set of form “C” contacts rated at 10 amps, 1 set of
form “A” contacts rated at 10 amps, 1 set of form “A” contacts rated at 1 amp. There is also 1 set of form “C”
10 amp trouble contacts for monitoring detector head removal, and the failure of the input supply voltage.
The pilot and alarm visual indicators provided on the front of the DH-98 duct unit, signal the operating status of
the device. A manual test/reset switch is located along side the visual indicators. This switch can be defeated
by cutting a jumper on the PCB.
Air duct smoke detectors shall be HOCHIKI AMERICA DH-98 Series. The detectors shall be listed by
Underwriters Laboratories per UL 268A. The detectors shall operate at air velocities from 300 feet per minute to
4000 feet per minute.
The duct detector housings shall be of metal construction and complete mechanical installation may be
performed without removal of detector cover. Visual indication of alarm and power must be provided on detector
front. A manual reset switch shall be located on front of the device. Detector heads shall not require additional
filters or screens which must be maintained. The housing shall contain a detector base which will accept
photoelectric or ionization detector heads. Terminal connections shall be of the screw type and be a minimum
of # 6 screw. Terminals shall be provided for remote pilot, remote alarm indication, strobe/horn and remote key
switch. All wiring must comply with local codes and regulations.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
See ALARM ALARM *TROUBLE REMOTE

Power CONTACTS CONTACTS CONTACTS ACCESSORIES
Connections 10.0A @ 115VAC 1A @ 24VDC 10.0A @ 115VAC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
*Trouble contacts are shown in non-energized

condition. Trouble contacts monitor power
DH-98 DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR connected and head removed.
24 VDC 60 Hz INPUT
24 VAC 60 Hz INPUT @ 0.1 AMP MAX.(Detector only).
@ 0.1 AMP MAX.(Detector only). UP TO 1.9 AMPS FOR AUXILIARY
UP TO 1.9 AMPS FOR AUXILIARY OUTPUTS (HORNS/STROBES).
OUTPUTS (HORNS/STROBES).
- +
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
DH-98-I DH-98-I
DH-98-P DH-98-P
24 V.A.C. OPERATION 24 V.D.C. OPERATION
115 VAC 60 Hz INPUT 230 VAC 60 Hz INPUT

@ 0.1 AMP MAX. @ 0.1 AMP MAX.
G N H G N H
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
DH-98-I DH-98-HVI
DH-98-P DH-98-HVP
115 V.A.C. OPERATION 230 V.A.C. OPERATION
Hochiki America Corporation • DH-98 Conventional Specifications subject to change without notice.
STANDARD FEATURES
Analog design using Hochiki’s advanced DCP
protocol for fast communication.
Up to 127 sensors & modules, plus 127 analog
sounder bases, for a total of 254 points possible per
loop.
Uses standard wire-no shielded or twisted pair
required on SLC loops.
Supports Class B (style 4) and Class A (style 6 or 7)
configuration for SLC loops.
Programmable sensitivity levels by device.
Alarm Verification.
Automatic daily calibration & drift compensation
routine.
Large 8-line x 40-character LCD display (320 charac-
ters total).
2 or 4 loop versions.
DESCRIPTION RS-485 bus for panel network.
Built-in RS-232 interface for programming via a PC.
The FireNET™ 4127 control panel is an analog Five on board Form C relays rated at 1 amp at
addressable fire alarm panel containing 2 or 4 SLC 30VDC (Fire1, Fire2, trouble, supervisory, aux.).
loops with each loop supporting 127 devices of any 500mA of auxiliary power available rated at 24 VDC.
combination (sensors or modules), and 127 analog Loop Explorer Windows® configuration utility.
sounder bases, for a possible total of 254 points. Auto-Learn feature.
Communication between devices is transferred *500 network wide software zones.
through standard cable (shielded or twisted pair is (*Output zones allocated to zones 1-253 only for
not required). Each panel includes a 4-amp power older SOM).
supply and has 4 on board NAC circuits. An RS-485 Network Capability of up to 64 panels.
bus provides communication to the panel network, Built in help and alarm information screens.
while the RS-232 interface allows the convenience of 4 onboard Class B (style Y) NAC circuits rated at
programming via a PC. The system will support a 2.5 amp each.
variety of Hochiki devices: photo, ion and heat Automatic day/night sensitivity modes.
sensors, which contain a unique, patented sensor Fire drill test function.
design incorporating automatic drift compensation Walk test function.
and day/night sensitivity mode. Additional devices Expandable up to 4 SLC Loops (800
include contact monitors, relay controllers, super- addresses+sub-addresses Max.).
vised auxiliary output and short circuit isolator Powerful & versatile Cause & Effect wizard
modules. In addition, interfaces to conventional including:
detection systems can be established by using a *Cause & effect action
conventional zone-monitoring module. The Loop *Disable function configuration
Explorer Windows® Software interface provides the *Test mode configuration
installer with fingertip access to installation program-
PRODUCT LISTINGS
ming and diagnostic tools. An Auto Learn feature
UL 864, Local Signaling Unit. S8255
offers the convenience for quick start applications.
Types: Automatic, manual, waterflow and sprinkler supervisory
Add to this a reputation for high quality and dedicated NFPA 72 Compliant
service makes this an exceptional product both in FM#: 3022559 (Fire Protection, Chapter 14, Local Protective
performance and value. Signaling)
Specifications subject to change without notice. CSFM: 7165-0410:159
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Technical Support: 800/845-6692 or technicalsupport@hochiki.com F0028 04/18/05
SLC COMPATIBLE DEVICES AND SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
MODEL DESCRIPTION
SPECIFICATIONS
Primary AC: 120VAC @ 2 amps 60hz (Optional 220VAC)
Output DC: 24VDC @ 4 amps
Power Supply: 4 amp integrated
Charger Current: 1.5 amps max.
Dimensions: 14.5"W x 24" H x 5"D
Weight: 31 lbs (without batteries)
Network: Dual RS485 ports (64 panels max.)
Zones: 500 network wide software zones per system (Output zones 1 to 253 only for SOM 2.0 & earlier)
SLC loops: 2 or 4 (class A or B)
Devices per loop: 127 sensors & modules, plus 127 analog sounder bases, 254 total
(800 addresses+sub-addresses max. per panel)
NAC Outputs: (4) 2.5 amp@24VDC (class B)
Voltage Outputs: (3) 500mA@24VDC
Aux. Power: 500mA@24VDC
Aux. Inputs: (8) digital pull downs
PC Port: RS232
Printer Port: RS232
FireNET ORDERING MODELS

MODEL DESCRIPTION
HCP-1000 AUXILIARY MODULES
GENERAL
The Series 1000 Microprocessor Based Fire Alarm The following modules have been designed to adapt the
System can be configured to meet virtually any system to suit the particular requirements of a building.
requirements. To facilitate this flexibility, the panel has
a number of add-on modules which allow the system to
perform certain functions.
HRM-1008
EIGHT RELAY CIRCUIT MODULE
The HRM-1008 Eight Relay Circuit Module provides eight

programable Form C relays. Each relay is rated for 28
VDC @ 1 Amp max. Each relay is annunciated for
configuration on the front display board of the HMCC-
1024-6 or HMCC-1024-12 Main Chassis or HECH-1048
Expander Chassis. The HRM-1008 Relay Adder Module
comes with removeable terminal blocks for easy wiring
and servicing. The module connects via cable to the
board on the main or expander chassis.
HPR-100
POLARITY REVERSAL & CITY TIE MODULE
The HPR-100 Polarity Reversal & City Tie Module allows

connection to two different types of monitoring systems.
The City Tie provides an output of 24 VDC at 210 mA
max. The module supervises the City Tie connection
and will provide a system trouble if not connected. A
terminating resistor is supplied with the module. The
Polarity Reversal provides a 24 VDC output for normal
condition and a polarity reverse 24 VDC output for alarm.
The module is also capable of transmitting a system
trouble “Zero Volts.” This option is jumper selectable.
The output current is limited to 8 mA.
Continued on back.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7165-0410:154

Phone: 714/522-2246 • Fax: 714/522-2268
HDACT-100
DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATOR
TRANSMI-TTER/DIALER MODULE
The HDACT-100 Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter/

Dialer Module allows the HCP-1000 Fire Alarm Control
Panels to use one or two phone lines to call a Central
Station and report a local Alarm, Trouble or Supervisory
condition. Requiring two supervised telephone lines, the
HDACT-100 can be programmed to use the Security
Industry Association (SIA) Digital Communication
Standard (DCS) and Ademco Contact ID protocols. The
HDACT-100 is powered by the HCP-1000 Fire Alarm
Control Panels and communicates with them via an RS-
485 Interface. The HCFG-100 Configuration & Diagnostic
Tool is required to program the HDACT-100.
HDACT-100U
UNIVERSAL DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICA-
TOR TRANSMITTER/DIALER MODULE
The HDACT-100U Universal Digital Alarm Communicator

Transmitter/Dialer Module allows the HCP-1000 Fire
Alarm Control Panels to use one or two phone lines to
call a Central Station and report a local Alarm, Trouble or
Supervisory condition per zone. Requiring two supervised
telephone lines, the HDACT-100U can be programmed
to use the Security Industry Association (SIA) Digital
Communication Standard (DCS) and Ademco Contact
ID protocols. The HDACT-100U is powered by the HCP-
1000 Fire Alarm Control Panels and communicates with
them via an RS-485 Interface. The HCFG-100
Configuration and Diagnostic Tool is required to program
the HDACT-100U.
Hochiki America Corporation • HCP-1000 Auxiliary Modules Specifications subject to change without notice.
HCP-1008E FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
DESCRIPTION
Hochiki’s HCP-1008E Fire Alarm Control Panel is a
microprocessor based unit designed for maximum
flexibility and easy installation. Fully configurable from
the front panel using the push buttons and DIP switches,
it enables the user to configure the system to meet their
specific requirements.
The HCP-1008E consists of one HMCC-1024-6 main
Chassis in an HBB-1024 Enclosure. The HMCC1024-6
main Chassis comes complete with 8 Class B (Style B)
initiating circuits which may be configured as 4 Class A
(Style D) circuits. It can be expanded up to 24 Class B
or 12 Class A circuits with the addition of two HDM-1008
Initiating Circuit Modules. In addition it comes equipped
with 4 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) indicating circuits which are
each rated at 1.7 Amps. The main Chassis also includes
a 6 amp power supply which powers the system and
supplies two 4-wire resettable regulated smoke power
STANDARD FEATURES supply of 24 VDC 200mA maximum each. The HMCC-
• 8 Class B (Style B) initiating circuits which may 1024-6 also allows for the addition of two HSGM-1004
be configured as 4 Class A (Style D) circuits. Signal Modules or two HRM-1008 Relay Modules in place
Expandable up to 24 Class B or 12 Class A of the HDM-1008 Initiating Circuit Adder Modules.
initiating circuits (Maximum of 2 adder modules and 1 communication
• 4 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) indicating circuits with module).
individual trouble indicators (1.7 Amps max. per
The cabinet is available in a beige color for the Canadian
circuit)
market and a red exterior for the U.S. and international
• Each indicating circuit can be configured as
markets. A Fire Retardant Lexan Window in the hinged
silenceable or non-silenceable. Audibles may be
door allows for viewing of the status LEDs. It comes
configured as Steady, Temporal Code, California
with a durable CAT-30 lock and key. Space is provided
Code or March Time
for up to 17 AH Gel Cell batteries.
• Each initiating circuit can be configured as alarm,
supervisory, waterflow or trouble Hochiki's HCP-1008E is designed as an economical
• Two outputs for 4 wire resettable smoke power Microprocessor Based Fire Alarm Control Panel which
supply (200 mA Max. each) is expandable up to 24 display points. Its modular design
• Alarm verification on initiating circuits suits various applications. Ideal for applications such
• Easy configuration via push buttons and DIP as small institutional and commercial buildings, shopping
switches on the front panel malls, offices and public establishments, the HCP-1008E
is configurable to meet virtually all requirements. The
SPECIFICATIONS panel is designed to be easy in its installation, operation
and maintenance. This makes the system cost effective
Primary Input Power: 120 Volts, 60 Hz, 2 Amps and very reliable for its intended applications.
(Optional 220VAC)
Indicating Current: 24VDC unfiltered, 5 Amps
Standby Power: 24VDC standby batteries PRODUCT LISTINGS
Charging Capability: 10 – 24 AH batteries Underwriters Laboratories: S6468
Dimensions: 26” H x 14 1/2” W x 4 1/2” D CSFM #: 7165-0410:154
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 • Fax: 714/522-2268
ORDERING INFORMATION
Model Description
Fire Alarm Control Panel
HCP-1008ES Microprocessor Based Fire Alarm Control Panel expandable up to 24 display points.
Includes HMCC-1024-6S Main Chassis complete with 8 Class B (Style B) Initiating Circuits or 4
Class A (Style D) Initiating Circuits, 4 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits, 6 Amp Power
Supply and one HBB-1024 Red Enclosure.
HFA-1024TR Semi-Flush Trim Ring
Adder Modules
HDM-1008 Eight Class B (Style B) or 4 Class A (Style D) Initiating Circuit Module
HSGM-1004 Four Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuit Module (Rated at 1.7 Amps per circuit)
HRM-1008 Eight Relay Circuit Module comes with eight Form C relays (Rated for 28 VDC @ 1 Amp. max. per
relay)
Auxiliary Modules
HDACT-100U Universal Digital Alarm Communication Transmitter/Dialer Module
HDACT-100 Digital Alarm Communication Transmitter/Dialer Module
HPR-100 Polarity Reversal and City Tie Module
Remote Annunciators
HRAM-1032 Main Annunciator Chassis comes with Common Control Features, Indicators and 32 Bi-Colored
LEDs
HBB-1001 Annunciator backbox with keylock door
Hochiki America Corporation • HCP-1008ES Fire Alarm Control Panel Specifications subject to change without notice.
HCP 1000 SERIES
Microprocessor Based - Fire Alarm Control Panel
INST ALLATION and OPERATION MANUAL
L NOTICE
All information, documentation, and specifications contained in this manual are subject to change
without prior notice by the manufacturer.
©2000 by Hochiki America Corporation

Printed May 15, 2000
LT-600HOC Rev.3 (Operating Instruction is NP-739HOC Rev.2)
TABLE of CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4 of 52

1.1 OVERALL FEATURES: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4 of 52
1.2 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4 of 52
2.0 GENERAL NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 5 of 52
3.0 SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 6 of 52

3.1 CHASSIS TYPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7 of 52
3.2 SERIES 1000 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL - KITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7 of 52
4.0 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION and DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 8 of 52

4.1 MAIN CHASSIS INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 10 of 52
4.2 MAIN & EXPANDER CHASSIS INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11 of 52
5.0 MODULES MOUNTING LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 12 of 52
6.0 MODULE SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 15 of 52

6.1 MAIN FIRE ALARM MODULE (Part of Main Chassis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 15 of 52
6.2 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE (Part of Main Chassis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 16 of 52
6.3 ADDER DISPLAY MODULE (Part of Expander Chassis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 18 of 52
6.4 DETECTION ADDER MODULE (Model HDM-1008) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 19 of 52
6.5 SIGNAL ADDER MODULE (Model HSGM-1004) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 19 of 52
6.6 RELAY ADDER MODULE (Model HRM-1008) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 20 of 52
6.7 Reserved for Future Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 20 of 52
6.8 POLARITY REVERSAL and CITY TIE MODULE (MODEL: HPR-100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 21 of 52
7.0 FIELD WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 22 of 52

7.1 MAIN FIRE ALARM MODULE TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 22 of 52
7.2 DETECTION MODULE (HDM-1008) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 24 of 52
7.3 SIGNAL MODULE (HSGM-1004) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 25 of 52
7.4 RELAY MODULE (HRM-1008) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 26 of 52
7.5 Reserved for Future Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 27 of 52
7.6 POLARITY REVERSAL and CITY TIE MODULE (MODEL: HPR-100) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . Page 27 of 52
7.7 POWER SUPPLY CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 28 of 52
7.8 WIRING TABLES & INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 29 of 52
WIRING TABLE FOR INITIATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 29 of 52
WIRING TABLE FOR INDICATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 29 of 52
8.0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 30 of 52

8.1 BEFORE TURNING THE POWER "ON" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 30 of 52
8.2 POWER-UP PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 30 of 52
8.3 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 30 of 52
9.0 INDICATORS, CONTROLS, & OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 31 of 52

9.1 COMMON INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 32 of 52
9.2 COMMON CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33 of 52
9.3 CIRCUIT STATUS INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33 of 52
9.4 CIRCUIT (ZONE) DISCONNECT SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34 of 52
9.5 SINGLE STAGE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34 of 52
9.6 TWO STAGE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 35 of 52
9.7 CIRCUIT TYPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 36 of 52
10.0 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 37 of 52

10.1 INTRODUCTION TO CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 37 of 52
10.2 ENTERING CONFIGURATION MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 39 of 52
10.3 EXITING CONFIGURATION MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 39 of 52
10.4 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 39 of 52
10.5 RESTORE TO DEFAULT / RESIZE (CLASS A or B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 40 of 52
10.6 RESIZE SYSTEM (SET CIRCUIT ADDER MODULE NUMBER & TYPE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 40 of 52
10.7 CONFIGURING FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 41 of 52
Page 2 of 52
10.8 CONFIGURING INITIATING AND INDICATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 42 of 52
10.9 CONFIGURING CIRCUIT CORRELATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 43 of 52
10.10 DISPLAY CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 44 of 52
11.0 WALK TEST OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 45 of 52
APPENDIX "A" - COMPATIBLE DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 46 of 52
APPENDIX "B" - HRA-1000 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 49 of 52
APPENDIX "C" - MODULE SPECIFICATIONS and FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 50 of 52
APPENDIX "D" - POWER SUPPLY & BATTERY CALCULATIONS (SELECTION GUIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 51 of 52
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 52 of 52
TABLE of FIGURES
Fig.1: HBB-1024 Flush or Surface Enclosure Installation and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 8 of 52

Fig.1A: HBB-1072 Flush or Surface Enclosure Installation and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 9 of 52
Fig.2: Main Chassis Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 10 of 52
Fig.3: Expander Chassis Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11 of 52
Fig.4: Module Mounting Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 13 of 52
Fig.4A: Circuit Adder Module Mounting Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 14 of 52
Fig.5: Main Fire Alarm Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 15 of 52
Fig.6: Main Display Module (HMCC1024-6, HMCC1024-12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 16 of 52
Fig.6A: Main Display Module (HMCC1024-6S, HMCC1024-12S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 17 of 52
Fig.7: Adder Display Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 18 of 52
Fig.8: Detection Adder Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 19 of 52
Fig.9: Signal Adder Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 19 of 52
Fig.10: Relay Adder Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 20 of 52
Fig.12: City Tie Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 21 of 52
Fig.13: Main Fire Alarm Module Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 22 of 52
Fig.14: Main Fire Alarm Module Terminal Connections (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 23 of 52
Fig.15: Detection Module Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 24 of 52
Fig.16: Signal Module Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 25 of 52
Fig.17: Relay Module Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 26 of 52
Fig.18: Polarity Reversal and City Tie Module Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 27 of 52
Fig.19: Power Supply Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 28 of 52
Fig.20: WIRING TABLE FOR INITIATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 29 of 52
Fig.21: WIRING TABLE FOR INDICATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 29 of 52
Fig.22: Indicators and Control Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 31 of 52
Fig.23: Configuration Indicators and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 37 of 52
Page 3 of 52
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Introduction :
Hochiki’s SERIES HCP 1000 Fire Alarm Control Units provide a large capacity of supervised Class A or B (UL Style
D or B) Initiating Circuits, and supervised Class A or B (UL Style Z or Y) Indicating Circuits. All Circuits are supervised
for opens and ground faults, and Indicating Circuits for shorts. Optional Modules include additional Initiating and
Indicating Circuits, Relay, and Polarity Reversal & City Tie. Flush or surface mountable enclosures can be used for
retrofits and on new installations.
1.1 Overall Features:

T Basic unit has 8 Class B (Style B) Initiating Circuits which may be configured as 4 Class A (Style D) Circuits.
These are configurable as Alarm, Verified Alarm, Waterflow Alarm, Sprinkler Alarm, Latching or Non-Latching
Supervisory, or Trouble-Only Circuits. There are two LED’s per Circuit; one for Trouble (Amber), and one for
Status (Red/Amber).
T Basic unit has 4 Power Limited Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits with individual trouble indicators. Each
Circuit can be configured as Audible (silenceable) or Visual (non-silenceable). Audibles may be steady,
Temporal Code, California Code, or March Time.
T Initiating and Indicating Circuits may be individually Disconnected by a DIP Switch (Slide-Switch on “S”
Versions for the USA Market only).
T Configurable Signal Silence Inhibit, Auto Signal Silence, Two-Stage Operation, One-Man Walk Test.
T Subsequent Alarm, Supervisory, and Trouble operation
T Two outputs for 4 wire resettable smoke power supply (200 mA each Max., 300 mA total Max.)
T Auxiliary Relay Contacts for Common Alarm and Common Supervisory (disconnectable), and a Common
Trouble relay.
T RS-485 Interface for HRA-1000 Series Remote Multiplex Annunciators.
T Optional Modules for additional Initiating, Indicating, & Relay Circuits,& City Tie & Polarity Reversal Signalling.
T Easy Configuration via Push-Buttons and Switches.
T Extensive transient protection
T Surface Mountable Enclosures, Flush Trims Available
1.2 Controls and Indicators:8 Push-Buttons, 16 Common Indicators, provision for up to 24 Circuits
(Expansion Chassis adds provision for up to another 48 Circuits)
Page 4 of 52
2.0 GENERAL NOTES
Number of Adders that may be Installed:

The maximum number of Circuit Adder Modules that may be physically installed in a System is ...
Main Chassis Type

HMCC1024-6(S) or HMCC1024-12(S) Two Circuit Adder Modules of any type.
HMCC1024-6(S) or HMCC1024-12(S) and HECH1048 Eight Circuit Adder Modules of any type.
The “S” Version Chassis’ have Slide-Switches instead of DIP Switches for Disconnects. The maximum number of each
Circuit Adder Module type is ...
A maximum of 7 HDM-1008 8 Initiating Circuit Modules (total of 64 Initiating Circuits in a system).

A maximum of 5 HSGM-10044 Indicating Circuit Modules (total of 24 Indicating Circuits in a system).
A maximum of 4 HRM-1008 8 Relay Circuit Modules (total of 32 Relay Circuits in a system).
Any HCP-1000 System may have a HPR-100 added, and up to eight (8) Remote Multiplex Annunciators externally.
As good practice, it is recommended that Circuit Adder Modules be installed in the order of Signals followed by
Detection, followed by Relay Modules.
Circuits and Zones:

“Circuits” refers to an actual electrical interface, Initiating (Detection), Indicating (Signal), or Relay.
“Zone” is a logical concept for a Fire Alarm Protected Area, and will consist of at least one Circuit.
Often the terms Zone and Circuit are used interchangeably, but in this Manual the term Circuit is used.
Display Points:
On the HCP-1000 an important concept is Display Points. Unlike some products the available LED Displays and
matching Circuit Disconnect Switches are not hard-wired to the Circuit Adder Modules. The Main Fire Alarm Module
and each Circuit Adder Module type have a required number of Display Points specified. In the case of Initiating Circuits
this will be reduced by half if Class “A” operation is selected. Different Main and Expander Chassis provide a fixed
number of Display Points on their attached Display Boards. These are assigned during the Configuration Adder Module
Number and Type operation (see Configuration Section) as required in the cabling order in which Adder Modules are
installed. In any system setup, there must be at least as many Display Points available, as those required by the
Circuits.
Wiring Styles:
Initiating Circuits are configured by default as Class B (Style B). They may be globally (all or none) configured as
Class A (Style D) as described in the Configuration Section. This operation uses odd and even pairs of two-wire Class
B (Style B) circuits to make one four-wire Class A (Style D) circuit, thus cutting in half the number of available Initiating
Circuits.
Indicating Circuits may be individually wired as Class A (Style Z) or Class B (Style Y) without affecting the number
of circuits available (see Module wiring instructions).
Page 5 of 52
3.0 SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Model: HBB-1024 Surface Enclosure 24 Circuits Model: HMCC1024-6 6 A Main Chassis

HBB-1072 Surface Enclosure 72 Circuits HMCC1024-12 12 A Main Chassis
(add suffix R for Red Enclosure) (add Suffix S for Slide Switches)
Model: HFA-1024TR Flush Trim Ring Model: HECH1048 48 Display Expander Chassis
HFA-1072TR Flush Trim Ring
(add another suffix R for Red Enclosure)
Model: Batteries (6.5 to 40 AH) Model: Circuit Adder Modules

HDM-1008, HSGM-1004. HRM-1008,
Page 6 of 52
Model: HPR-100 Polarity Reversal and HRA-1000 Series Remote Multiplex
City Tie Module Annunciator Panels
3.1 CHASSIS TYPES
Model: HMCC1024-6 Main Chassis with 8 Style B / 4 Style D Initiating Circuits, 4 Style Y or Z Indicating
Circuits, and a 6 ampere Power Supply. See Module Specifications for more detail.
Model: HMCC1024-12 Same as HMCC1024-6, but with a 12 ampere Power Supply. See Module Specifications
for more detail.
Model: HMCC1024-6S Same as HMCC1024-6, but with Disconnect Slide Switches instead of DIP Switches.
Model: HMCC1024-12SSame as HMCC1024-12, but with Disconnect Slide Switches instead of DIP Switches.
Model: HECH1048 Expander Chassis for up to 48 additional Zones / Circuits. DIP Switches for Disconnect
only. See Module Specifications for more detail.
3.2 HCP SERIES 1000 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL - KITS
Model: HCP-1008E Expandable Kit for the Canadian Market, 8 Class B (or 4 Class A) Initiating & 4 (Class A or
B) Indicating Circuits, Expandable to 24 Circuits, 6 Amp Power Supply (HMCC1024-6 Main
Chassis in a HBB-1024 Enclosure).
Model: HCP-1008ES Expandable Kit for the USA Market, 8 Class B (or 4 Class A) Initiating & 4 (Class A or
B) Indicating Circuits, Expandable to 24 Circuits, 6 Amp Power Supply (HMCC1024-6
Main Chassis in a HBB-1024R Enclosure).
For any other sizes, etc., components are ordered separately.
Page 7 of 52
4.0 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION and DIMENSIONS
Install the enclosure as shown for the HBB-1024 (Fig.1) or HBB-1072 (Fig.1A) ...
Fig.1: HBB-1024 Flush or Surface Enclosure Installation and Dimensions
1" BACKBOX
4-9/16"
DOOR
DOOR
BACKBOX WALL FLUSH TRIM WALL
SURFACE FLUSH
(SIDE VIEW) (SIDE VIEW)
1-3/4" 1-1/8" & 7/8"

14-1/2" KNOCKOUTS
11" 1-3/4"
17" 14-3/4"
2" TYP.
1-1/2"
10-1/2"
16"
7/32" DIA.
MOUNTING 26-1/4"
26" HOLE 28-1/2"
1-1/4"
TYP.
7-1/2"
FLUSH TRIM
4-1/2"
BACKBOX (MODEL HFA-1024TR) DOOR
Page 8 of 52
Fig.1A: HBB-1072 Flush or Surface Enclosure Installation and Dimensions
7-9/16"
1-1/4" BACKBOX
ENCL. MATERIAL: 16GA (0.059") THICK

COLD ROLLED STEEL
DOOR MATERIAL: 14GA (0.075") THICK

COLD ROLLED STEEL
FINISH: PAINTED, EXCEPT

FOR HINGES
DOOR DOOR
FLUSH TRIM
BACKBOX WALL WALL
SURFACE FLUSH
1-1/8" & 7/8"
KNOCKOUTS
3-1/8"
22-1/4"
2" TYP.
16"
24-3/4"
22-13/16"
2" TYP.
1-1/2"
2"
15" 8-3/4" 2" SINGLE

KNOCKOUT
7/32" DIA.
MOUNTING
33" 10-1/4" HOLE
35-1/2"
1-1/2" 33-1/4"
15"
2-1/2"
7-1/2" BACKBOX FLUSH TRIM DOOR

(MODEL HFA-1072TR)
Page 9 of 52
4.1 MAIN CHASSIS INSTALLATION
The Main Chassis is installed in the HBB-1024 Backbox as shown using the supplied hex-nuts. Group the incoming
wires through the top of the enclosure to prepare it for wiring the Modules. Do not run the wires in-between the Modules
since it could cause a short circuit. Use a wire tie to group wires for easy identification and neatness.
Be sure to connect a solid Earth Ground (from building system ground / to a cold water pipe) to the Chassis Earth
Ground Mounting Lug, and to connect the Earth Ground Wire Lugs from the Main Chassis to the ground screw on the
Backbox.
Fig.2: Main Chassis Installation
Page 10 of 52
4.2 MAIN & EXPANDER CHASSIS INSTALLATION
The Main and Expander Chassis’ are installed into the HBB-1072 Enclosure as shown using the supplied hex-nuts.
Group the incoming wires through the top of the enclosure to prepare it for wiring the Modules. Do not run the wires in-
between the Modules since it could cause a short circuit. Use a wire tie to group wires for easy identification and
neatness.
Be sure to connect a solid Earth Ground (from building system ground / to a cold water pipe) to the Chassis Earth
Ground Mounting Lug, and to connect the Earth Ground Wire Lugs from BOTH the Main Chassis and the Expander
Chassis to the ground screw on the Backbox.
Fig.3: Expander Chassis Installation
BACKBOX
EXPANDER CHASSIS
EARTH GROUND LUG
#8-32 HEXNUTS (4X)
MAIN CHASSIS
TEST/CONFIG CO M M O N CO M M O N
M O DE TRO U B L E ALARM
R E M O T E CO M M O N
A . C . O N
FAILURE SUPERVISORY
BATTERY
SYSTEM L A M P TRO U B L E
RESET TEST
GROUND
FAULT
FIRE AUXILIARY
DRILL DISCONNECT
ACKNO W - BUZZER
L E D G E SILENCE
G ENERAL SIGNAL
ALARM SILENCE
1 8 1 4 1 8 1 8 1 8
CO N F I G . S I G .
DISCONNECT
Z O N E DET. ZONE
DISCONNECT
ZONE
DISCONNECT
ZONE
DISCONNECT
EARTH GROUND LUG
A.C. LINE
#8 x 1/4" TYPE `B' SCREW
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
#8-32 HEXNUTS (4X)
Page 11 of 52
5.0 MODULES MOUNTING LOCATIONS
The Main Chassis’ in a HBB-1024 or HBB-1072 Enclosure come pre-assembled with all power supply, main panel, and display
components and boards. The Expander Chassis has the display board pre-assembled. The HPR-100 City Tie Module may
be added on the left side, as shown in the figure on the following page. These Modules connect directly to the dedicated P2
connection in the upper-left corner of the Main Fire Alarm Module. Circuit Adder Modules are installed from right to left using
the supplied stand-offs, as shown in the figure on the next page, with the first Module plugging its 26 pin ribbon cable into P5
on the Main Fire Alarm Module, and using the included HMD-579 four wire power cable as described in the Module Settings
section. A second Circuit Adder Module would connect by plugging its 26 pin cable into the matching socket on the previous
module to the right, and by installing the supplied HMD-579 four wire power cable as described in the appropriate Module
Settings section.
In a HBB-1072 Enclosure with an Expander Chassis, there are two each of long extension cables for the 26 pin ribbon cable
(HMD-575) and for the four wire power cable (HMD-580) included. Circuit Adder Modules are installed as on the Main Chassis,
from right to left in two tiers (back then front). These are cabled as in the Main Chassis, except that the first module on the back
tier to the right connects via HMD-575 and HMD-580 extension cables to the second module in the Main Chassis, and the fourth
module on the front tier to the right connects via HMD-575 and MD-580 extension cables to the third module on the first tier to
the left. In other words a continuous right to left, bottom to top, and back to front installation order (see the figure on the next
page).
To enable communication from the Main Fire Alarm Module to all of the Circuit Adder Modules, it is necessary to remove the
Continuity Jumper on JW6 (near P5, the Circuit Adder Module Connector) on the Main Fire Alarm Module. This jumper plug
must be installed on the Continuity Jumper on the last installed Circuit Adder Module (see the appropriate Module Settings
section to verify the location of the Continuity Jumper on a particular Circuit Adder Module). Only the LAST Circuit Adder Module
should have a jumper plug on its Continuity Jumper; all others must be left without a jumper plug !!
There needs to be enough Display Points for each circuit on an Adder Module, and these are assigned during Configuration
(see Configuration Section) in the order in which the Adders are electrically installed (the order in which they have their cables
connected to each other). Both the number of points available for each Display Type, and the number required for each Circuit
Adder Module Type are described in the Module Settings Section.
As good practice, it is recommended that Circuit Adder Modules be installed in the order of Detection followed by Signals,
followed by Relay Modules.
Page 12 of 52
Fig.4: Module Mounting Locations
EXPANDER CHASSIS
NOTES: MODEL: HECH-1048
1. FRONT PLATE IS NOT SHOWN.
2. ONLY ONE OF THE TWO MODULES, HPR-100 or
HDACT-100, CAN BE INSTALLED INTO THE MAIN
CHASSIS.
3. OTHER CIRCUIT ADDER MODULES MAY BE:
A) MODEL HDM-1008 DETECTION ADDER.
B) MODEL HSGM-1004 SIGNAL ADDER.
C) MODEL HRM-1008 RELAY ADDER.
OTHER CIRCUIT ADDER

MODULES
OTHER CIRCUIT ADDER
MODULE
#6-32 x 1 1/2"
#6-32 x 1 1/4" M/F HEX SPACER
SCREW
HPR-100 CITY TIE MODULE MAIN CHASSIS

MODEL: HMCC-1024-X
#6-32 x 1 1/4"
SCREW
HDACT-100 DIALER MODULE
OTHER CIRCUIT ADDER

MODULE
OTHER CIRCUIT ADDER
#6-32 x 1 1/2"
M/F HEX SPACER
Page 13 of 52
Fig.4A: Circuit Adder Module Mounting Details
Page 14 of 52
6.0 MODULE SETTINGS
6.1 MAIN FIRE ALARM MODULE (Part of Main Chassis)
JW5 Jumper installed for Class A (Style D) operation of Initiating Circuits 1 and 2.
JW6 Continuity Jumper removed if there are any Circuit Adder Modules installed, and installed on the last Circuit Adder Module.
JW4 Jumper removed if a HPR-100 Module is installed.
P1 RS-485 Connection for future expansion. P2 Connector for HPR-100 Module.

P3 Connector for Display Module (part of HMCH-1024). P4 Connector for future expansion.
P5 Connector for Circuit Adder Modules. P6 Power Connector for Adder Modules.
P7,8 Factory connection to Bridge Rectifier. P9,10 Connection to 24 VDC Battery.
The Main Fire Alarm Module contains the following Circuits, each requiring a certain number of Display Points ...
Chassis Type Initiating Circuits Indicating Circuits Display Points Required

HMCC1024-6(S) 8 Style B / 4 Style D 4 Style Y or Z 8 /4 (Style B / D)
HMCC1024-12(S) 8 Style B / 4 Style D 4 Style Y or Z 8 /4 (Style B / D)
Note that the Main Display Module (part of the Main Chassis) has 4 dedicated Display Points for the 4 Indicating Circuits on the Main Fire
Alarm Module.
Fig.5: Main Fire Alarm Module
Page 15 of 52
6.2 MAIN DISPLAY MODULE (Part of Main Chassis)
P1 Cable connects to P3 of Main Fire Alarm Module.

P2 Connection to P1 of HECH1048 Display Module if used.
SW1 See Configuration section of Manual.

SW2 to SW5 See Configuration & Operation sections of Manual.
The Main Display Module provides 4 dedicated Display Points for the 4 Indicating Circuits on the Main Fire Alarm Module. It also provides
the following general purpose Display Points ...
Chassis Type Display Points

\ There are also 4 Display Points dedicated to the 4 Main Board Indicating Circuits.
HMCC1024-6 24 > The first 8 or 4 of these (depending upon Style B or D operation) are dedicated
HMCC1024-12 24 / to the 8 / 4 Main Board Initiating Circuits.
Note: The Main Display Module comes with a Label Sheet (NP-680) including both English and French slide-in labels. This sheet may be
run through a Laser Printer for labelling purposes before being installed. The first slide-in section comes in two versions; one for Single-
Stage Systems, and one for Two-Stage Systems.
Fig.6: Main Display Module (HMCC1024-6, HMCC1024-12)
TEST/CONFIG COMMON COMMON ZONE ZONE ZONE

MODE TROUBLE ALARM 1 9 17
REMOTE COMMON ZONE ZONE ZONE

FAILURE A.C. ON 10 18
SUPERVISORY 2
BATTERY ZONE ZONE ZONE

SYSTEM LAMP TROUBLE 3 11 19
RESET TEST
GROUND ZONE ZONE ZONE
FAULT 4 12 20
FIRE AUXILIARY
DRILL DISCONNECT SIGNAL 1 ZONE ZONE ZONE
TROUBLE 5 13 21
SIGNAL 2 ZONE ZONE ZONE

ACKNOW- BUZZER TROUBLE 6 14 22
LEDGE SILENCE
SIGNAL 3 ZONE ZONE ZONE
TROUBLE 7 15 23
GENERAL SIGNAL
ALARM SILENCE SIGNAL 4 ZONE ZONE ZONE
TROUBLE 8 16 24
CONFIG. SIG. ZONE DET. ZONE ZONE ZONE

DISCONNECT DISCONNECT DISCONNECT DISCONNECT
Page 16 of 52
On the HMCC1024-6S and HMCC1024-12S Chassis for the USA Market only, the Main Display Module appears as
shown below. The Disconnect DIP-Switches are replaced by Slide-Switches.
Fig.6A: Main Display Module (HMCC1024-6S, HMCC1024-12S)
Page 17 of 52
6.3 ADDER DISPLAY MODULE (Part of Expander Chassis)
P1 Cable connects to P2 of Main Display Module.

P2 Not Used.
SW1 to SW6 See Configuration & Operation sections of Manual.
The Adder Display Module provides the following general purpose Display Points ...
Chassis Type Display Points

HECH1048 48
Note that the Adder Display Module comes with a Label Sheet (NP-681) with blank slide-in labels. This sheet may be run through a Laser
Printer for labelling purposes before being installed.
Fig.7: Adder Display Module
Page 18 of 52
6.4 DETECTION ADDER MODULE (Model HDM-1008)
Fig.8: Detection Adder Module

P2 Data Cable to P5 of Main Fire
Alarm Module or to previous
Adder Module.
P1 Data Connector for next Adder
Module.
P4 Power Connector to P6 of Main
Fire Alarm Module or to previous
Adder Module.
P3 Power Connector for next
Adder Module.
JW1 Jumper installed for Class A
(Style D) operation of Initiating
Circuits 1 and 2.
Circuits 3 and 4.
Circuits 5 and 6.
Circuits 7 and 8.
JW5 Continuity Jumper removed if there are any more Adder Modules installed.
Jumper JW6 on the Main Fire Alarm Module must be removed if there are any Adder Modules installed.
The HDM-1008 requires 8 Display Points for Style B operation, and 4 for Style D.
6.5 SIGNAL ADDER MODULE (Model HSGM-1004)
Fig.9: Signal Adder Module

Adder Module.
Module.
Adder Module.
Adder Module.
JW1 Continuity Jumper removed if
there are any more Adder
Modules installed.
Jumper JW6 on the Main Fire Alarm

Module must be removed if there are
any Adder Modules installed.
The HSGM-1004 requires 4 Display Points.
Page 19 of 52
6.6 RELAY ADDER MODULE (Model HRM-1008)
Fig.10: Relay Adder Module

Adder Module.
Module.
Adder Module.
Adder Module.
JW1 Continuity Jumper removed if
there are any more Adder
Modules installed.

Module must be removed if there are
any Adder Modules installed.
The HRM-1008 requires 8 Display Points.
6.7 Reserved for Future Use
Fig.11 reserved for future use.
Page 20 of 52
6.8 POLARITY REVERSAL and CITY TIE MODULE (MODEL: HPR-100)
P1 Cable to P2 of Main Fire Alarm Module.

JW1 Cut this jumper for Trouble transmission. When this jumper is cut and a system trouble occurs, the designated
terminals will transmit a "zero volts" or "open" circuit. Please note that at normal condition, the terminals polarity
is read exactly as labelled on the circuit board.
Jumper JW4 on the Main Fire Alarm Module must be removed if a City Tie Module is installed.
Fig.12: City Tie Module
The HPR-100 does not require any Display Points.
Page 21 of 52
7.0 FIELD WIRING
7.1 MAIN FIRE ALARM MODULE TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
Wire devices to terminals as shown. See wiring tables and Appendix A for compatible devices and Appendix C for specifications.
Caution: Do not exceed power supply ratings: Main Chassis HMCC1024-6(S), total current for Indicating Circuits is 5 A max.
Main Chassis HMCC1024-12S), total current for Indicating Circuits is 10 A max.
Note: The Terminal Blocks are “removable” for ease of wiring.
Fig.14: Main Fire Alarm Module Terminal Connections (continued)
Page 22 of 52
Note: All Initiating Circuits are Compatibility ID “A”.
Fig.13: Main Fire Alarm Module Terminal Connections
Page 23 of 52
7.2 DETECTION MODULE (HDM-1008) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
Wire devices to terminals as shown. See wiring tables and appendix "A" for compatible devices. See appendix "C" for Module
specifications.

All Initiating Circuits are Compatibility ID “A”.
Fig.15: Detection Module Terminal Connections
Page 24 of 52
7.3 SIGNAL MODULE (HSGM-1004) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
specifications.
Fig.16: Signal Module Terminal Connections
Page 25 of 52
7.4 RELAY MODULE (HRM-1008) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
specifications.
Fig.17: Relay Module Terminal Connections
Page 26 of 52
7.5 Reserved for Future Use
7.6 POLARITY REVERSAL and CITY TIE MODULE (MODEL: HPR-100) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
See Appendix for Module specifications. Wire as shown using proper wire gauges.
Note that for use in the USA, the installer MUST add an Atlantic Scientific (Tel. 407-725-8000) Model #24544 Protective
Device, or similar UL-Listed QVRG Secondary Protector, as shown. For use in Canada, the Protective Device is still
recommended, but the HPR-100 may be connected directly to Polarity Reversal or City Tie wiring.
Notes: 1) Either the HPR-100’s City Tie or Polarity Reversal interface may be used, but not both.
2) The City Tie interface is Not Power Limited.
3) The Terminal Blocks are “removable” for ease of wiring.
Fig.18: Polarity Reversal and City Tie Module Terminal Connections
Page 27 of 52
7.7 POWER SUPPLY CONNECTIONS
The power supply is part of the Main Chassis. The ratings are:
Model HMCC1024-6(S) Main Chassis:

Electrical input ratings: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 4 A main primary circuit breaker
Power supply total current: 6 A maximum
Battery Fuse on Main Module: Replace with 20 Amp, 1-1/4" Fast Acting Fuse
Model HMCC1024-12(S) Main Chassis:

Electrical input ratings: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 4 A main primary circuit breaker
Battery Fuse on Main Module: Replace with 20 Amp, 1-1/4" Fast Acting Fuse
CAUTION: Do not exceed power supply ratings.
See Appendix for specifications. Wire as shown using proper wire gauges.
Fig.19: Power Supply Connections
Page 28 of 52
7.8 WIRING TABLES & INFORMATION
Fig.20: WIRING TABLE FOR INITIATING CIRCUITS
WIRE GAUGE MAXIMUM WIRING RUN TO LAST DEVICE (ELR)
(AWG) ft m
22 2990 910
20 4760 1450
18 7560 2300
16 12000 3600
14 19000 5800
12 30400 9200
NOTE : MAXIMUM LOOP RESISTANCE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 100 OHMS
Fig.21: WIRING TABLE FOR INDICATING CIRCUITS

(Main Board Indicating Circuits are rated for 1.7 Amperes each, HSGM-1004 Indicating Circuits are rated for
1.7 Amperes each.)
TOTAL MAXIMUM WIRING RUN TO LAST DEVICE (ELR) MAX. LOOP

SIGNAL LOAD RESISTANCE
18AWG 16AWG 14AWG 12AWG
Amperes ft m ft m ft m ft m Ohms
0.06 2350 716 3750 1143 6000 1829 8500 2591 30
0.12 1180 360 1850 567 3000 915 4250 1296 15
0.30 470 143 750 229 1200 366 1900 579 6
0.60 235 71 375 114 600 183 850 259 3
0.90 156 47 250 76 400 122 570 174 2
1.20 118 36 185 56 300 91 425 129 1.5
1.50 94 29 150 46 240 73 343 105 1.2
1.70 78 24 125 38 200 61 285 87 1.0
NOTE : MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DROP SHOULD NOT EXCEED 1.8 VOLTS
AUXILIARY POWER WIRING: Use the Wiring Table for Indicating Circuits, and see the wiring information for the
Remote Annunciator being used.
RS-485 WIRING: See the wiring information for the Remote Annunciator being used.
4-WIRE SMOKE WIRING: The maximum allowable current is 0.2 Amperes. The maximum allowed Voltage Drop
is 1 Volt. Refer to the Indicating Circuit Wiring Table above.
Page 29 of 52
8.0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT
8.1 BEFORE TURNING THE POWER "ON":
1. To prevent sparking, do not connect the batteries. Connect the batteries after powering the system from the main
AC supply.
2. Check that all Modules are installed in the proper location with the proper connections.
3. Check all field (external) wiring for opens, shorts, and ground.
4. Check that all interconnection cables are secure, and that all connectors are plugged-in properly.
6. Check all Jumpers and Switches for proper setting.
7. Check the AC power wiring for proper connection.
8. Check that the chassis is connected to EARTH GROUND (cold water pipe).
9. Make sure to close the front cover plate before powering the system from main AC supply.
8.2 POWER-UP PROCEDURE:
1. After completing the System Checkout procedures, power-up the panel. The "AC-ON" green LED should illuminate,
the “Common Trouble” LED should illuminate, and the buzzer should sound. Press the white “System Reset” button.
2. Since the batteries are not connected, the "Battery Trouble" LED should illuminate as well as the trouble buzzer
should sound intermittently and the common trouble LED should flash.
3. Connect the batteries while observing correct polarity; the red wire is positive (+) and black wire is negative (-).
4. All indicators should extinguish except for normal power "AC-ON" green LED.
5. Configure the Fire Alarm Control Panel as described in the Configuration section.
8.3 TROUBLESHOOTING:
Circuit Trouble Normally when a Circuit trouble occurs, its designated trouble indicator will be illuminated, as
well as the common trouble indicator and trouble buzzer. To correct the fault, check for open
wiring on that particular Circuit loop or if the Circuit Disconnect Switch is in the on or closed
position. Please note: Disconnecting a Circuit will cause a system trouble (off-normal
position).
Remote Fail A Remote Fail will be indicated on the main panel display for any failure reported by, or failure
to communicate with a Remote Annunciator or other Remote Device.
Ground Fault This panel has a common ground fault detector. To correct the fault, check for any external
wiring touching the chassis or other Earth Ground connection.
Battery Trouble Check for the presence of batteries and their conditions. Low voltage (below 20.4V) will cause
a battery trouble. If battery trouble condition persists, replace batteries as soon as possible.
Config. Mode If the Test/Config Mode LED is illuminated steady, the system is in either Configuration Mode
or Walk-Test Mode. If it is flashing then the Configuration has been corrupted, and has been
reset to defaults; it is then necessary to review / re-enter your Configuration.
Common Trouble If only a common trouble is indicated on the main panel and none of those above confirming
trouble indicators are on, then check the following for possible fault:
i) Check for any missing interconnection wiring.
ii) Check for any Module missing that was part of the Configuration.
iii) Check jumpers positions; particularly ensure that the Continuity Jumper is installed only
on the LAST Circuit Adder Module in the system.
iv) Check for improperly secured cabling.
Page 30 of 52
9.0 INDICATORS, CONTROLS, & OPERATION
Refer to the following LED Indicators and Control Buttons and Switches locations ...
Fig.22: Indicators and Control Location
The Main Display Panel on the Fire Alarm Control Unit consists of ...
16 common LED Indicators 8 Common Buttons

28 Circuit / Circuit Indicators Configuration DIP Switch
28 Circuit Disconnect DIP Switches
An Adder Display Module is part of the HECH1048 Expander Chassis, which adds ...
48 Circuit / Circuit Indicators and Disconnect Switches
LED Indicators may be Amber, Red, or Green, and may illuminate continuously (steady), or at one of two Flash Rates...
Fast Flash - 120 flashes per minute, 50% duty cycle
Trouble Flash - 20 flashes per minute, 50% duty cycle
Note that each display is supplied with Laser Printer printable paper labels for sliding into the plastic Label Template.
For the Main Display, the paper label is #NP-68O; this includes English and French versions, and for the first column
there are two slide-ins for Single-Stage and Two-Stage operation. For the Adder Display, the paper label is #NP-681,
which are all blank.
Page 31 of 52
9.1 COMMON INDICATORS:
Buzzer:
The Buzzer is activated by any of the following ...
Fire Alarm - Steady

Supervisory Alarm - Steady
Trouble - Trouble Flash Rate
If the Buzzer is turned on in response to a Non-Latching Trouble or Supervisory, it will be turned off if the condition causing it goes away
and there is no other reason for it to be on.
AC On LED:
The AC On Indicator is activated steady green while the main AC power is within acceptable levels. It is turned off when the level falls
below the power-fail threshold and the panel is switched to standby (battery) power.
Common Alarm LED:

The Common Alarm Indicator turns on steady red whenever the Panel is in Alarm as a result of an alarm on any Initiating Circuit or
activation of the manual red General Alarm Button (if the Panel is set for Two Stage Operation). Since all Alarms are latched until the Panel
is reset, the Indicator will remain on until then.
Common Supervisory LED:

The Common Supervisory Indicator turns on steady amber when there is a Supervisory Alarm in the Panel, as the result of any Latching
or Non-Latching Supervisory Circuit. The Indicator is turned off if all Non-Latching Supervisory Circuits are restored and there are no
Latching Supervisory Circuits active. Latching Supervisory Alarms remain active until the Panel is reset.
Common Trouble LED:

The Common Trouble Indicator flashes amber at the Trouble Flash Rate when there is any Trouble condition being detected on the panel.
It is turned off when all Non-Latching Troubles are cleared.
Remote Failure LED:

The Remote Failure Indicator is flashed amber at the Trouble Flash Rate if there is trouble detected at a City Tie, or if there is communication
trouble detected with a Remote Annunciator or if a Remote Annunciator reports a local trouble. It is turned off if these conditions go away.
Fire Drill LED:

The Fire Drill Indicator turns on steady amber while Fire Drill is active.
Acknowledge LED:
If the Panel is configured as Two Stage, the Acknowledge Indicator flashes amber at the Fast Flash Rate while the Auto General Alarm
Timer is timing out. It turns on steady amber when that Timer is cancelled by activating the Acknowledge or Signal Silence buttons. If the
Auto General Alarm Timer times-out and puts the Panel into General Alarm, the Indicator is turned off.
General Alarm LED:

In Two Stage Operation only, the General Alarm Indicator is activated steady red when General Alarm is activated due to the red General
Alarm button being pushed, a General Alarm Initiating Circuit being activated, or the Auto General Alarm Timer timing out. Once the General
Alarm Indicator has been turned on it will stay active until the Panel is reset.
Configuration / Test Mode LED:

The Configuration / Test Mode Indicator is turned on steady amber to indicate that the Panel is in either Walk-Test or Configuration
Mode. If the Panel is left in either Mode for over an hour with no operator activity, this Indicator will flash at the Trouble Rate.
Auxiliary Disconnect LED:

The Auxiliary Disconnect Indicator is flashed amber, at the Trouble Rate, when the Auxiliary Disconnect button is pressed. It is turned off
when the button is pressed a second time. When on, it indicates that Common Alarm and Common Supervisory Relays are not activated,
and Programmable Relays (if Disconnect is enabled) are not activated. The City Tie Module is also inactive if installed.
Signal Silence LED:

The Signal Silence indicator is flashed amber, at the trouble rate when Indication Circuits are Silenced either by the Signal Silence button,
or by the Auto Signal Silence Timer. It is turned off when the Signals are re-sounded by a subsequent Alarm.
Battery Trouble LED:

The Battery Trouble Indicator flashes amber at the Trouble Rate when the Battery is either low (below 20.4 VDC), or disconnected.
Ground Fault LED:

The Ground Fault Indicator flashes amber at the Trouble Rate when the Ground Fault Detector detects a Ground Fault on any field wiring.
It is turned off when the Ground Fault is cleared.
Page 32 of 52
9.2 COMMON CONTROLS:
System Reset Button (White) :

The System Reset button causes the Fire Alarm Control Panel, and all Circuits, to be reset ...
Resets all Latching Trouble Conditions Resets all Initiating Circuits

Resets both 4-Wire Smoke Supplies Turns off all Indicating Circuits
Turns off Signal Silence, Ack & GA Indicators Turns off Fire Drill
Stops and resets all Timers Processes inputs as new events
Aux Disconnect not affected
Signal Silence Button (Blue) :

Activation of the Signal Silence button when the Panel is in Alarm turns on the Signal Silence Indicator and deactivates any Silenceable
Indicating Circuits. Non-Silenceable Circuits are unaffected. Signals will re-sound upon any subsequent Alarm. This button does not
function during any configured Signal Silence Inhibit Timer period. It also does not function if the Indicating Circuits are active as the result
of a Fire Drill.
In a Two Stage System, if the Auto General Alarm Timer has timed out, this button also performs the same function as the Acknowledge
button.
Fire Drill Button (Orange) :

The Fire Drill button activates all non-Disconnected Indicating Circuits, but does not transmit any Alarms via the City Tie, or Common Alarm
Relay. Fire Drill is cancelled by pressing the button again, or if the Panel goes into a real Alarm.
Acknowledge Button (Yellow) :

If the Panel is not configured for Two Stage Operation, this button does nothing. If the Panel is configured for Two Stage Operation,
activation of the Acknowledge button while the Auto General Alarm Timer is timing (there is an Alarm in the Panel, but it is still in the First
Stage), that timer is cancelled, and the Acknowledge Indicator is on steady amber.
General Alarm Button (Red) :

If the Panel is not configured for Two Stage Operation, this button does nothing. If the Panel is configured for Two Stage Operation,
activation of the General Alarm button immediately sends the Panel into Second Stage - General Alarm. It will also re-activate the Signals
if they have been Silenced during General Alarm. The General Alarm condition remains active until the Panel is reset.
Auxiliary Disconnect Button (Orange) :

Activating the Auxiliary Disconnect button activates the Auxiliary Disconnect function. Pressing the button again de-activates the function.
Lamp Test Button (Orange) :

Activation of the Lamp Test button turns all front panel Indicators on steady in whichever color they would normally be activated and turns
the buzzer on steady. If Lamp Test is active for more than 10 seconds, Common Trouble is activated.
Buzzer Silence Button (Blue) :

Activation of the Buzzer Silence button while the Buzzer is sounding silences the Buzzer. The Buzzer will resound if there is a
subsequent event. Pressing the button when the Buzzer is not sounding has no affect.
9.3 CIRCUIT STATUS INDICATORS:
There is one pair of Circuit Status LED’s for each Initiating, Indicating, and Relay Circuit. For the first four Indicating
Circuits on the Main Fire Alarm Module, these are part of the Common Indicators. For all other Circuits (including
the first eight Initiating Circuits on the Main Fire Alarm Module) these are arranged in columns of eight indicators
numbered from 1 to 8 - top to bottom. For each Circuit, the upper Circuit Status LED may be Red or Amber, and
will be steady, or flashing at either the Fast Flash or Trouble Flash Rates depending on the operation. The Circuit
Trouble LED is only Amber and in general flashes at the Trouble Rate when active. The Status LED is used on
Initiating Circuits only.
After the first eight Initiating Circuits (corresponding to the first column of Circuit LED’s) the Circuit LED’s are
configured in the same order as any Adder Modules. If there are insufficient Display Adders for the number of
Circuits on the Panel, the last Circuits will not be displayed. If there are too many Displays for the number of
Circuits on the Panel, the unassigned ones will be unused.
Alarm Circuit Indicators:

This operation applies to Initiating Circuits configured as Verified Alarm, Non-Verified Alarm, Water-flow Alarm, Sprinkler Alarm, or General
Alarm Circuits. The Circuit Trouble Indicator flashes at the Trouble Rate to indicate circuit trouble (open circuit or Style D / Class A trouble)
Page 33 of 52
or if the Circuit is Disconnected. It is always turned off when the Circuit is in Alarm. The Circuit Status Indicator is activated steady red
when the Circuit is in Alarm. On Verified Alarm Circuits, Sprinkler Alarm, and Water-flow Alarm Circuits, the Circuit Status Indicator will
illuminate at the Fast Flash rate during the "Pre-Alarm" Condition. This Indicator will also come on Fast Flash while an active circuit is being
un-disconnected.
Supervisory Circuit Indicators:

This operation applies to Initiating Circuits configured as Latching or Non-Latching Supervisory Circuits. The Circuit Trouble Indicator flashes
at the Trouble Rate to indicate circuit trouble (open circuit or Style D / Class A trouble) or if the Circuit is Disconnected. It is always turned
off when the Circuit is in Alarm. The Circuit Status Indicator is turned on steady amber when the corresponding Circuit is in Alarm. This
Indicator will also come on Fast Flash while an active circuit is being reconnected.
Monitor Circuit Indicators:

This operation applies to Initiating Circuits configured as Monitor Circuits. The Circuit Trouble Indicator flashes at the Trouble Rate to indicate
circuit trouble (open circuit or Style D / Class A trouble) or if the Circuit is Disconnected. It is always turned off when the Circuit is active.
The circuit status indicator is turned on steady amber when the corresponding circuit is active. It will also come on fast flash while an
active circuit is being not bypassed.
Trouble-only Circuit Indicators:

This operation applies to Initiating Circuits configured as Trouble-Only Circuits. The Circuit Trouble Indicator flashes at the Trouble Rate
to indicate circuit trouble (open circuit or Style D / Class A trouble) or if the Circuit is Disconnected. The Circuit Status Indicator also flashes
amber at the Trouble Rate to indicate a short-circuit trouble.
Signal Circuit Indicators:

This operation applies to Indicating Circuits of any type. The Circuit Trouble Indicator flashes amber at the Trouble Rate to indicate short-
circuit or open-circuit trouble, or if the circuit is Disconnected.
Relay Circuit Indicators:

Relay Circuit Trouble Indicators flash amber at the Trouble Rate while the circuit is Disconnected.
9.4 CIRCUIT (ZONE) DISCONNECT SWITCHES:
Circuit (Zone) Disconnect Switches are provided for all Initiating, Indicating, and Relay Circuits on the Fire Alarm Control
Panel. For the first four Indicating Circuits on the Main Fire Alarm Module, the Disconnect Switches consist of either
a bank of DIP Switches, or Slide Switches in “S” Version Chassis’. For DIP Switches, numbers 1 to 8 correspond to
the Circuits indicated in the Indicator column from top to bottom.
Changing a Circuit Disconnect Switch to the on position bypasses the associated Circuit and turns on its Trouble
Indicator, also activating Common Trouble. While a Circuit is Disconnected, all changes in status (Alarms and Troubles)
on that Circuit are ignored. Disconnected Indicating Circuits are not activated by the Panel.
Disconnecting an active latching Initiating Circuit including Alarms, Water-flow Alarm, Sprinkler Alarm, General Alarm,
and Latching Supervisory does not affect its status until the Panel is reset. Disconnecting an active Non-Latching
Initiating Circuit including Non-Latching Supervisory, and Trouble-Only causes them to behave as if the alarm had gone
away. Disconnecting an active Indicating Circuit immediately deactivates the Circuit.
When an Initiating Circuit Disconnect Switch is returned to the normal state, the state of the Circuit is checked. If the
Circuit is active, the Status Indicator flashes for 10 seconds at the Fast Rate without processing the input. If the Circuit
is not re-Disconnected by then, it will be processed as a new input.
These Disconnected Switches are also used during Configuration Mode and Walk-Test as described in those
sections.
9.5 SINGLE STAGE OPERATION:
In a Single Stage System all Alarm inputs are treated in a similar manner. Alarm inputs include any of the following:
Non-Verified Alarm, Verified Alarm, Sprinkler Alarm, Water-flow Alarm, and General Alarm Circuits. Any of these Alarm
inputs occurring when the Panel is not already in Alarm cause the following:
Ž The Buzzer sounds steadily

Ž If Fire Drill is active, it is cancelled
Ž The Common Alarm Indicator turns on
Page 34 of 52
Ž The Common Alarm Relay activates if Aux Disconnect is not active
Ž The Auto Signal Silence Timer, if configured, starts
Ž The Signal Silence Inhibit Timer, if configured, starts
Ž All non-Disconnected Relays programmed to the input are activated provided that Aux Disconnect is not active
Ž Non-Disconnected Strobes associated with the input are activated
Ž Non-Disconnected Signals associated with the input are activated at the evacuation rate
Subsequent Alarms when the Panel is already in Alarm, cause the following:
Ž The alert buzzer sounds steadily

Ž If Signals have been silenced as a result of the Signal Silence button or the Auto Signal Silence Timer, Signals are resounded as they were
before Signal Silence, the Signal Silence Indicator is turned off, and the Auto Signal Silence Timer, if configured, is restarted
Ž Any additional non-Disconnected Strobes associated with the input are activated continuously
Ž Any additional non-Disconnected Signals associated with the new input are activated at the evacuation rate
9.6 TWO STAGE OPERATION:
In a Two Stage System Alarm inputs are either First Stage (Alert) inputs or Second Stage (General Alarm) inputs. First
Stage inputs include inputs from the following types of circuits: Non-Verified Alarm, Verified Alarm, Sprinkler Alarm, and
Water-flow Alarm. Second Stage inputs include Alarms on General Alarm Circuits, activation of the General Alarm
button, or expiration of the Auto General Alarm Timer. Any of these alarm inputs occurring when the Panel is not
already in alarm cause the following:

Ž All Non-Disconnected Relays programmed to the input are activated provided that Aux Disconnect is not active
If the alarm is a Second Stage alarm all non-Disconnected Strobe Circuits are activated continuously, all non-
Disconnected Signal Circuits are activated at the evacuation rate, and the General Alarm indicator is turned on. If the
alarm is a First Stage alarm, non-Disconnected Strobe Circuits programmed to that circuit are activated continuously,
non-Disconnected Signal Circuits programmed to that circuit are activated with the Alert Code (see Indicating Circuit
Types, in following section) and the Auto General Alarm Timer, if configured, starts, and the Acknowledge Indicator
starts flashing. Subsequent First Stage alarms when the Panel is already in Alarm, cause the following:

Ž If Signals have been Silenced as a result of the Silence button or the Auto Signal Silence Timer, Signals are resounded as they were
before Signal Silence, the Signal Silence Indicator is turned off, and the Auto Signal Silence timer, if configured, is restarted
Ž If the Panel is not already in General Alarm, additional non-Disconnected Signals programmed to the new input are activated with the Alert
Code (see Indicating Circuit Types, in following section).
Ž If the Panel is not already in General Alarm and if the Acknowledge Indicator is on steady indicating that the Auto General Alarm Timer has
been Acknowledged the timer is restarted and the Acknowledge LED is extinguished.
A Second Stage Alarm (General Alarm) when the Panel is already in Alarm causes the following:
Ž The Buzzer is sounded steady

Ž All non-Disconnected Signals are activated at the evacuation rate
Ž If the Signal Silence Indicator is on, it is turned off and the Auto Signal Silence Timer, if configured, is restarted
Ž The Acknowledge Indicator if on, is turned off
Alarm inputs are latching: they remain active until system reset. Note that if the System is configured for Correlations,
any Second Stage / General Alarm (caused by the Auto General Alarm Timer, the General Alarm button on the Front
Panel or Remote Annunciator, or by a General Alarm Initiating Circuit) condition activates ALL Indicating Circuits
whether they are Correlated or not.
Page 35 of 52
9.7 CIRCUIT TYPES:
“Circuits” refers to an actual electrical interface, either Initiating (Detection) or Indicating (Signal). “Zone” is a logical
concept for a Fire Alarm Protected Area, and will consist of at least one Circuit. Often the terms Zone and Circuit are
used interchangeably, but in this Manual the term Circuit is used.
Initiating (Detection) Circuit Types:

Non-Verified Alarm = This is a “Normal” type of Alarm which may have Pull-Stations, Smoke Detectors, or Heat Detectors
attached. Any activation of these devices will immediately result in an Alarm condition in the Fire Alarm
Control Panel. An Alarm condition causes the associated Circuit Status LED and the Common Alarm LED to
illuminate Red.
Verified Alarm = These Alarms are verified by a reset and timing procedure, and may have Pull-Stations, Smoke Detectors,
or Heat Detectors attached. Any activation of Pull-Stations or Heat Detectors will result in an Alarm condition
in the Fire Alarm Control Panel within 4 seconds. Smoke Detectors will be verified for a real Alarm within
60 seconds depending upon the startup time of the Smoke Detectors being used. If 4 seconds is too long
a response time for Pull-Stations, then they should be wired separately on a Non-Verified Alarm Circuit. An
Alarm condition causes the associated Circuit Status LED and the Common Alarm LED to illuminate Red.
Water-Flow Alarm = For Water-flow Sensors. These alarms are identical to normal Non-Verified Alarms except that any
Indicating Circuits programmed to these circuits (all are by default) are Non-Silenceable. Also, if Water-
Flow Retard Operation is enabled, then these circuits are sampled every one second; if 10 samples
are active within any 15 second interval, the Water-Flow Alarm is confirmed and processed. An Alarm
condition causes the associated Circuit Status LED and the Common Alarm LED to illuminate Red. Note:
Do not use Retard Operation with any external Retarding device; maximum Retard may not
exceed 120 seconds.
Sprinkler Alarm = For Sprinkler Flow Sensors. These alarms are identical to normal Non-Verified Alarms unless Water-Flow
Retard Operation is enabled. If Water-Flow Retard Operation is enabled, then these circuits are sampled
every one second; if 10 samples are active within any 15 second interval, the Sprinkler Alarm is confirmed
and processed. An Alarm condition causes the associated Circuit Status LED and the Common Alarm LED
to illuminate Red. Note: Do not use Retard Operation with any external Retarding device;
maximum Retard may not exceed 120 seconds.
General Alarm = To provide Remote General Alarm, such as for remoted key-switches. In a Two Stage System these inputs
perform exactly the same function as the Front Panel or Remote Annunciator General Alarm button. In a
Single Stage System, these inputs act the same as Non-Verified Alarms, but if Correlations are enabled,
General Alarm Initiating Circuits are correlated to ALL Indicating Circuits.
Non-Latching Supervisory = For Supervisory Devices. An activation on these circuits will cause the Circuit Status LED and the Common
Supervisory LED to illuminate Amber. The buzzer will sound continuously. If the circuit activation is removed,
the Supervisory condition will clear (so long as there are no other Supervisory conditions in the system)
and the Circuit Status LED will extinguish.
Latching Supervisory = For Supervisory Devices. An activation on these circuits will cause the Circuit Status LED and the Common
Supervisory LED to illuminate Amber. The buzzer will sound continuously. If the circuit activation is removed,
the Supervisory condition will NOT clear.
Monitor = This is a supervised general purpose non-latching input used mainly for correlating to a Relay Circuit. No
other system condition occurs as a result of its activation (short-circuit), although it is supervised for
Trouble (open-circuit).
Trouble-Only = This is for monitoring a Trouble Condition from an external device. Both open and short circuits generate
a non-latching Trouble condition.
Indicating (Signal) Circuits Types:

Silenceable Signal = For audible devices such as bells and piezo mini-horns that may be silenced either manually or
automatically. While sounding, these follow the pattern appropriate for the condition; the configured
Evacuation Code (default is Temporal Code) during Single-Stage Alarm, or Two-Stage General Alarm,
or the Alert Code during Two-Stage’s Alert (First) Stage.
Non-Silenceable Signal = For audible devices such as bells and piezo mini-horns that may not be silenced either manually or
Evacuation Code (default is Temporal Code) during Single-Stage Alarm, or Two-Stage General Alarm,
or the Alert Code during Two-Stage’s Alert (First) Stage.
Strobe = For visual devices such as strobes that use no code pattern (they are continuous).
The possible Audible Signal Codes are ...
Evacuation Codes: Continuous: •••••••••••• [On 100% of the time]

Temporal Code: ••• ••• ••• [3 of .5 second on, .5 second off, 1.5 second pause]
March Code: • • • • • • • [.5 second on, .5 second off]
California Code: •••• •••• [5 second on, 10 second off]
2-Stage: Alert Code: •• •• •• •• [1.75 second on, 4 second off]
General Alarm: Evacuation Code as selected from above.
Page 36 of 52
10.0 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
10.1 INTRODUCTION TO CONFIGURATION:
Configuration of the HCP Series 1000 Fire Alarm Control Panel is performed by a combination of Configuration DIP
Switch settings and button presses. Circuit (Zone) related operations are correlated to their respective Disconnect
Switches.
The Configuration DIP Switches are accessible from the Main Display Module after removing a protective lexan cover
with two screws, and are labeled as CONFIG. 1 to 8. The Circuit (Zone) Disconnect Switches are re-defined as Circuit
(Zone) Select during Configuration. Caution should be used to reset the Zone Disconnect Switches back to the desired
settings before exiting configuration mode. Normal system operation is suspended while Configuration Mode is
active. Configuration Mode is entered whenever any of the Configuration DIP Switches are set as per functions listed
in the Configuration DIP Switch Function Table and exited by turning them all OFF (put switches in the bottom
or OFF positions), then performing a SYSTEM RESET !
WHILE IN CONFIGURATION MODE THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL IS NOT OPERATING !!
Three buttons and LED indicators are re-defined in Configuration Mode ...
Acknowledge (referred to as the Yellow Button): This becomes a “Select Setting” button and the LED
indicator may show current status of a function.
General Alarm (referred to as the Red Button): This becomes a “Confirmation” button for some
functions, used together with the Yellow Button.
Buzzer Silence (Blue Button): This button performs its normal function of silencing the
buzzer.
All other buttons are non-functional during Configuration Mode.
Fig.23: Configuration Indicators and Controls
The figure to the right shows the positions of the

Configuration DIP Switch and the Yellow and
Red Buttons. Each has a matching LED indicator
of the same color. Note that the labels
“Acknowledge” and “General Alarm” will only be
shown in an HCP 1000 configured as a Two-Stage
System.
Configuration Functions are selected by the

Configuration DIP Switches as follows in the
Configuration DIP Switch Function Table.
Note that a Switch position of “0" is “OFF” (bottom
position) and “1" is “ON” (top position).
Page 37 of 52
DIP SWITCH FUNCTION BUTTON CONFIGURATION DIP-SWITCH FUNCTION TABLE
POSITION (1-8) NUMBER OPERATIONS DESCRIPTION
0000 0000 00 None Normal Operation (Not in Configuration Mode)
0000 0001 01 Yellow Select Style D / B (Class A / B) Initiating Circuits FEATURES
0000 0010 02 Yellow Manual Signal Silence Enable
0000 0011 03 Yellow Fire Drill Enable
0000 0100 04 Yellow Two Stage Operation
0000 0101 05 Yellow Common Alarm Relay Operation
0000 0110 06 Yellow Output Circuit Correlations Enabled
0000 0111 07 Yellow Waterflow Alarm and Sprinkler Alarm Retard Operation
0000 1000 08 Yellow Reserved for Future Use
0000 1001 09 Yellow Aux Disconnect disconnects Correlated Relays
0000 1010 0A Yellow Signal Silence Inhibit Timer
0000 1011 0B Yellow Auto Signal Silence Timer
0000 1100 0C Yellow Auto General Alarm Timer
0000 1101 0D Yellow Evacuation Code Selection
0000 1110 0E Yellow Number of Remote Annunciators
0010 0000 20 Yellow Normal (Non-Verified) Alarm INITIATING CIRCUITS / DETECTION ZONES
0010 0001 21 Yellow Verified Alarm
0010 0010 22 Yellow Sprinkler Alarm
0010 0011 23 Yellow Water-flow Alarm
0010 0100 24 Yellow Non-Latching Supervisory
0010 0101 25 Yellow Latching Supervisory
0010 0110 26 Yellow General Alarm
0010 0111 27 Yellow Monitor
0010 1000 28 Yellow Trouble Only
0011 0000 30 Yellow Silenceable INDICATING CIRCUITS / SIGNAL ZONES
0011 0001 31 Yellow Non-Silenceable
0011 0010 32 Yellow Silenceable Strobes
0011 0011 33 Yellow Non-Silenceable Strobes
0011 1000 38 None Show Relay Circuits RELAYS
0100 0000 40 Yellow & Red Set Circuit Adder Module Number & Type RESIZE SYSTEM
0100 0001 41 Yellow Correlation by Input Circuit CORRELATIONS
0100 0010 42 Yellow Correlation by Output Circuit
0111 1111 7F Yellow & Red Restore to Default Configuration DEFAULT
1000 80 None Walk-Test WALK-TEST
Page 38 of 52
10.2 ENTERING CONFIGURATION MODE:
The System enters Configuration Mode whenever any of the Configuration DIP Switches 2 to 8 (Switch 1 is used
to enter Walk-Test Mode) are set to a “1" or On position (top position). The TEST / CONFIG MODE and COMMON
TROUBLE LED’s will turn on, and the buzzer will sound. The Buzzer may be silenced at this point.
The Fire Alarm Control Panel is not operating as a Fire Alarm System while in Configuration Mode !!
If there is no activity (no buttons pressed or switches changed) for one hour, the System will return to normal operation,
but will remain in trouble.
As Configuration DIP Switches are changed to select different functions, wait for a few seconds for the appropriate
LED’s to change as the System recognizes the change. Note that Configuration changes take effect immediately as
they are made; there is no “undo” function.
10.3 EXITING CONFIGURATION MODE:
To exit Configuration Mode, after all desired changes are made, all Configuration DIP Switches must be returned to
a “0" or Off position (bottom position). Wait about five seconds, then press the white System Reset button. The System
should now be back in Normal Operation.
10.4 FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION:
The system as shipped from the factory is configured with no Adder Modules, and with certain set defaults. The
Default settings are ...
! All Initiating Circuits are Style B (Class B) Non-Verified Alarms (any Alarm on any initiating circuit activates
all indicating circuits)
! Indicating Circuits are all Common Alarm and set as Silenceable, Temporal Code.
! Manual Signal Silence is enabled
! Two Stage disabled (System will operate Single Stage)
! Water-flow Retard Operation is disabled
! Aux Disconnect will disconnect correlated relays
! Auto Signal Silence Timer is disabled.
! Systems assumes there are no Remote Annunciators
! All Relay correlation is set to Common Alarm activation.
! Fire Drill is enabled
! Relay Adder(s) activate on Common Alarm
! Signal Silence Inhibit Timer is disabled
! Auto General Alarm Timer is disabled
! System assumes there are no Adder Modules
Page 39 of 52
10.5 RESTORE TO DEFAULT / RESIZE (CLASS A or B):
Restoring the System to the Default Configuration is performed whenever it is desirable to restore the Factory Default
Configuration, and also whenever Circuit Adder Modules (Detection, Signal, or Relay) are added, removed, or re-
arranged. Restoring the System to the Default Configuration is performed slightly differently depending on whether the
System is intended to operate with Style B (Class B) or Style D (Class A) Initiating Circuits (Detection Zones). It must
also be remembered to set the Main Fire Alarm Board and Detection Adder Module jumpers for the appropriate
Style / Class (see Module Settings), and that the Style / Class setting is global - for ALL Initiating Circuits.
Restore Defaults - Style B / Class B Restore Defaults - Style D / Class A
& Set Config DIP Switch to 0111 1111 (Restore Defaults). & Set Config DIP Switch to 0111 1111 (Restore Defaults).
& Wait 5 seconds. & Wait 5 seconds.
& Press Yellow & Red Buttons together for 1 second. & Press Yellow & Red Buttons together for 1 second.
& Set Config DIP Switch to 0000 0001 (Select Style / Class). & Set Config DIP Switch to 0000 0001 (Select Style / Class).
& Press Yellow Button till Yellow LED is off. & Press Yellow Button till Yellow LED is on.
& Set Config DIP Switch to 0100 0000 (Resize System *). & Set Config DIP Switch to 0100 0000 (Resize System *).
& Press Yellow & Red Buttons together for 1 second. & Press Yellow & Red Buttons together for 1 second.
Note that the HFA-1012K can be configured as Style B / Class B only ! The System is now ready for further
Configuration, or Configuration Mode may be exited if the Default Settings are acceptable.
10.6 RESIZE SYSTEM (SET CIRCUIT ADDER MODULE NUMBER & TYPE):
Resizing the System without performing a full Restore to Defaults may be done if the only change is adding an Adder
Display Module, or adding a Circuit Module. It should not be performed other than as part of a full Restore to
Defaults, if Circuit Modules are removed, or inserted between existing Modules, otherwise Circuit specific Configuration
may be mis-assigned.
For Circuit Adder Modules added after existing Modules, to Resize ...
& Set Config DIP Switch to 0100 0000 (Resize System *).
& Wait 5 seconds.
& Press Yellow & Red Buttons together for 1 second.
& Wait 10 seconds.
The System is now ready for further Configuration, or Configuration Mode may be exited if the Default Settings for the
added Modules are acceptable.
* During the Resize (Set Circuit Adder Module Number & Type) part of the operation, the Yellow LED flashes to
indicate how many Adder Display Modules (in addition to the Main Display Module) and Circuit Adder Modules
(including the main board) are found. The Yellow LED flashes for the number of Adder Display Modules first,
followed by the number of Circuit Adder Modules. If no Circuit Adder Modules are found the LED flashes once for
the main board, if one Circuit Adder Module is found it flashes twice, etc. For example if the system has one
Adder Display Module and two Circuit Adder Modules, the Yellow LED will flash two times (once for the Main
Display Module and once for the Adder Display Module), pause, flash three times (once for the main board and once
for each of the adder modules), long pause and repeat.
Note: The Yellow LED indicates how many Adders (plus the main board) are found, not how many the System
is Configured to accept. If the number of Adders found is different from the number the System is
Configured for, the system will be in trouble.
Page 40 of 52
10.7 CONFIGURING FEATURES:
There are two types of Features; those which are just turned ON and OFF, and those with Multiple Settings. For ON
and OFF Features, the Yellow LED is lit for ON, and not lit for OFF, and the Yellow Button is pressed to change the
ON / OFF setting. For Multiple Setting Features, the Yellow LED flashes a number of times to indicate the setting,
then pauses; the Yellow Button is used to change the selected setting. Be sure to pause for about 3 seconds after
changing the Configuration DIP Switches, or pressing the Yellow Button to see the results.
DIP SWITCH FEATURE DESCRIPTION

POSITION (1-8)
0000 0001 Style D/B (Class A/B) Initiating Circuits Yellow LED lit indicates that all Initiating Circuits (Detection
Zones) are Style D (Class A), off indicates that they are all
Style B (Class B). This Feature can be checked at any time, but
must only be changed as described in Restore to Default.
0000 0010 Manual Signal Silence Enable Yellow LED lit indicates that Manual Silence is enabled.
0000 0011 Fire Drill Enable Yellow LED lit indicates that Fire Drill is enabled.
0000 0100 Two Stage Operation Enabled Yellow LED lit indicates that the System is set for Two Stage
operation, and not lit indicates Single Stage operation.
0000 0101 Common Alarm Relay Operation Yellow LED lit indicates that if the System is for Two Stage
operation, the Common Alarm Relay will only operate during the
General Alarm Stage. If not lit, the Common Alarm Relay will
operate during both Stages.
0000 0110 Output Circuit Correlations Enabled Yellow LED lit indicates that Output Circuits (Indicating Circuits
and Relays) operate according to any set Correlations (see
Correlation section). If the Yellow LED is not lit, all Output
Circuits are Common Alarm; all outputs turn on for any Alarm
Input.
0000 0111 Waterflow & Sprinkler Retard Operation Yellow LED lit indicates that Waterflow Retard is enabled.
0000 1000 Reserved for Future Use
0000 1001 Aux Disc & Programmable Relays Yellow LED lit indicates that Correlated Relays are
disconnected by Auxiliary Disconnect.
0011 1000 Show Relay Circuits All Display Points assigned to Relay Circuits will be lit.
0000 1010 Signal Silence Inhibit Timer Yellow LED does not flash = Disabled
Yellow LED flashes 1 time = 1 minute
Yellow LED flashes 2 times = 2 minutes
0000 1011 Auto Signal Silence Timer Yellow LED does not flash = Disabled
(This timer cannot be set shorter than either Yellow LED flashes 1 time = 5 minute
the Auto General Alarm or Signal Silence Yellow LED flashes 2 times = 10 minutes
Inhibit timers, if those timers are enabled) Yellow LED flashes 3 times = 15 minutes
0000 1100 Auto General Alarm Timer Yellow LED does not flash = Disabled
(Leave disabled unless the System is Yellow LED flashes 1 time = 5 minute
configured for Two Stage operation) Yellow LED flashes 2 times = 10 minutes
Page 41 of 52
0000 1101 Audible Indicating Circuit Yellow LED flashes 1 time = Continuous
Evacuation Code Yellow LED flashes 2 times = March Time
Yellow LED flashes 3 times = Temporal Code
Yellow LED flashes 4 times = California Code
0000 1110 Number of Remote Annunciators Yellow LED flashes 0 to 8 times to indicate the number of
Remote Annunciators expected by the System.
10.8 CONFIGURING INITIATING AND INDICATING CIRCUITS:
Initiating Circuits (Detection Zones) and Indicating Circuits (Signal Zones) are Configured by using the
Configuration DIP Switches to select the desired Circuit Type Function, along with the Circuit Trouble LED’s and
Disconnect Switches. When a Circuit Type is selected by the Configuration DIP Switch setting, the Yellow Trouble
LED for each Circuit currently configured as that type will light. To configure Circuits to be of that selected Circuit Type,
all of the desired Circuit Disconnect Switches are turned ON (up position) and the Yellow Button is pressed for about
one second. After a short pause, the Initiating Circuit Yellow Trouble LED’s will be updated to show the new
configuration.
Note: Any subsequent selection of a particular Circuit as a different Circuit Type will supercede the previous selection.
Also note that the physical Circuit Type must be appropriate for the selected Circuit Type; for example only Indicating
Circuits can be configured as Silenceable Strobes.
Be sure to reset Circuit Disconnect Switches to OFF (down position) before attempting to configure any other Circuits.
CONFIG INITIATING CIRCUIT CONFIG INDICATING CIRCUIT

DIP SWITCH (DETECTION ZONE) DIP SWITCH (DETECTION ZONE)
POSITION (1-8) TYPE POSITION (1-8) TYPE
0010 0000 Normal (Non-Verified) Alarm 0011 0000 Silenceable Audible Signal
0010 0001 Verified Alarm 0011 0001 Non-Silenceable Audible Signal
0010 0010 Sprinkler Alarm 0011 0010 Silenceable Strobe
0010 0011 Water-flow Alarm 0011 0011 Non-Silenceable Strobe
0010 0100 Non-Latching Supervisory
0010 0101 Latching Supervisory
0010 0110 General Alarm
0010 0111 Monitor
0010 1000 Trouble Only
As an example, if in a System with eight Initiating Circuits and four Indicating Circuits (Main Board only), we wanted
Class B operation, the first six Initiating Circuits as normal Non-Verified Alarms, the last two as Latching Supervisories,
and the last Indicating Circuit as a Non-Silenceable Strobe, the following sequence would be used ...
& Restore to Default (Class B) as previously described.

& Set Config DIP Switch to 0010 0000; all eight Initiating Yellow Trouble LED’s should light.
& Set Config DIP Switch to 0010 0101; all eight Initiating Yellow Trouble LED’s should go out.
& Set only Initiating Circuits 7 & 8 Disconnect Switches on.
& Press the Yellow Button for one second; after a pause the Yellow Trouble LED’s for 7 & 8 should light.
& Turn off all Disconnect Switches.
& Set Config DIP Switch to 0011 0000; all four Indicating Yellow Trouble LED’s should light.
& Set Config DIP Switch to 0011 0011; all four Indicating Yellow Trouble LED’s should go out.
& Set only Indicating Circuit 4 Disconnect Switch on.
& Press the Yellow Button for one second; after a pause the Yellow Trouble LED for 4 should light.
& Turn off all Disconnect Switches.
& Exit Configuration Mode.
Page 42 of 52
10.9 CONFIGURING CIRCUIT CORRELATIONS:
As a working definition for Correlations, Circuits can be defined as ...

Input Circuits = Initiating Circuits (Detection Zones).
Output Circuits = Indicating Circuits (Signal Zones), and Relay Circuits.
With the Factory Default Configuration, all Outputs are configured to activate with any Inputs configured as Alarms.
If Output Circuit Correlations are enabled (see the Configure Features section), Outputs must be configured to one
or more Inputs to activate at all. This configuration is referred to as a Correlation. There are two configuration options;
correlated individual Outputs to one or more Inputs, or correlating individual Inputs to one or more Outputs. Output
Circuits may be correlated to as many Input Circuits as desired, and vice-versa.
Correlation by Input Circuit:

& Set Config DIP Switch to 0100 0001; pause for about three seconds.
& One and only one Input Circuit’s (Initiating Circuit / Detection Zone) Disconnect Switch is turned ON (up
position). This function will not operate if more than one Input Circuit Disconnect Switch is turned ON at one
time. The selected Input Circuit’s Yellow Trouble LED will light, as well as the Yellow Trouble LED’s of any
Output Circuits (Indicating Circuit / Signal Zone, or Relay Circuit) that are already Correlated to that Input. If only
a check of Correlations is desired, then this is the only step required, and you may step through from one Input
Circuit to another, one at a time.
& If it is desired to set new Correlations for the selected Input Circuit, then the Disconnect Switch for desired
Output Circuits are turned ON (up position). The Yellow Button is pressed for one second; after a pause the
Yellow Trouble LED’s for the newly Correlated Output Circuits will be lit.
Correlation by Output Circuit:

& Set Config DIP Switch to 0100 0010; pause for about three seconds.
& One and only one Output Circuit’s (Indicating Circuit / Signal Zone, or Relay Circuit) Disconnect Switch is
turned ON (up position). This function will not operate if more than one Output Circuit Disconnect Switch is
turned ON at one time. The selected Output Circuit’s Yellow Trouble LED will light, as well as the Yellow
Trouble LED’s of any Input Circuits (Initiating Circuit / Detection Zone) that are already Correlated to that Output.
If only a check of Correlations is desired, then this is the only step required, and you may step through from
one Output Circuit to another, one at a time.
& If it is desired to set new Correlations for the selected Output Circuit, then the Disconnect Switch for desired
Input Circuits are turned ON (up position). The Yellow Button is pressed for one second; after a pause the
Yellow Trouble LED’s for the newly Correlated Input Circuits will be lit.
At present, only the following types of Circuit CORRELATIONS are possible ...
C Alarm Circuits (Verified or not, Sprinkler or Water-flow) to Indicating Circuits or Relays.
C General Alarm Circuits to Relays (they are automatically Correlated to ALL Indicating Circuits).
C Supervisory Circuits (Latching or not) to Relays.
C Monitor Circuits to Relays.
C Trouble-Only Circuits to Relays.
IMPORTANT: The Feature Output Circuit Correlations Enabled must be ON for Indicating Circuit Correlations
to operate (see the Configure Features section), otherwise all Indicating Circuits will be “Common Alarm” ; they
will all activate with any Input Circuits configured as Alarms. Relay Circuits are always Enabled for Correlations.
Also note that if the System is configured as Two-Stage, any Second Stage / General Alarm (caused by the Auto
General Alarm Timer, the General Alarm button on the Front Panel or Remote Annunciator, or by a General Alarm
Initiating Circuit) condition activates ALL Indicating Circuits whether they are Correlated or not.
Page 43 of 52
10.10 DISPLAY CONFIGURATION:
The Main and Adder Display Modules on the front panel are automatically updated to display all circuits found whenever
the function Resize - Adder Module Number & Type Configuration is performed. The Main Display Module has
dedicated Trouble LEDs for the four Indicating Circuits on the Main Fire Alarm Module. The eight Initiating Circuits (four
in Class A mode) also on the Main Fire Alarm Module are annunciated on the first column of Display Points (from top
to bottom). Any Adder Module circuits are displayed after the base system input circuits in the same order as the
Adder Modules have been installed (that is from right to left). For example, if there are two 8 Circuit Initiating Adders
and one 4 Circuit Indicating Adder, the Main Display will annunciate 24 Initiating Circuits followed by 4 Indicating
Circuits. If the Fire Alarm Control Panel is configured for Style D (Class A) Initiating Circuits, then the number of
Initiating Circuits is cut in half, so that in the example above, there will only be a total of 12 Initiating Circuits
annunciated, followed by the 4 Adder Indicating Circuits.
Refer to the Figure shown under the Indicators, Controls, & Operation section. It shows how the first 24 Circuits are
mapped to Display Points.
Any configured HRA 1000 Series Remote Annunciators automatically match the main Fire Alarm Control Panel
displays, except that there will be no annunciation of Common Alarm, Common Supervisory, Battery Trouble, Ground
Fault and 4 Signal Trouble indicators.
Page 44 of 52
11.0 WALK TEST OPERATION
Walk-Test allows an installer to verify the Initiating Circuit wiring in a system. Walk-Test is a special Configuration
Mode Function (Function 80 on the Configuration DIP Switches). Circuits to be tested are identified using the Circuit
Disconnect Switches. Activation of any Initiating Circuit which has been selected for Walk-Test will cause the Audible
Indicating Circuits (not Strobes) to activate briefly for a number of short bursts corresponding to the selected circuit
number. If the first selected Circuit is activated, the Indication Circuits will sound for one burst. If the second selected
Circuit is activated, the Indication Circuits will sound for two bursts, and so on. This means that if say Circuits 1,6,23,32
were selected for Walk-Test, they would sound with 1,2,3,4 bursts respectively. The maximum number of Circuits that
may be set at any one time for Walk-Test is 15. The burst interval is half a second on half a second off. After the
sounding pattern has been sent on the Indicating Circuits, the Initiating Circuit is reset and tested again. If it is still
active (in alarm) the pattern will be re-sent. Trouble on any Initiating Circuit selected for Walk-Test causes the Indicating
Circuits to be activated continuously for 5 seconds.
Alarm Verification and Water-flow Alarm Retard Operations are disabled on Circuits being Walk-Tested. All Circuits not
selected for Walk-Test continue to function normally. If a Circuit was Disconnected before Walk-Test mode was entered
and is not selected for Walk-Test, it remains Disconnected while Walk-Test is active. Walk-Test operation is disabled
if the Fire Alarm Control Panel is in Alarm or goes into Alarm while Walk-Test is active.
Page 45 of 52
APPENDIX "A" - COMPATIBLE DEVICES
UNDERWRITER’S LABS CANADA (ULC)

CANADIAN: 2-WIRE SMOKE DETECTOR CONTROL PANEL COMPATIBILITY
NOTES:
Whether mixing different models of compatible smoke detectors, or using the same model on the same Circuit, total
standby current of all detectors must not exceed 3 mA.
SMOKE DETECTOR
MAKE MODEL / BASE MAKE MODEL / BASE MAKE MODEL / BASE
HOCHIKI EDWARDS FENWAL
DCD -135/NS6-220 6249C PSD-7131 / 70-201000-001

DCD-135/NS4-220 6250C PSD-7131 / 70-201000-002
DCD-135/HSC-220R 6264C PSD-7131 / 70-201000-003
DCD-190/NS6-220 6266C PSD-7131 / 70-201000-005
DCD-190/NS4-220 6269C PSD-7130 / 70-201000-001
DCD-190/HSC-220R 6270C PSD-7130 / 70-201000-002
SIJ-24/NS6-220 6269C-003 PSD-7130 / 70-201000-003
SIJ-24/NS4-220 6270C-003 PSD-7130 / 70-201000-005
SIJ-24/HSC-220R PSD-7128 / 70-201000-001
SLR-24/NS6-220 CERBERUS PYROTRONICS PSD-7126 / 70-201000-002
SLR-24/NS4-220 D1-2 PSD-7126 / 70-201000-003
SLR-24/HSC-220R D1-3 / DB-3S PSD-7126 / 70-201000-005
SLR-24H/NS6-220 PSD-7129 / 70-211002-000
SLR-24H/NS4-220 MIRCOM PSD-7125 / 70-201000-001
SLR-24H/HSC-220R MIR-525 PSD-7126 / 70-201000-002
SLR-835/NS6-220 MIR-525T PSD-7125 / 70-201000-003
SLR-835/NS4-220 PSD-7125 / 70-201000-005
SLR-835/HSC-220R MIRTONE CPD-7021 / 70-201000-001
SLR-835B-2 73471 CPD-7021 / 70-201000-002
73494 CPD-7021 / 70-201000-003
SYSTEM SENSOR 73575 CPD-7021 / 70-201000-005
1400-A 73495/73486
2400-A 73495/73487 NAPCO
1451-A / B401B 73595/73486 FW-2
1451-A / B406B 73595/73497
2451-A / B401B 73594/73400 SIMPLEX
2451-A / B406B 73405/73400 2098-9110
1451DH / DH400A 73594/73401
2451-A / DH400A 73405/73401
Page 46 of 52
UNDERWRITER’S LABS INC. (UL)
UNITED STATES: 2-WIRE SMOKE DETECTOR CONTROL PANEL COMPATIBILITY
NOTES:
1) Whether mixing different models of compatible smoke detectors, or using the same model on the same Circuit, total
2). The below listed Smoke Detectors are compatible with Initiating Circuits having Compatibility Identifier "A".
SMOKE DETECTOR COMPATIBILITY RATED SMOKE DETECTOR COMPATIBILITY RATED

MAKE MODEL / IDENTIFIER STANDBY MAKE MODEL / BASE IDENTIFIER STANDBY
BASE HEAD / BASE CURRENT HEAD / BASE CURRENT
HOCHIKI 2451 / B406B A-A 0.12 mA
DCD-190/HSC-220R HD-3/HB-72 0.035mA 2451 / DH400 A-A 0.12 mA
DCD-190/NS6-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.035mA 2451TH / B401 A-A 0.12 mA
DCD-190/NS4-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.035mA 2451TH / B401B A-A 0.12 mA
DCD-135/HSC-220R HD-3/HB-3 0.035mA 2451TH / B406B A-A 0.12 mA
DCD-135/NS6-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.035mA 4451HT / B401 A-A 0.12 mA
DCD-135/NS4-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.035mA 4451HT / B401B A-A 0.12 mA
SIJ-24/HSC-220R HD-3/HB-72 0.040mA 4451HT / B406B A-A 0.12 mA
SIJ-24/NS6-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.040mA 5451 / B401 A-A 0.12 mA
SIJ-24/NS4-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.040mA 5451 / B401B A-A 0.12 mA
SLR-24/HSC-220R HD-3/HB-72 0.045mA 5451 / B406B A-A 0.12 mA
SLR-24/NS6-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.045mA
SLR-24/NS4-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.045mA SENTROL - ESL
SLR-24H/NS6-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.045mA 429C S10A - N/A 0.10 mA
SLR-24H/NS4-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.045mA 429CT S10A - N/A 0.10 mA
SLR-24H/HSC-220R HD-3/HB-72 0.045mA 429CST S11A - N/A 0.10 mA
SLR-835/NS6-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.045mA 429CRT S11A - N/A 0.10 mA
SLR-835/NS4-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.045mA 711U / 701E, 701U, 702E, 702U S10A - S00 0.10 mA
SLR-835/HSC-220R HD-3/HB-72 0.045mA 712U / 701E, 701U, 702E, 702U S10A - S00 0.10 mA
SLR-835B-2 HD-6 55uA @ 24VDC 713-5U / 701E, 701U, 702E, 702U S10A - S00 0.10 mA
713-6U / 701E, 701U, 702E, 702U S10A - S00 0.10 mA
721U / 702E, 702U S10A - S00 0.10 mA
721UT / 702E, 702U S10A - S00 0.10 mA
SYSTEM SENSOR 722U / 702E, 702U S10A - S00 0.10 mA
1100 A - N/A 0.12 mA 731U / 702E, 702U, 702RE, 702RU S11A - S00 0.10 mA
1151 / B110LP A-A 0.12 mA 732U / 702E, 702U, 702RE, 702RU S11A - S00 0.10 mA
1151 / B116LP A-A 0.12 mA
1400 A - N/A 0.10 mA DETECTION SYSTEMS INC.
1451 / B401 A-A 0.12 mA DS250 B - N/A 0.10 mA
1451 / B401B A-A 0.12 mA DS250TH B - N/A 0.10 mA
1451 / B406B A-A 0.12 mA DS282 B - N/A 0.10 mA
1451DH / DH400 A-A 0.12 mA DS282TH B - N/A 0.10 mA
2100 A - N/A 0.12 mA
2100T A - N/A 0.12 mA
2151 / B110LP A-A 0.12 mA MIRCOM
2151 / B116LP A-A 0.12 mA MIR-525U FDT-1 0.10 mA
2400 A - N/A 0.12 mA MIR-525TU FDT-1 0.10 mA
2400TH A - N/A 0.12 mA
Page 47 of 52
2451 / B401 A-A 0.12 mA
2451 / B401B A-A 0.12 mA NAPCO
FW-2 HD-6 55uA @ 24VDC

Mircom MIR-545U MIR-545TU

Sentrol - ESL 541C 541CXT 709-MV-21 709-24V-21
741U with 449AT, 449C, 449CT, 449CRT, 449CST, 449CSTE, 449CSRT, 449CSRH, 449CSST,
702U or 702E Base 449CSSTE, 449CTE, 449CLT, 449CSLT
System Sensor 1424 6424 6424A A77-716B
DH400ACDCI DH400ACDCP DH400ACDCIHT

UNITED STATES: SIGNALLING DEVICE CONTROL PANEL COMPATIBILITY
System Sensor -
SpecrAlert
P2415 P2415W P241575 P241575W P2475
P2475W P24110 P24110W S2415 S2415W
S241575 S241575W S2475 S2475W S24110
S24110W H12/24 H12/24W MDL MDLW
Wheelock
AS-2415W-24-FR AS-241575W-FR AS-2430W-FR AS-2475W-FR AS-24110W-FR
AS-2415C-FW AS-2430C-FW AS-2475C-FW AS-24100C-FW AH-24-R
AH-24-WP-R NS-2415W-FR NS-241575W-FR NS-2430W-FR NS-2475W-FR
NS-24110W-FR NS4-2415W-FR NS4-241575W-FR NS4-2430W-FR NS4-2475W-FR
NS4-24110W-FR RS-2415W-FR RSS-241575W-FR RSS-2415W-FR RSS-241575W-FR
RSS-2430W-FR RSS-2475W-FR RSS-24110W-FR RSS-2415C-FW RSS-2430C-FW
RSS-2475C-FW RSS-24100C-FW MT-12/24-ULC MT-24-LS-VFR-ULC MT-24-WS-VFR-ULC
AMT-12/24-R-ULC AMT-24-LS-VFR-ULC MB-G6-24-R MB-G10-24-R SM-12/24-R
DSM-12/24-R
Gentex
ST24-15 ST24-15/75 ST24-30 ST24-60 ST24-75
ST24-110
HS24-15 HS24-15/75 HS24-30 HS24-60 HS24-75
HS24-110
.
Page 48 of 52
.
APPENDIX "B" - HRA-1000 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANELS
HRA-1000 Series:
The HRA-1000 Series of Remote Annunciators are units with electrical Modules and Enclosures matching the configurations
of the HCP Series 1000 Fire Alarm Control Panels. For more detailed information see Hochiki Document LT-617HOC. The
Models available are ...
& HRAM-1032: Main Annunciator Chassis with Common Indicators and Controls, and 32 Circuit Capacity.
& HRAX-1048: Adder Annunciator Chassis with 48 Circuit Capacity.
& HRAM-1016: Non-Expandable Annunciator Chassis with Common Indicators and Controls, and 16 Circuit Capacity.
ENCLOSURES:
HBB-1001 With capacity for one Annunciator Chassis.

HBB-1002 With capacity for two Annunciator Chassis.
HBB-1003 With capacity for three Annunciator Chassis.
Notes: 1. Finish: Painted textured Off-White (standard)

(For other paint available colours and finishes, please contact factory)
2. Material: 18 G.A. Cold Roll Steel (CRS)
Page 49 of 52
APPENDIX "C" - MODULE SPECIFICATIONS and FEATURES
Main Fire Alarm Chassis (HMCC1024-6[S]) Expander Chassis (HECH1048)

General: M Up to 6 Circuit Adders may be added.
M 8 supervised Style B (Class B) or 4 Style D (Class A) M Displays and Disconnect Switches for up to
Initiating Circuits; fully configurable. Terminals are 48 Circuits.
labelled “INI”. Initiating Circuits are Compatibility ID M Current Consumption:
“A”. Standby: 20 mA, Alarm: 20 mA
Power Limited: 22 VDC, 3 mA standby, 5 mV
ripple, 50 mA max. (alarm) Detection Adder Module (HDM-1008)
M 4 Style Y or Z (Class B or A) Indicating Circuits; M 8 supervised Style B (Class B) or 4 Style D (Class A)
configurable as strobes or audibles. Terminals are Initiating Circuits; fully configurable. Terminals are
labelled “IND”. labelled “INI”. Initiating Circuits are Compatibility ID
Power Limited: 24 VDC unfiltered “A”.
1.7 A @ 49 C per Circuit Power Limited: 22VDC, 3 mA standby, 5mV
M Up to 2 Circuit Adders may be added. ripple, 50 mA max. (alarm)
M Displays and Disconnect Switches for up to M Current Consumption:
24 Circuits. Standby: 80 mA, Alarm: 100 mA
M Optional HPR-100 City Tie Module.
M Aux. Power Supply (for Remote Annunciators). Signal Adder Module (HSGM-1004)
Terminals are labelled “AUX PWR”. M 4 Style Y or Z (Class B or A) Indicating Circuits;
Power Limited: 24 VDC unfiltered configurable as strobes or audibles. Terminals are
1.7 A @ 49 C labelled “IND”.
M Two Resettable 4-Wire Smoke Supplies. Terminals Power Limited: 24 VDC unfiltered
are labelled “4-WIRE”. Max. 1.7 A @ 49C per Circuit
Power Limited: 22 VDC, 200 mA each max., 200 M Current Consumption:
mA total max, 5 mV ripple Standby: 35 mA, Alarm: 150 mA
M 1 RS-485 Connection for Remote Annunciators or
interface to Audio Systems. Power Limited to 300 mA. Relay Adder Module (HRM-1008) (resistive loads)
Terminals are labelled “RS485”. Must be connected to a Listed Power Limited Source
M Auxiliary relays: (resistive loads) of Supply. Terminals are labelled “RLY”.
Must be connected to a Listed Power Limited Source M 8 fully Configurable Form C Relays.
of Supply. Terminals are labelled “ALARM, TROUBLE, Form C, 1 Amp., 28 VDC (resistive loads)
SUPV”. M Current Consumption:
Common Alarm: Form C, 1 Amp, 28 VDC Standby: 25 mA, Alarm: 150 mA
Common Supv: Form C, 1 Amp, 28 VDC
Common Trouble: Form C, 1 Amp, 28 VDC Polarity Reversal and City Tie Module (HPR-100)
M Micro-controller Based Design. M Supervised City Tie Not Power Limited
M Fully Configurable from Front Panel. 24VDC unfiltered, 210 mA max., Trip coil: 14 ohms.
M Full Walk-Test function. Terminals are labelled “City Tie”.
Electrical ratings: M Polarity Reversal Power Limited
M AC Line Voltage: 102 to 132 VAC. Terminals are labelled “Polarity Reversal”.
4 Amps. (primary) 24VDC open
M Power Supply ratings: 12VDC @ 3.5 mA, 8 mA max. (shorted)
6 Amps. max. (secondary) M Current Consumption:
M For Indicating Circuits: 24VDC unfiltered Standby: 35 mA, Alarm: 300 mA
5 Amps. max.
M Battery: 24VDC, Gel-Cell/Sealed Lead-Acid
Charging capability: 10-24 AH batteries
M Current Consumption:
Standby: 200 mA, Alarm: 350 mA
Main Fire Alarm Chassis (HMCC1024-12[S])
Same as HMCH1024-6(S) except for ...
M Power Supply ratings:
12 Amps. max. (secondary)
M For Indicating Circuits: 24VDC unfiltered
10 Amps. max.
M Battery: 24VDC, Gel-Cell/Sealed Lead-Acid
Charging capability: 17-40 AH batteries
M Current Consumption:
Standby: 200 mA, Alarm: 350 mA
System Model: HCP SERIES 1000, Fire Alarm Control Panel

System Type: Local, Auxiliary (using HPR-100), Remote Protected Premise Station (using HPR-100).
Type of Service: A, M, WF, SS
Type of Signalling: Non-Coded
Applicable Standards: NFPA 70 and 72, UL-864, ULC S-524, ULC S-527
Page 50 of 52
APPENDIX "D" - POWER SUPPLY & BATTERY CALCULATIONS (SELECTION GUIDE)
Use the form below to determine the required Main Chassis and Secondary Power Supply (batteries).
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The main AC branch circuit connection for Fire Alarm Control Unit must provide a dedicated continuous power without provision of any disconnect
devices. Use #12 AWG wire with 600-volt insulation and proper over-current circuit protection that complies with the local codes. Refer to appendix
"C" for specifications.
POWER REQUIREMENTS (ALL CURRENTS ARE IN AMPERES)
Model Number Description Qty STANDBY TOTAL ALARM TOTAL

STANDBY ALARM
HMCH1024-6(S) Main Chassis (6 Amp) X 0.200 = 0.350 =
HMCH1024-12S) Main Chassis (12 Amp) X 0.200 = 0.350 =
HECH1048 Expander Chassis X 0.020 = 0.020 =

(48 Circuit Displays)
HDM-1008 8 Initiating Circuit Module X 0.080 = 0.100 =
HSGM-1004 4 Indicating Circuit Module X 0.035 = 0.150 =
HRM-1008 8 Relay Circuit Module X 0.025 = 0.150 =
DACT-100 DACT/Dialler Module X 0.045 = 0.120 =
HPR-100 City Tie Module X 0.035 = 0.300 =
2-Wire Smoke Detectors X ' 0.0001 = * 0.090 = 0.090
4-Wire Smoke Detectors X = =
Signal Load (bells, horns, strobes, and etc.) X =
Auxiliary Power Supply for Remote Annunciators. = =

ALARM
Total currents (Add above currents) STANDBY (A) (B)
Total Current Requirement: ALARM (B)______ Amps.
Battery Capacity Requirement:
([STANDBY (A) ______ ] X [(24 or 60 Hours) ___ ]) + ([ALARM (B) ______ ] X [%Alarm in Hr.] _____) = (C) ______AH
Main Chassis Selection: Select HMCC1024-6(S) if (B) is less than 6 Amps, HMCC1024-12S) if (B) is less than 12 Amps.
Battery Selection: Multiply (C) by 1.20 to derate battery.

Batteries 6.5AH, 10AH, 17AH will fit into the HBB-1024.
24AH, 40AH will fit into the HBB-1072.
* Assuming three Initiating Circuits in alarm.

% Use 0.084 for five minutes of alarm or 0.5 for thirty minutes of alarm as a multiplier figure.
' Using the 1400-A 2-wire smoke detector. See Appendix "A", for other available smoke detectors .
Page 51 of 52
WARRANTY
Hochiki America Corp., manufactured equipment is guaranteed to be free of defects in material and
workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of original shipment. Hochiki will repair or replace,
at its option, any equipment which it determines to contain defective material or workmanship. Said
equipment must be shipped to Hochiki prepaid. Return freight will be prepaid by Hochiki. We shall not be
responsible to repair or replace equipment which has been repaired by others, abused, improperly installed,
altered or otherwise misused or damaged in any way. Unless previously contracted by Hochiki, Hochiki will
assume no responsibility for determining the defective or operative status at the point of installation, and will
accept no liability beyond the repair or replacement of the product at our factory authorized service
department.
Hochiki America Corp.

7051 Village Drive
Buena Park, CA
USA 90621
Phone: (714) 522-2246
FAX: (714) 522-2268
Technical Support Phone: 1-800-845-6692
or technical support@hochiki.com
Page 52 of 52
HCP-200 AUXILIARY MODULES
GENERAL
The HCP-200 Microprocessor Based Fire Alarm System The following modules have been designed to adapt the
can be configured to meet virtually any requirements. system to suit the particular requirements of a building.
HDM-204
FOUR INITIATING CIRCUIT & TWO INDICATING
CIRCUIT MODULE
The HDM-204 Module provides the HCP-204E Fire Alarm

Control Panel with up to 4 Class B (Style B) or 2 Class
A (Style D) Initiating Circuits. In addition it provides up
to 2 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits which are
rated for 1.7 Amps each. Each of the indicating circuits
can be configured for silenceable or non silenceable. In
addition each circuit comes with an individual trouble
indicator. All circuits are power limited for use with limited
energy cable. The HDM-204 consists of a PC board
which mounts at the bottom of the chassis. The PC
board is connected via cables to the board on the main
chassis.
HRM-204
AUXILIARY QUAD RELAY MODULE
The HRM-204 Auxiliary Relay Module provides the HCP-

200 Series with four configurable auxiliary relays. The
relays can be configured for either relay per zone,
Common Alarm relay(s) or Common Supervisory relay(s).
Each relay is rated for 28 VDC @ 1 Amp max. The
module is mounted on the top of any detection module,
with hardware provided for the module. Requires one
HCH-429 Accessory Mounting Plate when HRM-204 is
mounted in the HCP-202 or HCP-204.
Continued on back.
PRODUCT LISTINGS

CSFM #: 7165-0410:152

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
HRM-208
EIGHT RELAY MODULE
The HRM-208 Auxiliary Relay Module provides the HCP-

200 Series with eight configurable auxiliary relays. The
relays can be configured for either relay per zone,
Common Alarm relay(s) or Common Supervisory relay(s).
Each relay is rated for 28 VDC @ 1 Amp max. The
module is mounted on the top of any detection module,
with hardware provided for the module. Requires one
HCH-429 Accessory Mounting Plate when an HRM-208
is mounted in the HCP-202 or HCP-204.
HPR-100
POLARITY REVERSAL & CITY TIE MODULE
The HPR-100 Polarity Reversal & City Tie Module allows

connection to two different types of monitoring systems.
The City Tie provides an output of 24 VDC at 210 mA
max. The module supervises the City Tie connection
and will provide a system trouble if not connected. A
terminating resistor is supplied with the module. The
Polarity Reversal provides a 24 VDC output for normal
condition and a polarity reverse 24 VDC output for alarm.
The module is also capable of transmitting a system
trouble “Zero Volts.” This option is jumper selectable.
The output current is limited to 8 mA.
HDACT-100
DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTER/
DIALER MODULE
The HDACT-100 Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter/

Dialer Module allows the HCP-200 Fire Alarm Control
Panels to use one or two phone lines to call a Central
Station and report a local Alarm, Trouble or Supervisory
condition. Requiring two supervised telephone lines, the
HDACT-100 can be programmed to use the Security
Industry Association (SIA) Digital Communication
Standard (DCS) and Ademco Contact ID protocols. The
HDACT-100 is powered by the HCP-200 Fire Alarm
Control Panels and communicates with them via an RS-
485 Interface. The HCFG-100 Configuration and
Diagnostics Tool is required to program the HDACT-100.
Hochiki America Corporation • HCP-200 Auxiliary Module Specifications subject to change without notice.
HCP-200 SERIES
Microprocessor Based - Fire Alarm Control Panel
INSTALLATION and OPERATION MANUAL
L NOTICE
All information, documentation, and specifications contained in this manual are subject to change
without prior notice by the manufacturer.
©2000 by Hochiki America Corporation

Printed May,2000
LT-636HOC Rev.4 (Operating Instruction is NP-779HOC Rev.3)
Page 1 of 43
TABLE of CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4 of 36

1.1 OVERALL FEATURES: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4 of 36
2.0 GENERAL NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 5 of 36
3.0 SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 6 of 36

3.1 MODELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7 of 36
3.2 ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7 of 36
4.0 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION and DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 8 of 36
5.0 MODULES MOUNTING LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 10 of 36
6.0 MODULE SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 12 of 36

6.1 MAIN FIRE ALARM MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 12 of 36
6.2 ZONE ADDER MODULE (Model HDM-204) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 13 of 36
6.3 RELAY MODULES (Models HRM-204 or HRM-208) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 13 of 36
6.4 DACT / DIALER MODULE (Model HDACT-100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 14 of 36
6.5 POLARITY REVERSAL and CITY TIE MODULE (MODEL: HPR-100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 14 of 36
7.0 FIELD WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 15 of 36

7.1 GENERAL FIELD WIRING CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 15 of 36
7.2 MAIN FIRE ALARM MODULE TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 16 of 36
7.3 ZONE ADDER MODULE (HDM-204) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 18 of 36
7.4 RELAY MODULE (HRM-204 or HRM-208) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 19 of 36
7.5 DACT / DIALER MODULE (HDACT-100) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 20 of 36
7.6 POLARITY REVERSAL and CITY TIE MODULE (MODEL: HPR-100) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . Page 20 of 36
7.7 POWER SUPPLY CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 21 of 36
7.8 WIRING TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 22 of 36
WIRING TABLE FOR INITIATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 22 of 36
WIRING TABLE FOR INDICATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 22 of 36
8.0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 23 of 36

8.1 BEFORE TURNING THE POWER "ON" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 23 of 36
8.2 POWER-UP PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 23 of 36
8.3 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 23 of 36
9.0 INDICATORS, CONTROLS, & OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 24 of 36

9.1 INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 25 of 36
9.2 CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 26 of 36
9.3 OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 26 of 36
9.4 CIRCUIT TYPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 27 of 36
10.0 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 28 of 36
11.0 WALK TEST OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 30 of 36
APPENDIX "A" - COMPATIBLE DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 31 of 36
APPENDIX "B" - HRAM-208 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33 of 36
APPENDIX "C" - MODULE SPECIFICATIONS and FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34 of 36
APPENDIX "D" - POWER SUPPLY & BATTERY CALCULATIONS (SELECTION GUIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 35 of 36
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 36 of 36
Page 2 of 43
TABLE of FIGURES
Fig.1: HCP-202, 204 Enclosure Installation and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 8 of 36

Fig.2: HCP-204E Enclosure Installation and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 9 of 36
Fig.3: HCP-202, HCP-204 Module Mounting Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 10 of 36
Fig.4: HCP-204E Module Mounting Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11 of 36
Fig.5: Main Fire Alarm Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 12 of 36
Fig.6: HDM-204 Zone Adder Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 13 of 36
Fig.7: HRM-204 or HRM-208 Relay Adder Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 13 of 36
Fig.8: HDACT-100 Dialler Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 14 of 36
Fig.9: HPR-100 City Tie Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 14 of 36
Fig.10: General Field Wiring Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 15 of 36
Fig.11: Main Fire Alarm Module Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 16 of 36
Fig.11A: Main Fire Alarm Module Terminal Connections (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 17 of 36
Fig.12: HDM-204 Zone Adder Module Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 18 of 36
Fig.13: HRM-204 / HRM-208 Relay Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 19 of 36
Fig.14: HPR-100 Polarity Reversal and City Tie Module Terminal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 20 of 36
Fig.15: Power Supply Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 21 of 36
Fig.16: WIRING TABLE FOR INITIATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 22 of 36
Fig.17: WIRING TABLE FOR INDICATING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 22 of 36
Fig.18: Indicators and Control Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 24 of 36
Page 3 of 43
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Introduction :
Hochiki's HCP-200 Fire Alarm Control Panels provide 1, 2, 4, or 8 supervised Class B (UL Style B) Initiating Circuits,
or 1, 2, 4 supervised Class A (UL Style D) Initiating Circuits, and 2 or 4 supervised Class A or B (UL Style Z or Y)
Indicating Circuits. All Circuits are supervised for opens and ground faults, and Indicating Circuits for shorts. Optional
Modules include a HDM-204 Zone Adder (required for full capacity in the HCP-204E only), a HDACT-100 Dialer or a
HPR-100 Polarity Reversal & City Tie Module, and HRM-204 or HRM-208 Relay Modules. The two enclosures are flush
or surface mountable, and can be used for retrofits and on new installations.
1.1 Overall Features:

T The small enclosure versions, HCP-202, & HCP-204, have 1, 2, 4 Class B (Style B) Initiating Circuits
respectively. The HCP-202 & HCP-204 may be configured as 1 or 2 Class A (Style D) Circuits respectively.
These also have 2 Power Limited Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits with individual trouble indicators.
T The large enclosure version, HCP-204E, has 4 Class B (Style B) Initiating Circuits which may be configured as
2 Class A (Style D) Circuits respectively. It also has 2 Power Limited Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits
with individual trouble indicators. With a HDM-204 Zone Adder, an extra 4 Class B (2 Class A) Initiating Circuits,
and 2 Class A/B Indicating Circuits are added.
T Each Initiating Circuit is configurable as a Normal or Verified Alarm. In addition, on a Class B HCP-204 or HCP-
204E, Initiating Circuit 3 may be a Waterflow Zone (as may Initiating Circuit 7 if a HDM-204 is installed), and
Initiating Circuit 4 may be a Latched or Non-Latched Supervisory Zone (as may Initiating Circuit 8 if a HDM-204
is installed). On a Class A HCP-204E with a HDM-204, Initiating Circuit 3 may be a Waterflow Zone, and
Initiating Circuit 4 may be a Latched or Non-Latched Supervisory Zone.
T Indicating Circuits can be configured as Audible or Visual and as silenceable or non-silenceable. Audibles may
be Steady, Temporal Code, California Code, or March Time.
T Initiating Circuits may be individually Disconnected by a Slide-Switch.
T Configurable Signal Silence Inhibit (disabled or 1 minute), Auto Signal Silence (disabled or 5, 10, 20 minutes),
and One-Man Walk Test.
T Subsequent Alarm, Supervisory, and Trouble operation
T 4 wire resettable Smoke Power Supply (200 mA Max.).
T Auxiliary relay contacts for Common Alarm and Common Supervisory (disconnectable), and a Common Trouble
relay. If no Supervisory Zones are configured then the Common Supervisory Relay can be used as an extra
Common Alarm Relay.
T Interface for an RTI Remote Trouble Indicator.
T RS-485 Interface for 1 to 3 of HRAM-208 Remote Multiplex Annunciators on HCP-204 & HCP-204E.
T The HCP-202, HCP-204 may use one of optional HDACT-100 (Dialer), HPR-100 (City Tie), HRM-204 or HRM-
208 Relay Modules.
T The HCP-204E may use one of optional HDACT-100 (Dialer), HPR-100 (City Tie), and also one of HRM-204 or
HRM-208 Relay Modules.
T Slide Switch Controls and LED Common Indicators.
T Easy Configuration via DIP Switches.
T Extensive transient protection
Page 4 of 43
2.0 GENERAL NOTES
Circuits and Zones:

“Circuits” refers to an actual electrical interface, Initiating (Detection), Indicating (Signal), or Relay.
“Zone” is a logical concept for a Fire Alarm Protected Area, and will consist of at least one Circuit.
Often the terms Zone and Circuit are used interchangeably, but in this Manual the term Circuit is used.
Wiring Styles:
Initiating Circuits are configured by default as Class B (Style B). They may be globally (all or none) configured as
Class A (Style D) as described in the Configuration Section. This operation uses odd and even pairs of two-wire Class
B (Style B) circuits to make one four-wire Class A (Style D) circuit, thus cutting in half the number of available Initiating
Circuits.
Indicating Circuits may be individually wired as Class A (Style Z) or Class B (Style Y) without affecting the number
of circuits available (see Module wiring instructions).
Page 5 of 43
3.0 SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Model: HCP-202,4 Fire Alarm Control Panel Model: HPR-100 City Tie Module
Model: HCP-204E Fire Alarm Control Panel Model: HDACT-100 Dialer Module
Model: HDM-204 Zone Adder Module Model: HRM-204 & HRM-208 4 & 8 Relay Module
Page 6 of 43
3.1 MODELS
Model: HCP-202 Small enclosure Fire Alarm Control Panel with two Class B (Style B) or one Class A (Style D) Initiating
Circuits, and 2 Power Limited Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits (1.70 amperes each, 2.4 amperes
total) with individual trouble indicators. Common Alarm & Trouble Relays. Interface for Remote Trouble
Indicator. Resettable Four Wire Smoke Detector Power Supply. May have one of HDACT-100, HPR-100,
HRM-204, or HRM-208 installed. Can be used with 4 amp-hour or 6.5 amp-hour batteries (2 required).
Model: HCP-204 Small enclosure Fire Alarm Control Panel with four Class B (Style B) or two Class A (Style D) Initiating
Circuits, and 2 Power Limited Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits (1.70 amperes each, 2.4 amperes
Indicator and/or 1 to 3 of HRAM-208 Remote Multiplex Annunciators. Resettable Four Wire Smoke
Detector Power Supply. May have one of HDACT-100, HPR-100, HRM-204, or HRM-208 installed. Can
be used with 4 amp-hour or 6.5 amp-hour batteries (2 required).
Model: HCP-204E Large enclosure Fire Alarm Control Panel with four Class B (Style B) or two Class A (Style D) Initiating
Circuits, and 2 Power Limited Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits (1.70 amperes each, 5 amperes
Indicator and/or 1 to 3 of HRAM-208 Remote Multiplex Annunciators. Resettable Four Wire Smoke
Detector Power Supply. May have one of HDACT-100 or HPR-100, and one HDM-204 installed. May also
have one of HRM-204 or HRM-208 installed. Can be used with 4 amp-hour, 6.5 amp-hour, or 10 amp-
hour batteries (2 required).
Model: HDM-204 Zone Adder Module for the HCP-204E. Brings the total capacity to eight Class B (Style B) or four Class
A (Style D) Initiating Circuits, and 4 Power Limited Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits (up to 1.7
amperes each, 5 amperes total).
Model: HRM-208 Relay Adder Module for the HCP-204 or HCP-204E. Adds eight configurable Form-C Relays rated 1A,
28 VDC.
Model: HRM-204 Relay Adder Module for the HCP-204 or HCP-204E. Adds four configurable Form-C Relays rated 1A, 28
VDC.
Model: HDACT-100 Digital Communicator / Dialler Module.
Model: HPR-100 City Tie / Reverse Polarity Module.
Model: HCH-429 Accessory Mounting Plate for the HCP-202, or HCP-204 if one of HRM-204, HRM-208, HPR-100, or
HDACT-100 Modules are to be used.
The HCP-202, HCP-204, and HCP-204E models have red enclosures.
3.2 ACCESSORIES
Model: HRAM-208 8 Zone Remote Annunciator (ULC and UL Approved)

Model: HRTI-1 Remote Trouble Indicator (ULC and UL Approved)
Page 7 of 43
4.0 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION and DIMENSIONS
Install the enclosure as shown below for the HCP-202, or HCP-204 ...
Fig.1: HCP-202, 204 Enclosure Installation and Dimensions
3 -5"
3 -8" 16 BACKBOX
DOOR DOOR
MATERIAL: 18GA (0.048") THICK

COLD ROLLED STEEL
FINISH: PAINTED
BACKBOX WALL WALL
SURFACE FLUSH
BACKBOX
5
1-8"
3
DOOR 13 -4 "
1
10 -2"
5
1" 1-8" 3
1-4"
1
14 -8"
1-1/8" & 7/8"

-7"
KNOCKOUT
32 DIA.HOLE 8"
3
12 -4"
7
3 -8"
1
15 -8"
#6 x 5/16" SCREW
1"
3 -8
Page 8 of 43
Fig.2: HCP-204E Enclosure Installation and Dimensions
Page 9 of 43
5.0 MODULES MOUNTING LOCATIONS
The HCP-200 Series come pre-assembled with all components and boards, except for Adder Modules. Module installation
locations are shown below.
Be sure to connect a solid Earth Ground (from building system ground / to a cold water pipe) to the Chassis Earth Ground
Mounting Lug, and to connect the Earth Ground Wire Lugs from the Main Chassis to the ground screw on the Backbox.
Fig.3: HCP-202, HCP-204 Module Mounting Locations
NOTES:
1. RELAY MODULE MAY BE MODEL HRM-204 OR HRM-208.
2. ONLY ONE OF HPR-100 OR HDACT-100 MAY BE INSTALLED.
HDACT-100)
HPR-100)
Page 10 of 43
Fig.4: HCP-204E Module Mounting Locations
Page 11 of 43
6.0 MODULE SETTINGS
6.1 MAIN FIRE ALARM MODULE
Class A / B Selection: On the HCP-202, HCP-204 and HCP-204E only, JW1 & JW2 are connected from 1 to 2 for Initiating Circuit Class
B (Style B) operation, and from 2 to 3 for Class A (Style D) operation. Only JW2 is present on the HCP-202.
Note that the Class A/B selection affects all Initiating Circuits, and must be used with the correct
Configuration DIP Switch Setting.
Zone Adder Module: On an HCP-204E only, remove the jumper on JW4 if a HDM-204 Zone Adder is installed. The Zone Adder
Module is plugged into P6 & P7.
Relay Module: Remove the jumper on JW3 if an HRM-204 or RM-208 Relay Module is installed. The Relay Module is plugged
into P1.
Digital Communicator: Remove the jumper on JW6 if a HDACT-100 Digital Communicator is installed. The Digital Communicator
is plugged into P8.
City Tie: Remove the jumper on JW6 if a PR-100 City Tie is installed. The City Tie is plugged into P8.
Battery: Connected to P2(+’ve) & P3(-’ve) via the factory installed cables.
Transformer: Factory wired to P4 & P5, do not disconnect.
JW5 There should be no jumper here; do not use.
SW9,11,13 Configuration DIP Switches.
Battery Fuse F1: Replace with 10 Amp, 1-1/4" Fast Acting Fuse
Fig.5: Main Fire Alarm Module
Page 12 of 43
6.2 ZONE ADDER MODULE (Model HDM-204)
Fig.6: HDM-204 Zone Adder Module
Class A / B Selection: JW2 & JW3

are connected from 1 to 2 for
Initiating Circuit Class B (Style B)
operation, and from 2 to 3 for Class A
(Style D) operation. Note that the
Class A/B selection affects all
Initiating Circuits, and must be
used with the correct
Configuration DIP Switch
Setting.
P1 & P2: Connections to P7 & P6

respectively on the Main
Fire Alarm Board.
SW5,6 Config DIP Switches.
6.3 RELAY MODULES (Models HRM-204 or HRM-208)
Fig.7: HRM-204 or HRM-208 Relay Adder Module
P1 Connect to P1 on the Main

Fire Alarm Board.
By the factory setting, the 4 or 8

relays are controlled by Initiating
Circuits 1 to 8 respectively. This is
configured by selecting ...
JW1 Initiating Circuit #1 controls

Relay #1.
Relay #2.
|
|
Relay #8.
Alternately, each relay may be set as

a Common Alarm or Common
Supervisory Relay by removing the
jumper from JW1 to JW1A, etc.
These jumpers have two positions to
select Alarm or Supervisory each.
JW1A Alarm or Supv. control for

Relay #1.
JW2A Alarm or Supv. control for
Relay #2.
|
|
JW8A Alarm or Supv. control for Relay #8.
Finally, there are jumpers JW1.2, JW2.3, up to JW7.8 that allow a relay to have the same control as an adjacent relay. For example, starting
with the factory default setting, moving the jumper from JW2 to JW1.2 will make both Relays 1 & 2 operate with Initiating Circuit #1.
Page 13 of 43
Page 14 of 43
6.4 DACT / DIALER MODULE (Model HDACT-100)
Fig.8: HDACT-100 Dialer Module
P1 Cable to P8 on the Main Fire

Alarm Board.

Module must be removed if a HDACT-
100 is installed. Note that this module
cannot be installed if a City Tie
Module is used.
Please see the HDACT-100 Manual

for more information.
6.5 POLARITY REVERSAL and CITY TIE MODULE (MODEL: HPR-100)
Fig.9: HPR-100 City Tie Module
P1 Cable to P8 on the Main Fire

Alarm Module.
JW1 Cut this jumper for Trouble
transmission. When this jumper
is cut and a system trouble
occur, the designated terminals
will transmit a "zero volts" or
"open" circuit. Please note that
at normal condition, the terminals
polarity is read exactly as
labelled on the circuit board.

Module must be removed if a City Tie
Module is installed. Note that this
module cannot be installed if a DACT
/ Dialler Module is used.
Page 15 of 43
7.0 FIELD WIRING
7.1 GENERAL FIELD WIRING CONSIDERATIONS
Because most of the Field Wiring on the HCP-200’s is to the Main Boards on the swinging DeadFront, it is very
important to properly dress the wires so as not to place stress on either their connection to the boards, or running to
conduit. The Figure below shows the required wiring techniques.
Fig.10: General Field Wiring Considerations
USE AT LEAST
3 WIRE TIES WIRE TIE
AS SUPPLIED IN 2 PLACES
THROUGH HOLES TO BACK OF
ON DEADFRONT ENCLOSURE
DRESS WIRES NEAR
TOP OF ENCLOSURE
CLEAR OF ADDER
MODULES
Page 16 of 43
7.2 MAIN FIRE ALARM MODULE TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
Wire devices to terminals as shown. See wiring tables and Appendix A for compatible devices and Appendix C for specifications.
Caution: Do not exceed power supply ratings: HCP-202, HCP-204, total current for Indicating Circuits is 2.4 A max.
HCP-204E, total current for Indicating Circuits is 5 A max.
Fig.11: Main Fire Alarm Module Terminal Connections
Page 17 of 43
Fig.11A: Main Fire Alarm Module Terminal Connections (continued)
Page 18 of 43
7.3 ZONE ADDER MODULE (HDM-204) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
Wire devices to terminals as shown. See wiring tables and appendix "A" for compatible devices. See appendix "C" for Module specifications.
Fig.12: HDM-204 Zone Adder Module Terminal Connections
Page 19 of 43
7.4 RELAY MODULE (HRM-204 or HRM-208) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
Note that only Relays #1 to #4 are present on the HRM-204.
Fig.13: HRM-204 / HRM-208 Relay Terminal Connections
Page 20 of 43
7.5 DACT / DIALER MODULE (HDACT-100) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
See the HDACT-100 Manual (LT-639HOC) for connection information.
7.6 POLARITY REVERSAL and CITY TIE MODULE (MODEL: HPR-100) TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
See Appendix for Module specifications. Wire as shown using proper wire gauges.
Note that for use in the USA, the installer MUST add an Atlantic Scientific (Tel. 407-725-8000) Model #24544 Protective Device,
or similar UL-Listed QVRG Secondary Protector, as shown. For use in Canada, the Protective Device is still recommended,
but the HPR-100 may be connected directly to Polarity Reversal and City Tie wiring.
Note: The Terminal Blocks are “depluggable” for ease of wiring.
The City Tie Interface is Not Power Limited.
Either the HPR-100’s City Tie or Reverse Polarity Interface may be used, but not both.
Fig.14: HPR-100 Polarity Reversal and City Tie Module Terminal Connections
Page 21 of 43
7.7 POWER SUPPLY CONNECTIONS
The power supply is part of the Main Fire Alarm Module and the Chassis. The ratings are:
Model HCP-202, HCP-204:

Electrical input ratings: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 2.0A (Uses 3A in line time delay fuse)
Power supply total current: 2.75 A maximum
Battery Fuse on Main Module: F1: Replace with 10 Amp, 1-1/4" Fast Acting Fuse
Model HCP-204E:
Electrical input ratings: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 2.5A (Uses a 4.0A circuit breaker)
Battery Fuse on Main Module: F1: Replace with 10 Amp, 1-1/4" Fast Acting Fuse
CAUTION: Do not exceed power supply ratings.
See Appendix "C" for specifications. Wire as shown using proper wire gauges.
Fig.15: Power Supply Connections
Page 22 of 43
7.8 WIRING TABLES
Fig.16: WIRING TABLE FOR INITIATING CIRCUITS
WIRE GAUGE MAXIMUM WIRING RUN TO LAST DEVICE (ELR)
(AWG) ft m
22 2990 910
20 4760 1450
18 7560 2300
16 12000 3600
14 19000 5800
12 30400 9200
NOTE : MAXIMUM LOOP RESISTANCE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 100 OHMS
Fig.17: WIRING TABLE FOR INDICATING CIRCUITS
TOTAL MAXIMUM WIRING RUN TO LAST DEVICE (ELR) MAX. LOOP

SIGNAL LOAD RESISTANCE
18AWG 16AWG 14AWG 12AWG
Amperes ft m ft m ft m ft m Ohms
0.06 2350 716 3750 1143 6000 1829 8500 2591 30
0.12 1180 360 1850 567 3000 915 4250 1296 15
0.30 470 143 750 229 1200 366 1900 579 6
0.60 235 71 375 114 600 183 850 259 3
0.90 156 47 250 76 400 122 570 174 2
1.20 118 36 185 56 300 91 425 129 1.5
1.50 94 29 150 46 240 73 343 105 1.2
1.70 78 24 125 38 200 61 285 87 1.0
RS-485 WIRING: See the Connection Diagram.
4-WIRE SMOKE WIRING: The maximum allowable current is 0.15 Amperes. The maximum allowed Voltage
Drop is 1 Volt. Refer to the Indicating Circuit Wiring Table above.
Page 23 of 43
8.0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT
8.1 BEFORE TURNING THE POWER "ON":
1. To prevent sparking, do not connect the batteries. Connect the batteries after powering the system from the main
AC supply.
2. Check that all Modules are installed in the proper location with the proper connections.
3. Check all field (external) wiring for opens, shorts, and ground.
4. Check that all interconnection cables are secure, and that all connectors are plugged-in properly.
6. Check all Jumpers and Switches for proper setting.
7. Check the AC power wiring for proper connection.
8. Check that the chassis is connected to EARTH GROUND (cold water pipe).
9. Make sure to close the front cover plate before powering the system from main AC supply.
8.2 POWER-UP PROCEDURE:
1. After completing the System Checkout procedures, power-up the panel. The "AC-ON" green LED should illuminate,
the “Common Trouble” LED should illuminate, and the buzzer should sound. Press the “System Reset” button.
2. Since the batteries are not connected, the "Battery Trouble" LED should illuminate, and the buzzer should sound
intermittently and the Common Trouble LED should flash.
3. Connect the batteries while observing correct polarity; the red wire is positive (+) and black wire is negative (-).
4. All indicators should extinguish except for normal power "AC-ON" green LED.
5. Configure the Fire Alarm Control Panel as described in the Configuration section.
8.3 TROUBLESHOOTING:
Circuit Trouble Normally when a Circuit trouble occurs, its designated trouble indicator will be illuminated, as
well as the Common Trouble Indicator and the Buzzer. To correct the fault, check for open
wiring on that particular Circuit loop or if the Circuit Disconnect Switch is on. Please note:
Disconnecting a Circuit will cause a system trouble (off-normal position).
Remote Fail A Remote Trouble will be indicated on the main panel display for any failure reported by, or
failure to communicate with a Remote Annunciator, HDACT-100, or HPR-100.
Ground Fault This panel has a common ground fault detector. To correct the fault, check for any external
wiring touching the chassis or other Earth Ground connection.
Battery Trouble Check for the presence of batteries and their conditions. Low voltage (below 20.4V) will cause
a battery trouble. If battery trouble condition persists, replace batteries as soon as possible.
Page 24 of 43
9.0 INDICATORS, CONTROLS, & OPERATION
Refer to the following LED Indicators and Control Switch locations ...
Fig.18: Indicators and Control Location
Page 25 of 43
9.1 INDICATORS:
Buzzer:
The Buzzer is activated by any of the following ...
Fire Alarm - Steady

Supervisory Alarm - Steady
Trouble - On and off at a rate of 20 per minute.
If the Buzzer is turned on in response to a Non-Latching Trouble or Supervisory, it will be turned off if the condition causing it goes away
and there is no other reason for it to be on.
AC On LED:
The AC On Indicator is activated steady green while the main AC power is within acceptable levels. It is turned off when the level falls
below the power-fail threshold and the panel is switched to standby (battery) power.
Common Alarm LED:

The Common Alarm Indicator turns on steady red whenever the Panel is in Alarm as a result of an alarm on any Initiating Circuit. Since
all Alarms are latched until the Panel is reset, the Indicator will remain on until reset.
Common Supervisory LED (HCP-204 or HCP-204E only):

The Common Supervisory Indicator turns on steady amber when there is a Supervisory Alarm in the Panel, as the result of any Latching
or Non-Latching Supervisory Circuit. The Indicator is turned off if all Non-Latching Supervisory Circuits are restored and there are no
Latching Supervisory Circuits active. Latching Supervisory Alarms remain active until the Panel is reset.
Common Trouble LED:

The Common Trouble Indicator flashes Amber (at 20 flashes per minute) when there is any Trouble condition being detected on the panel.
It is turned off when all Non-Latching Troubles are cleared.
Remote Trouble LED (HCP-204 or HCP-204E only):

The Remote Failure Indicator is steady Amber if there is trouble detected at a City Tie or Dialer Module, or if there is communication trouble
detected with a Remote Annunciator or if a Remote Annunciator reports a local trouble. It is turned off if these conditions go away.
Fire Drill LED:

The Fire Drill Indicator turns on steady Amber while Fire Drill is active.
Auxiliary Disconnect LED:

The Auxiliary Disconnect Indicator is flashed Amber (20 flashes per minute) when the Auxiliary Disconnect switch is activated. It is turned
off when the switch is activated a second time. When on, it indicates that Common Alarm and Common Supervisory Relays, and any HRM-
204 / HRM-208 Relays are not activated. The Trouble Relay is activated. Dialler or City Tie Modules are also inactive if installed, except that
a Trouble condition is transmitted.
Signal Silence LED:

The Signal Silence indicator is flashed Amber (20 flashes per minute) when Indication Circuits are Silenced either by the Signal Silence
switch, or by the Auto Signal Silence Timer. It is turned off when the Signals are re-sounded by a subsequent Alarm.
Battery Trouble LED:

The Battery Trouble Indicator is steady Amber when the Battery is either low (below 20.4 VDC), or disconnected.
Ground Fault LED:

The Ground Fault Indicator is Amber when the Ground Fault Detector detects a Ground Fault on any field wiring. It is turned off when the
Ground Fault is cleared.
Test LED:
Indicates steady Amber when the Fire Alarm Panel is in Walk Test Mode.
Circuit Status LED’s:

These LED’s indicate the Status of Initiating Circuits. They illuminate ...
Alarm : Steady Red

Alarm Verification or Waterflow Retard in Progress : Fast Flashing Red (120 flashes per minute)
Pending Alarm (see Circuit Disconnect Controls) : Fast Flashing Red (120 flashes per minute)
Supervisory : Steady Amber
Circuit Trouble LED’s:
Page 26 of 43
These LED’s indicate Trouble for Initiating and Indicating Circuits. They illuminate Slow Flashing Amber (20 flashes per minute) for any field
wiring fault, or if the circuit has been Disconnected.
Page 27 of 43
9.2 CONTROLS:
System Reset Switch:

The System Reset momentary switch causes the Fire Alarm Control Panel, and all Circuits, to be reset ...
Resets all Latching Trouble Conditions Resets all Initiating Circuits

Resets the 4-Wire Smoke Supplies Turns off all Indicating Circuits
Turns off Signal Silence Indicator Turns off Fire Drill
Stops and resets all Timers Processes inputs as new events
Aux Disconnect not affected
Signal Silence Switch:

Activation of the Signal Silence momentary switch when the Panel is in Alarm turns on the Signal Silence Indicator and deactivates any
Silenceable Indicating Circuits. Non-Silenceable Circuits are unaffected. Signals will re-sound upon any subsequent Alarm. This switch
does not function during any configured Signal Silence Inhibit Timer period. It also does not function if the Indicating Circuits are active as
the result of a Fire Drill.
Fire Drill Switch:

The Fire Drill momentary switch activates all non-Disconnected Indicating Circuits, but does not transmit any Alarms via the Dialer, City Tie,
or Common Alarm Relay, nor are any HRM-204 or HRM-208 Relays activated. Fire Drill is cancelled by activating the switch again, or if the
Panel goes into a real Alarm.
Auxiliary Disconnect Switch:

Activating the Auxiliary Disconnect momentary switch activates the Auxiliary Disconnect function. Activating the switch again de-activates
the function. When Auxiliary Disconnect is active, Common Alarm and Common Supervisory Relays, and any HRM-204 / HRM-208 Relays
are not activated. The Trouble Relay is activated. Dialer or City Tie Modules are also inactive if installed, except that a Trouble condition
is transmitted.
Lamp Test Switch:

Activation of the Lamp Test momentary switch turns all front panel Indicators and the buzzer on.
Buzzer Silence Switch:

Activation of the Buzzer Silence momentary switch while the Buzzer is sounding silences the Buzzer. The Buzzer will resound if there
is a subsequent event. Switch activation will also silence buzzer on all attached annunciators.
Circuit Disconnect Switches:

Activation of these non-momentary switches disconnects the respective Initiating Circuit, and causes a Circuit Trouble for that Initiating
Circuit while active. If the disconnect switch is turned off (to its normal position) while there is an Alarm condition in that circuit, the
respective circuit Status LED will flash at a rate of 120 flashes per minute to indicate a Pending Alarm, for 5 seconds. If the disconnect
switch is not turned back on, an Alarm will be processed normally.
9.3 OPERATION:
All Alarm inputs are treated in a similar manner. Alarm inputs include Non-Verified or Verified Alarms, and Water-flow
Alarms. Any of these Alarm inputs occurring when the Panel is not already in Alarm cause the following:

Ž HRM-204 / HRM-208 Relays are activated as configured, provided that Aux Disconnect is not active
Ž Signals and Strobes are activated
Subsequent Alarms when the Panel is already in Alarm, cause the following:

Ž If Signals have been silenced as a result of the Signal Silence button or the Auto Signal Silence Timer, Signals are resounded as they were
before Signal Silence, the Signal Silence Indicator is turned off, and the Auto Signal Silence Timer, if configured, is restarted
Ž Signals and Strobes are activated
Page 28 of 43
9.4 CIRCUIT TYPES:
“Circuits” refers to an actual electrical interface, either Initiating (Detection) or Indicating (Signal). “Zone” is a logical
concept for a Fire Alarm Protected Area, and will consist of at least one Circuit. Often the terms Zone and Circuit are
used interchangeably, but in this Manual the term Circuit is used.
Initiating (Detection) Circuit Types:

Non-Verified Alarm = This is a “Normal” type of Alarm which may have Pull-Stations, Smoke Detectors, or Heat Detectors
attached. Any activation of these devices will immediately result in an Alarm condition in the Fire Alarm
Control Panel. An Alarm condition causes the associated Circuit Status LED and the Common Alarm LED to
illuminate Red.
Verified Alarm = These Alarms are verified by a reset and timing procedure, and may have Pull-Stations, Smoke Detectors,
or Heat Detectors attached. Any activation of Pull-Stations or Heat Detectors will result in an Alarm condition
in the Fire Alarm Control Panel within 4 seconds. Smoke Detectors will be verified for a real Alarm within
60 seconds depending upon the startup time of the Smoke Detectors being used. If 4 seconds is too long
a response time for Pull-Stations, then they should be wired separately on a Non-Verified Alarm Circuit. An
Alarm condition causes the associated Circuit Status LED and the Common Alarm LED to illuminate Red.
Water-Flow Alarm = For Water-flow Sensors (Circuits 3 & 7 on HCP-204 / HCP-204E only). These alarms are identical to
normal Non-Verified Alarms except that Indicating Circuits are Non-Silenceable. Water-Flow Retard
Operation is enabled if “Verified” is selected. With Retard active, these circuits are sampled every one
second; if 10 samples are active within any 15 second interval, the Water-Flow Alarm is confirmed and
processed. An Alarm condition causes the associated Circuit Status LED and the Common Alarm LED
to illuminate Red. Note: Do not use Retard Operation with any external Retarding device;
maximum Retard may not exceed 120 seconds.
Non-Latching Supervisory = For Supervisory Devices (Circuits 4 & 8 on HCP-204 / HCP-204E only). An activation on these circuits will
cause the Circuit Status LED and the Common Supervisory LED to illuminate Amber. The buzzer will sound
continuously. If the circuit activation is removed, the Supervisory condition will clear (so long as there are
no other Supervisory conditions in the system) and the Circuit Status LED will extinguish.
Latching Supervisory = For Supervisory Devices (Circuits 4 & 8 on HCP-204 / HCP-204E only). An activation on these circuits will
cause the Circuit Status LED and the Common Supervisory LED to illuminate Amber. The buzzer will sound
continuously. If the circuit activation is removed, the Supervisory condition will NOT clear.
Indicating (Signal) Circuits Types:

Silenceable Audible = For audible devices such as bells and piezo mini-horns that may be silenced either manually or automatically.
While sounding, these follow the pattern appropriate for the condition; the configured Evacuation Code
(default is Temporal Code) during Single-Stage Alarm, or Two-Stage General Alarm, or the Alert Code during
Two-Stage’s Alert (First) Stage.
Non-Silenceable Audible = For audible devices such as bells and piezo mini-horns that may not be silenced either manually or
Evacuation Code (default is Temporal Code) during Single-Stage Alarm, or Two-Stage General Alarm, or the
Alert Code during Two-Stage’s Alert (First) Stage.
Silenceable Visual = For visual devices such as strobes that use no code pattern (they are continuous).
Non-Silenceable Visual = Same as previous, but is non-silenceable.
The possible Audible Signal Codes are ...
Continuous: •••••••••••• [On 100% of the time]

Temporal Code: ••• ••• ••• [3 of .5 second on, .5 second off, 1.5 second pause]
March Code: • • • • • • • [.5 second on, .5 second off]
California Code: •••• •••• [5 second on, 10 second off]
Page 29 of 43
10.0 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
Configuration of the HCP-200 Series is accomplished simply by DIP Switch and Jumper Settings. For DIP Switches,
0 = switch “off”, 1 = Switch “on’). On the Main Fire Alarm Board ...
Function DIP Switch Switch “Off” Switch “On”

Indicating Circuit #1
Switch 13, #1 Silenceable Non-Silenceable
Audible Device (Bell) Only
Indicating Circuit #2 Switch 13, #2 Silenceable Non-Silenceable
Audible or Visual Device Switch 13, #3 Audible Device (Bell) Visual Device (Strobe)
Switch 13, #4 5 off, 4 off = None 5 off, 4 on = One
# Remote Annunciators
Switch 13, #5 5 on, 4 off = Two 5 on, 4 on = Three
Manual Signal Silence Switch 13, #6 Disabled Enabled
Fire Drill Switch 13, #7 Disabled Enabled
Aux. Disconnect Switch 13, #8 Disabled Enabled
Initiating Circuit #1
Switch 11, #1 Normal Alarm Verified Alarm
Alarm Only
Alarm Only
Verified Alarm / Retarded
Initiating Circuit #3 Switch 11, #3 Normal
Waterflow
Alarm or Waterflow
Switch 11, #4 Alarm Waterflow
Switch 11, #5 Normal Verified Alarm (no effect on Supv.)
Initiating Circuit #4 Switch 11, #6 Alarm Supervisory
Alarm or Supervisory Non-Latching Supervisory Latching Supervisory
Switch 11, #7
(No effect on Alarm) (No effect on Alarm)
Application of AC Power Fail
Switch 11, #8 No AC Power Fail Delay Apply AC Power Fail Delay
Delay
Switch 9, #1 2 off, 1 off = Temporal Code 2 off, 1 on = Continuous
Signal Code
Switch 9, #2 2 on, 1 off = March Time 2 on, 1 on = California Code
Switch 9, #3 4 off, 3 off = Disabled 4 off, 3 on = 5 Minutes
Auto Signal Silence
Switch 9, #4 4 on, 3 off = 10 Minutes 4 on, 3 on = 20 Minutes
Signal Silence Inhibit Switch 9, #5 None 1 Minute
Initiating Circuit Style / Class Switch 9, #6 Class B (Style B) Class A (Style D)
Aux. Devices Switch 9, #7 Non-Silenceable Silenceable
AC Power Fail Delay to 24 Hour Standby 60 Hour Standby
Switch 9, #8
Aux. Devices Standard Standard
Notes:
& After any Configuration Switches are changed, it is necessary to perform a System Reset !!
& Only Indicating Circuit 2 may be configured for Visual Devices.
& If Initiating Circuit 3 is configured as Waterflow, the corresponding Verified selection becomes a Retard selection.
Note: Do not use Retard Operation with any external Retarding device; maximum Retard may not exceed 120 seconds.
& If Initiating Circuit 4 is configured as Alarm, the corresponding Latching selection has no effect.
& If Initiating Circuit 4 is configured as Supervisory, the corresponding Verified selection has no effect.
& The selection of Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits is only a matter of how they are wired. See Connection
Info.
& If Class A (Style D) Initiating Circuits are selected (HCP-202, HCP-204, HCP-204E only), the appropriate Board
Jumpers must also be set. Class B Initiating Circuits 1&2 combine to create Class A Circuit #1, and Class B
Initiating Circuits 3&4 combine to create Class A Circuit #2. DIP Switches for Circuits 3&4 are ignored except for
an HCP-204E with a HDM-204 Adder. LED Indicators for Circuits 3&4 are non-functional except for an HCP-204E
with a HDM-204 Adder.
Page 30 of 43
Page 31 of 43
On the HDM-204 Zone Adder Module ...
Function DIP Switch Switch “Off” Switch “On”

Indicating Circuit #3
Switch 6, #1 Silenceable Non-Silenceable
Audible Device (Bell) Only
Indicating Circuit #4 Switch 6, #2 Silenceable Non-Silenceable
Audible or Visual Device Switch 6, #3 Audible Device (Bell) Visual Device (Strobe)
Not Used Switch 6, #4 ----------------- -----------------
Alarm Only
Alarm Only
Verified Alarm / Retarded
Initiating Circuit #7 Switch 5, #3 Normal
Waterflow
Alarm or Waterflow
Switch 5, #4 Alarm Waterflow
Switch 5, #5 Normal Verified Alarm (no effect on Supv.)
Initiating Circuit #8 Switch 5, #6 Alarm Supervisory
Alarm or Supervisory Non-Latching Supervisory Latching Supervisory
Switch 5, #7
(No effect on Alarm) (No effect on Alarm)
Not Used Switch 5, #8 ----------------- -----------------
Notes:
& After any Configuration Switches are changed, it is necessary to perform a System Reset !!
& Only Indicating Circuit 4 may be configured for Visual Devices.
& If Initiating Circuit 7 is configured as Waterflow, the corresponding Verified selection becomes a Retard selection.
Note: Do not use Retard Operation with any external Retarding device; maximum Retard may not exceed 120 seconds.
& If Initiating Circuit 8 is configured as Alarm, the corresponding Latching selection has no effect.
& If Initiating Circuit 8 is configured as Supervisory, the corresponding Verified selection has no effect.
& The selection of Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits is only a matter of how they are wired. See Connection
Info.
& If Class A (Style D) Initiating Circuits are selected the appropriate Board Jumpers must also be set. Class B
Initiating Circuits 5&6 combine to create Class A Circuit #3, and Class B Initiating Circuits 7&8 combine to create
Class A Circuit #4. DIP Switches for Circuits 5 to 8 are ignored, and LED Indicators for Circuits 5 to 8 are non-
functional.
Page 32 of 43
11.0 WALK TEST OPERATION
Walk-Test allows an installer to verify the Initiating Circuit wiring in a system. Walk-Test is entered by pressing and
holding both the Buzzer Silence and Lamp Test Momentary Switches for at least 1 second. Circuits to be tested
are identified using the Circuit Disconnect Slide Switches. Activation of any Initiating Circuit which has been selected
for Walk-Test will cause the Audible Indicating Circuits to activate briefly for a number of short bursts corresponding to
the Circuit number. Any subsequent activations on the same Initiating Circuit will activate the Audible Indicating Circuit
only once. If another Initiating Circuit is activated then the Audible Indicating Circuits will activate for a number of short
bursts corresponding to the Circuit number of the new zone being walk-tested, and so on.
For example, if Initiating Circuit #3 is first activated, the Indication Circuits will sound for three bursts, with additional
activations sounding for one burst, etc. The initial burst interval denoting the count of the Circuit number is one
second on half a second off. The subsequent burst interval denoting additional activations on the same Initiating Circuit
is one half second on then off. After the sounding pattern has been sent on the Indicating Circuits, the Initiating Circuit
is reset and tested again. If it is still active (in alarm) the pattern will be re-sent. Trouble on any Initiating Circuit when
in Walk-Test mode causes all Indicating Circuits to be activated continuously for 5 seconds.
Alarm Verification and Water-flow Alarm Retard Operations are disabled on Circuits being Walk-Tested. All Circuits not
selected for Walk-Test continue to function normally. Walk-Test operation is disabled if the Fire Alarm Control Panel
is in Alarm or goes into Alarm while Walk-Test is active. It will also time-out after 60 minutes of no activity.
Page 33 of 43
APPENDIX "A" - COMPATIBLE DEVICES
UNDERWRITER’S LABS CANADA (ULC)

CANADIAN: 2-WIRE SMOKE DETECTOR CONTROL PANEL COMPATIBILITY
NOTES:
Whether mixing different models of compatible smoke detectors, or using the same model on the same Circuit, total
SMOKE DETECTOR
MAKE MODEL / BASE MAKE MODEL / BASE MAKE MODEL / BASE
HOCHIKI EDWARDS FENWAL
DCD -135/NS6-220 6249C PSD-7131 / 70-201000-001

DCD-135/NS4-220 6250C PSD-7131 / 70-201000-002
DCD-135/HSC-220R 6264C PSD-7131 / 70-201000-003
DCD-190/NS6-220 6266C PSD-7131 / 70-201000-005
DCD-190/NS4-220 6269C PSD-7130 / 70-201000-001
DCD-190/HSC-220R 6270C PSD-7130 / 70-201000-002
SIJ-24/NS6-220 6269C-003 PSD-7130 / 70-201000-003
SIJ-24/NS4-220 6270C-003 PSD-7130 / 70-201000-005
SIJ-24/HSC-220R PSD-7128 / 70-201000-001
SLR-24/NS6-220 CERBERUS PYROTRONICS PSD-7126 / 70-201000-002
SLR-24/NS4-220 D1-2 PSD-7126 / 70-201000-003
SLR-24/HSC-220R D1-3 / DB-3S PSD-7126 / 70-201000-005
SLR-24H/NS6-220 PSD-7129 / 70-211002-000
SLR-24H/NS4-220 MIRCOM PSD-7125 / 70-201000-001
SLR-24H/HSC-220R MIR-525 PSD-7126 / 70-201000-002
SLR-835/NS6-220 MIR-525T PSD-7125 / 70-201000-003
SLR-835/NS4-220 PSD-7125 / 70-201000-005
SLR-835/HSC-220R MIRTONE CPD-7021 / 70-201000-001
SLR-835B-2 73471 CPD-7021 / 70-201000-002
73494 CPD-7021 / 70-201000-003
SYSTEM SENSOR 73575 CPD-7021 / 70-201000-005
1400-A 73495/73486
2400-A 73495/73487 NAPCO
1451-A / B401B 73595/73486 FW-2
1451-A / B406B 73595/73497
2451-A / B401B 73594/73400 SIMPLEX
2451-A / B406B 73405/73400 2098-9110
1451DH / DH400A 73594/73401
2451-A / DH400A 73405/73401
Page 34 of 43
NOTES:
1) Whether mixing different models of compatible smoke detectors, or using the same model on the same Circuit, total
2). The below listed Smoke Detectors are compatible with Initiating Circuits having Compatibility Identifier "A".
SMOKE DETECTOR COMPATIBILITY RATED SMOKE DETECTOR COMPATIBILITY RATED

MAKE MODEL / IDENTIFIER STANDBY MAKE MODEL / BASE IDENTIFIER STANDBY
BASE HEAD / BASE CURRENT HEAD / BASE CURRENT
HOCHIKI 2451 / B406B A-A 0.12 mA
DCD-190/HSC-220R HD-3/HB-72 0.035mA 2451 / DH400 A-A 0.12 mA
DCD-190/NS6-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.035mA 2451TH / B401 A-A 0.12 mA
DCD-190/NS4-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.035mA 2451TH / B401B A-A 0.12 mA
DCD-135/HSC-220R HD-3/HB-3 0.035mA 2451TH / B406B A-A 0.12 mA
DCD-135/NS6-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.035mA 4451HT / B401 A-A 0.12 mA
DCD-135/NS4-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.035mA 4451HT / B401B A-A 0.12 mA
SIJ-24/HSC-220R HD-3/HB-72 0.040mA 4451HT / B406B A-A 0.12 mA
SIJ-24/NS6-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.040mA 5451 / B401 A-A 0.12 mA
SIJ-24/NS4-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.040mA 5451 / B401B A-A 0.12 mA
SLR-24/HSC-220R HD-3/HB-72 0.045mA 5451 / B406B A-A 0.12 mA
SLR-24/NS6-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.045mA
SLR-24/NS4-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.045mA SENTROL - ESL
SLR-24H/NS6-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.045mA 429C S10A - N/A 0.10 mA
SLR-24H/NS4-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.045mA 429CT S10A - N/A 0.10 mA
SLR-24H/HSC-220R HD-3/HB-72 0.045mA 429CST S11A - N/A 0.10 mA
SLR-835/NS6-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.045mA 429CRT S11A - N/A 0.10 mA
SLR-835/NS4-220 HD-3/HB-3 0.045mA 711U / 701E, 701U, 702E, 702U S10A - S00 0.10 mA
SLR-835/HSC-220R HD-3/HB-72 0.045mA 712U / 701E, 701U, 702E, 702U S10A - S00 0.10 mA
SLR-835B-2 HD-6 55uA @ 24VDC 713-5U / 701E, 701U, 702E, 702U S10A - S00 0.10 mA
713-6U / 701E, 701U, 702E, 702U S10A - S00 0.10 mA
721U / 702E, 702U S10A - S00 0.10 mA
721UT / 702E, 702U S10A - S00 0.10 mA
SYSTEM SENSOR 722U / 702E, 702U S10A - S00 0.10 mA
1100 A - N/A 0.12 mA 731U / 702E, 702U, 702RE, 702RU S11A - S00 0.10 mA
1151 / B110LP A-A 0.12 mA 732U / 702E, 702U, 702RE, 702RU S11A - S00 0.10 mA
1151 / B116LP A-A 0.12 mA
1400 A - N/A 0.10 mA DETECTION SYSTEMS INC.
1451 / B401 A-A 0.12 mA DS250 B - N/A 0.10 mA
1451 / B401B A-A 0.12 mA DS250TH B - N/A 0.10 mA
1451 / B406B A-A 0.12 mA DS282 B - N/A 0.10 mA
1451DH / DH400 A-A 0.12 mA DS282TH B - N/A 0.10 mA
2100 A - N/A 0.12 mA
2100T A - N/A 0.12 mA
2151 / B110LP A-A 0.12 mA MIRCOM
2151 / B116LP A-A 0.12 mA MIR-525U FDT-1 0.10 mA
2400 A - N/A 0.12 mA MIR-525TU FDT-1 0.10 mA
Page 35 of 43
2400TH A - N/A 0.12 mA
2451 / B401 A-A 0.12 mA
2451 / B401B A-A 0.12 mA NAPCO
FW-2 HD-6 55uA @ 24VDC
Page 36 of 43
Mircom MIR-545U MIR-545TU

Sentrol - ESL 541C 541CXT 709-MV-21 709-24V-21
741U with 449AT, 449C, 449CT, 449CRT, 449CST, 449CSTE, 449CSRT, 449CSRH, 449CSST,
702U or 702E Base 449CSSTE, 449CTE, 449CLT, 449CSLT
System Sensor 1424 6424 6424A A77-716B
DH400ACDCI DH400ACDCP DH400ACDCIHT

UNITED STATES: SIGNALLING DEVICE CONTROL PANEL COMPATIBILITY
System Sensor -
SpecrAlert
P2415 P2415W P241575 P241575W P2475
P2475W P24110 P24110W S2415 S2415W
S241575 S241575W S2475 S2475W S24110
S24110W H12/24 H12/24W MDL MDLW
Wheelock
AS-2415W-24-FR AS-241575W-FR AS-2430W-FR AS-2475W-FR AS-24110W-FR
AS-2415C-FW AS-2430C-FW AS-2475C-FW AS-24100C-FW AH-24-R
AH-24-WP-R NS-2415W-FR NS-241575W-FR NS-2430W-FR NS-2475W-FR
NS-24110W-FR NS4-2415W-FR NS4-241575W-FR NS4-2430W-FR NS4-2475W-FR
NS4-24110W-FR RS-2415W-FR RSS-241575W-FR RSS-2415W-FR RSS-241575W-FR
RSS-2430W-FR RSS-2475W-FR RSS-24110W-FR RSS-2415C-FW RSS-2430C-FW
RSS-2475C-FW RSS-24100C-FW MT-12/24-ULC MT-24-LS-VFR-ULC MT-24-WS-VFR-ULC
AMT-12/24-R-ULC AMT-24-LS-VFR-ULC MB-G6-24-R MB-G10-24-R SM-12/24-R
DSM-12/24-R
Gentex
ST24-15 ST24-15/75 ST24-30 ST24-60 ST24-75
ST24-110
HS24-15 HS24-15/75 HS24-30 HS24-60 HS24-75
HS24-110
APPENDIX "B" - HRAM-208 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR
The HRAM-208 Eight Zone Remote Annunciator mounts in an electrical box. It provides annunciation for the HCP-204 or HCP-
Page 37 of 43
204E’s full complement of 8 Initiating circuits.
Page 38 of 43
APPENDIX "C" - MODULE SPECIFICATIONS and FEATURES
Fire Alarm Control Panel (HCP-202) Fire Alarm Control Panel (HCP-204E)
General: In smaller Enclosure ... General: In larger Enclosure ...
M 2 supervised Style B (Class B) or 1 Style D (Class A) M 4 supervised Style B (Class B) or 2 Style D (Class A)
Initiating Circuits; configurable (Normal or Verified). Initiating Circuits; configurable. [Compatibility ID “A”]
[Compatibility ID “A”] Power Limited: 26VDC, 3 mA standby, 1.5Vp-p
Power Limited: 26VDC, 3 mA standby, 1.5Vp-p ripple, 50 mA max. (alarm)
ripple, 50 mA max. (alarm) M 2 Style Y/ Z (Class A/B) Indicating Circuits; configurable as
M 2 Style Y/Z (Class A/B) Indicating Circuits; configurable as strobes or audibles.
strobes or audibles. Power Limited: 24 VDC unfiltered
Power Limited: 24 VDC unfiltered 1.7 A @ 49C per Circuit (5A Total)
1.7 A @ 49C per Circuit (2.4 A Total) M One HDM-204 Zone Adder may be added.
M Initiating Circuit Disconnect Switch. M Initiating Circuit Disconnect Switches.
M Optional DACT or City Tie Adder. M Optional DACT or City Tie Adder.
M Optional HRM-204 / HRM-208 Relay Module. M Optional HRM-204 / HRM-208 Relay Module.
M Resettable 4-Wire Smoke Supply. M Resettable 4-Wire Smoke Supply.
Power Limited: 28VDC, 100mA max, 1.5Vp-p ripple Power Limited: 28VDC, 100mA max, 1.5Vp-p ripple
M Aux Power Supply. M Aux Power Supply.
Power Limited: 24VDC, 300mA max, unfiltered Power Limited: 24VDC, 300mA max, unfiltered
for RTI or Remote Annunciators for RTI or Remote Annunciators
M 1 RTI Interface for connection to an RTI Remote Trouble M 1 RS-485 Connection for up to 3 HRAM-208 Remote
Indicator. Annunciators.
M Auxiliary relays: (resistive loads) M 1 RTI Interface for connection to an RTI Remote Trouble
Common Alarm: Form C, 1Amp, 28VDC Indicator.
Common Trouble: Form C, 1Amp, 28VDC M Auxiliary relays: (resistive loads)
M Micro-controller Based Design. Common Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble
M DIP Switch Configurable. All are Form C, 1Amp, 28VDC
M Walk-Test function. M Micro-controller Based Design.
Electrical ratings: M DIP Switch Configurable.
M AC Line Voltage: 102 to 132 VAC. M Walk-Test function.
2 Amps (primary, transformer inline fuse) Electrical ratings:
M Pwr Supp. ratings: 2.75 Amps. max. (secondary) M AC Line Voltage: 102 to 132 VAC.
M For Indicating Circuits: 24VDC unfiltered 2.5 Amps (Uses 4A circuit breaker)
2.40 Amps. max. M Pwr Supp. ratings: 6 Amps. max. (secondary)
M Battery: 24VDC, Gel-Cell/Sealed Lead-Acid M For Indicating Circuits: 24VDC unfiltered
Charging capability: 4 to 6.5 AH batteries 5 Amps. max.
Fuse on Main Board: 10 Amps. M Battery: 24VDC, Gel-Cell/Sealed Lead-Acid
M Current Consumption: Standby: 110 mA, Alarm: 220 mA Charging capability: 10 to 24 AH batteries
Fuse on Main Board: 10 Amps.
Fire Alarm Control Panel (HCP-204) M Current Consumption: Standby: 110 mA, Alarm: 220 mA
General: Same as HCP-202, plus ... Zone Adder Module (HDM-204)
M 4 supervised Style B (Class B) or 2 Style D (Class A) M May be added to HCP-204E.
Initiating Circuits; configurable (Normal or Verified, and for M 4 supervised Style B (Class B) or 2 Style D (Class A)
Style B there may be one Waterflow and one Supervisory). Initiating Circuits; configurable. [Compatibility ID “A”]
[Compatibility ID “A”] Power Limited: 22VDC, 3 mA standby, 1.5Vp-p
M Optional HRM-204 or HRM-208 Relay Module. ripple, 50 mA max. (alarm)
M 1 RS-485 Connection for up to 3 HRAM-208 Remote M 2 Style Y or Z (Class B or A) Indicating Circuits; configurable
Annunciators. as strobes or audibles.
M Auxiliary relays: (resistive loads) Power Limited: 24 VDC unfiltered, 1.7A @49C per
Common Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble Circuit
All are Form C, 1Amp, 28VDC M Current Consumption: Standby: 45 mA, Alarm: 120 mA
DACT / Dialler Module (HDACT-100) 8 Zone Remote Annunciator (HRAM-208)
M DACT - “Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter” M RS-485 Interface, up to 3 per FA-200 Panel.
Using Ademco Contact ID and SIA-DCS Protocols. M Current Consumption: Standby: 35 mA, Alarm: 90 mA
M See Hochiki document LT-617HOC for further info. Remote Trouble Indicator (HRTI-1)
M Current Consumption: Standby: 45 mA, Alarm: 120 mA M Trouble LED and Trouble Buzzer
Polarity Reversal and City Tie Module (HPR-100) M Current Consumption: Standby: 35 mA, Alarm: 35 mA
M Supervised City Tie Not Power Limited .
24VDC unfiltered, 210 mA max., Trip coil: 14 ohms External Battery Cabinet (BC-160)
M Polarity Reversal Power Limted M Up to 24 A-H Batteries for HCP-200 FA Panels.
24VDC open, 12VDC @ 3.5 mA, 8 mA max. (shorted)
M Current Consumption: Standby: 35 mA, Alarm: 300 mA
Model: HRM-204 / HRM-208 Relay Module
M Four or Eight Relays: Form C, 1A (resistive), 28 VDC per System Model: SERIES FA-200, Fire Alarm Control Panel
contacts System Type: Local, Auxiliary (using HPR-100), Remote Station
M Each individual relay can be: Protected Premises (using HDACT-100 or HPR-100), Central
Relay per Zone, Common Alarm, Common Supervisory Station Protected Premises (using HDACT-100).
M Current Consumption: Standby: 5 mA, Alarm: 160 mA Type of Service: A, M, WF, SS (SS is only Local or with HDACT-100)
Type of Signalling: Non-Coded
Applicable Standards: NFPA 70 and 72, UL-864, ULC S-
524,ULC S-527
Page 39 of 43
APPENDIX "D" - POWER SUPPLY & BATTERY CALCULATIONS (SELECTION GUIDE)
Use the form below to determine the required Secondary Power Supply (batteries).
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The main AC branch circuit connection for Fire Alarm Control Unit must provide a dedicated continuous power without provision of any disconnect
devices. Use #12 AWG wire with 600-volt insulation and proper over-current circuit protection that complies with the local codes. Refer to appendix
"C" for specifications.
POWER REQUIREMENTS (ALL CURRENTS ARE IN AMPERES)
Model Number Description Qty STANDBY TOTAL ALARM TOTAL

STANDBY ALARM
HCP-202, HCP-204, Fire Alarm 1 X 0.110 = 0.220 =

HCP-204E Control Panel
HDM-204 Zone Adder X 0.045 = 0.120 =
HRM-204 / HRM- Relay Module X 0.005 = 0.160 =

208
HPR-100 City Tie Module X 0.035 = 0.300 =
HDACT-100 DACT / Dialler Module X 0.045 = 0.120 =
HRAM-208 Remote Annunciator X 0.035 = 0.090 =
HRTI-1 Remote Trouble Indicator X 0.035 = 0.035 =
2-Wire Smoke Detectors X ' 0.0001 = * 0.090 = 0.090
4-Wire Smoke Detectors X = =
Signal Load (bells, horns, strobes, and etc.) X =
Auxiliary Power Supply for Annunciators, etc. = =

ALARM
Total currents (Add above currents) STANDBY (A) (B)
Total Current Requirement: ALARM (B)______ Amps.
Battery Capacity Requirement:
([STANDBY (A) ______ ] X [(24 or 60 Hours) ___ ]) + ([ALARM (B) ______ ] X [%Alarm in Hr.] _____) = (C) ______AH
Total Alarm Current: Must be 2.75 amperes or less for HCP-202, and HCP-204. Indicating Circuits not to exceed 2.4 amperes.
Must be 6 amperes or less for HCP-204E. Indicating Circuits not to exceed 5 amperes.
Battery Selection: Multiply (C) by 1.20 to derate battery.

Use 6.5AH Batteries for the HCP-202, HCP-204.
Use 10AH Batteries for the HCP-204E.
The HCP-204E will charge up to 24AH Batteries if they are in an external Battery Cabinet.
* Assuming three Initiating Circuits in alarm.

% Use 0.084 for five minutes of alarm as a multiplier figure.
' Using the 1400-A 2-wire smoke detector. See Appendix "A", for other available smoke detectors .
Examples: Configuration 24 Hrs Standby, 5 Min Alarm 60 Hrs Standby, 5 Min Alarm
HCP-202/4 Basic 4 AH Batteries Not Possible
HCP-202/4, HDACT-100, HRM-208, HRTI-1 6.5 AH Batteries Not Possible
Page 40 of 43
HCP-204E, HDM-204 10 AH Batteries 12 AH Batteries
HCP-204E, HDM-204, HDACT-100, HRM-208, 3 of HRAM-208 10 AH Batteries 24 AH Batteries
Always use the Selection Guide Chart to verify actual Battery Requirements.
Page 41 of 43
WARRANTY
Hochiki America Corporation, manufactured equipment is guaranteed to be free of

defects in material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of original
shipment. HOCHIKI will repair or replace, at its option, any equipment which it determines
to contain defective material or workmanship. Said equipment must be shipped to
HOCHIKI prepaid. Return freight will be prepaid by HOCHIKI. We shall not be
responsible to repair or replace equipment which has been repaired by others, abused,
improperly installed, altered or otherwise misused or damaged in any way. Unless
previously contracted by HOCHIKI, HOCHIKI will assume no responsibility for
determining the defective or operative status at the point of installation, and will accept
no liability beyond the repair or replacement of the product at our factory service
department.
Hochiki America Corp.

7051 Village Drive
Buena Park, CA
USA 90621
Phone:(714) 522-2246
FAX:(714) 522-2268
Technical Support Phone: 1-800-845-6692
or technical support @hochiki.com
Page 42 of 43
Page 43 of 43
EOLR-12/24 VOLT END OF LINE RELAY
APPLICATION
The models EOLR-12 and EOLR-24 are end of line power
supervision relays used with 4-wire type smoke detec-
tors. If the power is interrupted the EOLR will cause
the alarm panel to indicate a "trouble" condition. It may
be energized with either 12 or 24 volts depending upon
model. Both models contain a form "A" contact for open-
ing the detection loop circuit of the panel upon loss of
power. Both models are encapsulated for durability
and are UL listed.
OPERATION
The EOLR is energized in a normal standby condition.
STANDARD FEATURES When there is a loss of power the relay contact will
open, causing an open circuit on the detection loop of
• Works with 4-wire type smoke detector the control panel. The control panel will then annunci-
connections. ate a trouble signal indicating a trouble condition.
• Available in 12 or 24 volt models.
• Encapsulated for durability. The models EOLR-12 and EOLR-24 are designed spe-
cifically for use with the Hochiki HSC-4R and HSC-
4R12 Four Wire Smoke Detector Bases.
SPECIFICATIONS
Model HA-EOLR-12 (12V) HA-EOLR (24V)
Coil Relay Rating 9-16 VDC 18-32 VDC
Contact Relay Rating 1A@ 125 VAC 2A@ 125 VAC
Dimensions 1 1/4” L x 1 1/4” W x /”D 1 1/4” L x 1 1/4” W x /”D
Connections: 9 Inch Length 18 AWG Stranded Color Coded Wire
WIRING DIAGRAM
4-WIRE OPERATION
(+) LISTED
END OF LINE
INITIATING DEVICE
CIRCUIT
(-) RED + POWER

BLK - POWER
WHT
WHT

POWER END OF LINE
SUPPLY RELAY
12VDC OR 24VDC (-) HA-EOLR-12 OR HA-EOLR-24
HSC-4R/4R12 PRODUCT LISTINGS

CSFM #: 7300-0410-137
MEA Report # 284-91-E-Vol.II
Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
HCP-202 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
DESCRIPTION
Hochiki’s HCP-202 Fire Alarm Control Panel is a

microprocessor based unit designed for small to medium
commercial, institutional and industrial occupancies.
Fully configurable using DIP switches, it enables the user
to configure the system to meet their specific
requirements.
The HCP-202 comes standard with 2 Class B (Style B)

Initiating Circuits which may be configured as 1 Class A
(Style D) circuits. In addition it comes equipped with 2
Class A/B (Style Z/Y) indicating circuits which are each
rated at 1.25 amps. The panel also includes a 2.75 Amp
STANDARD FEATURES Power Supply which powers the system and supplies a
4-wire resettable regulated smoke power supply of 24
VDC 100mA maximum.
• 2 Class B (Style B) Initiating Circuits which may
be configured as 1 Class A (Style D) circuits. The HCP-202 utilizes a simple DIP switch configuration
• 2 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits with for programming initiating and indicating circuits as well
individual trouble indicators (1.25 Amps max. per as the enabling and disabling of system functions such
circuit.) as Signal Silence, Fire Drill and Auxiliary Disconnect.
• Each Indicating Circuit can be configured as In addition the HCP-202 allows for Alarm Verification on
Silenceable or Non-Silenceable. Audibles may be the Initiating circuits. The Indicating circuits may be
configured as Steady, Temporal Code, California configured as Silenceable or Non-Silenceable with the
Code or March Time audibles configured for Steady, March-Time, Temporal
• Selectable Alarm Verification on Initiating Circuits Code, or California Code.
• Output for 4-wire resettable regulated smoke
power supply of 24 VDC 100mA maximum The cabinet is available in a beige color for the Canadian
• Output for RTI or Remote Annunciators of 24VDC, market and a red exterior for the U.S. and International
300 mA max, unfiltered markets. A Fire Retardant Lexan Window in the hinged
• Built-in Walk Test operation door allows for viewing of the status LEDs. It comes
• Auxiliary relay contacts for Common Alarm, with a durable CAT-30 lock and key. Space is provided
Common Trouble and Common Supervisory. If no for up to 10 AH batteries.
Supervisory circuits are enabled, the Supervisory
relay becomes a second Alarm relay.
• 2.75 Amp Power Supply
• Easy configuration via DIP switches
SPECIFICATIONS
Primary Input Power 120 volts, 60 Hz, 1 Amps PRODUCT LISTINGS
Indicating Current 24VDC unfiltered, 2.5Amps
Standby Power 24VDC Standby Batteries
Charging Capability 4 – 6.5 AH Batteries CSFM #: 7165-0410:152
Dimensions: 12 3/4”H x 13 3/4”W x 3 1/8”D
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Model Description
HCP-202 Two Zone Microprocessor Based Fire Alarm Control Panel comes with 2 Class B (Style B) or 1
Class A (Style D) Initiating Circuits, 2 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits and a 2.75 Amp
Power Supply. Allows for one HDACT-100 Digital Communicator or one HPR-100 Polarity Reversal
Module or one HRM-204 or HRM-208 Auxiliary Relay Module. Red enclosure comes with keylock
door.
HRTI-1 Remote Trouble Indicator
Adder Modules
HPR-100 Polarity Reversal/City Tie Module
HRM-204 Auxiliary Relay Module comes with 4 configurable relays
(Note: Only one of the above modules can be used with the HCP-202)
Hochiki America Corporation HCP-202 Specifications subject to change without notice.

HCP-204 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
DESCRIPTION
Hochiki’s HCP-204 Fire Alarm Control Panel is a

requirements.
The HCP-204 comes standard with 4 Class B (Style B)

(Style D) circuits. In addition, it comes equipped with 2
Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating circuits which are each
rated at 1.25 Amps. The panel also includes a 2.75
Amp Power Supply which powers the system and
supplies a 4-wire resettable regulated smoke power
STANDARD FEATURES supply of 24 VDC 100mA maximum.
• 4 Class B (Style B) Initiating Circuits which may The HCP-204 utilizes a simple DIP switch configuration
be configured as 2 Class A (Style D) circuits for programming initiating and indicating circuits as well
• 2 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits with as the enabling and disabling of system functions such
individual trouble indicators (1.25 Amps max. per as Signal Silence, Fire Drill and Auxiliary Disconnect.
circuit) Some predefined Initiating circuits can optionally be
• Each Indicating Circuit can be configured as configured as Waterflow or Latching/Non-Latching
Silenceable or Non-Silenceable. Audibles may be Supervisory. In addition the HCP-204 allows for Alarm
configured as Steady, Temporal Code, California Verification on the initiating circuits. The Indicating
Code or March Time circuits may be configured as Silenceable or Non-
• Selectable Alarm Verification on Initiating Circuits Silenceable with the audibles configured for Steady,
• Output for 4-wire resettable regulated smoke March-Time, Temporal Code, or California Code. The
power supply of 24 VDC 100mA maximum HCP-204 is equipped with auxiliary relay contacts for
• Output for RTI or Remote Annunciators of 24VDC, Common Alarm, Trouble and Supervisory. If no
300 mA max. unfiltered Supervisory circuits are enabled, the Supervisory relay
• Built-in Walk Test operation becomes a second Alarm relay.
• Auxiliary relay contacts for Common Alarm,
Common Trouble and Common Supervisory. If no The cabinet is available in a beige color for the Canadian
Supervisory circuits are enabled, the Supervisory market and a red exterior for the U.S. and International
relay becomes a second Alarm relay markets. A Fire Retardant Lexan Window in the hinged
• 2.75 Amp Power Supply door allows for viewing of the status LEDs. It comes
• Easy configuration via DIP switches with a durable CAT-30 lock and key. Space is provided
for up to 10 AH batteries.
SPECIFICATIONS
Primary Input Power 120 volts, 60 Hz, 1 Amps
Indicating Current 24VDC unfiltered, 2.5Amps PRODUCT LISTINGS
Standby Power 24VDC Standby Batteries Underwriters Laboratories: S6468
Charging Capability 4 – 6.5 AH Batteries CSFM #: 7165-0410:152
Dimensions 12 3/4"H x 13 3/4"W x 3 1/8"D
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Model Description
HCP-204 Four Zone Microprocessor Based Fire Alarm Control Panel comes with 4 Class B (Style B) or 2
Class A (Style D) Initiating Circuits, 2 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits and a 2.75 Amp
Power Supply. Allows for one HDACT-100 Digital Communicator or one HPR-100 Polarity Reversal
Module or one HRM-204 or HRM-208 Auxiliary Relay Module. Red enclosure comes with keylock
door.
HCH-429 Series 200 Accessory Mounting Plate. Used to mount HDACT-100 or HPR-100 or HDM-204 or
HRM-208 on the HCP-204
Adder Modules
(Note: Only one of the above modules can be used with the HCP-204)
Remote Annunciator
HRAM-208 Remote Multiplex Annunciator comes with Common Control Features, Indicators and 8 Bi-Colored
LEDs
Controls: Signal Silence, Buzzer Silence, Lamp Test & System Reset
Indicators: A.C. On, Common Trouble & Signal Silence
Hochiki America Corporation • HCP-204 Specifications subject to change without notice.

HCP-204E FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
DESCRIPTION
Hochiki’s HCP-204E Fire Alarm Control Panel is a
requirements.
The HCP-204E comes standard with 4 Class B (Style B)

(Style D) circuits. In addition it comes equipped with 2
Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits which are each
rated at 1.7 amps. The HCP-204E can be expanded up
to 8 Class B (Style B) or 4 Class A (Style D) Initiating
Circuits and 4 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits
STANDARD FEATURES with the addition of an HDM-204 Adder Zone Module.
The panel also includes a 6 amp power supply which
• 4 Class B (Style B) Initiating Circuits which may powers the system and supplies a 4-wire resettable
be configured as 2 Class A (Style D) circuits. regulated smoke power supply of 24 VDC 100mA
Expandable up to 8 Class B (Style B) or 4 Class A maximum.
(Style D) Initiating Circuits
• 2 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits with The HCP-204E utilizes a simple DIP switch configuration
individual trouble indicators (1.7 amps max. per for programming initiating and indicating circuits as well
circuit.) Expandable up to 4 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) as the enabling and disabling of system functions such
Indicating Circuits as Signal Silence, Fire Drill and Auxiliary Disconnect.
• Each Indicating Circuit can be configured as Some predefined Initiating Circuits can optionally be
Silenceable or Non-Silenceable. Audibles may be configured as Waterflow or Latching/Non-Latching
configured as Steady, Temporal Code, California Supervisory. In addition the HCP-204E allows for alarm
Code or March Time verification on the Initiating Circuits. The Indicating
• Output for RTI or Remote Annunciators of 24VDC, Circuits may be configured as Silenceable or Non-
300 mA max, unfiltered Silenceable with audibles configured for Steady, March-
• Built-in Walk Test operation Time, Temporal Code, or California Code.
• Auxiliary relay contacts for Common Alarm,
Common Trouble and Common Supervisory. If no The HCP-204E is equipped with auxiliary relay contacts
Supervisory circuits are enabled, the Supervisory for Common Alarm, Trouble and Supervisory. If no
relay becomes a second Alarm relay Supervisory circuits are enabled, the Supervisory relay
• 6 Amp Power Supply becomes a second Alarm relay. The cabinet is available
• Easy configuration via DIP switches in a beige color for the Canadian market and a red exterior
for the U.S. and International markets. A Fire Retardant
Lexan Window in hinged door allows for viewing of the
SPECIFICATIONS status LED’s. It comes with a durable CAT-30 lock and
Primary Input Power 120 volts, 60 Hz, 2 amps key. Space is provided for up to 10 AH batteries.
Indicating Current 24VDC unfiltered, 5 amps
Standby Power 24VDC standby batteries PRODUCT LISTINGS
Charging Capability 10 – 24 AH batteries Underwriters Laboratories: S6468
Dimensions: 14 7/8”H x 14 1/2”W x 5”D CSFM #: 7165-410:152

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Model Description
HCP-204E Four expandable to Eight Zone Microprocessor Based Fire Alarm Control Panel comes with 4 Class
B (Style B) or 2 Class A (Style D) Initiating Circuits, 2 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits and
a 6 Amp Power Supply. Expandable up to 8 Class B (Style B) Initiating Circuits or 4 Class A (Style
D) and 4 Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circuits. Allows for one HDACT-100 Digital Communicator
or one HPR-100 Polarity Reversal Module. Also allows for one HRM-204 or HRM-208 Auxiliary
Relay Module. Red enclosure comes with keylock door.
Adder Modules
HDM-204 Four Class B (Style B) or Two Class A (Style D) Initiating Circuit and 2 Class A/B (Style Z/Y)
Indicating Circuit Module
Remote Annunciator
HRAM-208 Remote Multiplex Annunciator comes with Common Control Features, Indicators and 8 Bi-Colored
LEDs
Controls: Signal Silence, Buzzer Silence, Lamp Test & System Reset
Indicators: A.C. On, Common Trouble & Signal Silence
Hochiki America Corporation • HCP-204E Specifications subject to change without notice.

HDM-1008 EIGHT INITIATING CIRCUIT MODULE
GENERAL
The HDM-1008 Module provides the HCP-1000 Fire Alarm

Control panels with up to 8 Class B (Style B) or 4 Class
A (Style D) Initiating Circuits which can be configured for
Alarm, Supervisory, Waterflow or Trouble circuits.
APPLICATIONS
The HDM-1008 provides up to eight zones of Class B

(Style B) or four Class A (Style D) Initiating circuits. Each
of the circuits can be configured as either Alarm,
Supervisory, Waterflow or Trouble zones. Each circuit
can handle both powered devices such as smoke
detectors and non-powered devices such as heat
detectors, pull stations, waterflow devices, tamper
switches, etc.
INSTALLATION
STANDARD FEATURES
The HDM-1008 consists of a PC board which mounts at
• Eight Class B (Style B) or 4 Class A (Style D) the bottom of the chassis. The PC board is connected
Initiating Circuits which can be configured as Alarm, via cables to the board on the main chassis. Space is
Supervisory, Waterflow or Trouble Circuits provided on the front panel allowing the application of
• Bi-Colored Alarm/Supervisory and Trouble LED slide-in labels for initiating zone description. Labels are
provided for individual annunciation of each zone provided with each chassis. Removable terminal blocks
• Slide-in labels for zone identification are provided for easy connection of field wiring and
• Programmable as Supervisory Circuit for Latching servicing.
and Non-Latching
• All circuits are power limited for use with limited
energy cable
• Removable terminal blocks for ease of wiring and
servicing
• Extensive transient protection of all circuits
SPECIFICATIONS
Continued on back.
Output Voltage 22 VDC
Standby Current 50 mA PRODUCT LISTINGS
Max. Standby Current 3 mA
End of Line Resistor 3.9K ohm ±5%, ½ W Underwriters Laboratories: S6468
CSFM #: 7165-0410:154

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
INI1+
SUPERVISED INITIATING CIRCUIT #1
STYLE B
(ALARM ZONE)
WIRING
INI1-
STYLE D
INI1
INI2+
SUPERVISED INITIATING CIRCUIT #2
(SUPERVISORY OR WATERFLOW ZONE) STYLE B
WIRING
INI2-
INI3+
INI3-
STYLE D SUPERVISED INITIATING CIRCUIT #2
INI2 STYLE D
(ALARM ZONE) SEE STYLE D NOTE
WIRING
INI4+
INI4-
INI5+
INI5-
STYLE D
INI3
INI6+
STYLE D NOTE: INITIATING CIRCUITS IN A SERIES 1000

INI6- MUST BE ALL EITHER STYLE B OR D.
IF STYLE D IS SELECTED, THE
NUMBER OF CIRCUITS IS CUT IN HALF.
INI7+
INI7-
STYLE D
INI4
INI8+
LEGEND:
INI8-
SUPERVISORY OR
SMOKE DETECTOR
WATERFLOW
SWITCH (NO)
HEAT DETECTOR
3.9K 1/2W ELR LISTED S5434

PULL STATION
NOTES: ALL CIRCUITS ARE POWER LIMITED, AND MUST USE TYPE
FPL, FPLR, OR FPLP POWER LIMITED CABLE.
INITIATING CIRCUITS ARE FULLY SUPERVISED AND RATED
FOR 22 VDC, 3 mA STANDBY, 5 mV RIPPLE, 50 mA MAX.
ALARM. THEY MAY BE CONFIGURED AS REQUIRED. THE
ALARM THRESHOLD IS 21 mA. MAXIMUM LOOP
RESISTANCE IS 100 OHMS, 50 OHMS PER SIDE.
Hochiki America Corporation • HDM-1008 Specifications subject to change without notice.

Configuration & Diagnostics Tool HCFG-100
APPLICATION
The HCFG Configuration & Diagnostic Tool is required

to program the HDACT-100 and HDACT-100U univer-
sal digital alarm communicator. The configuration tool
module is equipped with ribbon cable to connect to
communicator. The 4 line X 20 character LCD Display
with keypad.
OPERATION
The Hochiki Digital Communicators are configured by

connecting the HCFG-100 Configuration Tool to P4 of
the HDACT-100 or HDACT-100U Main Board. Once
connected, if no text appears immediately on the LCD
STANDARD FEATURES screen, hit any key on the numberic keypad.
• Ribbon Cable To Connect To HDACT-100 and The DACT products support three level of restricted
HDACT-100U. access to the Configuration Mode which allows for
• Configures the HDACT-100 and HDACT-100U parameter configuration and control of operation.
• 4 Line x 20 Character LCD Display With Each level is associated with a separate Passcode
Keypad. (Up to 8-digit numeric code) and may be individually
modified. Once a user gains access to the Configura-
tion Mode, they are presented with a menu of selec-
tions according to the level of access granted.
SPECIFICATIONS
All configurable items have default values assigned by
the "Restore-To-Default" operation. All items must
• 4-line X 20 Character LCD Display and keypad
have a (non-zero value assigned unless specifically
• Configures HDACT-100 and HDACT-100U
identified as OPTIONAL.
communicator/dialer
• Equipped with ribbon cable to connect to HDACT
communicator
• Keypad in a rugged metal enclosure
PRODUCT LISTINGS
Underwriters Laboratories: Pending
CSFM #: Pending
MEA Report # Pending
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
HF-24 ULTRAVIOLET FLAME DETECTOR
APPLICATION
The HF-24 is suited for use wherever there is a need for
automatic detection of fires which can develop quickly
or where contents have great value.
Suggested applications include:

• Petroleum Storage
• Photographic or Film Storage
• Computer Rooms
• Print Shops
• Museums
The HF-24 is not a substitute for smoke or heat detectors,

but is an added level of protection against fast flaming
fires only.
STANDARD FEATURES
There is no set area for which the HF-24 Ultraviolet
• Detects fast flaming fires Detector is able to cover. The reason is that the size of
• Highly reliable, long life UV receptor tube the fire and the distance from this fire to the detector all
• Low power consumption effect how the detector will respond. There is one non-
• HF-24 can be intermixed with other types of variable, however, and that is very small fires must have
detection on the panel's detection circuitry a duration of at least 7-15 seconds if within 12 feet, 20-
• Interchangeable with Hochiki America's standard 30 seconds at 25 feet.
smoke and heat detector bases.
• Size and color similar to other Hochiki America
smoke and heat detectors.
OPERATION
• Easily Maintained - cleaning can be accomplished The HF-24 uses an ultraviolet detector tube which absorbs
without disassembling the detector. very weak ultraviolet light such as that emitted from a
• Not UL Listed flame. This is detected as a train of discharge pulses
creating a current. The electronic circuitry in the detector
SPECIFICATIONS body translates this action as an alarm signal. There is
Rated Voltage: 17.6 - 27.7 VDC a counter circuit which prevents the alarm from occurring
Working Voltage: 15 - 30 VDC from one-shot ultraviolet light such as lightning or cosmic
Normal Current: 200µA @ 24 VDC flares. Additionally there are circuit refinements which
Alarm Current: 250mA Maximum limit the detection of only wave lengths from 1850 to 3000
Response to Ultraviolet: 1850 - 3000 Angstrom angstroms thus ignoring visible and infrared light.
Ambient Temperature:
14° to 122° Fahrenheit (-10° C to +50° C)
See Reverse Side for
Mounting: HSC-4R, HSB series, Detection Range Graph
NS4 series, NS6 series & and Wiring Diagram.
HSC-xxx L series bases
Color: Ivory ACS

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
DETECTION RANGE
Ceiling
#1
120°
2m
#2
3m
Ceiling Height
4m
5m
6m
7m
8m
Floor
# 1: Flame from a candle or lighter

# 2: Flame from a wad or newspaper, burning flame
WIRING DIAGRAMS
NS Series and HSC Series Base
(+) HSC SERIES NS6 SERIES NS4 SERIES

COMPATIBLE
UL LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
PANEL
POWER (-)
SUPPLY
HSB-2 Wire
UL LISTED
CONTROL
(+)
PANEL
LISTED
END OF LINE
DEVICE
(-) 3.9K 1/2W
PANEL
POWER 16mA MAX.
SUPPLY OUTPUT
(-) 16mA MAX.
OUTPUT
NEGATIVE CURRENT LIMTED AT 24VDC
Hochiki America Corporation HF-24 Specifications subject to change without notice.

HRA-1000 REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS
HRAM-1032- Main Annunciator Chassis
The HRAM-1032 Main Annunciator Chassis is an

expandable module used in the HRA-1000 Series
Remote Annunciators to provide control, indication of
common annunciator functions and up to 32 points of
annunciation. The HRAM-1032 comes standard with Bi-
colored LEDs which are automatically configured for
either alarm (Red) or Supervisory (Amber) to match the
HCP-1000 Fire Alarm Control Panel configuration. Each
display point can be identified by the slide-in label that
HRAM-1032 slides in beside the LED. Equipped with sealed
membrane-like buttons and LED indicators, the HRAM-
1032 has a Local Buzzer as well as indicators for A.C.
On, Common Trouble, Remote Failure, Aux. Disconnect,
Acknowledge, General Alarm, Signal Silence and Test/
Configuration mode. In addition it has controls for System
Reset, Lamp Test, Fire Drill, Auxiliary Disconnect, Buzzer
Silence, Signal Silence, General Alarm and Acknowledge.
It occupies one slot in the HBB-1000 enclosures.
HRAX-1048 HRAX-1048 - Adder Annunciator Chassis

STANDARD FEATURES The HRAX-1048 Adder Annunciator Chassis is used in
the HRA-1000 Series Remote Annunciators to provide
• Large capacity of annunciation 48 additional points of annunciation. The HRAX-1048 is
• Bi-Colored LEDs an expandable annunciator module which can be
• Slide-in labels for each display point connected to an HRAM-1032. A maximum of four HRAX-
• Sealed membrane-like buttons and LED indicators 1048 can be connected to the HRAM-1032 Main
• Each annunciation point is automatically selected Annunciator Chassis. As with the HRAM-1032 Main
for either Alarm (Red) or Supervisory (Amber) to Annunciator Chassis, the HRAX-1048 has Bi-colored
match the HCP-1000 Fire Alarm Panel configuration LEDs which are automatically configured for either Alarm
• LEDs for A.C. On, Common Trouble, Remote Failure, (Red) or Supervisory (Amber) to match the HCP-1000
Aux. Disconnect, Ackowledge, General Alarm, Signal Fire Alarm Control Panel configuration. Each display
Silence and Test/Config Mode point can be identified by the slide-in label that slides in
• Controls for System Reset, Lamp Test, Fire Drill, besides the LED. It occupies one slot in the HBB-1000
Aux. Disconnect, Buzzer Silence, Signal Silence, enclosures.
General Alarm and Ackowledge
• Three sizes of enclosures Continued on back.
SPECIFICATIONS PRODUCT LISTINGS

HBB-1001 Enclosure 9¼”H x 13¼”W x 1¼”D Underwriters Laboratories: S5694
HBB-1002 Enclosure 16¼”H x 13¼”W x 1¼”D
HBB-1003 Enclosure 23¼”H x 13¼”W x 1¼”D CSFM #: 7120-0410:157

Phone: 714/522-2246 • Fax: 714/522-2268
BACKBOX HEIGHT MOUNTING BACKBOX WALL
H (IN.) A(IN.) B(IN.)
HBB-1001 9.0" 9.95" 7.5"
HBB-1002 16.0" 9.95" 14.5"

DOOR
HBB-1003 23.0" 9.95" 21.5"
BACKBOX CAN BE MOUNTED

WITH STANDARD 4" X 4"
ELECTRICAL BOXES
12.75"
1.2"
#6-32
HEXNUTS
BB-1001 BACKBOX IS SHOWN
ANNUNCIATOR CHASSIS
Model Description
Modules
HRAM-1032 Main Annunciator Chassis comes with Common Control Features, Indicators and 32 Bi-Colored
LEDs
HRAX-1048 Adder Annunciator Chassis comes with 48 Bi-Colored LEDs
Backboxes
HBB-1001 Annunciator backbox with keylock door (Houses 1 module)
HBB-1002 Annunciator backbox with keylock door (Houses 2 modules)
HBB-1003 Annunciator backbox with keylock door (Houses 3 modules)
Hochiki America Corporation • HRA-1000 Remote Annunciators Specifications subject to change without notice.
HRAM-208 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR
DESCRIPTION
The HRAM-208 Remote Annunciator is a multiplexed

annunciator that provides control, indication of com-
mon annunciator functions and 8 zones of LED
annunciation. The HRAM-208 Remote Annunciator
comes standard with 8 Bi-Colored LEDs which are
automatically configured for either Alarm (Red) or
Supervisory (Amber) to match the HCP-200 Series
Fire Alarm Control Panels. The unit mounts in a 4-
gang electrical box.
The HRAM-208 also comes equipped with common

control switches for Signal Silence, Buzzer Silence,
Lamp Test and System Reset. In addition it has LEDs
for Power On, Common Trouble and Signal Silence. The
HRAM- 208 is equipped with a keyswitch which allows for
the enabling and disabling of Common Control functions.
All points are identified by the corresponding label the

slides in beside the LED. Up to three HRAM-208 remote
annunciators can be used with the HCP-204 and HCP-
STANDARD FEATURES 204E Fire Alarm Control Panels.
• 8 Bi-Colored LEDs which are automatically

configured for either Alarm (Red) or Supervisory
(Amber) to match the Series 200 Fire Alarm Control
Panels
• Signal Silence, Buzzer Silence, Lamp Test and
System Reset switches
• LEDs for Power On, Common Trouble and Signal
Silence
• Equipped with a keyswitch which allows for enabling
and disabling of the Common Control functions
• Each point can be identified by the corresponding
label beside the LED
• Mounts in a standard 4-gang electrical box
• Up to three HRAM-208 Remote Annunciators can
be used with the HCP-204 and HCP-204E Fire
Continued on back.
Alarm Control Panels
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7120-0410:153

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
INSTALLATION DIAGRAM
24 VDC
- 24 VDC POWER FROM
OUTPUT FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
+
24 VDC - 24 VDC POWER TO

INPUT NEXT ANNUNCIATOR
+
- RS-485 FROM FIRE ALARM

(TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR)
RS-485
OUTPUT S
- RS-485 TO NEXT ANNUNCIATOR

RS-485 (TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR)
INPUT S
NOTE: ALL CIRCUITS ARE POWER LIMITED AND

MUST USE TYPE FPL, FPLR, OR FPLP POWER
LIMITED CABLE.
Hochiki America Corporation • HRAM-208 Specifications subject to change without notice.

HSGM-1004 FOUR INDICATING CIRCUIT MODULE
GENERAL
The HSGM-1004 Module provides the HCP-1000 Fire

Alarm Control panels with up to 4 Class A or B (Style Z
or Y) Indicating Circuits.
APPLICATIONS
The HSGM-1004 provides up to four indicating circuits

each rated at 1.7 Amps to signal devices such as strobes,
bells, horns, etc. Each of the indicating circuits can be
configured as non-silenceable (steady) or silenceable.
In addition, each circuit comes with an individual trouble
indicator. All circuits are power limited for use with limited
energy cable.
INSTALLATION
The HSGM-1004 consists of a PC board which mounts

STANDARD FEATURES at the bottom of the chassis. The PC board is connected
via cables to the board on the main chassis. Space is
• Four Class A/B (Style Z/Y) Indicating Circutis provided on the front panel allowing the application of
• Each Indicating Circuit is rated at 1.7 Amps slide-in labels for indicating zone description. Labels
• Each Indicating Circuit can be configured as Non- are provided with each chassis. Removable terminal
Silenceable (Steady) or Silenceable blocks are provided for easy connection of field wiring
• Outputs resound on subsequent alarm and servicing.
• LEDs (amber) provided for indication of Indicating
Circuit trouble
• Programmable to any input circuit
• All circuits are power limited for use with limited
energy cable
• Removable terminal blocks for ease of wiring and
servicing
• Extensive transient protection of all circuits
SPECIFICATIONS
Continued on back.
Output Voltage 24 VDC Unfiltered
Standby Current 35 mA PRODUCT LISTINGS
Alarm Current (unloaded) 150 mA
Output Current per Zone - Power Limited 1.7Amps Underwriters Laboratories: S6468
End of Line Resistor 3.9K ohm ±5%,½ W
CSFM #: 7165-0410:154

Phone: 714/522-2246 • Fax: 714/522-2268
IND1+(Y/Z)
INDICATING IND1+(Z) STYLE

CIRCUIT 1 SUPERVISED INDICATING CIRCUIT #1
WIRING
IND1-(Z)
IND1-(Y/Z)
IND2+(Y/Z)
IND2+(Z)
INDICATING STYLE
SUPERVISED INDICATING CIRCUIT #2 WIRING
CIRCUIT 2 IND2-(Z)
IND2-(Y/Z)
IND1+(Y/Z)
INDICATING IND1+(Z) STYLE

CIRCUIT 3 SUPERVISED INDICATING CIRCUIT #3
WIRING
IND1-(Z)
IND1-(Y/Z)
IND2+(Y/Z)
IND2+(Z)
INDICATING STYLE
CIRCUIT 4 SUPERVISED INDICATING CIRCUIT #4 WIRING
IND2-(Z)
IND2-(Y/Z)
LEGEND:
NOTES: ALL CIRCUITS ARE POWER LIMITED, AND MUST USE TYPE BELL, HORN, OR STROBE
FPL, FPLR, OR FPLP POWER LIMITED CABLE.
INDICATING CIRCUITS ARE FULLY SUPERVISED AND
RATED FOR 24 VDC UNFILTERED 1.7 AMP MAX. THEY MUST
BE WIRED AS SHOWN IN THE WIRING TABLES. 3.9K 1/2W ELR LISTED S5434
Hochiki America Corporation • HSGM-1004 Specifications subject to change without notice.

MP/MG NON-CODED MANUAL PULL STATIONS
OPERATION
The stations are operated by a pull on the front cover.
When activated a button switch is released to initiate an
alarm and the cover hangs down providing a highly
visible indication of operation. The station cannot be
reset without a key.
Operation of the optional double action models require

that a hinged outer cover be lifted before the station
can be pulled open to activate the alarm.
APPLICATION ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS

Manual station shall be of metal construction. Manual
The MP/MG Manual Stations are available in both non-
stations shall be U.L. listed. The station shall be
break glass and break glass models. A single SPST is
activated by a pull on the front cover. When activated
standard, and second SPST switch is optional. Single
cover shall hang down to give visible indication of
or dual action models are available. Surface mounting
activation. A key shall be required to reset the station.
is accomplished using mounting boxes with a minimum
Stations shall be non-break glass or break glass with
of 3/4” depth. Semi-flush of surface mounting is
red with white letters or brushed aluminum with red
accomplished using standard back boxes.
letters.
SPECIFICATIONS
Wire
Model Description Rating Terminations Dimensions
MP-1 Red front cover with white lettering, a single- 2.5 Amp #18 Awg Approximately
pole, single-throw normally open switch, with a 120/250V Pigtail - 6" Long 5H x 3W x 1D
spring latching mechanism. 3/8" Stripped Ends
MG-1 Red front cover with white lettering, a single- 2.5 Amp #18 Awg Approximately
spring latching mechanism, with a break grlass 3/8" Stripped Ends
latch.
MP-2 Red front cover with white lettering, two single- 2.5 Amp #18 Awg Approximately
spring latching mechanism. 3/8" Stripped Ends
MG-2 Red front cover with white lettering, two single- 2.5 Amp #18 Awg Approximately
spring latching mechanism, with a break grlass 3/8" Stripped Ends
latch.
OPTION DESIGNATIONS
A Anodized Brushed Aluminum with red lettering PRODUCT LISTINGS
T Terminal Strip Underwriters Laboratories: 4LO3
D Dual Action CSFM #: 7150-1134:101
Add option letter to the end of model number.

Phone: 714/522-2246 • Fax: 714/522-2268
HPS-CP CALL POINT BREAK GLASS STATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
Contacts Normally Open
Contact Current Rating 3A @ 120 VAC
Dimensions (WxHxD) 3.5" x 5 1/4" x 3/4"
DESCRIPTION
Hochiki America Models HPS-CP series pull stations

are available in two models:
• HPS-CP call point/break glass
• HPS-CP/S call point/break glass (Spanish)
HPS-CP The Hochiki HPS-CP series is very dependable break

glass station intended for simple yet failsafe operation.
The actuating switch is a heavy duty plunger type, with
a Glass plate covering (2.5" x 2.5") which is a
Factrolite single strength (obscured) type. Design of
this station is such that it seems to inhibit the "false
Im
alarm" factor that is so prevalent in public schools and

ag
places of public assembly. The steel rod attached to

e
the station is not necessary to break the glass. A

No
slight blow of the hand, coin, key, pencil, etc. is

tA
va
sufficient to break the glass and initiate the alarm.

ila
The HPS-CP is intended for mounting in a standard

bl
e
electrical outlet box.
WIRING DIAGRAM
TOP REAR VIEW
HPS-CP/S
STANDARD FEATURES
L1
• Actuating switch, a heavy duty plunger type L2
IN
CIRCUIT
• Glass plate (2.5" x 2.5"), a Factrolite single L2 OUT
strength (obscured) type. L1
• Steel rod attached
• Mounts in a standard electrical outlet box
• Available in English & Spanish
• UL listed
• Made in USA PRODUCT LISTING
Underwriter Laboratories: S6512
Specifications subject to change without notice CSFM #: 7150-0410:164

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Hochiki America Corporation HPS-CP Specifications subject to change without notice.
HPS-SA-EX/WP Explosion Proof Manual Pull Stations
DESCRIPTION
The Hochiki HPS-SA-EX/WP Explosion Proof Manual

Pull Station is a single action, UL listed fire alarm
initiating device. With a UL rating of class I group B
(hydrogen) C&D, class II groups E,F,G, class III and an
outdoor rating of type 4X this station offers unmatched
placement flexibility. The 2 sets of Form "C" (NO/C/
NC) contacts are rated for 10 Amps at 120/240 VAC.
The HPS-SA-EX/WP has an easily identifiable pull
down lever and contains an integral break glass rod
carrier.
The unit is a high quality manual fire alarm box con-

structed entirely of a high strength metal die-cast alloy
with a low profile and rounded edges to fit most design
applications. All components are prepainted or have
plated surfaces to inhibit corrosion. Non-corroding
STANDARD FEATURES screw terminals are provided for wire connections to
the HPS-SA-EX/WP.
• Compatible with all Hochiki Control Panels The HPS-SA-EX/WP is manufactured in conformance
• Rugged die-cast housing with the standards set forth in the Americans with
• Rated class I group B (hydrogen) C&D, class II Disabilities Act.
groups E,F,G, class III, 4X outdoor
The HPS-SA-EX/WP has a white pull down lever in its
• Weather Proof center. Pulling down the lever latches it into place.
• Corrosion-resistant construction The HPS-SA-EX/WP's normally open contact switch is
• Latching alarm levers shorted causing an alarm on the fire initiating loop.
The pull down lever can not be reset unless the correct
• Screw Terminals 12-22 AWG
key is inserted into the manual fire alarm box lock and
• Key-locked reset the unit is opened. The latching lever can then be
• Optional glass break rod restored to its normal position.
• DPDT Contacts
When the HPS-SA-EX/WP is being reset and has a
glass break rod installed, all debris must be removed
SPECIFICATIONS prior to installing another rod to ensure the unit will
close and lock securely.
Contacts DPDT Form "C" (NO/C/NC)
Contact Current Rating 10 Amps @ 120/240 VAC
Dimensions (HxWxD) 4.75 in. x 3.125 in. x
3.375 in. (12.1 cm x 7.9 PRODUCT LISTING
cm x 8.6 cm) Underwriter Laboratories: E154860
CSFM #: 7151-0410:163
Specifications subject to change without notice

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
HPS-SAH-WP Weather Proof Manual Pull Stations
DESCRIPTION
The Hochiki HPS-SAH-WP Weatherproof Manual Pull
Station is a UL Listed fire alarm initiating device
suitable for applications requiring outdoor mounting of
the manual fire alarm pull station. The HPS-SAH-WP
is appropriate for applications where the manual pull
station may be subject to wet conditions.
The HPS-SAH-WP consists of a die-cast aluminum

back box, Neoprene sealing gasket and a special
manual fire alarm box. The unit is a high quality pull
station constructed entirely of nontoxic materials with
a low profile and rounded edges to fit most design
requirements. All components are pre-painted, or have
plated surfaces to inhibit corrosion.
The latching pull-down lever on the HPS-SAH-WP

requires a hex key to reset it. This allows only
authorized personnel to reset the manual pull station
so that the origin of the alarm can be determined
STANDARD FEATURES easily.
• Weatherproof Manual Pull Station
The HPS-SAH-WP has one set of Normally Open
• 10 A, 120 VAC contacts
contacts rated for 10A @ 120 VAC, making the device
• Rugged die-cast aluminum housing
suitable for installations involving large current loads.
• Neoprene sealing gasket
• Corrosion-resistant construction
The HPS-SAH-WP conforms with the Americans with
• Hex reset
Disabilities Act (ADA).
• Latching pull-down lever
• Screw terminal connections
Manual Station
SPECIFICATIONS
Contact Current Rating 10A @ 120 VAC To Fire Alarm 1
Control/Communicator N/O
zone or point 2
Switch
PRODUCT LISTING
Underwriter Laboratories: S2984
CSFM #: 7150-0410:162 Wire Connections
Specifications subject to change without notice

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Series HPS-SAH, HPS-SAK, HPS-DAH, HPS-DAH/S, HPS-DAK, HPS-DAK/S
Manual Non-Coded Pull Station
STANDARD FEATURES
• Metal Construction
• Enclosed switch with glass rod (included)
• 10 Amps @ 120 VAC
• Available in: Single Action, Dual Action and
Dual Action in Spanish (HPS-DAH/S)
• UL, FM, CSFM Listed
• Made in USA
HPS-SAH HPS-SAK
DESCRIPTION
Hochiki America’s Models HPS series pull stations

are available in six models:
• HPS-SAH single action

• HPS-SAK single action with key lock
• HPS-DAH dual action
• HPS-DAH/S dual action (Spanish)
• HPS-DAK dual action with key lock
• HPS-DAK/S dual action with key lock (Spanish)
HPS-DAH HPS-DAH/S Each model is constructed of a solid die cast housing

and comes in glossy red. The back switch plate is
plated steel. The electrical switch is rated for 10 Amps
@ 120 VDC normally open contact rating. All models
are connected via terminal block connections.
PRODUCT LISTING
CSFM #: 7150-0410:162
HPS-DAK HPS-DAK/S
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Engineering Specifications:
The Audible alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model H24W or equivalent device. The horn shall be listed under UL 464
standard for Audible Signaling Appliance and shall be approved for fire protective service. The sound output shall be field selectable.
The Horn shall provide two different field selectable tones a High and Low field selectable sound output setting. The signaling Select-A-
Horn Horn shall operate on 24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The Horn shall be
H24W Horn capable of WALL mounting to a universal backbox. The H24W shall be installed as per plans and specifications.
TM
Select -A- Horn Series Select-A-Horn dB Output & Current Draw Table:
Description: P P P
PC3 PC2 PC1 Average Current ( mA ) Sound Output
AMSECO’s Select-A-Horn Series is designed to comply C C C ( dBA @ DC )
with NFPA/ANSI audible emergency evacuations signal Pattern Tone Volume 3 2 1 DC FWR
and UL 464 audible signaling appliances. The Horn 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V
provides two different field selectable tones, and a High /
Electro High 1 1 1 27 35 52 36 45 64 85 87 88
Low output setting that can be accomplished with the use of
mini jumpers located on back of the unit. The horn is clearly Mechanical Low 1 1 0 15 22 39 23 30 39 75 78 81
NON-TEMP
labeled with FIRE lettering and is polarized for connecting to High 1 0 1 27 35 52 36 45 64 85 88 88
3000 Hz
supervised fire alarm circuits. Horn with Universal Mounting Plate Low 1 0 0 15 22 39 23 30 39 75 78 81
The Select-A-Horn series is available in red or white Horn High 0 1 1 27 35 52 36 45 64 81 83 84
Electro
housing 24VDC models. The horn signals are listed for LI
STI N
Mechanical
UL 15 22 39 23 30 39 71 75 77
G
ULC TE
OF CA L IFO
R
Low 0 1 0
MEA
NI
ST
A
TEMPORAL
indoor use, ceiling and wall mount, under UL 1971
ST
LL
27 35 52 36 45 64 80 83 84
TE
A
FIR
E MAR
SH
High 0 0 1
E
E
S
RV I C
Standard. 3000 Hz
Low 0 0 0 15 22 39 23 30 39 71 75 77
Features:
* Designed to meet or exceed NFPA/ANSI Standards and UL **Sound output varies with tone and options selected.
464 Audible Signal Appliance.
Application: * UL listed for Wall mount.
The H24W Horn series is recommended for use in areas * Screw terminals capacity up to 12 AWG. Wired Without Audible Silence Feature: Wired for Audible Silence Feature:
such as: meeting rooms, schools, corridors, apartments, * Universal mounting plate included with each unit.
* 24 volts DC with two field selectable settings Sync Module Sync Module
office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and any other
* Polarized with wide listed voltage ranges using filtered F.A.C.P. SMS1-3A F.A.C.P. F.A.C.P. SMS1-3A
application where effective audible warning is required by Signal To Next Device or Strobe Signal
Circuit
Horn Signal To Next Device or
Federal, State, or local authority having jurisdiction. DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage. Circuit_ _ IN_ _
OUT End-Of Line-Resistor
_
Circuit
_ IN OUT End-Of Line-Resistor
+ H+H + + + _ H+H
_ _
* Horn field selectable tones: + + +
3000 Hz interrupted or Electro-mechanical + _ +
_
Temporal or Non-temporal
High or Low dBA output
* All models mount to 4” square, single gang, double gang, *The Sync module is rated for 3.0 amperes at 24 VDC.
or octagon back box.
Horn Selectable Sound Output: * Available in red or white housing. Dimensions:
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMS1-3A Sync Inches (mm)
3-3/8 (85.7)
Module.
5 (127) 1-17/32 (39) 1-13/16 (46)
Select- A -Horn Wiring:
3-9/32 (83.5)
Jumper
3-3/8 (85.7)
3-9/32 (83.5)
PC3 PC2 PC1 Control To Next Device or
5 (127)
Panel End-Of Line-Resistor
+ _
Temporal - Non-Temporal + _
Electro Mech - 3000 Hz
High - Low
WARNING:
Conductor Size (AWG), Length and capacity should be taken into consideration Mounting Options:
prior to design and installation of these products, particularly in retrofit
installations.
Mounting to a single gang box. Mounting to a 4” square back box. Mounting to a double gang box. Surface mount.
Ordering Information:
Model Input Sync w/ Universal Wall Ceiling Color Color
Number Voltage SMS1-3A Mounting Mount Mount Red White
( VDC ) Module
4” x 4” x 1-1/2”
H24WR 24 2” backbox 4” x 4” x 1-1/2”
backbox
backbox 4BX-1
H24WW 24 Surface Mount
Universal Mounting Plate Universal Mounting Plate Universal Mounting Plate back box
4SP-M
Horn Horn Horn Horn Mounting Plate

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Hochiki America Corporatrion:H24W-HORN
Technical Support: 800/845-6692 or technicalsupport@hochiki.com 06/2003 Specifications subject to change without notice.
HP-24 / HP-24T
Piezo Alert Mini Horn
Description:
AMSECO’s Series mini horns are designed for alarm signaling
in individual rooms, apartments, hotels, offices, etc. where
dependable high performance alarm signaling is required.The
mini horns produce a high sound output with a minimum
current draw of just 15mA at 24VDC.
The mini horn is clearly labeled with FIRE lettering and is
polarized for connecting to supervised fire alarm circuits.
The mini horn is available with terminals or 4-wires, in red or
white housing 24VDC models.
TI
IS N
Application:
G
L
UL ULC
OF C A L IFO
TE R
A
MEA
NI
ST
FM
A
ST
LL
The HP-24 mini horn series is recommended for use in areas
T
A
E SH
FIR
A DA
E MA R
E
E
S
RVI C
APPROVED
such as; meeting rooms, schools, corridors, apartments, office
Features:
buildings, restaurants, hotels, and any other application where
* Designed to meet or exceed NFPA/ANSI Standards
effective audible warning is required by Federal, State, or local
and UL 464 Audible Signal Appliance.
authority having jurisdiction.
* Screw terminals capacity up to 12 AWG.
* 4-wires for easy field wiring.
Engineering Specifications: * Polarized with wide listed voltage ranges using filtered
The Audible alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage.
model HP-24 or equivalent device. The horn shall be listed * Mounts to a single gang box.
under UL 464 standard for Audible Signaling Appliance and * Available in red or white housing.
shall be approved for fire protective service. The sound output
shall be 82 dB at 10 ft. The signaling mini Horn shall operate on Mini Horn Wiring:
24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave
rectified, unfiltered supply. The Horn shall be capable of WALL
mounting to a single gang box. The HP-24 shall be installed as
per plans and specifications.
Control To Next Device or
Panel End-of Line-Resistor
Dimensions: Inches (mm) _ + _ +
“FIRE” 0.26 (6.5) 0.26 (6.5)

6.7
(170) WARNING: Conductor Size (AWG), Length and capacity should be
taken into consideration prior to design and installation of these
products, particularly in retrofit installations.
3.29 (83.5)
Mounting:
FIR
E
0.16 (4)
2.73 1.42 1.42

(69.2) (36) (36) Single gang box.
Specifications:
Model Rated Wiring Operating UL Indoor Average Plate Temperature
Number Voltage Type Range dB @ 10ft. dB @ 10ft Current Color Operating
( VDC ) (VDC) ( dBA ) ( dBA) ( Amps) Range
HP-24R 24 4-wire 19.2 ~ 26.4 82 97 0.015 Red

HP-24W 24 4-wire 19.2 ~ 26.4 82 97 0.015 White -4°F ~ 140 °F
(-20°C ~ 60°C)
HP-24TR 24 Terminal 19.2 ~ 26.4 82 97 0.015 Red
HP-24TW 24 Terminal 19.2 ~ 26.4 82 97 0.015 White

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Mounting: using SPC-1 retrofit plate
Single gang
Double gang Octagon Engineering Specifications:
back box back box The audible and visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SH24C-177 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall be listed Horn/Strobe Current Draw Table:
back box
under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. The candela
4” square
back box output shall be 177 intensity output. All settings shall be UL1971 listed for both ceiling and wall mount applications. The Horn shall =1 =0 Average Current ( mA ) Sound Output
provide two different field selectable tones, and a High and Low field selectable sound output setting. The signaling Horn/Strobe shall
SH24C-177 SPC-1 SPC-1 SPC-1
operate on 24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The signaling strobe shall be PC3 PC2 PC1 P P P
C C C
DC FWR ( dBA@DC)
Horn /Strobe designed to produce a signal flash of one flash per second with continuously applied minimum voltage. When strobe synchronization is Pattern Tone Volume 3 2 1 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V
required, the horn/strobe shall be compatible with the AMSECO SMS1-3A or SMD10-3A (daisy chain) or other source of AMSECO sync HIGH 419 294 235 511 379 312 86 88 88
1 1 1
Ceiling and Wall Mount Combination protocol. The Horn/Strobe shall be capable of CEILING and WALL mounting to a 4” x 4”x 1-1/2” back box. Signaling devices shall be ELECTRO
MECHANICAL
installed in all sleeping and non-sleeping areas as per plans and specifications. LOW 1 1 0 402 275 220 497 366 301 76 80 83
Horn NON-TEMP.
HIGH 1 0 1 419 294 235 511 379 312 87 88 88
Description: & 3000 Hz
LOW 1 0 0 402 275 220 497 366 301 77 81 83
AMSECO’s Ceiling and Wall mount Horn/Strobe is designed to Strobe
comply with the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and meet UL Light Output Dispersion: @ ELECTRO HIGH 0 1 1 419 294 235 511 379 312 80 84 84
90 °
MECHANICAL *1
Standard 1971 requirements for emergency signaling devices WA 177cd. LOW 0 1 0 402 275 220 497 366 301 73 76 79
for the hearing impaired. The SH24C-177 Horn/Strobe features
Surface Mount: using RBX-1 back box skirt and SPC-1 retrofit plate
I NG 90° LL TEMPORAL
HIGH 0 0 1 419 294 235 511 379 312 82 84 84
a 177 candela intensity output. The Horn provides two different Single gang Double gang Octagon
C EIL Compound
3000 Hz
LOW 0 0 0 402 275 220 497 366 301 *2
74 77 79
° ° Compound
field selectable tones, and a High / Low output setting that can be Horn/Strobe 177cd. back box back box back box 90 90 90°
45°
achieved with the use of mini jumpers located on back of the unit. Note: The low volume Temporal setting of *1 & *2 at 16V FWR/DC are not suitable to use for Fire Alarm Public Mode (Suitable for General and
45°
FI
The round housing design offers a low profile appearance and is LI
STI N
4” square Private Modes only).
R
UL
G
A
OF C L IFOR
ULC FI FI
E
TE
MEA
NI
E
ST
E
A
back box R R
R
clearly labeled with “FIRE” lettering to be view from all angles.
ST
LL
FI
FI
E
E
T
A
E SH
FIR
E MAR
E
E
S
RV I C
SPC-1 Horn Only Current Draw Table:
FI R E
These appliances are polarized for connecting to supervised fire SPC-1 SPC-1
alarm circuits. The strobe is designed with a xenon flashtube and Features:
* 177 candela output.
FI R E FI R E
=1 =0 Average Current ( mA ) Sound Output
provides a candela intensity field selector switch for maximum 45° 45°
FI
performance. * ADA/NFPA/ANSI compliant. R
P P P DC ( dBA@DC)
E
PC3 PC2 PC1 FWR
0°
°
0°
* UL listed for Ceiling and Wall mounting under UL1971.
90 ° 90° C C C
The Ceiling mount Horn/Strobe series is available in red and
* Designed for use in sleeping and non-sleeping areas. 90 0° Pattern Tone Volume 3 2 1 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V
white housing 24V DC models. The SH24C-177 can be RBX-1
synchronized by using the SMD10-3A (daisy chain) Sync * Screw terminal capacity up to 12 AWG. RBX-1 RBX-1 RBX-1 ELECTRO HIGH 1 1 1 34 44 49 33 40 45 86 88 88
Module to comply with NFPA recommendations concerning * Polarized strobes with wide listed voltage ranges using 90° MECHANICAL LOW 1 1 0 17 25 34 19 27 34 76 80 83
90 °
filtered DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage. NON-TEMP.
45°
photosensitive epilepsy when installing 2 or more visual 0°
45°
* Horn field selectable tones: HIGH 1 0 1 34 44 49 33 40 45 87 88 88
appliances within the field of view. The strobe signals are 3000 Hz
3000 Hz interrupted or Electro-mechanical Horn LOW 1 0 0 17 25 34 19 27 34 77 81 83
designed for sleeping and non-sleeping areas and are listed for Compound Compound only
indoor use, ceiling and wall mount, under UL 1971 Standard. Temporal or Non-temporal ELECTRO HIGH 0 1 1 34 44 49 33 40 45 80 84 84
High or Low dBA output MECHANICAL LOW 0 1 0 17 25 34 19 27 34 *1
73 76 79
* Meets ADA guidelines for minimum one flash per/sec (1Hz). TEMPORAL
* All models mount to 4” x 4” x 1-1/2” back box. Horn/Strobe Combination Wiring: Wired Without Audible Silence Feature: HIGH 0 0 1 34 44 49 33 40 45 82 84 84
Application: 3000 Hz *2
* 24 volt strobe models 177 candela intensity. Sync Module LOW 0 0 0 17 25 34 19 27 34 74 77 79
The SH24C-177 Ceiling Horn/Strobe Series is recommended
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMD10-3A Room Spacing for Ceiling-Mounted Visible Appliances Note: The low volume Temporal setting of *1 & *2 at 16V FWR/DC are not suitable to use for Fire Alarm Public Mode (Suitable for General and
for use in areas such as: meeting rooms, schools, corridors, Using the Sync Modules: F.A.C.P. FI
To Next Device F.A.C.P. SMD10-3A FI
To Next Device or
(daisy chain) Sync Module. R
E
Signal R
E
Private Modes only).
R
apartments, office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and any other Minimum Light Output by Room Size. Signal or End-Of Line- IN OUT End-Of Line-
FI
E
FI
E
* RBX-1 back box skirt for surface mount (optional). The Sync module is designed to provide a synchronized temporal Circuit Circuit
_ _ _ _
application where effective audible and visual warning are
* The SPC-1 retrofit plate allows mounting to a variety of back pattern (code 3) tone, and synchronize the strobe flashes when used + _ Resistor
+ H+H + + Resistor
required by Federal, State, or local authority having jurisdiction. Maximum Maximum Room Size (ft.)
+ _
FI R E
boxes (optional). with AMSECO’s 177cd Strobe, and Horn/Strobe as well as the ability Ceiling
FI R E
Strobe Only Current Draw Table:

* Available in red or white housing. to silence the horn while maintaining the strobe flashes. The SMD10- Height (ft.) 20 X 20 30 X 30 40 X 40 50 X 50 + _
3A has the capability of connecting two style Y (class B) circuits or
Wiring Terminals: Horn Selectable Sound Output: one style Z (class A) circuit, and is rated for 3 amperes per circuit. 30 75cd. 75cd. 177cd. 177cd.
DC FWR
The SMD10-3A can be interconnected so that more than two alarm 20 30cd. 75cd. 110cd. 177cd. *The Sync module is rated for 3.0 amperes at 24 VDC. Current ( mA )
zones can be synchronized when connected using the SYNC 10 30cd. 30cd. 75cd. 110cd. 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V
terminals. (Daisy chain connection). The Max number of Average 390 255 191 483 344 272
interconnected SMD10-3A modules is twenty (20). All input are Signals Wired for Independent Operation: Wired for Audible Silence Feature: Strobe only
Peak 596 438 386 859 816 708
polarized for compatibility with standard reverse polarity supervision of @ 177cd.
circuit wiring, when used with a Fire Alarm Control Panel (F.A.C.P.). Room Spacing for Wall-Mounted Visible Appliances In-Rush 460 476 508 788 828 716
FI
Minimum Light Output by room Size (Non-Sleeping) R
E
F.A.C.P. FI
R
E
To Next Device
FI
SMD10-3A
E
R
R
Strobe Signal Horn Signal
FI
E
Circuit Circuit or End-Of Line-
PC3 PC2 PC1 For a synchronization system, the maximum number of strobe lights Maximum One Strobe To Next Device or +
_ _ H+H
_ _ OUTPUT
INPUT _ Resistor
Two Strobes Four Strobes + + +
that can be connected to a listed Fire Alarm Control Panel 3Amp
FI R E
Room End-Of Line-Resistor

+ _ Dimensions: Inches (mm)
FI R E
per Room per Room per Room Strobe Horn _

Loop circuit is as follows: Size F.A.C.P. _ _ +
+ +
14 (30cd, 16~33VDC) or 10 (30cd, 16~33V FWR)
13 (75cd, 16~33VDC) or 8 (75cd, 16~33V FWR) 20¢X 20¢ 15 cd. NA NA
Temporal - Non-Temporal 30¢X 30¢ 30 cd. 15 cd. NA
Strobe
Signal
+
_
Electro Mech - 3000 Hz 11 (110cd, 16~33VDC) or 7 (110cd, 16~33V FWR) Circuit
High - Low The maximum wire impedance between any adjacent strobe light is 40¢X 40¢ 60 cd. 30 cd. 15 cd.
Ordering Information: To Next Device or
5.6 ohms. 50¢X 50¢ 95 cd. 60 cd. 30 cd. End-Of Line-Resistor + - + -
_
+
3-3/8 (85.7)
Model Input Strobe Sync Mounting Horn Flash Housing 60¢X 60¢ 135 cd. 95 cd. 30 cd.
Voltage Output Module Type Sound Rate Color Ordering Information: Horn
Number 70¢X 70¢ 185 cd. 95 cd. 60 cd. Signal +
(VDC) (Candela) Output (Times/min.) Circuit _
Model Input Maximum Average Mounting Color 80¢X 80¢ 240 cd. 135 cd. 60 cd.
SH24C-177R 24 177 SMD10-3A Ceiling/Wall Selectable 60 Red Number Voltage Load Current Back Box 90¢X 90¢ 305 cd. 185 cd. 95 cd.
SH24C-177W 24 177 SMD10-3A Ceiling/Wall Selectable 60 White (VDC) (Amps) (mA) 100¢X 100¢ 375 cd. 240 cd. 95 cd. WARNING:
The Horn/Strobe is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating range of 32°F ~ 120°F (0°C ~ 49°C ) * The Horn/Strobe must be used only on circuits with continuously operating voltage. DO NOT use strobe on coded or interrupted circuits in which
SMS1-3A 24 3 9 4"x4"x1-1/2" Red 110¢X 110¢ 455 cd. 240 cd. 135 cd. the applied voltage is interrupted ON and OFF as the strobe may fail to flash.
120¢X 120¢ 540 cd. 305 cd. 135 cd. * The applied voltage must be within its rated input voltage range. 1-13/32 (35)
SMD10-3A 24 3 9 4"x4"x1-1/2" Red
130¢X 130¢ 635 cd. 375 cd. 185 cd. * Fuse ratings on signaling circuits must handle peak currents from all devices connected to those circuits. 6-7/8 (174) 2-25/32 (70) 3-3/8 (85.7)
The total current draw from all devices connected to the sync module should not exceed
NA: Not allowable
Hochiki America Corporation 3.0A, and should only be connected to circuits that provide continuously applied voltage.
Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SH24C-177
Technical Support: 800/845-6692 or technicalsupport@hochiki.com 06/2003 Hochiki America Corporatrion : SH24C-177 Specifications subject to change without notice. Hochiki America Corporatrion : SH24C-177 Specifications subject to change without notice. Specifications subject to change without notice.
Mounting: using SPC-1 retrofit plate Double gang Octagon Horn/Strobe Current Draw Table:
Single gang =1 =0
back box
back box back box Engineering Specifications: Average Current (mA) Sound Output
The audible and visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SH24C-3075110 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall be P P P ( dBA @ DC )
4” square PC3 PC2 PC1 DC FWR
listed under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. The
SH24C-3075110 back box
SPC-1 SPC-1 SPC-1
candela output shall be field selectable, having three (3) settings 30cd, 75cd and 110cd output. All settings shall be UL1971 listed for both
Pattern Tone Volume
C C
3 2
C
1 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V
ceiling and wall mount applications. The Horn shall provide two different field selectable tones, and a High and Low field selectable sound
Ceiling and Wall Mount output setting. The signaling Horn/Strobe shall operate on 24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered
Electro High 1 1 1 160 129 116 203 171 153 86 88 88
Horn Mechanical Low 1 1 0 138 110 101 189 158 142 76 80 83
-A- Combination supply. The signaling strobe shall be designed to produce a signal flash of one flash per second with continuously applied minimum
&
NON-TEMP
High 1 0 1 160 129 116 203 171 153 87 88 88
voltage. When strobe synchronization is required, the horn/strobe shall be compatible with the AMSECO SMS1-3A or SMD10-3A (daisy 3000 Hz
chain) or other source of AMSECO sync protocol. The Horn/Strobe shall be capable of CEILING and WALL mount to a variety of back Strobe Low 1 0 0 138 110 101 189 158 142 77 81 83
Description:
boxes using the AMSECO SPC-1 retrofit back plate. @ Electro High 0 1 1 160 129 116 203 171 153 80 84 84
AMSECO’s Ceiling and Wall mount is -A-
Signaling devices shall be installed in all non-sleeping areas as per plans and specifications. 30cd Mechanical Low 0 1 0 138 110 101 189 158 142 *1
73 76 79
designed to comply with the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) TEMPORAL
and meet UL Standard 1971 requirements for emergency High 0 0 1 160 129 116 203 171 153 82 84 84
3000 Hz *2
signaling devices for the hearing impaired. The SH24C-3075110 Surface Mount: using RBX-1 back box skirt and SPC-1 retrofit plate Low 0 0 0 138 110 101 189 158 142 74 77 79
-A- features a unique candela intensity field Light Output Dispersion: Electro High 1 1 1 218 170 148 276 221 195 86 88 88
Single gang Double gang Octagon Mechanical 201
selector switch for alternating the candela to 30cd, 75cd or 110cd back box back box back box
Low 1 1 0 151 133 262 208 184 76 80 83
Horn NON-TEMP
90°
G
intensity output. The Horn provides two different field selectable Horn/Strobe with Selectable 30cd, 75cd or 110cd. High 1 0 1 218 170 148 276 221 195 87 88 88
IN
90° & 3000 Hz
IL
tones, and a High / Low output setting that can be achieved with 4” square Low 1 0 0 201 151 133 262 208 184 77 81 83
E
Strobe
C
the use of mini jumpers located on back of the unit. The round UL ULC back box
°
°
MEA High 1 1 218 170 148 221 195 84 84
90
0 276 80
90
Electro
housing design offers a low profile appearance and is clearly SPC-1 SPC-1 SPC-1 Compound Compound @ Mechanical Low *1
90° 0 1 0 201 151 133 262 208 184 73 76 79
labeled with “FIRE” lettering to be view from all angles. These Features: FI 75cd TEMPORAL
45 °
E FI
High 0 1 218 170 148 221 195 84 84
45 °
R 0 276 82
R
FI
appliances are polarized for connecting to supervised fire alarm
E
* Selectable Candela 30cd, 75cd or 110 candela output. 3000 Hz
E
FI
Low *2
R
E
0 0 0 201 151 133 262 208 184 74 77 79
circuits. The strobe is designed with a xenon flashtube and
R
* ADA/NFPA/ANSI compliant.
FI
FI R E
provides a candela intensity field selector switch for maximum Electro High 1 1 1 273 207 173 348 270 232 86 88 88
* UL listed for Ceiling and Wall mounting under UL1971. FI R E
performance. The Ceiling/Wall mount Select -A-HornStrobe Mechanical Low 1 1 0 256 188 158 334 257 221 76 80 83
* Designed for use in non-sleeping areas. RBX-1 FI R E
series is available in red and white housing 24V DC models. The RBX-1 RBX-1 RBX-1 45 ° 45 ° Horn NON-TEMP High 1 0 1 273 207 173 348 270 232 87 88 88
* Screw terminal capacity up to 12 AWG.
FI
°
90
& 3000 Hz
90
R
E
SH24C-3075110 can be synchronized by using the SMD10-3A Low 188 158 257 221 81 83
0°
* Polarized strobes with wide listed voltage ranges using filtered 1 0 0 256 334 77
0°
90° Strobe
(daisy ch ain) Sync Module to comply with NFPA DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage. 0° Electro High 0 1 1 273 207 173 348 270 232 80 84 84
recommendations concerning photosensitive epilepsy when * Horn field selectable tones: @ Mechanical Low 0 1 0 188 158 257 221 *1
76 79
256 334 73
installing 2 or more visual appliances within the field of view. The 3000Hz interrupted or Electro-mechanical 0° 110cd TEMPORAL High 0 1 207 173 270 232 84 84
90°
90° 0 273 348 82
45 °
strobe signals are designed for non-sleeping areas and are listed Temporal or Non-temporal 3000 Hz
45 °
*2
Low 0 0 0 256 188 158 334 257 221 74 77 79
for indoor use, ceiling and wall mount, under UL 1971 Standard. High or Low dBA output Compound Compound
* Meets ADA guidelines for minimum one flash per/sec (1 Hz). Note: The low volume Temporal setting of *1 & *2 at 16V FWR/DC are not suitable to use for Fire Alarm Public Mode (Suitable for General and
* All models mount to 4” x 4” x 1-1/2” back box.
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMD10-3A Horn/Strobe Combination Wiring: Wired Without Audible Silence Feature:
Application: Room Spacing for Wall-Mounted Visible Appliances Minimum Light Output by room Size (Non-Sleeping) Horn Only Current Draw and Sound Output Table:
(daisy chain) Sync Module. Sync Module
The SH24C-3075110 Ceiling Horn/Strobe Series is Maximum One Strobe Two Strobes Maximum One Strobe Two Strobes
* RBX-1 back box skirt for surface mount (optional). Four Strobes Four Strobes =1 =0
recommended for use in areas such as: meeting rooms, schools, Room Room F.A.C.P. E
FI
To Next Device F.A.C.P. SMD10-3A
E
FI
To Next Device or Average Current (mA) Sound Output
* The SPC-1 retrofit plate allows mounting to a variety of back per Room per Room per Room per Room per Room per Room R Signal R
R
Signal or End-Of Line- IN OUT End-Of Line-
corridors, apartments, office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and
FI
E
FI
E
boxes (optional). Size Size Circuit
_ Resistor
Circuit
_ _ _ _ Resistor PC3 PC1
P P P DC FWR
( dBA @ DC )
any other application where effective audible and visual warning 20¢X 20¢ 15 cd. NA 60 cd. + + H+H + + Pattern
PC2 C C C
* Available in red or white housing. NA 80¢X 80¢ 240 cd. 135 cd. Tone Volume
+ _
16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V
FI R E
are required by Federal, State, or local authority having FI R E

3 2 1
30¢X 30¢
+ _
30 cd. 15 cd. NA 90¢X 90¢ 305 cd. 185 cd. 95 cd.
jurisdiction. Horn Selectable Sound Output: Electro High 1 1 1 34 44 49 33 40 45 86 88 88
40¢X 40¢ 60 cd. 30 cd. 15 cd. 100¢X 100¢ 375 cd. 240 cd. 95 cd.
Mechanical Low 1 1 0 17 25 34 19 27 34 76 80 83
50¢X 50¢ 95 cd. 60 cd. 30 cd. 110¢X 110¢ 455 cd. 240 cd. 135 cd. NON-TEMP High 1 0 1 34 44 49 33 40 45 87 88 88
Wiring Terminals: 60¢X 60¢ 135 cd. 95 cd. 30 cd. 120¢X 120¢ 540 cd. 305 cd. 135 cd. *The Sync module is rated for 3.0 amperes at 24 VDC. Horn 3000 Hz
Low 1 0 0 17 25 34 19 27 34 77 81 83
70¢X 70¢ 185 cd. 95 cd. 60 cd. 130¢X 130¢ 635 cd. 375 cd. 185 cd. Only
Electro High 0 1 1 34 44 49 33 40 45 80 84 84
NA: Not allowable Mechanical *1
Room Spacing for Ceiling-Mounted Vis ible Appliances Signals Wired for Independent Operation:
Low 0 1 0 17 25 34 19 27 34 73 76 79
Wired for Audible Silence Feature: TEMPORAL
Minimum Light Output by Room Size. High 0 0 1 34 44 49 33 40 45 82 84 84
3000 Hz *2
PC3 PC2 PC1 Maximum Maximum Room Size (ft.)
Low 0 0 0 17 25 34 19 27 34 74 77 79
Sync Module
Ceiling R
E
FI
F.A.C.P. FI Note: The low volume Temporal setting of *1 & *2 at 16V FWR/DC are not suitable to use for Fire Alarm Public Mode (Suitable for General and
R
E
Height (ft.) 20 X 20 30 X 30 40 X 40 50 X 50 To Next Device
FI
SMD10-3A
E
R
R
Strobe Signal Horn Signal
FI
E
Circuit Circuit or End-Of Line-
+
_ _ _ _ OUTPUT
INPUT _ Resistor
30 75cd. 75cd. 177cd. 177cd. To Next Device or + H+H + +
FI R E
End-Of Line-Resistor
+ _
FI R E
20 30cd. 75cd. 110cd. 177cd. Strobe Horn _

F.A.C.P. _ _ +
Temporal - Non-Temporal 10 30cd. 30cd. 75cd. 110cd. + + DC FWR
Current (mA)
Electro Mech - 3000 Hz 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V
High - Low
Strobe
Signal
+
_
Dimensions: inches (mm) Circuit Average 126 90 72 175 136 113
Ordering Information: 218
To Next Device or @ 30cd Peak 225 167 421 355 341
Input Strobe Sync Mounting Horn Flash Housing End-Of Line-Resistor
_ + - + -
Strobe In-Rush 254 298 338 402 418 458
Model
Voltage Candela Module Type Sound Rate Color + 189 131 186 155
Number Only Average 104 248
3-3/8 (85.7)
Horn
(VDC) (Selectable) Output (Times/min.) Signal +
_ @ 75cd Peak 304 222 212 562 464 454
Circuit
SH24C-3075110R 24 30, 75, 110 SMD10-3A Ceiling/Wall Selectable 60 Red In-Rush 306 342 374 540 478 498
Average 244 168 129 320 235 192
SH24C-3075110W 24 30, 75, 110 SMD10-3A Ceiling/Wall Selectable 60 White
WARNING: Peak 418 288 208 680 572 532
The Horn/Strobe is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating range of 32F ~ 120F (0C °~ 49C ° ) @ 110cd
* The Horn/Strobe must be used only on circuits with continuously operating voltage. DO NOT use strobe on coded or interrupted circuits in which 398
In-Rush 386 430 644 580 548
1-13/32 (35) the applied voltage is interrupted ON and OFF as the strobe may fail to flash.
Specifications subject to change without notice. 6-7/8 (174) * The applied voltage must be within its rated input voltage range.
2-25/32 (70) 3-3/8 (85.7)
* Fuse ratings on signaling circuits must handle peak currents from all devices connected to those circuits.
Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SH24C-3075110
Technical Support: 800/845-6692 or technicalsupport@hochiki.com 06/2003 Hochiki America Corporatrion : SH24C-3075110 Specifications subject to change without notice. Hochiki America Corporatrion : SH24C-3075110 Specifications subject to change without notice. Specifications subject to change without notice.
Mounting Options:
Strobe with Universal mounting Strobe with Universal mounting Strobe with Universal mounting Strobe with Universal mounting
Patented
SH24W-153075 plate and single gang box. plate and 4” square back box. plate and double gang box. plate and surface mount back box.
Select -A- Horn /Strobe Combination

Description:
4” x 4” x 1-1/2”
AMSECO’s Select-A-Horn/Strobe Series is designed to 2” back box 4” x 4” x 1-1/2”
back box
back box
comply with the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and meet F F F
4BX-1
Surface Mount
I I
F 4SP-M
UL Standard 1971 requirements for emergency signaling I
R Universal Mounting Plate R Universal Mounting Plate R Universal Mounting Plate I
R Mounting back box
E E E E
devices for the hearing impaired. The SH24W series Select- Plate
Horn/Strobe Horn/Strobe Horn/Strobe Horn/Strobe
A-Horn/Strobe features a unique candela intensity field
selector switch for alternating the candela output 15cd to 30cd
(75cd on axis). The Horn provides two different field Dimensions: Inches (mm)
selectable tones, and a High / Low output setting that can be Horn/Strobe with Universal Mounting Plate Included 5 (127) 2 1/4(56.9) 3 3/8(85.7)
achieved with the use of mini jumpers located on back of the 1 13/16(46)
unit. The strobe housing is clearly labeled with vertical “FIRE” TI
IS N
UL
G
L
O F C A L I FO
ULC TE R
MEA
A
FM
NI
ST
A
lettering and is polarized for connecting to supervised fire
ST
LL
TE
A
FIR SH
E MA R
E
S
E
alarm circuits. The strobe is designed with a xenon flashtube APPROVED RVI C
and provides a candela intensity field selector switch for Features:

maximum performance.
3 9/32(83.5)
* Designed to meet or exceed NFPA/ANSI Standards and ADA
3 3/8(85.7)
3 9/32(83.5)
The Select-A-Horn/Strobe series is available in red and white
5 (127)
Accessibility Guidelines.
housing 24V DC models. The SH24W-153075 can be
* UL listed for wall mounting.
synchronized by using the SMD10-3A Sync Module to comply
* Screw terminal capacity up to 12 AWG.
with NFPA recommendations concerning photosensitive
* Universal mounting plate included with each unit.
epilepsy when installing 2 or more visual appliances within the
* 24V DC strobe with two field selectable settings 15cd or 30cd.
field of view. The strobe signals are listed for indoor use, wall
* Polarized strobes with wide listed voltage ranges using filtered
mount, under UL 1971 Standard.
DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage.
* Horn field selectable tones:
3000 Hz interrupted or Electro-mechanical Using the Sync Module:
Application: Temporal or Non-temporal Dimensions: Inch (mm)
High or Low dBA output The Sync module is designed to provide a synchronized temporal pattern
The SH24W-153075 Horn/Strobe Series is recommended
(code3) tone, and synchronize the strobe flashes when used with AMSECO’s 4.33 (110)
for use in areas such as: meeting rooms, schools, corridors, * Meets ADA guidelines for minimum one flash per/sec (1Hz).
line of Select-A-Strobe and Select-A-Horn/Strobe series as well as the ability
apartments, office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and any * All models mount to 4” square, single gang, double gang, or 3.374 (85.7)
to silence the horn while maintaining the strobe flashes. 0.2 (5)
other application where effective audible and visual warning octagonal back box. The SMD10-3A has the capability of connecting two style Y (class B) circuits or
are required by Federal, State, or local authority having * 24 volt strobe models 15 or 30 candela intensity. one style Z (class A) circuit and is rated for 3 amperes per circuit.
jurisdiction. * Tamper-proof candela selector switch. The SMD10-3A can be interconnected so that more than two alarm zones can
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMD10-3A Sync Module. be synchronized when connected using the SYNC terminals (daisy chain
* Available in red or white housing.
3.374 (85.7)
connection).The maximum number of interconnected SMD10-3A modules is
4.33 (110)
Strobe Selectable Candela Output: twenty (20). All inputs are polarized for compatibility with standard reverse
polarity supervision of circuit wiring, when used with Fire Alarm Control Panel
(F.A.C.P).
15 Horn Selectable Sound Output:
cd Ordering Information:
30
cd Model Input Maximum Average Mounting Color
Number Voltage Load Current Back Box
F (VDC) (Amps) (mA)
I
R 15
E PC3 PC2 PC1 SMD10-3A 24 3 9 4"x4"x1-1/2" Red
The total current draw from all devices connected to the SMD10-3A should not exceed 3.0A. Mounting:
30 The SMD10-3A should only be connected to circuits that provide continuously applied voltage.
SMD10-3A Current Draw Table: Electrical Back box

Tamper Proof Temporal - Non-Temporal 4”x4”x1-1/2”
High - Low Voltage Average Peak In-Rush
DC FWR DC FWR DC FWR
Model Input Selectable Sync Mounting Horn Wiring Housing
Number Voltage Strobe Output Module Type Sound Type Color
16V 7mA 7mA 30mA 55mA 40mA 57mA
(VDC) (Candela) Output
24V 9mA 9mA 32mA 62mA 52mA 75mA
SH24W-153075R 24 15 or 30 SMD10-3A Wall Only Selectable Terminals Red
33V 11mA 11mA 34mA 68mA 74mA 99mA
SH24W-153075W 24 15 or 30 SMD10-3A Wall Only Selectable Terminals White
The SMD10-3A module is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating SMD10-3A
The Horn/Strobe is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating range of 32°F ~ 120°F (0°C ~ 49°C )
range of 32° F ~ 120° F ( 0° C ~ 49° C ).

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SH24W-153075
Horn/Strobe Current Draw Table:

Engineering Specifications: =1 =0
Average Current (mA) Sound Output
The audible and visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SH24W-153075 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall be P P P ( dBA @ DC )
PC3 PC2 PC1 DC FWR
listed under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. The Pattern C C C
Tone Volume 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V
candela output shall be field selectable, having a dual setting of 15cd or 30cd output. The Horn shall provide two different field 3 2 1
selectable tones and a High and Low field selectable sound output setting. The signaling Horn/Strobe shall operate on 24VDC from a Electro High 1 1 1 112 98 96 145 115 142 85 87 88
non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The signaling strobe shall be designed to produce a signal Horn Mechanical Low 109 91 83 110 95 78 81
1 1 0 142 75
flash of one flash per second with continuously applied minimum voltage. The Horn/Strobe shall be capable of WALL mounting to a NON-TEMP
universal backbox. Visual signaling devices shall be mounted 80” above the highest floor point or 6” below ceiling; (whichever is lowest)
& High 1 0 1 118 111 108 153 128 119 85 88 88
3000 Hz
and are to be installed as per plans and specifications. Strobe Low 1 0 0 106 85 83 139 105 89 75 78 81
@ Electro High 0 1 1 112 98 96 145 115 142 81 83 84
15cd Mechanical Low 0 1 0 109 91 83 142 110 95 *1
71 75 77
Light Output Distribution / Horizontal and Vertical Dispersion: TEMPORAL
High 0 0 1 118 111 108 153 128 119 80 83 84
3000 Hz *2
UL Required Minimum Light Output (cd) 45 Low 0 0 0 106 85 83 139 105 89 71 75 77
Wall Mount Horizontal Wall Mount Vertical WALL WALL Electro High 1 1 1 158 130 133 207 157 168 85 87 88
Degrees @15cd @30cd @15cd @30cd 90 90
0 75.00 75.00 75.00 75.00 Mechanical Low 1 1 0 155 123 108 204 152 121 75 78 81
5 ~ 25 13.50 27.00 13.50 27.00 Horn NON-TEMP High 1 164 143 146 170 145 88 88
30 11.25 22.50 13.50 27.00 1 0 215 85
45 & 3000 Hz
Low 152 117 147
35 11.25 22.50 9.75 19.50 1 0 0 108 201 115 75 78 81
40 11.25 22.50 6.90 13.80 Strobe High
45 11.25 22.50 5.10 10.20 Compound 45
90 Electro 0 1 1 158 130 133 207 157 168 81 83 84
90 @ Mechanical Low *1
50 8.25 16.50 4.05 8.10 0 1 0 155 123 108 204 152 121 71 75 77
55 6.75 13.50 3.30 6.60 30cd TEMPORAL
60 6.00 12.00 2.70 5.40 0 High 0 0 1 164 143 146 215 170 145 80 83 84
65 5.25 10.50 2.40 4.50 45 0 3000 Hz
Low 117 147 *2
0 0 0 152 108 201 115 71 75 77
70 5.25 10.50 2.25 4.50
75 4.50 9.00 1.95 3.90 Compound 45 90 Note: The low volume Temporal setting of *1 & *2 at 16V FWR/DC are not suitable to use for Fire Alarm Public Mode (Suitable for General and
80 4.50 9.00 1.80 3.60 Private Modes only).
85 ~ 90 3.75 7.50 1.80 3.60
Compound 45 3.60 7.20
Horn Only Current Draw and Sound Output Table:
Sound Output Dispersion (dB)
Degrees Wall Mount Horizontal Wall Mount Vertical Wired Without Audible Silence Feature: =1 =0
+90 -6 dB -3 dB Average Current (mA) Sound Output
+60 -2 dB -2 dB P P P ( dBA @ DC )
+30 -1 dB -1 dB F.A.C.P. SMD10-3A PC3 PC2 PC1 DC FWR
Signal To Next Device or Pattern C C C
0 0 dB 0 dB IN Tone Volume 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V
-30 -1 dB -3 dB Circuit_ _ _ _
OUT F
I
End-Of Line-Resistor 3 2 1
-60 -2 dB -5 dB + H+ H + + R
E
Electro High 1 1 1 28 41 57 30 41 91 85 87 88
+ _
-90 -6 dB -6 dB
Mechanical Low 1 1 0 25 34 42 27 36 44 75 78 81
NON-TEMP High 1 0 1 34 54 70 38 54 68 85 88 88
Horn/Strobe Combination Wiring: Horn 3000 Hz
Low 1 0 28 36 31 38 78 81
0 22 24 75
Only High 0 1 1 28 41 57 30 41 91 81 83 84
Electro
*1
Control To Next Device or Mechanical Low 0 1 0 25 34 42 27 36 44 71 75 77
Panel End-Of Line-Resistor TEMPORAL High 0 0 1 54 70 54 68 83 84
F 34 38 80
+ _ I
R
3000 Hz
Low 0 0 0 22 28 36 24 31 38 *2
71 75 77
E
+ _
Note: The low volume Temporal setting of *1 & *2 at 16V FWR/DC are not suitable to use for Fire Alarm Public Mode (Suitable for General and

*The Sync module is rated for 3.0 amperes at 24 VDC.
DC FWR
Current (mA)
16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V
Wired for Audible Silence Feature:
Signals Wired for Independent Operation: Average 89 64 50 125 94 81
Strobe @ 30cd Peak 127 103 87 269 229 210
F.A.C.P.
Strobe Signal
F.A.C.P. SMD10-3A F
Only In-Rush 127 103 119 269 229 210
Horn Signal I To Next Device or
Circuit Circuit R Average 135 96 75 187 136 107
F
I
+
_ _ H+H
_ IN_ OUT
_ E End-Of Line-Resistor
R + + + @ 75cd Peak 170 134 119 377 306 269
F.A.C.P. E To Next Device or
Strobe Signal End-Of Line-Resistor _ 170 135 223 306 269
Circuit
_ Strobe Horn _ + In-Rush 377
+ _ _ +
+ +
Room Spacing for Wall-Mounted Visible Appliances Minimum Light Output by room Size (Non-Sleeping)
Maximum One Strobe Four Strobes Maximum One Strobe Two Strobes Four Strobes
Two Strobes
Room per Room per Room Room per Room per Room
per Room per Room
F.A.C.P.
Horn Signal
To Next Device or Size Size
Circuit
_ _ 20¢X 20¢ 15 cd. NA NA 60 cd.
+ + 80¢X 80¢ 240 cd. 135 cd.
30¢X 30¢ 30 cd. 15 cd. NA 90¢X 90¢ 305 cd. 185 cd. 95 cd.
40¢X 40¢ 60 cd. 30 cd. 15 cd. 100¢X 100¢ 375 cd. 240 cd. 95 cd.
50¢X 50¢ 95 cd. 60 cd. 30 cd. 110¢X 110¢ 455 cd. 240 cd. 135 cd.
WARNING:
* Strobes must be used only on circuits with continuously operating voltage. DO NOT use strobe on coded or interrupted 60¢X 60¢ 135 cd. 95 cd. 30 cd. 120¢X 120¢ 540 cd. 305 cd. 135 cd.
Circuits in which the applied voltage is interrupted ON and OFF as the strobe may fail to flash. 70¢X 70¢ 185 cd. 95 cd. 60 cd. 130¢X 130¢ 635 cd. 375 cd. 185 cd.
* The applied voltage must be within its rated input voltage range. NA: Not allowable
* Fuse ratings on signaling circuits must handle peak currents from all devices connected to those circuits.
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SH24W-153075 Specifications subject to change without notice. Hochiki America Corporatrion : SH24W-153075 Specifications subject to change without notice.
Engineering Specifications: Horn/Strobe Current Draw Table:
The audible and visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SH24W-75110 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall
be listed under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. P P P Average Current (mA) Sound Output
The candela output shall be field selectable, having a dual setting of 75cd or 110cd output. The Horn shall provide two different PC3 PC2 PC1 ( dBA @ DC )
C C C
SH24W-75110 Patented field selectable tones, and a High and Low field selectable sound output setting. The signaling Horn/Strobe shall operate on
Pattern Tone Volume 3 2 1
16V
DC
24V 33V 16V
FWR
24V 33V 16V 24V 33V
SMS1-3A
24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The signaling strobe shall be designed to
Select -A- Horn /Strobe
TM
Combination produce a signal flash of one flash per second with continuously applied minimum voltage. The Horn/Strobe shall be capable of Electro High 1 1 1 160 125 115 212 159 145 85 87 88 Sync Module
WALL mounting to a universal backbox. Visual signaling devices shall be mounted 80” above the highest floor point or 6” below Mechanical Low 1 1 0 148 112 102 199 144 120 75 78 81
NON-TEMP
Description: ceiling; (whichever is lowest) and are to be installed as per plans and specifications. High 1 0 1 160 125 115 212 159 145 85 88 88 When used with the SH24W Horn/Strobe Series the SMS1-3A
3000 Hz
AMSECO’s Select-A-Horn/Strobe Series is designed to @ Low 1 0 0 148 112 102 199 144 120 75 78 81 provides synchronized temporal pattern and a synchronized
comply with the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and Light Output Distribution / Horizontal and Vertical Dispersion: High 125 159 strobe flash while using a single pair of wires on a single class
75cd Electro 0 1 1 160 115 212 145 81 83 84
"A" circuit.
meet UL Standard 1971 requirements for emergency Mechanical Low 0 1 0 148 112 102 199 144 120 71 75 77
signaling devices for the hearing impaired. The SH24W UL Required Minimum Light Output (cd) TEMPORAL
45 High 0 0 1 160 125 115 212 159 145 80 83 84 SMS1-3A Sync Module
series Select-A-Horn/Strobe features a unique candela Wall Mount Horizontal Wall Mount Vertical WALL 3000 Hz
Degrees @75cd @110cd @75cd @110cd Low 0 0 0 148 112 102 199 144 120 71 75 77
intensity field selector switch for alternating the candela 0 75.00 110.00 75.00 110.00 90 I STI N
High 1 1 1 212 157 141 277 205 173 85 87 88 L F CALI
Electro UL
G
ULC
O FO
TE R
5 ~ 25 67.50 99.00 67.50 99.00

MEA
A
output 75cd to 110cd. The Horn provides two different field FM
N
ST
IA
30 56.25 82.50 67.50 99.00 Mechanical Low
ST
LL
1 1 0 200 144 128 264 190 148 75 78 81 TE
A
FIR SH
E MA R
selectable tones, and a High / Low output setting that can
E
S
E
APPROVED RVI C
Horn/Strobe with Universal Mounting Plate Included 35 56.25 82.50 48.75 71.50 45 NON-TEMP
High 1 157 205
40 56.25 82.50 34.50 50.60 1 0 212 141 277 173 85 88 88
be achieved with the use of mini jumpers located on back of 3000 Hz
the unit. The strobe housing is clearly labeled with vertical STI N
LI F CA LI
45 56.25 82.50 25.50 37.40 Compound 45
90
@ Low 1 0 0 200 144 128 264 190 148 75 78 81 Model Number Input Maximum Average Mounting Color
50 41.25 60.50 20.25 29.70
UL Voltage Load Current
G
ULC
FO
Back Box
O
110cd
TE R
MEA High
A
FM
NI
157 205
ST
1 1 212 141 173 83 84
A
“FIRE” lettering and is polarized for connecting to 55 33.75 49.50 16.50 24.20 Electro 0 277 81
ST
LL
(VDC) (Amps) (mA)
T
A
A DA
E SH
F IR
E MAR
60 30.00 44.00 13.50 19.80 0 Low
E
E
Mechanical 200
S
supervised fire alarm circuits. The strobe is designed with a APPROVED RV I C
0 1 0 144 128 264 190 148 71 75 77
65 26.25 38.50 12.00 17.60 45 TEMPORAL
xenon flashtube and provides a candela intensity field 70 26.25 38.50 11.25 16.50 High 0 0 1 212 157 141 277 205 173 80 83 84 SMS1-3A 24 3 9 4"x4"x1-1/2" Red
75 22.50 33.00 9.75 14.30 3000 Hz
selector switch for maximum performance. Features: 80 22.50 33.00 9.00 13.20 Compound 45 Low 0 0 0 200 144 128 264 190 148 71 75 77
The Select-A-Horn/Strobe series is available in red and 85 ~ 90 18.75 27.50 9.00 13.20 WALL High 1 1 1 27 35 52 36 45 64 85 87 88 * The total current draw from all devices connected to the SMS1-3A should not exceed 3.0A.
* Designed to meet or exceed NFPA/ANSI Standards and ADA 90 Electro
white housing 24V DC models. The SH24W-75110 can be Compound 45 18.00 26.40 Mechanical Low 22 30
**The SMS1-3A should only be connected to circuits that provide continuously applied voltage.
Accessibility Guidelines. 1 1 0 15 39 23 39 75 78 81
synchronized by using the SMS1-3A Sync Module to * UL listed for wall mounting. NON-TEMP High 1 0 1 27 35 52 36 45 64 85 88 88
comply with NFPA recommendations concerning * Screw terminal capacity up to 12 AWG. Horn 3000 Hz
Low 1 0 0 15 22 39 23 30 39 75 78 81
Sound Output Dispersion (dB)
photosensitive epilepsy when installing 2 or more visual * Universal mounting plate included with each unit. Only High 35 45
Degrees Wall Mount Horizontal Wall Mount Vertical Electro 0 1 1 27 52 36 64 81 83 84 SMS1-3A Current Draw Table:
appliances within the field of view. The strobe signals are * 24V DC strobe with field selectable settings 75cd or 110cd. +90 -6 dB -3 dB 90 Mechanical Low 0 1 0 15 22 39 23 30 39 71 75 77
listed for indoor use, wall mount, under UL 1971 Standard. * Polarized strobes with wide listed voltage ranges using filtered +60 -2 dB -2 dB
TEMPORAL
+30 -1 dB -1 dB High 0 0 1 27 35 52 36 45 64 80 83 84
DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage. 0 0 dB 0 dB 0 3000 Hz Voltage Average Peak In-Rush
Low 0 0 0 15 22 39 23 30 39 71 75 77
* Horn field selectable tones: -30 -1 dB -3 dB
-60 -2 dB -5 dB 90
Application: 3000 Hz interrupted or Electro-mechanical -90 -6 dB -6 dB DC FWR DC FWR DC FWR
The SH24W-75110 Horn/Strobe Series is recommended for Temporal or Non-temporal
use in areas such as: meeting rooms, schools, corridors, High or Low dBA output Wired Without Audible Silence Feature:
Horn/Strobe Combination Wiring: Average Current (mA) Peak Current (mA) In-Rush Current (mA) 20V 8mA 8mA 31mA 57mA 44mA 62mA
apartments, office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and any * Meets ADA guidelines for minimum one flash per/sec (1Hz).
* All models mount to 4” square, single gang, double gang, or.
24 volt models 24 volt models 24 volt models 24V 9mA 9mA 32mA 62mA 52mA 75mA
other application where effective audible and visual warning 33V 33V 33V
octagonal back box. F.A.C.P. SMS1-3A 16V 24V 16V 24V 16V 24V
are required by Federal, State, or local authority having Control To Next Device or Signal To Next Device or 30V 10mA 10mA 33mA 66mA 70mA 94mA
jurisdiction. * 24 volt strobe models 75 or 110 candela intensity. Panel End-Of Line-Resistor Circuit_ _ IN_ F End-Of Line-Resistor Candela DC FWR DC FWR DC FWR Candela DC FWR DC FWR DC FWR Candela DC FWR DC FWR DC FWR
_
F
+ _
OUT I
* Tamper-proof candela selector switch. +
I
R
E
H+H + + R
E
75 138 186 97 134 75 111 75 163 362 137 286 112 248 75 163 362 137 286 121 248
The SMS1-3A module is listed for indoor use with a temperature
+ _
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMS1-3A Sync Module. operating range of 32 F ~ 120 F ( 0 C ~ 49 C ).
Strobe Selectable Candela Output: * Available in red or white housing. + _ 110 190 251 129 180 98 139 110 203 442 163 366 131 307 110 203 442 163 366 131 307
The SH24W-75110 series horn/strobe is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating range of 32 ° F ~ 120° F ( 0° C ~ 49° C ).
75 Horn Selectable Sound Output: *The Sync module is rated for 3.0 amperes at 24 VDC. Dimensions: Inches (mm) Mounting: Dimensions: Inch (mm)
cd 5(127) 2 1/4(56.9) 3 3/8(85.7)
4.33
11 Signals Wired for Independent Operation: Wired for Audible Silence Feature: 1 13/16(46)
Electrical Back box
0cd (110)
F 3.374 0.2
3 9/32(83.5)
3 9/32(83.5)
3 3/8(85.7)
I
(85.7)
5(127)
F
R 75 I
(5)
E PC3 PC2 PC1 R F.A.C.P. F.A.C.P. SMS1-3A F
F.A.C.P. E To Next Device or Strobe Signal Horn Signal I To Next Device or
Strobe Signal End-Of Line-Resistor
Circuit Circuit R
11 Circuit
_ Strobe Horn _ +
_ _ H+H
_ IN _ OUT
_ E End-Of Line-Resistor
0 + _ _ + + + +
+ +
+ _
Tamper Proof Temporal - Non-Temporal Mounting Options:
High - Low Horn/Strobe with Universal mounting Horn/Strobe with Universal mounting Horn/Strobe with Universal mounting Horn/Strobe with Universal mounting
(85.7)
(110)
4.33
3.374
F.A.C.P. To Next Device or plate and single gang box. plate and 4” square back box. plate and double gang box. plate and surface mount back box.
Ordering Information: Horn Signal
Circuit
_
+ _ +
Input Selectable Sync Mounting Horn Wiring Housing 4”x4”X1-1/2”
Model
Number Voltage Strobe Output Module Type Sound Type Color
(VDC) (Candela) Output SMS1-3A
4” x 4” x 1-1/2”
WARNING: 2” backbox 4” x 4” x 1-1/2”
backbox
SH24W-75110R 24 75 or 110 SMS1-3A Wall Only Selectable Terminals Red * Horn/Strobe must be used only on circuits with continuously operating voltage. DO NOT use strobe on coded or interrupted F
backbox
4BX-1
F F F
circuits in which the applied voltage is interrupted ON and OFF as the strobe may fail to flash. I I I Surface Mount
SH24W-75110W 24 75 or 110 SMS1-3A Wall Only Selectable Terminals White R Universal Mounting Plate R Universal Mounting Plate R Universal Mounting Plate I
R
4SP-M back box
* The applied voltage must be within its rated input voltage range. E E E E
Mounting
* Fuse ratings on signaling circuits must handle peak currents from all devices connected to those circuits. Horn/Strobe Horn/Strobe Horn/Strobe Horn/Strobe Plate

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SH24W-75110
Technical Support: 800/845-6692 or technicalsupport@hochiki.com 06/2003 Hochiki America Corporatrion : SH24W-75110 Specifications subject to change without notice. Hochiki America Corporatrion : SH24W-75110 Specifications subject to change without notice. Specifications subject to change without notice.
The visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SL24C-177 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall be listed under UL 1971 Standard for
signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. The candela output shall be 177cd. The strobe shall be
UL1971 listed for both ceiling and wall mount applications. The signaling Strobe shall operate on 24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-
SL24C-177 wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The signaling strobe shall be designed to produce a signal flash of one flash per second with continuously applied
minimum voltage. When strobe synchronization is required, the strobe shall be compatible with the AMSECO SMS1-3A or SMD10-3A or other source of
Ceiling and Wall Mount Strobe AMSECO sync protocol. The Strobe shall be capable of CEILING and WALL mount ing to a 4’’ x 4’’ x 1-1/2’’ back box. Signaling devices shall be installed
in all sleeping and non/sleeping areas as per plans and specifications.
Description:
AMSECO’s Ceiling and Wall mount strobe is designed to comply Light Output Dispersion:
with the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and meet UL
90 °
G
WA
IN
Standard 1971 requirements for emergency signaling devices 90° LL
IL
E
for the hearing impaired. The SL24C-177 strobe round housing
°
°
90
90
design offers a low profile appearance and is clearly labeled with Compound Compound
“FIRE” lettering to be view from all angles. These appliances are FI 90°
45°
E FI
45°
polarized for connecting to supervised fire alarm circuits. The R
R
FI
E
FI
strobe is designed with a xenon flashtube and provides a 177 Strobe 177cd. R
E
R
FI
E
candela intensity output for maximum performance.
FI R E
FI R E
STI N
LI
The Ceiling mount strobe series is available in red and white UL
G
OF CA L IFOR
ULC TE
MEA
NI
ST
A
FI R E
ST
LL
housing 24V DC models. T
45° 45°
A
E SH
FI R
E MAR
E
E
S
RV I C
FI
°
90
The SL24C-177 can be synchronized by using the SMD10-3A
90
R
E
0°
0°
Sync Module to comply with NFPA recommendations 90°
concerning photosensitive epilepsy when installing 2 or more
0°
Features:
visual appliances within the field of view. The strobe signals are * ADA/NFPA/ANSI Compliant. 0°
90 °
listed for indoor use, ceiling and wall mount, for sleeping and * UL listed for Ceiling and Wall mounting under UL1971. 90°
45°
45°
non/sleeping areas under UL 1971 Standard. * Screw terminal capacity up to 12 AWG. Compound Compound
* 24V DC strobe with 177cd output. Using the Sync Module:
* Polarized strobes with wide listed voltage ranges using Sync Module Room Spacing for Ceiling-Mounted Visible Appliances
Application: Filtered DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage. F.A.C.P. SMD10-3A FI
Minimum Light Output by Room Size.
Signal E To Next Device or
The SL24C-177 Ceiling Strobe Series is recommended for use * Meets ADA guidelines for minimum one flash per/sec (1Hz). R
R
Circuit IN OUT End-Of Line- Maximum
FI
E
in areas such as: warehouses, meeting rooms, schools, * Munts to 4” square, back box. _ _ _ _ Resistor Maximum Room Size (ft.)
+ H+H + + Ceiling
corridors, apartments, office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and * 24 volt strobe models. 20 X 20 30 X 30 40 X 40 50 X 50
+ _
Height (ft.)
FI R E
any other application where effective visual warning is required * Designed for sleeping and non/sleeping areas.
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMS1-3A or 30 75cd. 75cd. 177cd. 177cd.
by Federal, State, or local authority having jurisdiction.
SMD10-3A (daisy chain) Sync Module. 20 30cd. 75cd. 110cd. 177cd.
* RBX-1 back box skirt for surface mount (optional) *The Sync module is rated for 3.0 amperes at 24 VDC. 10 30cd. 30cd. 75cd. 110cd.
Strobe Wiring: * The SPC-1 retrofit plate allows mounting to a variety of back
boxes (optional). Mounting:
FI
* Available in red or white housing. *The SPC-1 Universal Retrofit Plate is designed for mounting to a variety of back boxes.
Control E To Next Device *Surface mount installations, use the RBX-1 Back Box Skirt.
R
R
Panel or End-Of Line-

FI
Single gang Double gang Octagon

Resistor
+ _ back box back box back box
4” square
FI R E
Wiring Terminals: back box
+ _ SPC-1 SPC-1 SPC-1
4” square
back box RBX-1
RBX-1 RBX-1 RBX-1
Current Draw Table:
DC FWR
Current (mA)
16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V
Average 378 245 185 468 332 264
@ 177cd Peak 584 428 380 844 804 700
In-Rush 460 476 508 788 828 716 Dimensions: Inches (mm)
Model Input Strobe Sync Mounting Flash Operating Housing
3-3/8 (85.7)
Number Voltage Output Module Type Rate Voltage Range Color
(VDC) (Candela) (Times/min.) (VDC)
SL24C-177R 24 177 SMD10-3A Ceiling / Wall 60 16 ~ 33 Red
SL24C-177W 24 177 SMD10-3A Ceiling / Wall 60 16 ~ 33 White
The strobe is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating range of 32°F ~ 120°F (0°C ~ 49°C ) 6-7/8 (174) 1-13/32 (35) 3-3/8 (85.7)
2-25/32 (70)

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SL24C-177
The visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SL24C-3075110 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall be listed
under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. The candela
SL24C-3075110 output shall be field selectable, having three (3) settings 30cd, 75cd and 110cd output. All settings shall be UL1971 listed for both
ceiling and wall mount applications. The signaling Strobe shall operate on 24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-
Ceiling and Wall Mount wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The signaling strobe shall be designed to produce a signal flash of one flash per second with
continuously applied minimum voltage. When strobe synchronization is required, the strobe shall be compatible with the AMSECO
Select -A- Strobe SMS1-3A or SMD10-3A (daisy chain) or other source of AMSECO sync protocol. The Strobe shall be capable of CEILING and WALL
mount to a variety of back boxes using the AMSECO SPC-1 retrofit back plate.
Signaling devices shall be installed in all non-sleeping areas as per plans and specifications.
Description:
AMSECO’s Ceiling and Wall mount Select-A-Strobe is designed Light Output Dispersion:
to comply with the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and meet
90 °
WA
LL
G
UL Standard 1971 requirements for emergency signaling 90°
IN
IL
devices for the hearing impaired. The SL24C-3075110 Select-
E
C
°
°
A-Strobe features a unique candela intensity field selector Compound Compound
90
90
switch for alternating the candela 30cd, 75cd or 110cd intensity 90°
45°
FI
45°
Strobe with Selectable Candela 30cd, 75cd, 110cd FI
R
E
output. The round housing design offers a low profile
E
R
R
FI
E
FI
E
R
R
appearance and is clearly labeled with “FIRE” lettering to be
FI
E
STI N
LI
FI R E
UL
G
OF CA L IFOR
ULC TE
MEA
NI
ST
view from all angles. These appliances are polarized for
A
ST
LL
FI R E
T
A
E SH
FI R
E MAR
connecting to supervised fire alarm circuits. The strobe is
E
E
S
FI R E
RV I C
Features: 45° 45°
FI
designed with a xenon flashtube and provides a candela E
R
0°
0°
* Selectable Candela 30cd, 75cd or 110 candela output.
°
90
90
intensity field selector switch for maximum performance. The 90°
* ADA/NFPA/ANSI compliant. 0°
Ceiling/Wall mount Select-A-Strobe series is available in red
and white housing 24V DC models. The SL24C-3075110 can be * UL listed for Ceiling and Wall mounting under UL1971.
* Designed for use in non-sleeping areas.
90 °
synchronized by using the SMD10-3A (daisy chain) Sync 0° 90°
45°
45°
Compound Compound
Module to comply with NFPA recommendations concerning * Screw terminal capacity up to 12 AWG.
* Polarized strobes with wide listed voltage ranges using filtered Strobe Current Draw Table:
photosensitive epilepsy when installing 2 or more visual
appliances within the field of view. The strobe signals are DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage. DC FWR
Current (mA)
designed for non-sleeping areas and are listed for indoor use, * Meets ADA guidelines for minimum one flash per/sec (1Hz). 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V
ceiling and wall mount, under UL 1971 Standard. * All models mount to 4” x 4” x 1-1/2” back box.
Average 121 87 70 168 131 110
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMD10-3A
(daisy chain) Sync Module. @ 30cd Peak 221 215 165 414 350 338
* RBX-1 back box skirt for surface mount (optional) In-Rush 254 298 338 402 418 458
Application: Strobe 183 127 101 240 180 151
* The SPC-1 retrofit plate allows mounting to a variety of back Average
The SL24C-3075110 Ceiling Strobe Series is recommended for
boxes (optional). @ 75cd Peak 298 218 209 554 458 450
use in areas such as: warehouses, meeting rooms, schools,
corridors, apartments, office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and * Available in red or white housing. In-Rush 306 342 374 540 478 498
any other application where effective visual warning is required Average 236 162 125 310 227 186
Strobe Wiring: 410 282 204 670 564 526
by Federal, State, or local authority having jurisdiction. @ 110cd Peak
In-Rush 386 398 430 644 580 548
FI To Next Device
Control E
R
R
Panel or End-Of Line- Mounting:

FI
Resistor
Strobe Selectable Candela:
+ _ *The SPC-1 Universal Retrofit Plate is designed for mounting to a variety of back boxes.
*Surface mount installations, use the RBX-1 Back Box Skirt.
back box back box back box
FI R E
+ _ 4” square
back box
SPC-1 SPC-1 SPC-1
H
C
IT
Room Spacing for Ceiling-Mounted Visible Appliances

W
4” square
S
Minimum Light Output by Room Size. back box RBX-1

0 RBX-1 RBX-1 RBX-1
11
d Maximum
0c Maximum Room Size (ft.)
75 11
Ceiling
cd
30
75 Height (ft.) 20 X 20 30 X 30 40 X 40 50 X 50
cd Tamper
30 proof cap 30 75cd. 75cd. 177cd. 177cd.
20 30cd. 75cd. 110cd. 177cd.
10 30cd. 30cd. 75cd. 110cd.
Ordering Information: Using the Sync Module: Dimensions: Inches (mm)
Model Input Strobe Sync Mounting Flash Operating Housing Sync Module
Number Voltage Selectable Module Type Rate Voltage Range Color F.A.C.P. SMD10-3A FI
(VDC) (Candela) (Times/min.) (VDC) R
R
IN OUT
3-3/8 (85.7)
Circuit End-Of Line-
FI
E
_ _ _ _ Resistor
SL24C-3075110R 24 30, 75, 110 SMD10-3A Ceiling / Wall 60 16 ~ 33 Red + H+H + +
+ _
FI R E
SL24C-3075110W 24 30, 75, 110 SMD10-3A Ceiling / Wall 60 16 ~ 33 White

The strobe is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating range of 32°F ~ 120°F (0°C ~ 49°C )
1-13/32 (35)
Specifications subject to change without notice. *The Sync module is rated for 3.0 amperes at 24 VDC. 6-7/8 (174) 2-25/32 (70) 3-3/8 (85.7)

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SL24C-3075110
The visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SL24W-153075 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall be listed
under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. The
Patented candela output shall be field selectable, having a dual setting of 15cd or 30cd output. The signaling Strobe shall operate on 24V
SL24W-153075 DC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The signaling strobe shall be designed to
produce one signal flash per second with continuously applied minimum voltage. The strobe shall be capable of WALL mounting
Selectable 15cd or 30cd. to a universal backbox. Visual signaling devices shall be mounted 80” above the highest floor point or 6” below ceiling; whichever
Select -A- Strobe TM Series is lowest and are to be installed as per plans and specifications.
Light Output Distribution / Horizontal and Vertical Dispersion:

Description:
AMSECO’s Select-A-Strobe Series is designed to comply UL Required Minimum Light Output (cd)
with the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and meet UL Wall Mount Horizontal Wall Mount Vertical
Standard 1971 requirements for emergency signaling 45
WALL WALL Degrees @15cd @30cd @15cd @30cd
0 75.00 75.00 75.00 75.00
devices for the hearing impaired. The SL24W series Select- 90 90 5 ~ 25 13.50 27.00 13.50 27.00
A-Strobe features a unique candela intensity field selector 30 11.25 22.50 13.50 27.00
Strobe with Universal Mounting Plate Included 35 11.25 22.50 9.75 19.50
switch for alternating the candela output 15cd to 30cd (75cd 45 40 11.25 22.50 6.90 13.80
on axis). The strobe housing is clearly labeled with vertical I STI N
45 11.25 22.50 5.10 10.20
UL
L
Compound 45
G
F CA L IFO
ULC
O
TE R
MEA 90
A
FM
NI
ST
“FIRE” lettering and is polarized for connecting to
A
90 50 8.25 16.50 4.05 8.10
ST
LL
T
A
A DA
E SH
F IR
E MAR
supervised fire alarm circuits. The strobe is designed with a

ER
55 6.75 13.50 3.30 6.60
E
S
APPROVED VI C
0 60 6.00 12.00 2.70 5.40

xenon flashtube and provides a candela intensity field 45 0
selector switch for maximum performance. Features: 65 5.25 10.50 2.40 4.50
90 70 5.25 10.50 2.25 4.50
The Select-A-Strobe Series is available in red and white * Designed to meet or exceed NFPA/ANSI Standards and ADA Compound 45
75 4.50 9.00 1.95 3.90
housing 24VDC models. The SL24W-153075 can be Accessibility Guidelines. 80 4.50 9.00 1.80 3.60
* UL listed for wall mounting. 85 ~ 90 3.75 7.50 1.80 3.60
synchronized by using the SMS1-3A sync module to comply Compound 45 3.60 7.20
with NFPA recommendations concerning photosensitive * Screw terminal capacity up to 12 AWG.
epilepsy when installing 2 or more visual appliances within * Universal mounting plate included with each unit.
* 24V DC strobe with two field selectable settings 15cd or 30cd. Strobe Current Draw Table:
the field of view. The strobe signals are listed for indoor
use, wall mount, under UL 1971 Standard. * Polarized strobes with wide listed voltage ranges using filtered
DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage. DC FWR
Current (mA)
* Meets ADA guidelines for minimum one flash per/sec (1Hz). 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V
* All models mount to 4” square, single gang, double gang, … Average 84 60 47 118 89 76
Application: or octagonal back box. Peak 99
* 24 volt strobe models 15 or 30 candela Intensity.
@ 15cd 122 84 264 224 205
The SL24W-153075 Strobe series is recommended for use In-Rush 122 100 119 264 224 205
in areas such as: meeting rooms, schools, corridors, * Tamper-proof candela selector switch. 91 178 128 102
Average 129 71
apartments, office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and any * Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMS1-3A Sync Module. @ 30cd Peak 164 129 115 368 298 264
other application where effective visual warning is required * Available in red or white housing.
In-Rush 164 135 223 368 298 264
Dimensions: inches (mm) Using the SMS1-3A Sync Module:

Selectable Candela Output:
2-1/4 (56.9)
Strobe Wiring: 5 (127) 3-3/8 (85.7)
1-13/16 (46)
15 F.A.C.P. SMS1-3A
cd Control To Next Device or
Signal To Next Device or
Circuit_ _ IN_ _
OUT F
I
30 + + +
3-9/32 (83.5)
3-9/32 (83.5)
3-3/8 (85.7)
F H+H
Panel End-Of Line-Resistor R
cd
5 (127)
I E
_
+ _
R
+ E
+ _
F
I
R 15
E
30
Conductor size (AWG), length and capacity should be taken into
Tamper Proof consideration prior to design and installation. Mounting Options:
plate and single gang box. plate and 4” square back box. plate and double gang box. plate and surface mount back box.
Model Input Selectable Sync Mounting Universal Flash Housing

Number Voltage Output Module Type Mounting Per/Min. Color
(VDC) (Candela) Compatible Plate 4” x 4” x 1-1/2”
2” backbox 4” x 4” x 1-1/2”
backbox
SL24W-153075R 24 15 or 30 SMS1-3A Wall Included 60 Red F F
backbox
F
4BX-1
F Surface Mount
I I I I
Universal Mounting Plate Universal Mounting Plate
SL24W-153075W 24 15 or 30 SMS1-3A Wall Included 60 White R
E
Universal Mounting Plate R
E
R
E
R
E
back box
4SP-M
Strobe Strobe Strobe Strobe Mounting Plate

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SL24W-153075
The visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SL24W-75110 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall be listed
under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. The
Patented candela output shall be field selectable, having a dual setting of 75cd or 110cd output. The signaling Strobe shall operate on
SL24W-75110 24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The signaling strobe shall be designed to
produce a one signal flash per second with continuously applied minimum voltage. The Strobe shall be capable of WALL mounting
Selectable 75cd or 110cd. to a universal backbox. Visual signaling devices shall be mounted 80” above the highest floor point or 6” below ceiling; whichever
Select -A- Strobe Series is lowest and are to be installed as per plans and specifications.
Light Output Distribution / Horizontal and Vertical Dispersion:

Description:
AMSECO’s Select-A-Strobe Series is designed to comply UL Required Minimum Light Output (cd)
with the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and meet UL Wall Mount Horizontal Wall Mount Vertical
Standard 1971 requirements for emergency signaling 45
WALL WALL Degrees @75cd @110cd @75cd @110cd
devices for the hearing impaired. The SL24C series Select- 0 75.00 110.00 75.00 110.00
90 90 5 ~ 25 67.50 99.00 67.50 99.00
A-Strobe features a unique candela intensity field selector 30 56.25 82.50 67.50 99.00
Strobe with Universal Mounting Plate Included
switch for alternating the candela output 30cd, 75cd or 45 35 56.25 82.50 48.75 71.50
110cd. The strobe is polarized for connecting to supervised I STI N
40 56.25 82.50 34.50 50.60
UL
L
45 56.25 82.50 25.50 37.40
G
F CA L IFO
ULC
O
TE R
Compound 45
MEA
A
FM
NI
ST
fire alarm circuits. The strobe is designed with a xenon
A
90 50 41.25 60.50 20.25 29.70
90
ST
LL
T
A
A DA
E SH
F IR
E MAR
flashtube and provides a candela intensity field selector
E
E
S
APPROVED R V IC
55 33.75 49.50 16.50 24.20
switch for maximum performance. 0 60 30.00 44.00 13.50 19.80
Features: 45 0 65 26.25 38.50 12.00 17.60
The Select-A-Strobe Series is available in red and white 70 26.25 38.50 11.25 16.50
housing 24VDC models. The SL24W-75110 can be * Designed to meet or exceed NFPA/ANSI Standards and ADA Compound 45 90
75 22.50 33.00 9.75 14.30
synchronized by using the SMS1-3A sync module to comply Accessibility Guidelines. 80 22.50 33.00 9.00 13.20
with NFPA recommendations concerning photosensitive * UL listed for wall mounting. 85 ~ 90 18.75 27.50 9.00 13.20
* Screw terminal capacity up to 12 AWG. Compound 45 18.00 26.40
epilepsy when installing 2 or more visual appliances within
the field of view. The strobe signals are listed for indoor * Universal mounting plate included with each unit.
use, wall mount, under UL 1971 Standard. * 24V DC strobe with field selectable settings 75cd or 110cd. Strobe Current Draw Table:
* Polarized strobes with wide listed voltage ranges using filtered
DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage.
DC FWR
* Meets ADA guidelines for minimum one flash per/sec (1Hz). Current (mA)
* All models mount to 4” square, single gang, double gang, or 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V
Application: octagonal back box. Average 132 92 71 178 128 105
The SL24W-75110 Strobe series is recommended for use in * 24 volt strobe models 75 or 110 candela Intensity. @ 75cd Peak 157 132 108 354 280 242
areas such as: meeting rooms, schools, corridors, * Tamper-proof candela selector switch. In-Rush 157 132 121 354 280 242
apartments, office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and any * Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMS1-3A Sync Module. Average 181 122 94 241 170 134
other application where effective visual warning is required * Available in red or white housing. @ 110cd Peak 194 156 127 432 356 302
by Federal, State, or local authority having jurisdiction. In-Rush 194 156 127 432 356 302
Dimensions: inches (mm) Using the SMS1-3A Sync Module:

Selectable Candela Output:
Strobe Wiring: 5 (127) 2-1/4 (56.9) 3-3/8 (85.7)
1-13/16 (46)
75 F.A.C.P. SMS1-3A
cd Control To Next Device or
Signal To Next Device or
11 F
Circuit_ _ IN_ _
OUT F
I
+ + +
3-9/32 (83.5)
3-9/32 (83.5)
Panel
3-3/8 (85.7)
End-Of Line-Resistor H+H R
0cd I
5 (127)
E
_ R
+ E
+ _
+ _
F
I
R 75
E
11
0
Conductor size (AWG), length and capacity should be taken into consideration
Tamper Proof prior to design and installation. Mounting Options:
plate and single gang box. plate and 4” square back box. plate and double gang box. plate and surface mount back box.
Model Input Selectable Sync Mounting Universal Flash Housing

Number Voltage Output Module Type Mounting Per/Min. Color
(VDC) (Candela) Compatible Plate 4” x 4” x 1-1/2”
2” back box 4” x 4” x 1-1/2”
back box
SL24W-75110R 24 75 or 110 SMS1-3A Wall Included 60 Red F
back box
F
4BX-1
F F Surface Mount
I I I I
SL24W-75110W 24 75 or 110 SMS1-3A Wall Included 60 White R Universal Mounting Plate R
E
E
E
back box
E 4SP-M
Strobe Strobe Strobe Strobe Mounting Plate

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SL24W-75110
The Fire alarm speaker shall be capable of reproducing alarm tones or voice commands on 25Vrms or 70.7Vrms. Speakers shall
provide incremental tap settings of ¼, ½, 1, and 2 watts and shall be selected by means of a jumper wire. The speaker shall have a
SSC25-177 frequency range of 400 to 4,000 Hz. The speaker shall produce a UL sound pressure level at 10 feet up to 84dB. The speaker shall be
approved for fire alarm signaling use. The Strobe shall be listed under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired
and shall be approved for fire protective service. The candela output shall be 177. The signaling strobe shall operate on 24VDC from a
SSC70-177 non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The strobe shall be designed to produce one signal flash per
second with continuously applied minimum voltage. When strobe synchronization is required, the strobe shall be compatible with the
Ceiling and Wall Mount AMSECO SMS1-3A, SMD10-3A or other source of AMSECO sync protocol. The Speaker/Strobe shall be capable of WALL or CEILING
Speaker/Strobe Combination mounting. The Visual signaling devices are to be installed in all sleeping and non-sleeping areas as per plans and specifications.
Light Output Dispersion:

Description:
90 °
AMSECO’s ceiling and wall mount fire alarm Speaker/Strobe series
G
WA
IN
is designed to generate attention grabbing tones and voice 90° LL
IL
E
commands for emergency signaling evacuation applications.
°
°
Compound
90
90
Compound
These highly efficient low profile speakers are available with field Speaker/Strobe Combination 177cd.
45°
90°
45°
selectable taps ¼, ½, 1, 2 watts. The low profile speakers are R
E
FI
FI
R
STI N FI
R
available in two input voltage models 25 and 70.7 Vrms and can be LI
FI
E
E
UL
E
OF CA L IFOR
ULC R
R
TE
MEA
NI
ST
FI
A
E
installed on a standard 4” square back box. The strobe features a
ST
LL
T
A
E SH
FI R
E MAR
FI R E
E
E
S
RV I C
177 candela intensity output. The housing is clearly labeled with

FI R E
Pending FI R E
“FIRE” lettering and is polarized for connecting to supervised fire 45° 45°
Features:
FI
°
0°
alarm circuits. The strobe is designed with a xenon flash tube and
0°
* ADA / NFPA / ANSI Compliant
90
R
90
E
provides a high intensity output for maximum performance. The * UL Listed for Ceiling and Wall mounting under UL 1971 90°
0°
SSC-177 Speaker/Strobe Series is available in red or white housing * 177 candela output
models. * Speaker field selectable taps 1/4w, 1/2w, 1w, 2 watts
90 °
0°
45°
90°
45°
The Strobe can be synchronized by using the SMD10-3A sync * Available 25Vrms and 70.7Vrms models Compound Compound
module to comply with NFPA recommendations concerning * Screw terminals capacity up to 12 AWG. Speaker specifications:
photosensitive epilepsy when installing 2 or more visual appliances * Frequency range 400 Hz ~ 4,000 Hz.
within the field of view. The strobe signals are listed for indoor use, Rated Input Voltage 25V 70.7V
* Integral blocking capacitor for line supervision
ceiling and wall mount, under UL 1971 Standard. ( V r.m.s./ 1kHz )
* Polarized strobes with wide listed voltage ranges
using filtered DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage Input Power (Watts) ¼ ½ 1 2 ¼ ½ 1 2
* Meets ADA guidelines for minimum one flash per/sec (1Hz) Impedance (k ohms) 2.5 1.25 0.62 0.31 20 10 5 2.5
* Strobe is polarized and rated at 24VDC Sound Pressure Level (dB/10ft) 75 78 81 84 75 78 81 84
How to Order: * Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMD10-3A (daisy- Frequency Response (Hz) 400 ~ 4,000
Chain) Sync Module
SSC25-177R * RBX-1back box skirt for surface mount (Optional)
Low Frequency Cut Off (Hz) 200
Operating Temperature Range 32°F ~ 120°F ( 0°C ~ 49°C )
* Available in red or white housing
25 = 25Vrms
70 = 70.7Vrms Room Spacing for Ceiling-Mounted Visible Appliances
177 = 177cd Using the Sync Module: Strobe Only Current Draw Table: Minimum Light Output by Room Size.
R = Red
FI DC FWR Maximum Maximum Room Size (ft.)
W = White R
E
Current (mA)
R
F.A.C.P & 24V Ceiling

FI
16V
E
33V 16V 24V 33V

VOICE / EVAC Height (ft.) 20 X 20 30 X 30 40 X 40 50 X 50
TO NEXT DEVICE Average 378 245 185 468 332 264
Strobe
_ SSpeaker
_ FI R E
or END-OF-LINE
+ +S Speaker Strobe -RESISITOR @177cd Peak 584 428 380 844 804 700 30 75cd. 75cd. 177cd. 177cd.
Application: S+ S _ L+ L _ 20 30cd. 75cd. 110cd. 177cd.
In-Rush 460 476 508 788 828 716
The SSC-177 Series is recommended for use in areas such as: 10 30cd. 30cd. 75cd. 110cd.
warehouses, meeting rooms, schools, corridors, apartments, Surface Mount
office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and any other application Sync Module Mounting:
where effective visual warning is required by Federal, State, or TO NEXT DEVICE
SMD10-3A or END-OF-LINE 4” square
local authority having jurisdiction. _ IN OUT
H+ H +_ +_ -RESISITOR x 2-1/8” deep
back box.
Dimensions: Inches (mm) Wall or Ceiling Mount
Ordering Information: *The Sync module is rated for 3.0 amperes at 24 VDC.
4” square
x 2-1/8” deep RBX-1
Speaker Strobe Sync Speaker Strobe Mounting Housing back box.
Model back box
Voltage Output Module Selectable Taps Flash Rate Type Color skirt
Number (Optional)
3-3/8 (85.7)
(Vrms) (Candela) (Watts) (times/min)
SSC25-177R 25 177 SMD10-3A ¼, ½, 1, 2 60 Ceiling & Wall Red
SSC25-177W 25 177 SMD10-3A ¼, ½, 1, 2 60 Ceiling & Wall White
SSC70-177R 70.7 177 SMD10-3A ¼, ½, 1, 2 60 Ceiling & Wall Red R
E
FI
R
FI
E
SSC70-177W 70.7 177 SMD10-3A ¼, ½, 1, 2 60 Ceiling & Wall White
The speaker/strobe is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating range of 32 °F ~ 120°F (0°C ~ 49°C ) FI R E
6-7/8 (174) 1-49/64 (45) 1 (25.5) 3-3/8 (85.7)

2-25/32 (70)

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SSC-177
The Fire alarm speaker shall be capable of reproducing alarm tones or voice commands on 25Vrms or 70.7Vrms. Speakers shall
SSC25-3075110 provide incremental tap settings of ¼, ½, 1, and 2 watts and shall be selected by means of a jumper wire. The speaker shall have a
frequency range of 400 to 4,000 Hz. The speaker shall produce a UL sound pressure level at 10 feet up to 84dB. The speaker shall be
SSC70-3075110 approved for fire alarm signaling use. The Strobe shall be listed under UL 1971 Standard for signaling devices for the hearing impaired
and shall be approved for fire protective service. The candela output shall be field selectable, having three setting 30cd, 75cd and 110cd
Ceiling and Wall Mount output. The signaling strobe shall operate on 24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The
strobe shall be designed to produce one signal flash per second with continuously applied minimum voltage. When strobe
Select -A- Speaker/Strobe Combination synchronization is required, the strobe shall be compatible with the AMSECO SMS1-3A or SMD10-3A or other source of AMSECO sync
protocol. The Speaker/Strobe shall be capable of WALL or CEILING mounting. The Visual signaling devices are to be installed in all
Description: non-sleeping areas as per plans and specifications.
AMSECO’s ceiling and wall mount fire alarm Select-A- Light Output Dispersion: Using the Sync Module:
Speaker/Strobe are designed to generate attention grabbing
90 °
tones and voice commands for emergency signaling evacuation
G
IN
IL
applications. These highly efficient low profile speakers are FI
E
E
R
R
F.A.C.P &
FI
E
available with field selectable taps ¼, ½, 1, 2 watts. The low profile Selectable 30cd, 75cd, 110cd.
°
°
Compound
90
90
Compound VOICE / EVAC
speakers are available in two input voltage models 25 and 70.7 TO NEXT DEVICE
45°
Strobe
_ SSpeaker
_
45°
STI N
LI or END-OF-LINE
UL ULC
FI R E
FI
G
OF C A L IFOR
Vrms and can be installed on a standard 4” square back box. The TE

E
+ +S
MEA
A
Speaker Strobe
NI
ST
R -RESISITOR
R
FI
S+ S _ L+ L _
FI
E
E
ST
LL
R
R
series is designed with the exclusive Select-A-Strobe. The strobe
T
A
E SH
FIR
E MA R
FI
E
E
E
S
RV I C
features a unique candela intensity field selector switch for Features: FI R E
alternating the candela output 30cd, 75cd and 110cd. The strobe * ADA / NFPA / ANSI Compliant 45°
FI R E
45°
housing is clearly labeled with “FIRE” lettering and is polarized for * UL Listed for Ceiling and Wall mounting under UL 1971 Sync Module
0°
°
0°
90
TO NEXT DEVICE
90
connecting to supervised fire alarm circuits. The strobe is * Three field selectable settings 30cd, 75cd and 110cd SMD10-3A or END-OF-LINE
designed with a xenon flash tube and provides a candela intensity * Speaker field selectable taps 1/4w, 1/2w, 1w and 2 watts _ IN_ OUT
_ -RESISITOR
H+ H + +
field selector switch for maximum performance. * Available 25Vrms and 70.7Vrms models
90 °
The Select-A-Speaker/Strobe Series is available in red or white * Screw terminals capacity up to 12 AWG 0°
45°
45°
Compound Compound
housing models. The Strobe can be synchronized by using the * Frequency range 400 Hz ~ 4,000 Hz Speaker specifications: *The Sync module is rated for 3.0 amperes at 24 VDC.
SMD10-3A sync module to comply with NFPA recommendations * Integral blocking capacitor for line supervision
concerning photosensitive epilepsy when installing 2 or more * Polarized strobes with wide listed voltage ranges Rated Input Voltage 25V 70.7V
visual appliances within the field of view. The strobe signals are using filtered DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage ( V r.m.s./ 1kHz )
listed for indoor use, ceiling and wall mount, under UL 1971 * Meets ADA guidelines for minimum one flash per/sec (1Hz).
Standard. Input Power (Watts) ¼ ½ 1 2 ¼ ½ 1 2
* All models mount to 4” square back box
* Strobes are polarized and rated at 24VDC. Impedance (k ohms) 2.5 1.25 0.62 0.31 20 10 5 2.5
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMD10-3A (daisy Sound Pressure Level (dB/10ft) 75 78 81 84 75 78 81 84
How to Order: chain) Sync Module Frequency Response (Hz) 400 ~ 4,000
SSC25-3075110R * RBX-1 back box skirt for surface mount (optional) Low Frequency Cut Off (Hz) 200
* Available in red or white housing Operating Temperature Range 32°F ~ 120°F ( 0°C ~ 49 °C )
25 = 25Vrms
70 = 70.7Vrms Room Spacing for Ceiling-Mounted Visible Appliances
Strobe Selectable Candela: Strobe Only Current Draw Table: Minimum Light Output by Room Size.
3075110 = 30cd, 75cd or 110cd
R = Red DC FWR Maximum Maximum Room Size (ft.)
Current (mA)
W = White 16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V Ceiling
Average 121 87 70 168 131 110 Height (ft.) 20 X 20 30 X 30 40 X 40 50 X 50
@30cd Peak 221 215 165 414 350 338 30 75cd. 75cd. 177cd. 177cd.
254 298 338 402 418 458 20 30cd. 75cd. 110cd. 177cd.
Application: In-Rush
H
C
10 30cd. 30cd. 75cd. 110cd.

IT
W
Average 183 127 101 240 180 151

S
The SSC-3075110 Series is recommended for use in areas such

as: warehouses, meeting rooms, schools, corridors, 11
0 @75cd Peak 298 218 209 554 458 450
0 cd 306 374 540 478 498 Surface Mount
apartments, office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and any other 75 11 In-Rush 342
Mounting:
application where effective visual warning is required by 30 5c
d Average 236 162 125 310 227 186
7 4” square
Federal, State, or local authority having jurisdiction. @110cd Peak 410 282 204 670 564 526 x 2-1/8” deep
cd Tamper
30 proof cap back box.
In-Rush 386 398 430 644 580 548
Wall or Ceiling Mount
Ordering Information: Dimensions: Inches (mm)
4” square
Speaker Strobe Sync Speaker Strobe Mounting Housing x 2-1/8” deep RBX-1
Model back box.
Voltage Selectable Module Selectable Taps Flash Rate Type Color back box
Number skirt
(Vrms) (Candela) (Watts) (times/min) (Optional)
3-3/8 (85.7)
SSC25-3075110R 25 30, 75, 110 SMD10-3A ¼, ½, 1, 2 60 Ceiling & Wall Red
SSC25-3075110W 25 30, 75, 110 SMD10-3A ¼, ½, 1, 2 60 Ceiling & Wall White
SSC70-3075110R 70.7 30, 75, 110 SMD10-3A ¼, ½, 1, 2 60 Ceiling & Wall Red FI
E
SSC70-3075110W 70.7 30, 75, 110 SMD10-3A ¼, ½, 1, 2 60 Ceiling & Wall White R
R
FI
E
The speaker/strobe is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating range of 32 °F ~ 120°F (0°C ~ 49°C )
FI R E
Specifications subject to change without notice. 6-7/8 (174) 1-49/64 (45) 1 (25.5) 3-3/8 (85.7)
2-25/32 (70)
Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Hochiki America Corporatrion : SSC-3075110
The visual alarm indicating appliance shall be AMSECO model SL24C-177 or equivalent device. The Strobe shall be listed under UL 1971 Standard for
signaling devices for the hearing impaired and shall be approved for fire protective service. The candela output shall be 177cd. The strobe shall be
UL1971 listed for both ceiling and wall mount applications. The signaling Strobe shall operate on 24VDC from a non-coded regulated DC supply or full-
SL24C-177 wave rectified, unfiltered supply. The signaling strobe shall be designed to produce a signal flash of one flash per second with continuously applied
minimum voltage. When strobe synchronization is required, the strobe shall be compatible with the AMSECO SMS1-3A or SMD10-3A or other source of
Ceiling and Wall Mount Strobe AMSECO sync protocol. The Strobe shall be capable of CEILING and WALL mount ing to a 4’’ x 4’’ x 1-1/2’’ back box. Signaling devices shall be installed
in all sleeping and non/sleeping areas as per plans and specifications.
Description:
AMSECO’s Ceiling and Wall mount strobe is designed to comply Light Output Dispersion:
with the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and meet UL
90 °
WA
G
Standard 1971 requirements for emergency signaling devices 90 ° LL
N
LI
EI
for the hearing impaired. The SL24C-177 strobe round housing
°
°
90
90
design offers a low profile appearance and is clearly labeled with Compound Compound
“FIRE” lettering to be view from all angles. These appliances are FI 90 °
45 °
E FI
R
45 °
polarized for connecting to supervised fire alarm circuits. The
R
FI
E
FI
strobe is designed with a xenon flashtube and provides a 177 Strobe 177cd. E
R
R
FI
E
candela intensity output for maximum performance.
FIRE
FIRE
UL
S TI N
LI
The Ceiling mount strobe series is available in red and white
G
OF CAL IFOR
ULC TE
MEA
NI
ST
A
45 ° 45 °
FIRE
ST
LL
housing 24V DC models. T
A
E SH
FI R
E M AR
E
E
S
RV IC
FI
°
90
The SL24C-177 can be synchronized by using the SMD10-3A
R
90
E
0°
0°
Sync Module to comply with NFPA recommendations 90 °
concerning photosensitive epilepsy when installing 2 or more
0°
Features:
visual appliances within the field of view. The strobe signals are * ADA/NFPA/ANSI Compliant. 0°
90 °
90 °
listed for indoor use, ceiling and wall mount, for sleeping and * UL listed for Ceiling and Wall mounting under UL1971.
45 °
45 °
non/sleeping areas under UL 1971 Standard. * Screw terminal capacity up to 12 AWG. Compound Compound
* 24V DC strobe with 177cd output. Using the Sync Module:
* Polarized strobes with wide listed voltage ranges using Sync Module Room Spacing for Ceiling-Mounted Visible Appliances
Application: Filtered DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage. F.A.C.P. SMD10-3A FI
Minimum Light Output by Room Size.
The SL24C-177 Ceiling Strobe Series is recommended for use * Meets ADA guidelines for minimum one flash per/sec (1Hz). R
R
Circuit IN OUT Maximum
FI
End-Of Line-
E
in areas such as: warehouses, meeting rooms, schools, * Munts to 4” square, back box. _ _ _ _ Resistor Maximum Room Size (ft.)
+ H+H + + Ceiling
corridors, apartments, office buildings, restaurants, hotels, and * 24 volt strobe models. 20 X 20 30 X 30 40 X 40 50 X 50
+ _
Height (ft.)
FIRE
any other application where effective visual warning is required * Designed for sleeping and non/sleeping areas.
* Synchronization requires an AMSECO SMS1-3A or 30 75cd. 75cd. 177cd. 177cd.
SMD10-3A (daisy chain) Sync Module. 20 30cd. 75cd. 110cd. 177cd.
* RBX-1 back box skirt for surface mount (optional) *The Sync module is rated for 3.0 amperes at 24 VDC. 10 30cd. 30cd. 75cd. 110cd.
Strobe Wiring: * The SPC-1 retrofit plate allows mounting to a variety of back
boxes (optional). Mounting:
FI
* Available in red or white housing. *The SPC-1 Universal Retrofit Plate is designed for mounting to a variety of back boxes.
Control E To Next Device *Surface mount installations, use the RBX-1 Back Box Skirt.
R
R
or End-Of Line-
FI
Panel
E

Resistor
+ _ back box back box back box
4” square
FIRE
Wiring Terminals: back box
+ _ SPC-1 SPC-1 SPC-1
4” square
back box RBX-1
RBX-1 RBX-1 RBX-1
Current Draw Table:
DC FWR
Current (mA)
16V 24V 33V 16V 24V 33V
Average 378 245 185 468 332 264
@ 177cd Peak 584 428 380 844 804 700
In-Rush 460 476 508 788 828 716 Dimensions: Inches (mm)
Model Input Strobe Sync Mounting Flash Operating Housing
3-3/8 (85.7)
Number Voltage Output Module Type Rate Voltage Range Color
(VDC) (Candela) (Times/min.) (VDC)
SL24C-177R 24 177 SMD10-3A Ceiling / Wall 60 16 ~ 33 Red
SL24C-177W 24 177 SMD10-3A Ceiling / Wall 60 16 ~ 33 White
The strobe is listed for indoor use with a temperature operating range of 32°F ~ 120°F (0°C ~ 49°C ) 6-7/8 (174) 1-13/32 (35) 3-3/8 (85.7)
2-25/32 (70)

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Hochiki America Corporatrion・SL24C-177
Conventional Detector Bases
NS6 AND NS4 SERIES BASE
The NS6 and NS4 Series is designed specifically for use with
HOCHIKI Conventional Models SIJ-24 Ionization Smoke Detector,
SLR-24V Photoelectric Smoke Detector, SLR-24H Photoelectric with
Heat Smoke Detector, SLR-835 Photoelectric Smoke Detector, SLR-
835H Photelectric Smoke Detector w/heat, or DCD-135/190 Fixed
Temperature/Rate-of-Rise Heat Detector. The Base is an electronics
free 6" base featuring a plastic tamper-lock lug. Each base is
N S Series B ases Alarm C urrent ID
equipped with a resistor. Refer to the chart (left) for additional
specifications. The NS4 base is a 4" version of the NS6 base.
NS6-224 OR NS4-224 43mA (70mA @ 33.0V MAX) HB-5
NS6-100* OR NS4-100* 150mA @ 15.0 - 33.0V MAX HB-55
* Requi res external current li mi ti ng to 150mA maxi mum. Models HSC-224R, HSC-220R and the HSC-221R are designed
specifically for use with the HOCHIKI Conventional Models SIJ-24,
HSC- (X)R RELAY BASE & SLR-24V, SLR-24H, SLR-835, SLR-835H or DCD-135/190. The
HSC- 4R 4 WIRE BASE HSC-(X)R series is a 6" base with two sets of Form "C" relay
contacts.
Models HSC-224R, HSC-220R and the HSC-221R are also
approved for use with HOCHIKI previous Conventional Models
SIH-24F, SLK-24F, SLK-24FH and the DFE 135/190.
The HSC-4R is designed specifically for 24 volt 4 wire applications

using HOCHIKI Conventional Models SIJ-24, SLR-24V, SLR-24H,
SLR-835, SLR-835H or DCD-135/190. The 6" diameter base is current
limited. Relay contact place a direct short occurs across the loop
2 Wire Auxilliary
R elay B ases
Alarm C urrent ID when the detector is actuated.
Model HSC-4R is also approved for use with previous HOCHIKI
HSC -224R 43mA (58mA @ 30.0V MAX) HB-73
Conventional Models SIH-24F, SLK-24F, SLK-24FH and the DFE 135/
HSC -220R 88mA (98mA @ 26.5V MAX) HB-72
190.
HSC -221R 49mA (62mA @ 30.0V MAX) HB-71
4 Wire B ase Alarm C urrent ID The HSC-4R12 is designed specifically for 12 volt 4 wire applications
HSC -4R 43mA (58mA @ 30.0V MAX) N/A using HOCHIKI Conventional Models SLR-835, SLR-835H. The 6"
HSC -4R12 47mA (75mA @ 18.0V MAX) N/A diameter base is current limited. Relay contact place a direct short
occurs across the loop when the detector is actuated.
HSC- (X) L LATCHING LED BASE Model HSC-4R12 is also approved for use with previous HOCHIKI
Conventional Models SLK-835, SLR-835, and SLR-835H.
The HSC-L Base Series is designed specifically for use with the
HOCHIKI Fixed Temperature Heat Detectors Models
DFE-135/ 190.
The HSC-L Series is a 6" base featuring a current limiting
2 Wire Latching Alarm C urrent ID
resistor, latching annunciator output and a latching circuit so the
HSC -224L 35-42mA @ 24V (54mA MAX) HB-62
alarm LED will remain lit until the control panel has been reset.
67-80mA @ 24V
HSC -220L HB-64
(88.5mA @ 26.5VD C MAX)
HSC -221L 37-45mA @ 24V (57mA MAX) HB-63
We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. However, we cannot cover all specifications or
anticipate all requirements. For additional information contact your local distributor or Hochiki America Corporation.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Conventional Detector Bases
NS4 AND NS6 SERIES BASE
2-WIRE OPERATION
UL LISTED
CONTROL LISTED
PANEL END OF LINE
DEVICE

POWER only. Not all annunciators
have in line resistance.
SUPPLY
NOTE: - WIRING TERMINALS FOR THE NS4
NEGATIVE NS4 SERIES AND NS6 ARE IDENTICAL
NS6 SERIES - BASES WITH THE "W" SUFFIX
Annunciation device must be current limited to 20 mA @ ARE WHITE IN COLOR
HSC-(X)R RELAY BASE

2-WIRE OPERATION
UL LISTED LISTED
CONTROL END OF LINE
PANEL
DEVICE
GRY
BLU PIGTAIL AUXILLIARY
GRN CONTACTS
HSC- (X) R SERIES YEL
ORN TWO FORM "C"
PUR
RELAYS SHOWN WITH

POWER OFF.
HSC-4R FOUR WIRE BASE
4-WIRE OPERATION
LISTED
INITIATING END OF LINE
DEVICE
CIRCUIT
LISTED
END OF LINE
RELAY
HA-EOLR-12 OR HA-EOLR-24
UL LISTED
POWER
SUPPLY
12VDC OR 24VDC
H1
H2 H1,H2 - TERMINAL
YEL PIGTAIL AUXILLIARY CONTACTS
ORN
PUR ONE FORM "C"
HSC-4R OR HSC-4R12
HSC- (X) L LATCHING LED BASE
2-WIRE OPERATION
COMPATIBLE
UL LISTED
CONTROL LISTED
PANEL 6 END OF LINE
DEVICE
PANEL
POWER Pig Tail Lead
SUPPLY HSC-(X) L SERIES NS6 SERIES
NEGATIVE
We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. However, we cannot cover all specifications or anticipate all
requirements. For additional information contact your local distributor or Hochiki America Corporation.
Hochiki America Corporation • Conventional Detector Bases Specifications subject to change without notice.
SBC - CONVENTIONAL SOUNDER BASE
DESCRIPTION
The Models SBC Conventional Sounder Base Series

are designed specifically for use with HOCHIKI NS
conventional style smoke detectors Models SIJ-24
Ionization Smoke Detector, SLR-24V Photoelectric
Smoke Detector and SLR-835 Wide Operating Voltage
Photoelectric Smoke Detectors. The SBC Series will
provide an audible evacuation signal (continuous or
temporal Code) upon detector alarm. Easily configured
Shown without detector Shown with detector
to 12 or 24-volt applications through use of a dipswitch,
STANDARD FEATURES the bases can also be configured to activate in indi-
• Wide operating voltage vidual, group, or global modes. The relay base model
SBC-2R contains two sets of Form “C” Relay Contacts
• Selectable Evacuation Codes: continuous or temporal rated at 1 Amps @ 28VDC or 0.5 Amps @ 120VAC.
• Three different configurations: individual, group, and All models come in 6” diameter size and are available
global modes in both bone and white colored plastic.
• High sound pressure level (85 dB at 10 ft)
• Can be configured to satisfy a wide variety of
applications
• Available with or without relay, 2 and 4 wire
configurations, and bone or white color
SPECIFICATIONS
Model SBC-2, 2W SBC-2R, 2RW SBC-4/12, 4/12W SBC-4/24, 4/24W
GROUP/ GROUP/
Operating Voltage Range 8.7-30VDC GLOBAL MODE 19-30VDC GLOBAL MODE 10-18VDC 18-30VDC
26mA@8.7VDC 12mA@8.7VDC 53mA@19VDC 30mA@19VDC 75mA@12VDC 65mA@24VDC

18mA@12VDC 65mA@24VDC 40mA@24VDC
Max. Alarm Current 35mA@12VDC
65mA@24VDC 45mA@24VDC
12345678901234
12345678901234 12345678901
1234567890112345678901234
12345678901234 12345678901
12345678901
Rated Voltage 12345678901234
12345678901234123456789011234567890123412345678901
1234567890112345678901234 12345678901 12VDC 24VDC
12345678901234
12345678901234 12345678901
12345678901 1A@28VDC 12345678901
12345678901
Contact Rating of Relay 12345678901234
12345678901234 12345678901 OR 12345678901 2A@30VDC OR 0.5A@120VAC
12345678901234123456789011234567890123412345678901
1234567890112345678901234
0.5A@120VAC
12345678901
Alarm Contact Rating 12345678901234
1234567890123412345678901
1234567890112345678901234
1234567890123412345678901
12345678901 2A@30VDC OR 0.5A@120VAC
12345678901 12345678901
Max. Humidity 93%RH(non-condensing) 1234567890193%RH(non-condensing)12345678901
12345678901
12345678901 12345678901
12345678901
93%RH(non-condensing)
Sound Pressure Level at 10ft 85 dB 12345678901 85 dB 12345678901 85 dB

12345678901
12345678901 12345678901
12345678901
32°°F (0°°C) to 32°°F (0°°C) to
Operating Temperature Range 100°°F (38°°C)
12345678901
12345678901 100°°F (38°°C) 12345678901
12345678901 32°°F( 0°°C ) to 100°°F (38°°C)
Dimensions 5.94” x 1.34”

12345678901
12345678901 5.94” x 1.34”
12345678901
12345678901 5.94” x 1.34”
12345678901
12345678901 12345678901
12345678901
Weight 0.365 lb
12345678901 0.455 lb
12345678901 0.455 lb
SLR-24V, SIJ-24, SLR- 12345678901 SLR-24V, SIJ-24, SLR- 12345678901
Compatible Detectors 835/-835W/-835H/-
12345678901
12345678901 835/-835W/-835H/- 12345678901
12345678901 SLR-835/-835W SLR-24V, SLR-
835HW 12345678901 835HW 12345678901 835H/-835HW
PRODUCT LISTINGS Note: “W” at the end of model designation indicates

Underwriters Laboratories: S1383 white colored plastic.
CSFM #: 7300-0410:160

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
GROUP SOUNDER WIRING DIAGRAM (2 WIRE) SBC-2 AND 2R
NEXT DEVICE
EOL
INITIATING
LOOP RESISTOR
UL
LISTED
CONTROL
PANEL
NEXT DEVICE
TOP VIEW
OR
CONVENTIONAL SOUNDER BASE 12V/24V WITHOUT RELAY (2 WIRE) SBC-2
EOL
P57
20
1
P57
20
1
RELAY
+12 +12
-12 -12
12V/24V NEXT NEXT
AUX J2
J4
J2
J4
S1 S1
8 8
7 7
6 6
J3
5
J3
S 8 S 8
5
05 4 05 4
S 3 S 3
D D
G 2 G 2
CO 1 1 CO 1 1
AL AL
GRY
GRY
ON ON
VLT
VLT
BRN
BRN
GRN
GRN
ORG
YEL
ORG
YEL
RED
RED
BLK
BLK
WHT
WHT
BOTTOM VIEW
CONVENTIONAL SOUNDER BASE 24V WITH RELAY (2 WIRE) SBC-2R

P 57
P57
20
20
1
1
NC NC
NO NO EOL
COM COM RELAY
24V ONLY + 12 + 12
J2
J2
AUX - 12 - 12
NEXT NEXT
J4
J4
S1
J3
S1
J3
8
8
7
8S
8S
05
6
05
DS
5
WHT
S
BLK
G
5
RED
ORG
4
GD
WHT
CO
BLK
YEL
GRN
RED
4
ORG
BRN
3
VLT
AL
YEL
GRY
CO
GRN
BRN
2
AL
VLT
GRY
1 1
1
ON
1
ON
NOTES: FOR ADDITIONAL SOUNDER WIRING DIAGRAM SBC-2, AND SBC-2R INFORMATION, PLEASE REFER TO
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION HA-06-085.
INDIVIDUAL SOUNDER WIRING DIAGRAM (4 WIRE) SBC-4

NEXT DEVICE
UL LISTED
12V/24V EOL
POWER RELAY
SUPPLY
12V: SBC-4/12
24V: SBC-4/24
NEXT DEVICE
TOP VIEW
M
M
P572
P5
7203
03
INITIATING
G
LOOP NC NC
F
NO NO
J2
J2
COM COM
+ 12 + 12
UL - 12 - 12
NEXT NEXT
J4
J4
LISTED
CONTROL
J3
J3
PANEL
WH
BLK
RE
S1
S1
ORG
T
YEL
GRN
D
BLK
RE
BLK
WHT
RE D
BLK
5
5
RED
D
ORG
4
4
YEL
GRN
3
3
BLK
RED
BLK
2
2
RED
1
1
1
1
ON
ON
RED RED RED

EOL
BLACK BLACK BLACK RESISTOR
BOTTOM VIEW
NOTES: FOR ADDITIONAL SOUNDER WIRING DIAGRAM SBC-4 INFORMATION, PLEASE REFER TO INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTION HA-06-086.
Hochiki America Corporation Conventional Sounder Base Specifications subject to change without notice.
DH-98 CONVENTIONAL DUCT DETECTOR
STANDARD FEATURES
• Detects and limits the spread of smoke throughout
building HVAC ducts
• Ability to interconnect (all relays operate wth a single
alarm) up to 30 units using the same independent
power supply
• Compatible with building automation and fire
alarm systems
• Installs quickly and easily
• Interchangeable “Plug-In” photoelectric or
ionization heads
• No screens or filters to clean
• Cover provides magnet window and
placement guide for operational testing without
Duct housing is available with either a conventional
photoelectric or ionization detector. disassembly
• Rugged gray steel back box with clear cover
• Accessories - Remote power, remote alarm
SPECIFICATIONS indication capability and remote, horn/piezo
Duct Detector Model # DH-98-I DH-98-P DH-98-HVI DH-98-HVP
capability
Operating Voltage 115V AC,
24V AC/DC
115V AC,
24V AC/DC
230V AC,
24V AC/DC
230V AC,
24V AC/DC
• Meets UL 268A Requirements
Detector Head Model SIJ-24DH
Conventional
SLR-24DH
Conventional
SIJ-24DH
Conventional
SLR-24DH
Conventional
DESCRIPTION
Detector Head Type Ionization Photoelectric Ionization Photoelectric
Power Requirements 230 VAC 8mA 8mA The HOCHIKI AMERICA DH-98 Duct Smoke Detector
Standby
115 VAC 14mA 14mA provides early detection of smoke and products of
24 VAC 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA combustion present in air moving through HVAC ducts in
Power Requirements
24 VDC 13mA 13mA 13mA 13mA
Commercial, Industrial and Residential applications. The
230 VAC 15mA 15mA
Alarm
115 VAC 28mA 28mA
DH-98 is designed to prevent the recirculation of smoke in
24 VAC 95mA 95mA 95mA 95mA
areas by the air handling systems, fans and blowers.
24 VDC 60mA 60mA 60mA 60mA Complete systems may be shut down in the event of smoke
Alarm Contacts 1 form "C" and 1 form "C" and 1 form "C" and 1 form "C" and detection. The HOCHIKI AMERICA DH-98-I and the DH-
1 form "A" rated
at 10 amps @
1 form "A" rated
at 10 amps @
1 form "A" rated
at 10 amps @
1 form "A" rated
at 10 amps @
98-P operate on 115 VAC, 24 VAC and 24 VDC and the
115 V.A.C. 115 V.A.C. 115 V.A.C. 115 V.A.C. DH-98-HVI and the DH-98-HVP operate on 230 VAC, 24
Detection Loop 1 Form A (1A) 1 Form A (1A) 1 Form A (1A) 1 Form A (1A) VAC and 24 VDC.
Trouble Contacts 1 Form "C" 1 Form "C" 1 Form "C" 1 Form "C"
Sensitivity Test Method Dual Reed Self Diagnostic Dual Reed Self Diagnostic
Switch Test Test Switch Test Test The DH-98 is designed and built to meet all local
Remote Indication Capability Power, Alarm, Power, Alarm, Power, Alarm, Power, Alarm, requirements, as well as the NFPA regulations regarding
(Refer to DH-98 Accessories Horn/Piezo, Horn/Piezo, Horn/Piezo, Horn/Piezo,
Data Sheet for Specifications) Test Test Test Test duct smoke detectors. Output terminals are provided for
Air Velocity 300 to 4000 ft./min remote accessories such as a horn, strobe, remote status
Ambient Temperature 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) indicators and reset key switches or push buttons.
Humidity 10% to 85% Relative Humidity (non-condensing)
Housing Material 18 G.A. steel backbox, clear plastic cover PRODUCT LISTINGS
Finish Grey Paint
Dimensions 9 1/8"L X 7 1/4"W X 2 1/4"H
Maximum Net Weight 3 lbs.

CSFM #: 3240-0410:155
Sampling Tubes
FM #: 3005751
2.5 ft., 5 ft. or 10 ft.
Radioactive Element DH-98-I and DH-98-HVI Only: Americum 241 0.5 Mirco-Curie
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Air sampling is accomplished by two tubes which protrude into the duct. An exhaust tube of one standard length (7.5")
is supplied in the installation kit with the smoke duct unit. Once the duct width has been determined the air intake
sampling tubes must be ordered. Sampling tubes are supplied in three standard lengths 2.5 ft., 5 ft. and 10 ft. and cut
to size to fit the duct. Mounting the duct smoke unit is accomplished by the use of a template and 4 sheet metal
screws, which are provided. Mounting can be achieved without the removal of the clear cover which is secured by 4
capture screws.
The compact DH-98 contains 3 sets of alarm contacts, 1 set of form “C” contacts rated at 10 amps, 1 set of form “A”
contacts rated at 10 amps, 1 set of form “A” contacts rated at 1 amp. There is also 1 set of form “C” 10 amp trouble
contacts for monitoring detector head removal, and the failure of the input supply voltage.
The pilot and alarm visual indicators provided on the front of the DH-98 duct unit, signal the operating status of the
device. A manual test/reset switch is located along side the visual indicators. This switch can be defeated by cutting
a jumper on the PCB.
Air duct smoke detectors shall be HOCHIKI AMERICA DH-98 Series. The detectors shall be listed by Underwriters
Laboratories per UL 268A. The detectors shall operate at air velocities from 300 feet per minute to 4000 feet per minute.
The detectors shall have the ability to interconnect up to 30 units using the same independent power supply.
The duct detector housings shall be of metal construction and complete mechanical installation may be performed
without removal of detector cover. Visual indication of alarm and power must be provided on detector front. A manual
reset switch shall be located on front of the device. Detector heads shall not require additional filters or screens which
must be maintained. The housing shall contain a detector base which will accept photoelectric or ionization detector
heads. Terminal connections shall be of the screw type and be a minimum of # 6 screw. Terminals shall be provided for
remote pilot, remote alarm indication, strobe/horn and remote key switch. All wiring must comply with local codes and
regulations. See
Power
ALARM
CONTACTS
ALARM
CONTACTS
*TROUBLE
CONTACTS
REMOTE
ACCESSORIES
Connections 10.0A @ 115VAC 1A @ 24VDC 10.0A @ 115VAC
WIRING DIAGRAMS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
*Trouble contacts are shown in non-energized

condition. Trouble contacts monitor power
DH-98 DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR connected and head removed.
24 VDC 60 Hz INPUT
24 VAC 60 Hz INPUT @ 0.1 AMP MAX.(Detector only).
@ 0.1 AMP MAX.(Detector only). UP TO 1.9 AMPS FOR AUXILIARY
UP TO 1.9 AMPS FOR AUXILIARY OUTPUTS (HORNS/STROBES).
OUTPUTS (HORNS/STROBES).
- +
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
DH-98-I DH-98-I
DH-98-P DH-98-P
24 V.A.C. OPERATION 24 V.D.C. OPERATION
115 VAC 60 Hz INPUT 230 VAC 60 Hz INPUT

@ 0.1 AMP MAX. @ 0.1 AMP MAX.
G N H G N H
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
DH-98-I DH-98-HVI
DH-98-P DH-98-HVP
115 V.A.C. OPERATION 230 V.A.C. OPERATION
INTERCONNECT WIRING DIAGRAMS

DUCT UNIT #1 DUCT UNIT #2 DUCT UNIT #3
INPUT P
POWER
P
Input Power Source

Will Be Either 16 16 16
24V, 115V or 230V
18 18 18
Hochiki America Corporation DH-98 Conventional Specifications subject to change without notice.
NSRT / NSTT
SMOKE DETECTOR REMOVAL TOOL / TESTER
STANDARD FEATURES
NSRT
• Combination removal tool/outer cover removal tool

for AIE, ALG, SIJ, and SLR-24/-835 series sensors/
detectors.
• Choose either a Hand held or 15’ stainless steel
extension pole with easy grip black handle.
NSTT
NSRT HEAD • Tests Hochiki America SIJ-24 and SLR-24/-835

series smoke detector with a reed switch.
• Choose either a Hand held or 15’ stainless steel
• No combustion material needed.
• No meter, batteries, or screwdriver required.
• Meets outlined requirements in the NFPA72,
NSRT-A100 WITH 15' POLE Inspection, Testing and Maintenance, Chapter 10.
(COMPLETE)
SPECIFICATIONS
Detector Tester/Removal Tool
Dimensions
NSRT HEAD: 4.0" D x 2.0" H
NSTT HEAD: 4.0" D x 1.5" H
Material Highly durable PVC
molded plastic
Color Black - provides visible contrast
Alignment
NSRT HEAD: One side for arrow labels for
easy visibility, one side for
removal from base.
NSTT HEAD: One side for sensitivity testing.
NSTT HEAD
Extension Pole
Dimensions Pole extends to 15'
Material Stainless steel with easy grip
black handle
NSTT-A100 WITH 15' POLE
(COMPLETE) Specifications subject to change without notice.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
APPLICATION
NSRT-A100
The Hochiki America NSRT-A100 will enable the user to easily remove and replace the ALG, AIE, SLR, and SIJ series
sensors/ detectors from their mounting bases. Also, the NSRT-A100 is designed to remove the outer covers of the
ALG, AIE and SLR series sensors/detectors
NSTT-A100
The SIJ-24 and SLR-24/-835 series detectors, manufactured with magnetically activated dual reed switches for sensitivity
testing, can be sensitivity tested with the NSTT-A100. This meets the requirements of a UL listed calibrated test
without the use of combustion materials.
The NSTT-A100 is in compliance with the test requirements outlined in the NFPA 72 Inspection, Testing and Maintenance,
Chapter 7.
Hochiki America Corporation • NSRT-A100/NSTT-A100 Specifications subject to change without notice.

DCP-R2M - DUAL RELAY MODULE
SPECIFICATIONS
Contacts 2 Independenly Controlled Form C

Contact Rating 1A @ 30 VDC / 0.5A @ 125 VAC
Standby Current 150 µA Max.
Alarm Current 150 µA Max.
Dimensions 4.2"W x 4.7"H x 1.4"D
Ambient Temperature 32° F (0°C) ~ 120°F (49°C)
Humidity 90% RH, Non-Condensing
DESCRIPTION
STANDARD FEATURES
The Dual Relay Module (R2M), has been designed to
• Provides two independently configurable Form C provide flexibile and quick response to emergency
contacts per address conditions. The R2M allows independent control of
• Contacts are rated 1.0 Amps @ 30 VDC or 0.5 Amp two form C contacts for a variety of normally open and
@ 125 VAC normally closed contact applications such as fan
• Up to127 devices can be used on each SLC loop operation, elevator recall, door closure, and auxiliary
notification.
• Visible Bi-colored LED is software controlled and
can be programmed to blink red or green when
polled. The LED can be latched on when activated Each R2M module provides independent control of two
Form C contacts while utilizing one SLC (Signaling
• Programming is highly flexible providing 16 priority
Line Circuit) address. The R2M module has a highly
states plus zoning capability
configurable programming algorithm that allows the
user to setup groups of devices (zoning) for simulta-
neous operation of multiple R2M modules. Each
module has 16 priority states that are programmed.
The operating parameters are maintained by the
module and do not require individual communication
with the control panel during the emergency condition
to operate. The control panel broadcasts the control
command on the SLC loop and the R2M modules do
PRODUCT LISTINGS
the rest based on their custom configuration. Since
Underwriters Laboratories: S5694 mechanically latching relays are used within the R2M
Underwriters Laboratories of Canada: CS943 module, a separate 24VDC power source is not
CSFM #: 7300-0410:150 required.
FM#: 3022559
MEA Report # 284-91-E Vol. IV

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, the Hochiki DCP-R2M addressable relay
module. The modules shall be UL listed compatible with Hochiki Digital Communications Protocol (DCP) supporting
control panel loops. The relay module must provide two Form C dry contacts rated at 1A @ 30 VDC or 0.5A @ 125
VAC. The relay module must be suitable for mounting in a standard 4" square electrical box. The relay module
must provide a bi-colored LED for indication of status.
Back side of a R2M
WIRING DIAGRAM
DCP-R2M NO1
OUT TO NEXT MODULE S, SC WIRING SERIAL NO. XXXXXXXXX
POWER LIMITED
COM1 SET 1
2
TB1
POWER
LIMITED
U.L. LISTED SC - NON NC1 (FORM "C" CONTACTS)

POWER
COMPATIBLE LIMITED
(NON-SUPERVISED)
FIRE CONTROL S + NO2
PANEL CROSS OUT
1
TYPE NOT
USED
COM2 SET 2
S5694
NC2
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9769 B
Hochiki America Corporation DCP-R2M Specifications subject to change without notice.

SCI - SHORT CIRCUIT ISOLATOR
OPERATION
* Class A Configuration Wiring:

The DCP-SCI short circuit isolator should be located
between any devices on the SLC loop. In the event of
a short on the SLC loop, the two adjacent isolators
(closest isolators to the left and right of the shorted
section) will activate and their respective LED indica-
tors will be turned on. All devices between the active
short circuit isolators will be dead. This will prevent
entire loop failure. Upon removal of the short condi-
tion, the DCP-SCIs will automatically restore, the
entire loop to the normal operating state.
* Class B Configuration Wiring:

The DCP-SCI short circuit isolator should be located
between any devices on the SLC loop. In the event of
a short on SLC loop, an isolator closest to the shorted
section will activate and the LED will be turned on. All
STANDARD FEATURES the devices beyond the shorted section will be
disabled. Upon removal of the short condition, the
• Can be placed at any location on SLC loop. DCP-SCI will automatically restore the entire loop to
• Checks the line for short circuit at power up. If the the normal operating state.
line is normal, the relay will be returned on. If a
line short is detected, the relay remains open. For the best performance of DCP-SCI short circuit,
• Indication of short circuit by a yellow LED
use class A configuration.
SPECIFICATIONS
WIRING:
Absolute Maximum Applied Voltage: S, SC: 41 VDC Note: All wiring must conform to local codes, ordi-
Supply Voltage Norminal: S, SC: 33 VDC nances and regulations.
Normal Current Consumption: 270 µA (Typical) 1. Install module wiring in accordance with job draw-
Active Current Consumption: 10 mA (Typical) ings and appropriate wiring diagram.
2. Secure the module to an approved electrical box
(Short Circuit Condition)
(supplied by installer).
Dimensions: 4.2"W x 4.7"H x 1.4"D
Weight: 1.4 oz MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS: 4" SQ Electrical box.
Visual Indicator (Yellow Status LED):
- No indication in normal condition.
- On steady in active (short) condition.
Maximum Quantity Per Loop: 127 PRODUCT LISTINGS
Operation Temperature Range: Underwriters Laboratories: S5694
0ºC (32ºF)~ 49ºC (120ºF) Non-condensing Underwriters Laboratories of Canada: CS943
CSFM #: 7300-0410:150
Allowable Ambient Humidity: 90% Non-condensing

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, the Hochiki DCP-SCI short circuit isolator. The
modules shall be UL listed compatible with Hochiki Digital Communications Protocol (DCP) supporting control panel
loops. The isolator module must be suitable for mounting in a standard 4" square electrical box. The isolator
module must provide a yellow LED for indication of status.
Back side of a DCP-SCI
WIRING DIAGRAM
TB1
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
UL LISTED
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9774
(IN) S
DCP-SCI
(IN) SC
(OUT) SC
(OUT) S
COMPATIBLE
S5694
CONTROL
PANEL
SHORT CIRCUIT ISOLATOR

--
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX
TB1
SIGNALING DEVICE
ISSUE NO. AH-9774
LISTED
(IN) S
DCP-SCI
(IN) SC
(OUT) S
GROUP OF VARIOUS DCP MODULES
(OUT) SC
-
S5694
OPTIONAL RETURN LINE

GROUP OF VARIOUS DCP SENSORS (NOT REQUIRED)
++ +

TB1
(OUT) SC
(OUT) S
(IN) SC
(IN) S
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX

DCP-SCI
ISSUE NO. AH-9774
SIGNALING DEVICE
LISTED
S5694
TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM EXAMPLE, CONNECTED ALL WIRING SHOWN IS SUPERVISED

AND INHERENTLY POWER LIMITED.
TO A COMPATIBLE LISTED CONTROL PANEL ANY COMBINATION OF MODULES
AND/OR SENSORS MAY BE PLACED
BETWEEN ISOLATORS
Hochiki America Corporation DCP-SCI Specifications subject to change without notice.

FN-300ULX Data Sheet
Rev. FN-300ULX- J20E
Overview
• This power supply/charger converts a 115VAC / 60Hz input, to a 12VDC
or 24VDC regulating output.
FN-300ULX
• 12VDC or 24VDC @ 2.5 amp.
Specifications Enclosure Dimensions

• Input 115VAC / 60Hz, 1.45 amp. 13”H x 13.5”W x 3.25”D
• 12VDC or 24VDC selectable output. 1.40” 4.85” 4.85” 1.40”
• Class 2 Rated power limited output.

• Input fuse rated @ 3.5 amp/250V. 3.25”
• Filtered and electronically regulated output. 1.20”
• Short circuit and thermal overload protection. 0.75”

12.50”
11.00” 1.20”
• AC fail supervision (form "C" contacts). 1.40”

0.5275”
1.40”
• Low battery supervision (form "C" contacts).

• Battery presence supervision (form “C” contacts).
• Built-in charger for sealed lead acid
5.10” 5.10”
or gel type batteries. 11.125”
• Automatic switch over to stand-by battery when 13.00”
AC fails.
• Maximum charge current .7 amp. 5.10”
6.50”
• Zero voltage drop when switched over to

battery backup. 1.40” 1.3475”
• AC input and DC output LED indicators. 3.25” 11.00” 3.25”
• Accommodates up to two (2) 12VDC/7AH batteries. 1.25” 10.00” 1.25”
• Power supply, enclosure, cam lock and battery leads.

1.25”
3.25”
Agency Approvals
UL 294 UL Listed for Access Control MEA - NYC Department of
System Units. Buildings Approved.
UL 603 UL Listed Standard for Power
Supplies for Use with Burglar-
Alarm Systems. CSFM - California State Fire
Marshal Approved.
UL 1069 UL Listed Hospital Signaling and
Nurse Call Equipment.
UL 1481 UL Listed Standard for Safety for
Fire Protective Signaling Systems.
02/2005
Rev. DSFN-400ULX - J24E
Overview
• This power supply/charger converts a 115VAC / 60Hz input, to a
12VDC or 24VDC regulating output.
FN-400ULX
• 12VDC @ 4 amp or 24VDC @ 3 amp supply current.

• Single Class 2 Rated power limited output.

• Input fuse rated @ 3.5 amp/250V.
3.25”
1.20”

12.50”
• Short circuit and thermal overload protection.

11.00” 1.20”
0.5275”
1.40” 1.40”
• AC fail supervision (form "C" contacts).

5.10” 5.10”
• Built-in charger for sealed lead acid 11.125”
• Automatic switch over to stand-by battery when 5.10”
AC fails. 6.50”
• Maximum charge current .7 amp.

• Zero voltage drop when switched over to 1.40” 1.3475”
battery backup.
3.25” 11.00” 3.25”
1.25” 10.00” 1.25”
• AC input and DC output LED indicators. 1.25”
• Accommodates up to two (2) 12VDC/7AH batteries.

3.25”
Agency Approvals
UL 603 UL Listed Standard for Power
Supplies for Use with Burglar-
Alarm Systems. CSFM - California State Fire
Marshal Approved.
UL 1069 UL Listed Hospital Signaling and
Nurse Call Equipment.
UL 1481 UL Listed Standard for Safety for FM - Factory Mutual Approved.
02/2005
Overview
• This power supply/charger converts a 115VAC / 60Hz input, to a
12VDC or 24VDC regulating output.
FN-600ULX
• 12VDC or 24VDC @ 6 amp supply current.

• Single Class 2 Rated power limited output.

• Input fuse rated @ 3.5 amp/250V. 3.25”
• Short circuit and thermal overload protection.

12.50”
0.75”
11.00” 1.20”
• AC fail supervision (form "C" contacts).

0.5275”
1.40” 1.40”

• Built-in charger for sealed lead acid
5.10” 5.10”
• Automatic switch over to stand-by 13.00”
battery when AC fails.

• Maximum charge current .7 amp.
5.10”
6.50”
• Zero voltage drop when switched

over to battery backup. 1.40” 1.3475”
• AC input and DC output LED indicators. 3.25” 11.00” 3.25”

1.25” 10.00” 1.25”
1.25”
• Power supply, enclosure, cam lock and battery leads. 3.25”
Agency Approvals
UL 294 UL Listed for Access Control CSFM - California State Fire
System Units. Marshal Approved.
Fire Protective Signaling Systems
FM - Factory Mutual Approved.
MEA - NYC Department of
Buildings Approved.
02/2005
Overview
• These power supply/chargers convert a 115VAC / 60Hz input, to a
24VDC regulating output.
FN-1024ULX
• Access Control applications:
24VDC @ 10 amp.
Fire Alarm applications:
24VDC @ 8 amp supply current w/10 amp during alarm.

• Input 115VAC / 60Hz, 4.4 amp. 15.5”H x 12”W x 4.5”D
• 24VDC output. 2.25" 3.68"
12"
4.56"
• Single non-power limited output. 1.22"
• Input fuse rated @ 3.5 amp/250V.

• Filtered and electronically regulated output.
• Short circuit and thermal overload protection. 1.22"
4.5"
.875" 9.97" 1.3" 1.22"
• AC fail supervision (form "C" contacts). 2"

1" 1"
2"

• Built-in charger for sealed lead acid or 8"
gel type batteries.

• Automatic switch over to stand-by battery when
13.25"
13.53"
AC fails.
• Maximum charge current 3.6 amp.
• Zero voltage drop when switched over to
3.25"
battery backup. 2.2"
• AC input and DC output LED indicators.

1.25"
1"
15.5"

1.22"
2.25" 3.68" 4.56"
Agency Approvals
CSFM - California State Fire
Marshal Approved.
02/2005
FN-642-ULADA, FN-842-ULADA, FN-1042-ULADA
Data Sheet Rev. FN-642/842/1042-ULADA- J24E
Overview
• The FN-642-ULADA, FN-842-ULADA and FN-1042-ULADA are extremely

cost effective voltage regulated remote NAC Power Extenders. They may be
connected to any 12 or 24 volt Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). Primary
applications include Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) expansion
(supports ADA requirements) and will provide auxiliary power to support
system accessories.
FN-642-ULADA FN-842-ULADA FN-1042-ULADA
• 24VDC or 12VDC • 24VDC or 12VDC • 24VDC rated
rated @ 6.5 amp max. rated @ 8 amp max. @ 10 amp max.
• Four (4) Class A or • Four (4) Class A or • Four (4) Class A or
four (4) Class B outputs. four (4) Class B outputs. four (4) Class B outputs.
Specifications
• Two (2) Class A or two (2) Class B FACP inputs. • Horn/Strobe sync protocols include: Gentex®,
• Two (2) NC dry contact trigger inputs. System Sensor®, Faraday, Amseco.
• Four (4) Class A or four (4) Class B indicating • Temporal Code 3 Mode.
circuits. • Steady Mode.
• Two (2) Class B outputs may be paralleled for more • Input to Output Follower Mode (maintains
power on an indicating circuit. synchronization of notification appliance circuits).
• One (1) Aux. Power Output @ 1 amp supply current • March Time.
(w/battery back up). • Compatible with 24VDC or 12VDC fire panels.
• One (1) Aux. Power Output @ 1 amp supply current • Ground fault detection.
(w/o battery back up). • Input 115VAC.
• Signal Circuit Trouble Memory - facilitates quickly • AC fail, battery presence & low battery monitoring.
locating intermittent system trouble and eliminates • Accommodates up to two (2) 12VDC/12AH batteries.
costly and unnecessary service calls. LEDs indicate a • Power supply, logic board, red enclosure, cam lock,
prior fault (short, open, ground) has occurred on one transformer & battery leads.
or more signaling circuit outputs.
• 2 wire Horn/Strobe Sync mode allows audible
notification appliances (Horns) to be silenced while
visual notification appliances (Strobes) continue
to operate.
Continued on back.
02/2005
Agency Approvals Enclosure Dimensions
18"H x 14.5"W x 4.625"D
UL 864 UL Listed Control Units and 14.5"
Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems. 4.5"

1.25"
4.5"
1.5" 6.5" 4.0" 1.5"
1.25" 1.25"
1.0"
1.5"
1.5"
NYC Department of Buildings Approved.

4.0"
18"
18" 18"
10"
California State Fire Marshal Approved. 10.0"
1.0" 1.0"
Factory Mutual Approved.

1.0" 1.5" 4.5"
4.5"
4.5"
1.25"
2.75" 7.25" 2.75"

14.5"
Features:
True Multiplex 6 Channel Distributed Audio
Integrated Fire Phone, Area of Rescue VoiceNET
and Fan & Damper Control capability
Modular System - components added as needed
High Rise Voice
Integrated 2 Channel Digital Message Repeater
Live Microphone Page to any zone
Evacuation System
Fast RS-485 Communication Protocol SYSTEM
Fully Supervised RESET
Easy Installation and Operation

PAGE
ALL-CALL
Natural Sound Voice Recordings FAULT

SILENCE PAGING
CONTROL
Built in Alarm and Alert Signals
Up to 4 Minute Message Capacity
Works with 12VDC or 24VDC Fire Alarm Panel
Works with Analog/Addressable and
Microprocessor based Fire Alarm Panels.
3 Minute Message Restart on Microphone Key
Made in the USA.
277-96-E
6911-1446:103
LISTED
Description: #S5661
The Hochiki VoiceNET High Rise Evacuation
System operates in conjunction with the Fire Alarm
Control Panel (FACP) in a building to provide
automatic response to life safety emergencies.
The Hochiki VoiceNET includes all necessary

features to provide an effective voice evacuation
system. The Hochiki VoiceNET can be custom
configured to satisfy the needs of any high rise
application.
System Configuration:
Fire department authorities can easily take Basic System Includes:
command of evacuation or relocation procedures Master Panel (FNV-MP)
and emergencies. Building management and fire Master Mic Control
brigades can monitor and control emergency 16 switch control points
response even before the professionals arrive Dual Channel DMR
High speed communication loop
The VoiceNET system includes capacity for 6 Distributed Panel (FNV-DP)
channels of simultaneous audio. This provides for 4 Output Zones (may be configured for 8)
evacuation, stay-in-place, or other public address Dual Channel Audio Interface
announcements and automatic messages. Dual Channel Amplification
Optional
Fire Fighter Phones or Warden Stations may be Integrated Fire Phone
included as required. Area-of-Rescue stations can Area-of-Rescue
Number of distributed panels to be
reassure handicapped occupants that help is on Determined by building specifications
the way.
Maximum System Configuration
Up to 256 Distributed Panels (FNV-DP)
And up to 2028 monitor and control points
7051 Village Drive, Suite 100 Buena Park, CA 90621-2268 714.522.2246 www.hochiki.com
FNV-DP Voice Evacuation
Speaker Circuits
Distributed Panel
#18 AWG
F
I
R
E
F
I
R
E
F
I
R
Hochiki VoiceNET
E
F
I
True-Multiplex
R
E
TB1 TB1
TB2 TB2
#22 AWG Twisted Pair
System
TB3 TB3
Fire Phone
Fire Fire
Capabilities FNV-25/50/100 FNV-25/50/100

Phone Phone
NetComm Loop:
-Twisted Pair, Category 5
-4,000 Feet between panels
-50,000 Feet Total System Loop
-Data and 6 Audio Channels Simultaneously
-High Speed RS-485 Communications
-Style “4” or Style “7” Field Selectable
FNV-DP
Distributed Panel Voice Evacuation
Speaker Circuits
Head End Control F

I
R
E
F
FNV-MP I
R
E
Master Panel
F
I
R
E
PAGING F
CONTROL
I
R
E
TB1 TB1
TB2 TB2
TB3 TB3
Fire Phone
Fire Fire
FNV-25/50/100 FNV-25/50/100
Phone Phone
FIRE PHONE CONTROL

Hochiki VoiceNET
High Rise Multiplex
11 Floor Typical Riser Diagram
11th Floor S S
P
AR
S S
10th Floor
P
AR
S S
9th Floor CM FNV-DP
P
AR
S S
8th Floor
P
AR
S S
7th Floor
P
AR
S S
6th Floor
P
AR
S S
5th Floor CM FNV-DP
P
AR
S S
4th Floor
P
AR
S S
3rd Floor P
AR
RS 485
DATA LOOP S S
2nd Floor
P
AR
S S
1st Floor FNV-MP FNV-DP
P
S S
Basement
P
S Speaker, Speaker/Strobe AR Area of Rescue Station

P Fire Fighter Phone Jack
7051 Village Drive, Suite 100

Buena Park, CA 90621-2268
Engineering Specifications
Hochiki VoiceNET High Rise
The voice evacuation system shall be Hochiki Series VoiceNET FNV High Rise or approved
equal.
The VoiceNET FNV system shall include one Master Panel and one or more Distributed
Panels. The system shall be microprocessor based, and shall be compatible for use with
contact closures from the Fire Alarm Control Panel, (FACP). The system shall have a high-
speed communication bus and have the capacity for 6 channels of audio and data on a single
pair of wires. The field wiring for the communication bus may be configured for either Style "4"
or Style "7" supervision. The system shall have the capacity for Fire Fighters Phone, Area-of-
Rescue communication and also have the capacity for Fan & Damper control with monitored
feedback. The system shall have a minimum capacity of 2028 monitor and control points.
The Master Panel shall contain an integral microphone, dual channel digital message repeater,
(DMR) and digital tone generator, 120 VAC power supply, and battery charger. The system
shall be modular in design, and shall be expandable such that additional system control points
may be configured. The system shall include integral self-diagnostic routines that shall
continually monitor system status, and shall indicate the precise type of trouble conditions
should they occur in the system. A trouble condition within the system shall cause a trouble
indication to be transmitted to the FACP.
Distributed panels shall provide a minimum of 4 Class "B" speaker circuits, expandable to
sixteen total. Alternately, panel may be configured for 4 Class "A" speaker circuits, up to 8 total.
Panel may be configured for 1 to 8 amplifiers. Panel must provide up to 6 simultaneous audio
channels, up to 8 Fire Phone circuits, up to 4 Area of Refuge circuits and up to two
Control/Monitor loops. Amplifiers will contain their own power supplies, battery chargers and
provide auxiliary power for other components. Speaker circuits shall be supervised for short
and open circuit conditions, and shall be able to withstand transient or continuous short-circuit
conditions without damage to the system.
System may be configured for General Alarm All Call operation, Alarm by Zone or
Floor Above / Floor Below as required. Contact closures shall allow immediate broadcast of an
alarm signal and evacuation message to the appropriate area. Non-Alarm areas may receive
alert tones and messages as required or activated by the FACP.
The alarm signal/evacuation message shall be broadcast until the FACP is reset, or until
emergency personnel interrupt the broadcast with a manual page.
To prevent unauthorized tampering, the voice evacuation system shall disable the microphone
if the microphone is keyed continuously for 3 minutes or more. Systems that do not have this
feature shall not be acceptable.
Specifications are subject to change without notice. Specifications

are provided for information only and no responsibility is assumed
by Hochiki America, Inc. for their use.
Features:
True Multiplex 6 Channel Distributed Audio FNV-MP
Integrated Fire Phone, Area of Rescue High Rise Voice Evacuation System
Master Panel
Live Microphone Page to any zone SYSTEM
RESET
Fast RS-485 Communication Protocol PAGE

ALL-CALL
Fully Supervised FAULT

SILENCE PAGING
Easy Installation and Operation CONTROL
Natural Sound Voice Recordings

Made in the USA.
Description:
The Hochiki FNV High Rise Evacuation System

operates in conjunction with the Fire Alarm Control
Panel (FACP) in a building to provide automatic
response to life safety emergencies.
The Hochiki FNV includes all necessary features

to provide an effective voice evacuation system.
The Hochiki FNV can be custom configured to
satisfy the needs of any high rise application.
Fire department authorities can easily take

command of evacuation or relocation procedures System Configuration:
and emergencies. Building management and fire Basic System Includes:
brigades can monitor and control emergency
response even before the professionals arrive Master Panel (FNV-MP)
Master Mic Control
The FNV system includes capacity for 6 channels 16 Switch Control points
of simultaneous audio. This provides for Dual Channel DMR
evacuation, stay-in-place, or other public address High Speed communication loop
announcements and automatic messages.
Optional
Fire Fighter Phones or Warden Stations may be Integrated Master Fire Phone
included as required. Area-of-Rescue stations can
reassure handicapped occupants that help is on Area-of-Rescue
the way. Smoke control, stair pressurization, and Fan and Damper system control
HVAC shutdown can be completely automatic,
unless controlled manually by management or fire Maximum System Configuration
authorities.
Up to 1000 monitor and control points
LISTED
FNV MP64/P
Master Panel
Ribbon Cable Connection Detail
MMC
20 Pin Ribbon
1
2 J1
3
TB1
TB1 TB2
MFP P3 P5
SLC SLC P2 P2
2 1
DCC ASC
34 Pin Ribbon P4 P5
P1
P2
SLC SLC 10 Pin Ribbon P1

LED1 LED2 LED3
TB3 TB4 TB5 P3
4 3
34 Pin Ribbon
34 Pin Ribbon
SSC
1 2 3
1
TB2 2
TB3
M
F PWR-2A TB1 TB2
I I/O
Card
TB1
1 2 3 IOI
Components mounted to
back plate inside of cabinet.
Components mounted on hinged front panel.

Connectors shown are on the back of the
components.
In the Master Panel system components are mounted to a removable back plate. The door and front panel are
removable. This enables field wiring to be installed cleanly.
Connections to the User Interface components ( Switch/LED banks, Mic/System control and Master Fire Phone)
is accomplished with ribbon cables. The front panel mounts separately on a continuous hinge so once installed
the access for system programming is easily accommodated.
NetComm Loop Wiring (Style 4)
IN FROM LAST PANEL RETURN TO MASTER
OUT TO FIRST DISTRIBUTED PANEL IN FROM PREVIOUS PANEL
NetCom Bus
(Supervised)
*A - Optional wiring for

Style 7 supervision
1
P3
1
2 J1 P4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 2
3
J1
3
TB1 TB2 TB1 TB1 TB2 TB3 TB4 TB1 TB2
1 2 3 4
LED1
P5 P3
P3
TB5
P2
1 2 3 4
P1 P2 P2
TB6
MFP DCC ASC DCC
1 2 3 4
P5 P4
P4
P1
TB7
P2
MBR
LED1 LED2 LED3
LED1 LED2 LED3 P1 TB3 TB4 TB5
P1 TB3 TB4 TB5 P3 TB9
MASTER PANEL DISTRIBUTED PANEL
NetComm Loop Wiring (Style 7)
Redundant Communication Bus
Primary Communication Bus
P3
1
2 J1 P4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 2
3
J1
3
TB1 TB2 TB1 TB1 TB2 TB3 TB4 TB1 TB2
1 2 3 4
LED1
P5 P3
P3
TB5
P2
1 2 3 4
P1 P2 P2
TB6
MFP DCC ASC DCC
1 2 3 4
P5 P4
P4
P1
TB7
P2
MBR
LED1 LED2 LED3
LED1 LED2 LED3 P1 TB3 TB4 TB5
P1 TB3 TB4 TB5 P3 TB9
MASTER PANEL DISTRIBUTED PANEL
The redundant loop must be run in separate conduit

with minimum spacing from the primary. Check local
code requirements.
Master Panel Configurations:
FNV-MP16 Master Panel, 16 Switch Control

FNV-MP16/P Master Panel, 16 Switch Control, Master Fire Phone

Panel Options: Cards may be added as job requirements demand
FNV-MFP Master Fire Phone Enables system to incorporate 2 way communication.

Included with /P panels.
FNV-SSC Switch Scan Card Included in basic panels, up to 7 additional cards may be
added.
FNV-SLC Switch LED Card 16 Switch LED Bank, up to 8 per FNV-SSC.
FNV-IOI Input Interface Card One included with basic panel, additional cards give 16 control
Technical Characteristics:
Primary Power: 120 VAC

24 VDC Battery Power
Communications Bus: RS-485 Standard,
Electrical Ratings:All Circuits @ 24VDC.
1M Baud data rate, Category 5 cable.
Master Panel Voltage: 5V peak-to-peak max.

Current: 50mA max.
Standby Alarm Impedance: 120 Ohms
DCC 80 mA 80 mA (max. imp. between panels)
ASC 30 mA 30 mA Frequency: 1.024MHz
MFP 10 mA 10 mA
SSC 25 mA 25 mA Backbox Dim: 14.5 x 27 x 4“ w•h•d
SLC 6 mA 6 mA Color: Charcoal Grey•standard
MMC 45 mA 45 mA Red•optional
IOI 20 mA 20 mA

Features:
True Multiplex 6 Channel Distributed Audio FNV-DP
Integrated Fire Phone, Area of Rescue High Rise Voice Evacuation System
and Fan & Damper Control capability Distributed Panel
Fast RS-485 Communication Protocol
Fully Supervised
Easy Installation and Operation 1 2 3 4
TB1
1 2 3 4
TB2
1 2 3 4
TB3
1 2 3 4
TB4
1
2
3
J1
TB1 TB2
Natural Sound Voice Recordings
1 2 3 4
TB5 P3
1 2 3 4
P2
TB6
DCC
Up to 4 Minute Message Capacity DCC
1 2 3 4
P4
TB7
Works with 12VDC or 24VDC Fire Alarm Panel 1
MBK
8 “B”
AMI
Works with Analog/Addressable and TB8
MBR
P1
Microprocessor based Fire Alarm Panels. 4 “A”
3 Minute Message Restart on Microphone Key TB1 TB1
Made in the USA.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TB2 11 TB2 11
J1 10 J1 10
9 9
8 8
1 TB3 7 1 TB3 7
2 6 2 6
3 J2 5 3 J2 5
4 4 4 4
5 YEL FAULT 1 2 3 3 5 YEL FAULT 1 2 3 3
6 2 6 2
7 GRN NORMAL 1 7 GRN NORMAL 1
8 8
RED ALARM RED ALARM
P2 P2
MESSAGE MIC MESSAGE MIC
GAIN GAIN GAIN GAIN
Description: FNV-25E FNV-25E
SN1 SN1
The Hochiki FNV High Rise Evacuation System

S1 S1
operates in conjunction with the Fire Alarm Control

Panel (FACP) in a building to provide automatic
response to life safety emergencies.
The Hochiki FNV includes all necessary features

to provide an effective voice evacuation system.
The Hochiki FNV can be custom configured to
satisfy the needs of any high rise application.
Fire department authorities can easily take
Basic System Includes:
command of evacuation or relocation procedures
and emergencies. Building management and fire Distributed Panel (FNV-DP)
brigades can monitor and control emergency 4 Output Zones (may be configured for 8)
response even before the professionals arrive Dual Channel Audio Interface
Dual/Single Channel Amplification
The FNV system includes capacity for 6 channels
of simultaneous audio. This provides for Amplifier Options:
evacuation, stay-in-place, or other public address 25 / 50 / 100W Dual Channel
announcements and automatic messages. 25 / 50 / 100 / 200W Single Channel
Fire Fighter Phones or Warden Stations may be Optional

included as required. Area-of-Rescue stations can Integrated Fire Phone
reassure handicapped occupants that help is on 4 Circuits expandable to 8 or 12
the way. Smoke control, stair pressurization, and
HVAC shutdown can be completely automatic, Area-of-Rescue
unless controlled manually by management or fire Fan and Damper system control
authorities.
LISTED Up to 256 Distributed Panels (FNV-DP)
FNV
Distributed Panel
Connection Detail
10K
EOLR
Speaker Circuits
SEE FIG. 2 FOR FPI TO MBR CONNECTION DETAIL

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 SEE FIG. 3 FOR AMI TO AMPLIFIER CONNECTION DETAIL
P10
MBK
Fire Phone Circuits
1 2 3 4
AMI
FPI
1 2 3 4
P14
10K
EOLR
1 2 3 4
P15
P3 P2 P1
DCC
MBR
TB3
TB8
P1 1234
TB9 TB11
Set EOLR
TB1 TB1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TB2 11 TB2 11
J1 10 J1 10
9 9
8 8
1 TB3 7 1 TB3 7
2 6 2 6
3 J2 5 3 J2 5
4 4 4 4
5 YEL FAULT 1 2 3 3 5 YEL FAULT 1 2 3 3
6 2 6 2
7 GRN NORMAL 1 7 GRN NORMAL 1
8 8
RED ALARM RED ALARM
P2 P2
MESSAGE MIC MESSAGE MIC
GAIN GAIN GAIN GAIN
FNV-25E FNV-25E
10 PIN RIBBON 10 PIN RIBBON
SN1 SN1
S1 S1
FPI to MBR Connection AMI to Amplifier Connection
To left side
Amplifier
To right side
10 PIN RIBBON Amplifier
TO MBR J7 10 PIN RIBBONS
MBR J7
This side plugs

into MBR, 2nd
slot on right
FPI Each AMI card provides audio

This side plugs
into MBR, 1st channels and control to two
slot on right
amplifier modules or amplifier
AMI banks. Maximum configuration
Each FNV-DP panel may is 5 AMI cards in each FNV-DP.
(Additional modules would mount in
have up to 4 FPI cards for separate cabinets)
a max. of 16 phone circuits.
(Additional FPI cards require
an FNV-FPO for circuit termination)
Eight Class “B” Speaker Lines

E
O
L 1
F F
EOLR
I I
R R
E E
E
O
L 2 Eight Class "B" may
F
I
F
I
EOLR also be configured
R
E
R
E as 4 A / B circuits
E
O
L 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 F F
EOLR
I I
R R
E E
Standard Life Safety Speakers,

Strobes connected and powered separately
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
TB1 TB2 TB3 TB4
Four Class “A” Speaker Lines
1 2 3 4
F F
I I
TB5 R
E
R
E
1 2 3 4
TB6
1 2 3 4
F F
I I
R R
E E
TB7
1 EOL
2 3 4 EOL
MBK#2
MBK#1
AMI
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
MBR TB1 TB2 TB3 TB4
1 2 3 4
TB8 TB5
Second FNV-MBK card provides

additional speaker circuits
May be configured as several options
Distributed Panel Configurations:
FNV-DPS25 Distributed Panel, Single Channel, 25W

FNV-DPS25/P Distributed Panel, Single Channel, 25W, Fire Phone

FNV-DP25 Distributed Panel, Dual Channel, 25W

FNV-DP25/P Distributed Panel, Dual Channel, 25W, Fire Phone

Panel Options: Cards may be added as job requirements demand
FNV-MBK Motherboard Relay Card Expands MBR output 8 Class B or 4 Class A speaker circuits
FNV-FPI Fire Phone Interface Card Included in /P panels, up to 3 additional cards may be added
FNV-FPO Fire Phone Output Card Used with additional FNV-FPIs for termination
FNV-AMI Audio Module Interface Card Included with basic panel, additional cards give the ability to control
multiple modules or accommodate full 3 channel operation
Technical Characteristics:
Primary Power: 120 VAC

24 VDC Battery Power
Electrical Ratings: All Circuits @ 24VDC. Communications Bus: RS-485 Standard,
1M Baud data rate, Category 5 cable.
Distributed Panel Voltage: 5V peak-to-peak max.
Standby Alarm Current: 50mA max.
DCC 55 mA 55 mA Impedance: 120 Ohms
MBR 10 mA 55 mA (max. imp. between panels)
AMI 10 mA 10 mA Frequency: 1.024MHz
FPI 13 mA 13 mA
Battery Charging: Maximum charging current from Backbox Dim: 14.5 x 27 x 4“ w•h•d
FNV-25/50 is 800mA. Maximum battery size is 17AHr. Color: Charcoal Grey•std Red•optional
FNV-100 Maximum battery size is 24AHr.

Description:
Fire Phone accessories give the FNV system two
VoiceNet
way communication capability. Fire Phone Equipment
Fire Phone jacks are mounted on a single gang plate.
Fixed telephone and warden stations are available in

Surface/Semi-Flush mount cabinet with a Thumb
Turn latch
FNV-FJ
Model Number Description
FNV-FJ Telephone Jack FNV-FH

Brushed Stainless Steel Single Gang
Plate
FNV-FH Portable Handset

Color - Red
(6 mount in FNV-TC cabinet)
FNV-TC Telephone Cabinet

Holds 6 FNV-FH Portable Handset
Cabinet: Charcoal Gray - std. -R Red
(Surface/Semi-Flush Mount / Key Lock
27 x 14-1/2 x 4” h-w-d)
FNV-FS Fire Phone Station

Coil cord / Thumb Turn Latch FNV-FS
Cabinet: Red FNV-TC
(Surface/Semi-Flush Mount
(Shown with 6 FNV-FH) FNV-WS
12-3/4 x 7-1/4 x 3-3/4” h-w-d)
FNV-WS Warden Station

Armored cable / Thumb Turn Latch
Cabinet: Red
(Surface/Semi-Flush Mount
12-3/4 x 7-1/4 x 3-3/4” h-w-d)
LISTED
10K 1/2W
EOLR
Fire Phone Fire Phone

Handset Handset
Jack Jack
10K 1/2W
EOLR

Handset Handset
Jack Jack
10K 1/2W
EOLR

Handset Handset
Jack Jack
All Fire Phone

Circuits use
Twisted Pair 10K 1/2W
/
EOLR
#22 AWG min.
Handset Handset
Jack Jack
10K 1/2W
EOLR
To Additional Fire Phone Fire Phone

Handset Handset
Fire Phone Circuits Jack Jack
(not shown)
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2
TB1 TB2 TB3 TB
1 2 3 4
TB5
1 2 3 4
TB6
FPO Fire
1 2 3 4
Phone TB7
Loops
(Supervised)
MBR
/
10 Pin Ribbon Cable FPI
Cards plug into slots
available on MBR
First FPI allows 4 Fire Phone
Circuits off of MBR. Adding 2nd
FPI and an FPO allows 4
additional Fire Phone Circuits
(16 circuits max. in any FNV-DP)

Features:
True Multiplex 6 Channel Distributed Audio
Integrated Fire Phone, Area of Rescue VoiceNET
High Rise Voice
Evacuation System
Fast RS-485 Communication Protocol SYSTEM
Fully Supervised RESET
Easy Installation and Operation

PAGE
ALL-CALL
Natural Sound Voice Recordings FAULT

SILENCE PAGING
CONTROL
Made in the USA.
277-96-E
6911-1446:103
LISTED
Description: #S5661
The Hochiki VoiceNET High Rise Evacuation
System operates in conjunction with the Fire Alarm
Control Panel (FACP) in a building to provide
automatic response to life safety emergencies.
The Hochiki VoiceNET includes all necessary

features to provide an effective voice evacuation
system. The Hochiki VoiceNET can be custom
configured to satisfy the needs of any high rise
application.
Fire department authorities can easily take Basic System Includes:
command of evacuation or relocation procedures Master Panel (FNV-MP)
and emergencies. Building management and fire Master Mic Control
brigades can monitor and control emergency 16 switch control points
response even before the professionals arrive Dual Channel DMR
High speed communication loop
The VoiceNET system includes capacity for 6 Distributed Panel (FNV-DP)
channels of simultaneous audio. This provides for 4 Output Zones (may be configured for 8)
evacuation, stay-in-place, or other public address Dual Channel Audio Interface
announcements and automatic messages. Dual Channel Amplification
Optional
Fire Fighter Phones or Warden Stations may be Integrated Fire Phone
included as required. Area-of-Rescue stations can Area-of-Rescue
Number of distributed panels to be
reassure handicapped occupants that help is on Determined by building specifications
the way.
Up to 256 Distributed Panels (FNV-DP)
And up to 2028 monitor and control points
FNV-DP Voice Evacuation
Speaker Circuits
Distributed Panel
#18 AWG
F
I
R
E
F
I
R
E
F
I
R
Hochiki VoiceNET
E
F
I
True-Multiplex
R
E
TB1 TB1
TB2 TB2
#22 AWG Twisted Pair
System
TB3 TB3
Fire Phone
Fire Fire
Capabilities FNV-25/50/100 FNV-25/50/100

Phone Phone
NetComm Loop:
-Twisted Pair, Category 5
-4,000 Feet between panels
-50,000 Feet Total System Loop
-Data and 6 Audio Channels Simultaneously
-High Speed RS-485 Communications
-Style “4” or Style “7” Field Selectable
FNV-DP
Distributed Panel Voice Evacuation
Speaker Circuits
Head End Control F

I
R
E
F
FNV-MP I
R
E
Master Panel
F
I
R
E
PAGING F
CONTROL
I
R
E
TB1 TB1
TB2 TB2
TB3 TB3
Fire Phone
Fire Fire
FNV-25/50/100 FNV-25/50/100
Phone Phone
FIRE PHONE CONTROL

Hochiki VoiceNET
High Rise Multiplex
11 Floor Typical Riser Diagram
11th Floor S S
P
AR
S S
10th Floor
P
AR
S S
9th Floor CM FNV-DP
P
AR
S S
8th Floor
P
AR
S S
7th Floor
P
AR
S S
6th Floor
P
AR
S S
5th Floor CM FNV-DP
P
AR
S S
4th Floor
P
AR
S S
3rd Floor P
AR
RS 485
DATA LOOP S S
2nd Floor
P
AR
S S
1st Floor FNV-MP FNV-DP
P
S S
Basement
P
S Speaker, Speaker/Strobe AR Area of Rescue Station

P Fire Fighter Phone Jack

Engineering Specifications
Hochiki VoiceNET High Rise
The voice evacuation system shall be Hochiki Series VoiceNET FNV High Rise or approved
equal.
The VoiceNET FNV system shall include one Master Panel and one or more Distributed
Panels. The system shall be microprocessor based, and shall be compatible for use with
contact closures from the Fire Alarm Control Panel, (FACP). The system shall have a high-
speed communication bus and have the capacity for 6 channels of audio and data on a single
pair of wires. The field wiring for the communication bus may be configured for either Style "4"
or Style "7" supervision. The system shall have the capacity for Fire Fighters Phone, Area-of-
Rescue communication and also have the capacity for Fan & Damper control with monitored
feedback. The system shall have a minimum capacity of 2028 monitor and control points.
The Master Panel shall contain an integral microphone, dual channel digital message repeater,
(DMR) and digital tone generator, 120 VAC power supply, and battery charger. The system
shall be modular in design, and shall be expandable such that additional system control points
may be configured. The system shall include integral self-diagnostic routines that shall
continually monitor system status, and shall indicate the precise type of trouble conditions
should they occur in the system. A trouble condition within the system shall cause a trouble
indication to be transmitted to the FACP.
Distributed panels shall provide a minimum of 4 Class "B" speaker circuits, expandable to
sixteen total. Alternately, panel may be configured for 4 Class "A" speaker circuits, up to 8 total.
Panel may be configured for 1 to 8 amplifiers. Panel must provide up to 6 simultaneous audio
channels, up to 8 Fire Phone circuits, up to 4 Area of Refuge circuits and up to two
Control/Monitor loops. Amplifiers will contain their own power supplies, battery chargers and
provide auxiliary power for other components. Speaker circuits shall be supervised for short
and open circuit conditions, and shall be able to withstand transient or continuous short-circuit
conditions without damage to the system.
System may be configured for General Alarm All Call operation, Alarm by Zone or
Floor Above / Floor Below as required. Contact closures shall allow immediate broadcast of an
alarm signal and evacuation message to the appropriate area. Non-Alarm areas may receive
alert tones and messages as required or activated by the FACP.
The alarm signal/evacuation message shall be broadcast until the FACP is reset, or until
emergency personnel interrupt the broadcast with a manual page.
To prevent unauthorized tampering, the voice evacuation system shall disable the microphone
if the microphone is keyed continuously for 3 minutes or more. Systems that do not have this
feature shall not be acceptable.

SIJ-24 IONIZATION SMOKE DETECTOR
APPLICATION
The SIJ-24 can be used in all areas where Ionization
Smoke Detectors are required. The responsive yet highly
stabile operation allows the SIJ-24 to fit in a wide range
of uses. The SIJ-24 can be used in areas where early
warning of superheated or flaming combustibles is
expected.
NS-4 Series, NS-6 Series, HSC-4R or HSC-(X)R Style

bases may be used with the SIJ-24. Current compatible
devices are the SLR-24V Photoelectric detector, the SLR-
24H photoelectric detector with heat sensor and the DCD-
135/190 heat detectors.

with Hochiki America HSB, HSC and YBA type bases
Shown without base. which may have been used in previous installations.
Please check individual panel listings for compatible
STANDARD FEATURES bases.
• Low profile, 1.8" high (with base)
• 2 or 4 wire base compatibility, relay bases available OPERATION
The SIJ-24 ionization smoke detector utilizes two bi-
• Low standby current, 40µA at 24 VDC
colored LEDs for status indication purposes. In a normal
• Two built-in power/alarm LEDs for 360° viewing
• Non-directional smoke chamber standby condition the LEDs flash green approximately
• Vandal resistant security locking feature once each second. When the detector senses smoke
• Built-in magnetic detector sensitivity test feature. and goes into alarm the status LEDs will latch on red.
Meets NFPA 72, Chapter 2 & 7, Inspection, Testing
and Maintenance requirements. A single radioactive source of Americium-241 ionizes two
• Compatible with SLR-24V photoelectric detectors chambers within the detector, a reference chamber, and
• Backwards compatible with Hochiki SLK and SIH the smoke sensing chamber. The air is ionized by this
smoke detectors. source and a small DC current flows between the
electrodes of each chamber. Smoke can freely enter
SPECIFICATIONS the sensing chamber while the inner chamber is virtually
Radioactive Source AM-241 0.52Ci sealed to smoke. Smoke entering the sensing chamber
Rated Voltage 17.7 - 30.0 VDC causes a reduction in the DC current flow, the voltage
Working Voltage 15.0 - 33.0 VDC imbalance between the two chambers is proportional to
Maximum Voltage 42 VDC the smoke density. When the voltage differences become
Supervisory Current 40µA @ 24 VDC great enough it causes the detector to go into alarm.
Surge Current 200µA max. @ 24 VDC The two chamber design is utilized to compensate for
Alarm Current 150mA max. @ 24 VDC changes in atmospheric and environmental conditions.
Ambient Temperature 32°F to 120°F
(0°C to 49°C) Continued on back.
Color & Case Material Bone PC/ABS Blend
Sensitivity Test Feature: Magnetically activated PRODUCT LISTINGS
dual reed switch test
Mounting: Refer to the NS Conventional Factory Mutual: 1D5A1.AY
CSFM #: 7271-0410:135

Phone: 714/522-2246 • Fax: 714/522-2268
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, Hochiki America Model SIJ-24 ionization smoke
detectors. The combination detector head and twist-lock base shall be UL listed compatible with a UL listed fire alarm
panel.
The base shall permit direct interchange with Hochiki America, SLR-24V photoelectric type smoke detector, SLR-24H
combination photoelectric/heat detector, and/or DCD-135/190 fixed temperature/rate-of-rise heat detectors. The base
shall be appropriate twistlock base NS-4 Series, NS-6 Series, HSC-4R or HSC-(X)R. In the event of partial or complete
retrofit, the SIJ-24 maybe used in conjunction with, or as a replacement for, Hochiki America detectors (SLK-24, SLK-
24FH and the SIH-24F) on most HSB and HSC base applications.
The smoke detector shall have two flashing status LEDs for visual supervision. When the detector is in standby
condition the LEDs will flash Green. When the detector is actuated, the flashing LEDs will latch on Red. The detector
may be reset by actuating the control panel reset switch.
The sensitivity of the detector shall be capable of being measured. It shall be possible to perform a functional test of the
detector without the need of generating smoke. The test method shall simulate effects of products of combustion in the
chamber to ensure testing of the detector electronics.
To facilitate installation, the detector shall be non-polarized. Voltage and RF transient suppression techniques shall be
employed to minimize false alarm potential. Auxiliary SPDT relays shall be installed where indicated.
feature shall be field removable when not required.
SIJ-24 SENSITIVITY TEST FEATURE

TEST PROCEDURE
1. With detector wired to appropriate initiating circuit or current limited power source and with normal applied
power, place a magnet as shown in Figure 1.
2. Wait at least six seconds. Detector SHOULD NOT alarm and LED should not light.
3. Place magnet on detector as shown in Figure 2 (opposite side).
4. Wait at least six seconds. Detector SHOULD alarm.
5. If detector does alarm when magnet is positioned as in Figure 1 or does not produce an alarm when magnet
is positioned as in Figure 2, detector is not within specified sensitivity limits and may require service. See
Technical Bulletin HA-97 for more information and for additional sensitivity test devices.
WARNING: Conduct testing only under Normal Standby conditions. Abnormal or Low Power conditions may
affect sensitivity. Always reset power prior to testing of next unit.
LED's
Figure 1 Figure 2
Hochiki America Corporation • SIJ-24 Specifications subject to change without notice.

SLR-24H PHOTOELECTRIC/ HEAT SMOKE DETECTOR
APPLICATION
The SLR-24H can be used in all areas where Photoelectric
Smoke Detectors are required. The wide range smoke
chamber makes the SLR-24H well suited for fires ranging
from smoldering to flaming fires.
NS-4 Series, NS-6 Series, HSC-4R or HSC-xxx R Style

bases may be used with the SLR-24H. Current
interchangeable/compatible devices are the SIJ-24
ionization detector, SLR-24V photoelectric detector and
the DCD-135/190 heat detectors.

with Hochiki America HSB, HSC and YBA type bases
which may have been used in previous installations.
Shown without base. Please check individual panel listings for compatible
bases.
STANDARD FEATURES
• Low profile, 2.2" high (with base)
OPERATION
• 135°F latching heat sensor The SLR-24H photoelectric smoke detector utilizes two
• Heat sensor protected by a built-in guard bicolored LED's for indication of status. In a normal
standby condition the LED's flash Green every 3
seconds. When the detector senses that its sensitivity
• Low standby current, 45µA at 24VDC has drifted outside the UL listed sensitivity window the
• Two built-in power/sensitivity supervision/alarm LED's LED's will flash Red every 3 seconds. When the detector
• Non-directional smoke chamber senses smoke and goes into alarm the status LED's will
• Vandal resistant security locking feature latch on Red.
• Removable smoke labyrinth for cleaning or replacement
• Automatic Sensitivity window verification function The detector utilizes an infrared LED light source and
meets outlined requirements in NFPA 72, Chapter 2 & 7, silicon photo diode receiving element in the smoke
Inspection, Testing and Maintenance chamber. In a normal standby condition, the receiving
element receives no light from the pulsing LED light
SPECIFICATIONS source. In the event of a fire, smoke enters the detector
smoke chamber and light is reflected from the smoke
Light Source GaAlAs Infrared particles to the receiving element. The light received is
Emitting Diode converted into an electronic signal.
Heat Sensor 135°F
Rated Voltage 17.7 - 30.0 VDC Signals are processed and compared to a reference level,
Working Voltage 15.0 - 33.0 VDC and when two consecutive signals exceeding the
Maximum Voltage 42 VDC reference level are received within a specified period of
Supervisory Current 45µA @ 24 VDC time, the time delay circuit triggers the SCR switch to
Surge Current 160µA max. @ 24 VDC activate the alarm signal. The status LED's light
continuously during the alarm period.
Alarm Current 150mA max. @ 24 VDC
(0°C to 49°C) PRODUCT LISTINGS
Color & Case Material Bone PC/ABS Blend Underwriters Laboratories: S1383
Sensitivity Test Feature Automatic Sensitivity CSFM #: 7272-0410:107
window verification test Factory Mutual: 3006185
Mounting Refer to NS Conventional

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, Hochiki America Model SLR-24H photoelectric
smoke detectors. The combination detector head and twist-lock base shall be UL listed compatible with a UL listed fire
alarm panel.
The base shall permit direct interchange with Hochiki America SLR-24V photoelectric detector, SIJ-24 ionization type
smoke detector and/or DCD-135/190 fixed temperature/rate-of-rise heat detectors. The base shall be appropriate twist-
lock base NS-4 Series, NS-6 Series, HSC-4R, or HSC-xxx R. In the event of partial or complete retrofit, the SLR-24
maybe used in conjunction with, or as a replacement for, Hochiki America detectors (SLK-24, SLK-24FH and the SIH-
24) on most HSB and HSC base applications.
The smoke detector shall have two flashing status LEDs for visual supervision. When the detector is in standby
condition the LEDs will flash Green. When the detector is outside the UL listed sensitivity window the LEDs will flash
Red. When the detector is actuated, the flashing LEDs will latch on Red. The detector may be reset by actuating the
control panel reset switch.
The sensitivity of the detector shall be capable of being measured. It shall be possible to perform a functional test of the
detector without the need of generating smoke. The sensitivity of the detector shall be monitored automatically and
continuously to verify that it is operating within the listed sensitivity range.
employed to minimize false alarm potential. Auxiliary SPDT relays shall be installed where indicated.
feature shall be field removable when not required.
SLR-24H SENSITIVITY TEST FEATURE
The SLR-24H Photoelectric Smoke Detector has a built-in automatic sensitivity test feature.
1. In normal condition, both LED's flash green.

2. When the sensitivity drifts outside of its sensitivity limits, both LED's flash red.
3. In the alarm state both LED's are red continuously.
4. When the sensitivity drifts outside of its sensitivity limits and both LED's flash red, the device needs to be
cleaned or returned to the factory for cleaning. Refer to HA Technical Bulletin HA-97 for cleaning information.
4-WIRE OPERATION
(+)
INITIATING LISTED
CIRCUIT END OF LINE
DEVICE
HSC-4R
CONTACTS
(-) H1
H2
YEL
ORN
PUR

POWER END OF LINE
SUPPLY RELAY
12VDC OR 24VDC
(-)
HSC-4R HSC-4R
2-WIRE OPERATION
UL LISTED (+)
CONTROL LISTED
PANEL END OF LINE
DEVICE
(-)
in line resistance.
SUPPLY
(-) NOTE: - WIRING TERMINALS FOR THE NS4
NEGATIVE AND NS6 ARE IDENTICAL
NS4 SERIES NS6 SERIES - BASES WITH THE "W" SUFFIX
Annunciation device must be current limited to 20 mA @ ARE WHITE IN COLOR
2-wire relay wiring diagram is also available

Hochiki America Corporation SLR-24H Specifications subject to change without notice.
SLR-24V PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR
APPLICATION
The SLR-24V can be used in all areas where Photoelec-
tric Smoke Detectors are required. The wide range
smoke chamber makes the SLR-24V well suited for fires
ranging from smoldering to flaming fires.
NS-4 Series, NS-6 Series, HSC-4R or HSC-xxx R Style

bases may be used with the SLR-24V. Current
interchangeable/compatible devices are the SIJ-24
ionization detector, the SLR-24H photoelectric detector
with heat sensor, and the DCD-135/190 heat detectors.
All NS conventional devices are mechanically

Shown without base. compatible with Hochiki America HSB, HSC and YBA
type bases which may have been used in previous
STANDARD FEATURES installations. Please check individual panel listings for
• Low profile, 1.8" high (with base) compatible bases.
• Highly stable operation, RF/Transient protection OPERATION
• Low standby current, 45µA at 24VDC The SLR-24V photoelectric smoke detector utilizes two
• Two built-in power/sensitivity supervision/alarm LEDs bicolored LEDs for indication of status. In a normal
• Non-directional smoke chamber
• Vandal resistant security locking feature standby condition the LEDs flash Green every 3 sec-
• Built-in magnetic go/no go detector test feature onds. When the detector senses that its sensitivity has
• Removable smoke labyrinth for cleaning or drifted outside the UL listed sensitivity window the LEDs
replacement will flash Red every 3 seconds. When the detector
• Automatic Sensitivity window verification function senses smoke and goes into alarm the status LEDs will
meets outlined requirements in NFPA 72, Chapter 2 latch on Red.
& 7, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance
• Compatible with SIJ-24 ionization detectors The detector utilizes an infrared LED light source and
• Backwards compatible with Hochiki SLK and silicon photo diode receiving element in the smoke cham-
SIH detectors
ber. In a normal standby condition, the receiving ele-
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS ment receives no light from the pulsing LED light source.
Light Source GaAlAs Infrared In the event of a fire, smoke enters the detector smoke
Emitting Diode chamber and light is reflected from the smoke particles
Rated Voltage 17.7 - 30.0 VDC to the receiving element. The light received is converted
into an electronic signal.
Working Voltage 15.0 - 33.0 VDC
Maximum Voltage 42 VDC Signals are processed and compared to a reference level,
Supervisory Current 45µA @ 24 VDC and when two consecutive signals exceeding the refer-
Surge Current 160µA max. @ 24VDC ence level are received within a specified period of time,
Alarm Current 150mA max. @ 24 VDC the time delay circuit triggers the SCR switch to activate
Air Velocity Range 0-4000 fpm the alarm signal. The status LEDs light continuously
during the alarm period.
Continued on back.
(0°C to 49°C)
Color & Case Material Bone PC/ABS Blend PRODUCT LISTINGS
Sensitivity Test Feature Automatic Sensitivity Underwriters Laboratories: S1383
Factory Mutual: 1D5A1.AY
window verification test
CSFM #: 7272-0410:107
Mounting Refer to NS Conventional
Detector Base Data Sheet Specifications subject to change without notice.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, Hochiki America Model SLR-24V photoelectric smoke detectors.
The combination detector head and twist-lock base shall be UL listed compatible with a UL listed fire alarm panel.
The base shall permit direct interchange with Hochiki America SLR-24H combination photoelectric/heat detector, SIJ-24 ionization
type smoke detector and/or DCD-135/190 fixed temperature/rate-of-rise heat detectors. The base shall be appropriate twist-lock base
NS-4 Series, NS-6 Series, HSC-4R, or HSC-xxx R. In the event of partial or complete retrofit, the SLR-24V maybe used in conjunction
with, or as a replacement for, Hochiki America detectors (SLK-24, SLK-24FH and the SIH-24) on most HSB and HSC base applica-
tions.
The smoke detector shall have two flashing status LEDs for visual supervision. When the detector is in standby condition the LEDs
will flash Green. When the detector is outside the UL listed sensitivity window the LEDs will flash Red. When the detector is
actuated, the flashing LEDs will latch on Red. The detector may be reset by actuating the control panel reset switch.
The sensitivity of the detector shall be capable of being measured. It shall be possible to perform a functional test of the detector
without the need of generating smoke. The sensitivity of the detector shall be monitored automatically and continuously to verify that
it is operating within the listed sensitivity range.
To facilitate installation, the detector shall be non-polarized. Voltage and RF transient suppression techniques shall be employed to
minimize false alarm potential. Auxiliary SPDT relays shall be installed where indicated.
SLR-24V SENSITIVITY TEST FEATURE

The SLR-24V Photoelectric Smoke Detector has a built-in automatic sensitivity test feature.
4. When the sensitivity drifts outside of its sensitivity limits and both LED's flash red, the device needs to be cleaned or returned
to the factory for cleaning. Refer to HA Technical Bulletin HA-97 for cleaning information.
Hochiki America Corporation SLR-24V Specifications subject to change without notice.

SLR-24VN PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR
APPLICATIONS
The SLR-24VN can be used in all areas where Photo-
electric Smoke Detectors are required. The wide range
smoke chamber makes the SLR-24VN well suited for
fires ranging from smoldering to flaming fires.
NS-4 Series, NS-6 Series, HSC-4R or HSC-R Style

bases may be used with the SLR-24VN. Current inter-
changeable/compatible devices are the SIJ-24 ioniza-
tion detector, the SLR-24H photoelectric detector with
heat sensor, and the DCD-135°/190° heat detectors.
All NS conventional devices are mechanically compat-

Shown without base. ible with Hochiki America HSB, HSC and YBA type
bases which may have been used in previous installa-
STANDARD FEATURES tions. Please check individual panel listings for com-
• Low profile, 1.8" high (with base) patible bases.
• Highly stable operation, RF/Transient protection OPERATION
• Low standby current, 45µA at 24VDC The SLR-24VN photoelectric smoke detector utilizes two
• Two built-in power/sensitivity supervision/alarm LEDs bicolored LEDs for indication of status. In a normal
• Removable smoke labyrinth for cleaning or standby condition the LEDs flash Green every 3 sec-
replacement onds. When the detector senses that its sensitivity has
• Automatic Sensitivity window verification function drifted outside the UL listed sensitivity window the LEDs
meets outlined requirements in NFPA 72,Chapter 2 will flash Red every 3 seconds. When the detector
& 7, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance. senses smoke and goes into alarm the status LEDs will
• Compatible with SIJ-24 ionization detectors latch on Red.
• Backwards compatible with Hochiki SLK and
SIH detectors The detector utilizes an infrared LED light source and
silicon photo diode receiving element in the smoke cham-
ber. In a normal standby condition, the receiving ele-
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS ment receives no light from the pulsing LED light source.
Light Source GaAlAs Infrared In the event of a fire, smoke enters the detector smoke
Emitting Diode chamber and light is reflected from the smoke particles
Rated Voltage 17.7 - 30.0 VDC to the receiving element. The light received is converted
into an electronic signal.
Maximum Voltage 42 VDC Signals are processed and compared to a reference level,
Supervisory Current 45µA @ 24 VDC and when two consecutive signals exceeding the refer-
Surge Current 160µA max. @ 24VDC ence level are received within a specified period of time,
Alarm Current 150mA max. @ 24 VDC the time delay circuit triggers the SCR switch to activate
Air Velocity Range 0-4000 fpm the alarm signal. The status LEDs light continuously
during the alarm period.
Continued on back.
(0°C to 49°C)
Color & Case Material Bone PC/ABS Blend PRODUCT LISTINGS
Sensitivity Test Feature: Automatic Sensitivity Underwriters Laboratories: S1383
Factory Mutual:
window verification test
CSFM #:
Mounting: Refer to NS Conventional
Detector Base Data Sheet Specification subject to change without notice

Phone: 714/522-2246 • Fax: 714/522-2268
Technical Support: 800/845-6692 or technicalsupport@hochiki.com Made in the USA 10/2002
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, Hochiki America Model SLR-24VN photoelectric smoke
detectors. The combination detector head and twist-lock base shall be UL listed compatible with a UL listed fire alarm panel.
The base shall permit direct interchange with Hochiki America SLR-24H combination photoelectric/heat detector, SIJ-24 ioniza-
tion type smoke detector and/or DCD-135°/190° fixed temperature/rate-of-rise heat detectors. The base shall be appropriate
twist-lock base NS-4 Series, NS-6 Series, HSC-4R, or HSC-R. In the event of partial or complete retrofit, the SLR-24VN maybe
used in conjunction with, or as a replacement for, Hochiki America detectors (SLK-24, SLK-24FH and the SIH-24) on most HSB
and HSC base applications.
The smoke detector shall have two flashing status LEDs for visual supervision. When the detector is in standby condition the
LEDs will flash Green. When the detector is outside the UL listed sensitivity window the LEDs will flash Red. When the detector
is actuated, the flashing LEDs will latch on Red. The detector may be reset by actuating the control panel reset switch.
without the need of generating smoke. The sensitivity of the detector shall be monitored automatically and continuously to verify
that it is operating within the listed sensitivity range.
To facilitate installation, the detector shall be non-polarized. Voltage and RF transient suppression techniques shall be employed
to minimize false alarm potential. Auxiliary SPDT relays shall be installed where indicated.
SLR-24VN SENSITIVITY TEST FEATURE

The SLR-24VN Photoelectric Smoke Detector has a built-in automatic sensitivity test feature.
4. When the sensitivity drifts outside of its sensitivity limits and both LED's flash red, the device needs to be cleaned or
returned to the factory for cleaning or calibration. Refer to HA Technical Bulletin HA-97 for cleaning information.
Hochiki America Corporation • SLR-24VN Specifications subject to change without notice.

SLR-835/SLR-835H PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR
SLR-835 Shown without a base SLR-835H Shown without a base

STANDARD FEATURES
• Low Profile - Only 1.8" high (2.2" 835H)
APPLICATION
• 135°F latching heat sensor (835H only) The HOCHIKI America SLR-835/-835H can be used in all
• Heat sensor protected by a built-in guard (835H only) areas where photoelectric smoke detectors are required. It is
• Highly stable operation, RF/Transient protection suited for fires ranging from smoldering to flaming fires.
• Low standby current NS4 Series, NS6 Series, HSC-4R or HSC-(X)R Style bases
• Two built-in power/sensitivity supervision/alarm LEDs may be used with the SLR-835/-835H.
• Vandal resistant security locking feature OPERATION
• Removable smoke labyrinth for cleaning or replacement The SLR-835/-835H Photoelectric Smoke Detector utilizes
• Backwards compatible with Hochiki SLK and SIH detectors two bicolored LEDs for indication of status. In a normal
• Automatic Sensitivity window verification function meets standby condition the LEDs flash green every 3 seconds.
outline requirements in the NFPA 72 Inspection Testing When the detector senses that its sensitivity has drifted
and Maintenance, Chapter 7 outside the UL listed sensitivity window the LEDs will flash
Red every 3 seconds. When the detector senses smoke
SPECIFICATIONS and goes into alarm the status LEDs will latch on Red.
Light Source: GaAl AS infrared L.E.D.
Operating Voltage: Nominal: 12 VDC or 24 VDC The detector utilizes an infrared LED light source and silicon
Working Voaltage: 8.0-35.0 VDC photo diode receiving element in the smoke chamber. In a
Wave Form: Filtered DC 15% Ripple Max normal standby condition, the receiving element receives
Heat Sensor: 135° F (835H only) no light from the pulsing LED light source. In the event of a
fire, smoke enters the detector smoke chamber and light is
Supervisory Current: 38µA AVG @12 VDC
reflected from the smoke particles to the receiving element.
55µA AVG @24 VDC
The light received is converted into an electronic signal.
70µA AVG @35 VDC
Surge Current: 200µA Max @24 VDC
Signals are processed and compared to a reference level,
Alarm Current: 150mA Max
and when two consecutive signals exceeding the reference
Ambient Temperature: 32° F - 120° F (0°C - 49°C) level are received within a specified period of time, the time
Compatibility Identifier: HD-3 delay circuit triggers the SCR switch to activate the alarm
Color & Case Material: Bone/White PC/ABS Blend signal. The status LEDs light continuously during the alarm
Sensitivity Test Feature: Automatic Sensitivity period.
window verification Test
Ordering Codes: White: SLR-835W/SLR-835HW
Bone: SLR-835/SLR-835H PRODUCT LISTINGS
Dimensions: 1.8" (2.2" 835H) H x 3.94" W Underwriters Laboratories: S1383
Mounting: Refer to NS Conventional Factory Mutual: 3007144
Detector Base Data Sheet CSFM #: 7272-0410:107
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, Hochiki America Model SLR-835 Photoelectric smoke
detectors. The combination detector head and twist-lock base shall be UL listed compatible with a UL listed fire alarm panel.
When the supply power is 24VDC, the base shall permit direct interchange with Hochiki America SLR-24H combination
photoelectric/heat detector, SLR-24 photoelectric smoke detector, SIJ-24 ionization type smoke detector and DCD-135/190heat
detector.
The base shall be the appropriate twist-lock base NS4 Series, NS6 Series, HSC-4R, or HSC-(X)R Series. In the event of partial
or complete retrofit, the SLR-835, SLR-835H may be used in conjunction with, or as a replacement for, Hochiki America
detectors ( SLK-835H, SLK-24F, SLK-24FH and the SIH-24F) on most HSB and HSC base application.
The smoke detector shall have two flashing status LEDs for visual supervision. When the detector is in standby condition the
LEDs will flash Green. When the detector is outside the UL listed sensitivity window the LEDs will flash Red. When the detector
is actuated, the flashing LEDs will latch on Red. The detector may be reset by actuating the control panel reset switch.
without the need of generating smoke. The sensitivity of the detector shall be monitored automatically and continuously to verify
that it is operating within the listed sensitivity range.
employed to minimize false alarm potential. Auxiliary SPDT relays shall be installed where indicated on the drawing. The
locking feature shall be field removable when not required.
SLR-835/-835H SENSITIVITY TEST FEATURE

The SLR-835/-835H Photoelectric Smoke Detector has a built-in automatic sensitivity test feature.
1. In normal condition, both LEDs flash Green.
2. When the sensitivity drifts outside of its sensitivity limits, both LEDs flash Red.
3. In the alarm state both LEDs are Red continuously.
4. When the sensitivity drifts outside of its sensitivity limits and both LED's flash Red, the device needs to be cleaned or
returned to the factory for cleaning. Refer to HA Technical Bulletin HA-97 for cleaning information.
4-WIRE OPERATION
INITIATING LISTED
CIRCUIT END OF LINE
DEVICE
HSC-4R
CONTACTS
H1
H2
YEL
ORN
PUR
UL LISTED
POWER
SUPPLY LISTED
24VDC END OF LINE
RELAY
HA-EOLR-24
HSC-4R HSC-4R
2-WIRE OPERATION
UL LISTED
CONTROL LISTED
PANEL END OF LINE
DEVICE

in line resistance.
SUPPLY
NEGATIVE NS4 SERIES

NS6 SERIES
Annunciation device must be current limited to 20 mA @ NOTE: - WIRING TERMINALS FOR THE NS4
24VDC Maximum. Not limiting current could result in AND NS6 ARE IDENTICAL
damage to the detector or cause a no alarm condition. BASES WITH THE "W" SUFFIX
ARE WHITE IN COLOR
2-WIRE RELAY OPERATION

UL LISTED LISTED
CONTROL END OF LINE
PANEL DEVICE
TERMINAL BLOCK USED ON
HSC-(XXX)R (2-WIRE)
COM 6
N/C 5 GRY
BLU
4
GRN
N/O YEL
ORN
HSC-RELAY SERIES N/O 3 PUR
N/C 2 2 AND 4 WIRE BASE

RELAYS SHOWN WITH
COM 1 POWER OFF.
Hochiki America Corporation SLR-835 Specifications subject to change without notice.

SLR-835B DIRECT-WIRE PHOTOELECTRIC
SMOKE DETECTOR
STANDARD FEATURES
• Low Profile - Only 2.0" High
• 2 or 4 Wire Models
• Highly Stable Operation, RF/Transient Protection
• Two built-in power/sensitivity supervision/alarm LED's
• Non-Directional Smoke Chamber
• Vandal Resistant Security Locking Feature
• Removable smoke labyrinth for cleaning or
replacement
• Automatic Sensitivity window verification function
meets outlined requirements in NFPA 72,
Inspection,Testing and Maintenance
Shown with Trim Ring
APPLICATION
SPECIFICATIONS The HOCHIKI America SLR-835B Series can be used in
all areas where Photoelectric Smoke Detectors are re-
Light Source GaAlAs Infrared LED quired. It is suited for smoldering or flaming fires.
Operating Voltage Nominal: 12 VDC or 24 VDC
OPERATION
(35.0 VDC Max)
Wave Form Filtered DC 15% Ripple Max. The SLR-835B Series photoelectric smoke detector
Alarm Current 150mA Maximum utilizes two bicolored LED's for indication of status. In
a normal standby condition the LED's flash Green every
Surge Current 200µA Maximum (2 wire)
3 seconds. When the detector senses that its sensitivity
Average Stand-By 38µA AVG @12 VDC
has drifted outside the UL listed sensitivity window the
Current 55µA AVG @24 VDC
LED's will flash Red every 3 seconds. When the detector
70µA AVG @35 VDC senses smoke and goes into alarm the status LED's
Ambient Temperature 32° F - 120° F (0° C - 49° C) will latch on Red.
Sensitivity Test Feature Automatic Sensitivity
Window Verification Test The unit is comprised of an LED light source and silicon
Compatibility Identifier HD-6 photo diode receiving element. In a normal standby
Order Codes condition, the receiving element receives no light from
2-Wire Detector & Trim Ring pulsing light source. In the event of fire, smoke enters
Bone SLR-835B-2 the detector and light is reflected from the smoke
White SLR-835B-2W particles to the receiving element. The light received is
converted to an electronic signal. Signals are processed
4-Wire Detector & Trim Ring
Bone SLR-835B-4 Continued on back.
White SLR-835B-4W
PRODUCT LISTINGS
Factory Mutual: 3007144
Specifications subject to change without notice. CSFM #: 7272-0410:107

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
OPERATION, continued
in the comparator, and when two consecutive signals exceeding the basic level are received within a specific period of
time, the time delay circuit triggers the SCR switch to activate the alarm signal. The Status LED lights continuously
during alarm period.
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans HOCHIKI America SLR-835B direct-wire photoelectric
smoke detectors. The detector shall be UL listed compatible (2-wire model) with a UL listed fire alarm panel.
The smoke detector shall have green flashing status LEDs for visual supervision. When the detector is actuated, the
flashing LEDs will turn red and latch on steady. The detector may be reset by actuating the control panel reset switch.
The detector shall have a sensitivity window verification feature. If the sensitivity of the detector drifts outside its
approved window the LEDs will flash red to indicate an out of sensitivity condition.
The vandal resistant, security locking feature shall be used in those areas as indicated on the drawing. The locking
feature shall be field selectable.
It shall be possible to perform a functional test of the detector without the need of generating smoke. The method shall
simulate effects of products of combustion in the chamber to ensure testing of detector circuits.
Voltage and RF transient suppression techniques shall be employed to minimize false alarm potential.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
2-Wire Wiring Diagram
U.L. Listed Listed

Compatible End-of-Line
Control Device
Panel
U.L. Listed Listed

Control End-of-Line
Device
Panel
U.L. Listed
Power
Supply
*24VDC Listed
End-of-Line
Relay
12 or 24VDC
U.L. Listed
Power
Supply
*12VDC
* Use either 12 OR 24VDC . They cannot be used simultaneously.
Hochiki America Corporation • SLR-835B Specifications subject to change without notice.

SLR-835BH DIRECT-WIRE PHOTOELECTRIC
HEAT SMOKE DETECTOR
STANDARD FEATURES
• Low Profile - Only 2.375" High.
• 2 or 4 Wire Models
• 135° F Latching Heat Sensor
• Highly Stable Operation, RF/Transient Protection
• Two built-in power/sensitivity supervision/alarm LED's
• Non-Directional Smoke Chamber
• Vandal Resistant Security Locking Feature
• Removable smoke labyrinth for cleaning or
replacement
• Automatic Sensitivity window verification function
meets outlined requirements in NFPA 72,
Inspection,Testing and Maintenance.
Shown With Trim Ring
DESCRIPTION
SPECIFICATIONS
The SLR-835BH Series photoelectric smoke detector
Light Source: GaAl AS Infrared LED utilizes two bicolored LEDs for indication of status. In a
Voltage: Nominal: 12 VDC or 24 VDC normal standby condition the LEDs flash Green every 3
Working: 8.0 - 35.0 VDC seconds. When the detector senses that its sensitivity
(35.0 VDC Max) has drifted outside the UL listed sensitivity window the
Wave Form: Filtered DC LEDs will flash Red every 3 seconds. When the detector
15% Ripple Max. senses smoke and goes into alarm the status LEDs
Alarm Current: 150mA Maximum will latch on Red.
Surge Current: 200µA Maximum (2 wire)
The unit is comprised of an LED light source and silicon
Average Stand-By 38µA AVG @12 VDC
photo diode receiving element. In a normal standby
Current: 55µA AVG @24 VDC
condition, the receiving element receives no light from
70µA AVG @35 VDC pulsing light source. In the event of fire, smoke enters
Ambient Temperature: 32° F - 120° F (0° C - 49° C) the detector and light is reflected from the smoke
Sensitivity Test Feature: particles to the receiving element. The light received is
Automatic Sensitivity Window Verification Test converted to an electronic signal. Signals are processed
Compatibility Identifier: HD-6 in the comparator, and when two consecutive signals
Heat Sensor: 135° F exceeding the basic level are received within a specific
period of time, the time delay circuit triggers the SCR
Order Codes: 2-Wire Detector & Trim Ring switch to activate the alarm signal. The Status LED
White: SLR-835BH-2W lights continuously during alarm period.
Bone: SLR-835BH-2
4-Wire Detector & Trim Ring PRODUCT LISTINGS
White: SLR-835BH-4W Underwriters Laboratories: S1383
Bone: SLR-835BH-4 Factory Mutual: 3012444
CSFM #: 7272-690-0410:107

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Signals are processed in the comparator, and when two consecutive signals exceeding the basic level are received
within a specific period of time, the time delay circuit triggers the SCR switch to activate the alarm signal. The Status
LED lights continuously during alarm period.
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans HOCHIKI America SLR-835BH baseless photoelectric
smoke detectors. The combination detector head shall be UL listed compatible with an UL listed fire alarm panel.
The smoke detector shall have flashing status LED for visual supervision. When the detector is actuated, the
flashing LED will latch on steady at full brilliance. The detector may be reset by actuating the control panel
reset switch.
The detector shall have a sensitivity window verification feature.
The vandal resistant, security locking feature shall be used in those areas as indicated on the drawing. The
locking feature shall be field selectable.
It shall be possible to perform a functional test of the detector without the need of generating smoke. The
method shall simulate effects of products of combustion in the chamber to ensure testing of detector circuits.
Voltage and RF transient suppression techniques shall be employed to minimize false alarm potential.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
U.L. Listed Listed

Compatible End-of-Line
Control Device
Panel
U.L. Listed Listed

Control End-of-Line
Panel Device
U.L. Listed
Power
Supply
*24VDC Listed
End-of-Line
Relay
12 or 24VDC
U.L. Listed
Power
Supply
*12VDC
* Use either 12 OR 24VDC . They cannot be used simultaneously.
Hochiki America Corporation • SLR-835BH Specifications subject to change without notice.

SOM - SUPERVISED OUTPUT MODULE
SPECIFICATIONS
Supply Voltage (S-SC): 17-41 VDC

Auxiliary Supply Voltage: 18-30 VDC
Average Current Consumption: Normal 220 µA
(on S-SC Line) Maximum 300 µA
Current Consumption on Typical 150 µA
Auxiliary Power Lines:
Ambient Temperature: 32°F (0°C) ~ 120°F (49°C)
Mounting: 4" square electrical box
Maximum Output Current: 2A@30VDC power limited
Relative Humidity: 90% RH Non-condensing
STANDARD FEATURES
DESCRIPTION
• Flexible application.
• Quick response to emergency conditions. The Supervised Output Module (SOM), has been
• Operation parameters are maintained by the designed to provide application flexibility and quick
module, and individual communication with the response to emergency conditions. Flexibility is
control system during emergency conditions
provided by a wide range of operating modes, including
is not required.
supporting multi-zone operations, and/or functions, up
• Contacts are rated 2.0 Amps @ 30VDC.
to 16 different modulation patterns and multi-state
• Programming is highly flexible providing 16
priority states plus zoning capability. programming. The operating parameters for the SOM
Program status: are maintained by the module and do not require
• LED will flash red or green. individual communication with the control system
• Programmed device output is turned off, silenced, during emergency conditions to operate. The control
or programmed to modulate pattern. panel simply broadcasts system conditions on the
Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) and the SOMs do the rest
based upon the custom configuration. Each SOM
provides a Class B Individual Circuit rated for 2.0 Amp
@ 30 VDC. Each SOM also requires a 24 Volt power
source in addition to the SLC. Provide software
PRODUCT LISTINGS controlled LED indication: blinks green or red when
polled, or can be latched on.
Underwriters Laboratories of Canada: CS943
CSFM #: 7300-0410:150
FM#: 3022559

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, addressable Supervised Output Module (SOM).
The modules shall be UL listed and compatible with Hochiki FireNET fire alarm control panel. The device address
shall be electrically programmable and stored in EEPROM. A bi-colored LED shall indicate device status.
The SOM shall be supplied with a plastic cover and shall be suitable for mounting to a 4" square or double gang
electrical back box. The SOM shall provide a monitor LED that is visible from outside the cover plate.
Back side of a SOM
WIRING DIAGRAM
U.L. LISTED
0400-01046
DEVICE
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT (NAC) E.O.L. DEVICE
E.O.L.
NAC INSTALLATION WIRING SHALL NOT EXCEED PART NUMBER

50 OHMS (14-18 AWG.) 0400-01046
OUTPUT TO
COMPATIBLE
U.L. LISTED
DEVICES FOR
FIRE
PROTECTION
SIGNALING
SERVICE
DCP-SOM
OUT TO NEXT MODULE SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX TB2
U.L. LISTED REGULATED,
TB1 OUT TO POWER LIMITED SUPPLY FOR
2
24+
FIRE PROTECTION
NEXT SIGNALING SERVICE FOR
U.L. LISTED
SC MODULE AUDIBLE DEVICES. REFER
COMPATIBLE GND
TO CONTROL PANEL
FIRE CONTROL S MANUFACTURER'S
INSTALLATION
PANEL OUT+ INSTRUCTIONS.
1
ALL WIRING SHOWN ON TB1 OUT -

S5694
IS SUPERVISED AND
INHERENTLY POWER LIMITED SIGNALING DEVICE ALL WIRING SHOWN ON TB2
ISSUE NO. AH-9758 IS SUPERVISED AND
INHERENTLY POWER LIMITED
WARNING!!!
USE ONLY FPL, FPLR, OR
FPLP WIRING IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ARTICLE 760 OF THE
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.
Hochiki America Corporation SOM Specifications subject to change without notice.

DIMM - DUAL INPUT MONITOR MODULE
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Voltage: 17~41 VDC

Average Current Consumption: 600µA(Typical)
Alarm Current: 30mA
Dimensons: 4.2"W x 4.7"H x 1.4"D
Max. Humidity: 90% RH, non-condensing
DESCRIPTION
STANDARD FEATURES
The Hochiki Dual Monitor Module (DIMM) is designed
• Fast, reliable contact monitoring utilizing the for use on the FireNET analog addressable system.
Hochiki DCP (Digital Communications Protocol) It provides two independent contact monitoring cir-
• 127 devices can be used per DCP loop cuits while only utilizing one address on the SLC loop.
• Bi-colored indicating LED provides module status Up to 127 devices can be placed on a single SLC
loop. The device address is uniquely stored on an
• Dual input contact monitor
onboard EEPROM. The module can be programmed
• Can be programmed to monitor Normally Open to monitor normally open (NO) or normally closed
(NO) or Normally Closed (NC) contacts (NC) contact fire alarm and supervisory devices. The
• Operates on Class A or Class B SLC loop interrupt driven Digital Communication Protocol (DCP)
• Accepts up to 14 AWG wire combines maximum communication reliability and
• Mounts to 4" square gang box fast response to emergency conditions. The module
has a single bi-colored LED to indicate device sta-
tus. It fits into a standard 4" square or double gang
electrical back box.
PRODUCT LISTINGS
CSFM #: 7300-0410:150

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, addressable contact monitoring modules
Hochiki DIMM. The modules shall be UL listed and compatible with the Hochiki FireNET fire alarm control panel.
The device address shall be electrically programmable and stored in EEPROM. A bi-colored LED shall indicate
device status.
Back Side of a DIMM
WIRING DIAGRAM
U.L. LISTED
E.O.L. DEVICE 22K DCP-DIMM OUT TO NEXT MODULE
PART NUMBER Dual Input Monitor Module
0400-01000 TB2
TYPICAL WIRING FOR N/O CONTACTS ONLY
SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX -
+ +
TB1
Input A
E.O.L. DEVICE 22K
PART NUMBER
0400-01000 - S + + U.L. LISTED
COMPATIBLE
+ SC - - FIRE CONTROL
DEVICES MAY BE USED . Input B PANEL
-
TYPICAL WIRING FOR N/C CONTACTS ONLY
S5694
SIGNALING DEVICE AND INHERENTLY POWER LIMITED.

U.L. LISTED ISSUE NO. AU-6031
E.O.L. DEVICE 22K
E.O.L. DEVICE 22K PART NUMBER
0400-01000
PART NUMBER
0400-01000
CAUTION!
DO NOT CONNECT MORE
THAN ONE N/C CONTACT
TO AN INPUT!
Hochiki America Corporation DIMM Specifications subject to change without notice.

SPB-24N PROJECTED BEAM SMOKE DETECTOR
APPLICATION
The HOCHIKI America SPB-24N Projected Beam
Smoke Detector consists of an emitter and receiver.
The projected beam smoke detector should be placed
so that smoke generated by a fire will likely rise into the
path of the beam. The receiver is constantly monitoring
and measuring the intensity of the beam transmitted
by the emitter. Should the smoke from a fire cause a
decrease in the signal strength of a magnitude that
exceeds the programmed obscuration setting, an alarm
signal is generated.
The SPB-24N Projected Beam Smoke Detector can
provide vital fire detection in applications where other
types of detectors may not be able to respond quickly,
STANDARD FEATURES or at all, to a fire condition. Examples of some applica-
tions where projected beam smoke detectors have been
• Microprocessor based for reliability successfully used include:
• Simple setup & alignment with signal strength LED's atriums, gymnasiums, theatres, museums,
• Provides 60 feet on center linear protection at a factories, tunnels, churches, stables,
range of 32.8 feet to 328 feet anechoic chambers
• Automatic compensation for signal drift or dirty lens and high air velocity areas. The HOCHIKI America SPB-
24N Projected Beam Smoke Detector may also be used
• Three field adjustable sensitivity settings
in conjunction with more traditional spot type smoke
• Form A alarm and Form B trouble contacts detection devices to provide an even more comprehen-
• Calibrated filters available to verify sensitivity sive detection system.
• Color-coded emitter and receiver labels for easy
For more information on how to install the HOCHIKI
recognition
America SPB-24N Projected Beam Smoke Detector
consult the SPB-24N Installation Instruction Guide and
the applicable NFPAStandards for additional guidance.
SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATION
Rated Voltage 24VDC The near infrared pulsed beam generated by the emitter
Working Voltage 19VDC - 33VDC is sensed by the photodiode of the receiver, where it is
Supervisory Current 250µA @ 24VDC converted into an electrical signal. This signal is then
Alarm Current 20mA @ 24VDC amplified and applied, via an analog to digital converter,
Trouble Current 20mA @ 24VDC to a microprocessor. The normal state signal (the initial
beam data) once stored in the microprocessor is used
Ambient Temperature
as reference for comparison with subsequent beam
Range 32° F - 122° F signals.
Sensitivity Test Feature Manufacturers test filters
When there is a difference between actual beam strength
Dimensions 5.5" Tall
and stored reference data that exceeds the programmed
3.2" Wide
4.0" Deep PRODUCT LISTINGS
Mounting Wall mount or Underwriters Laboratories: S1383
Single Gang Box Factory Mutual: OD8A1.AY
CSFM #: 7260-0410:141

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
alarm obscuration reference level, a fire signal is produced. A trouble signal is generated if the beam is more than 90%
obstructed (as opposed to partially obscured by smoke).
The microprocessor also provides compensation for a change in received signal value, with time, caused by contamination
of the optics. Since such a change with time appears as a slow change in the beam signal, the microcomputer
compensates in such a manner that the signal moves closer to the reference data at a rate approximately +1% per
hour. When this compensating capability reaches a limit, the microcomputer automatically generates a trouble signal.
A calibrated test filter is available upon request to test and verify the sensitivity setting of the projected beam smoke
detectors.
The contractor shall furnish and install, where indicated on the plans, HOCHIKI America SPB-24N Projected Beam
Smoke Detector. The detector shall have a range of 32.8 feet to 328 feet. The projected beam smoke detector shall be
field adjustable to one of the three obscuration settings of 25%, 50% or 70% per span. These settings shall be capable
of being verified with calibrated filters. Side to side spacing shall be a maximum of 60 feet on center.
The projected beam smoke detector shall posses circuitry that automatically compensates for normal ambient changes
in the intensity of the emitted beam strength. The microprocessor shall provide compensation for a change in received
signal value, with time, caused by contamination of the optics. Since such a change with time appears as a slow
change in the beam signal, the microcomputer compensates in such a manner that the signal moves closer to the
reference data at a rate of approximately +1% per hour. When this compensating capability reaches a limit, the
microcomputer automatically generates a trouble signal.
The projected beam smoke detector(s) shall also signal a trouble condition if the beam has a blockage of 90% or more
than 20 seconds and automatically resets to normal when blockage is removed.
The projected beam smoke detector(s) shall be UL listed for these applications. Voltage and RF transient protection
shall be integral to the internal circuitry of the projected beam smoke detector so as to minimize false alarm potential.
To facilitate easy installation and setup, the projected beam smoke detectors shall employ signal strength indicating
LED's. Alignment shall be facilitated by turning an alignment adjustment wheel and monitoring the relative signal
strength based upon which LEDs are illuminated.
The detectors shall also illuminate a red LED, which is visible externally, when an alarm condition is indicated.
The projected beam smoke detector shall provide a Form "A" dry contact for alarm and Form "B" dry contact for trouble.
INSTALLATION
The HOCHIKI America SPB-24N Projected Beam Smoke Detector shall be installed in accordance with the Installation
Instruction Guide provided with every unit. Refer to the applicable NFPA Standards for additional guidance on spacing,
irregular ceiling surfaces and other design considerations.
FOUR WIRE CONNECTION TO THE CONTROL PANEL

Emitter Emitter
E2 E1 E2 E1
EOL-24
End of Line
24V + 24V 24V 24V 24V Resistor
24V - 0V 0V 0V 0V
F1 F1 F1 F1
Zone +
Zone - F2 F2 F2 F2
T1 T2 T1 T2
Control
Panel NOTE: EOLR-24 required
for power supervision.
NOTE: End of line relay and trouble contacts are closed

when power is applied.
Hochiki America Corporation SPB-24N Specifications subject to change without notice.

SRA-24 REFLECTIVE BEAM DETECTOR
APPLICATION
Hochiki's Reflective Beam Detector is designed for
smoke detection in large spaces such as halls, ware-
house, museums, theatres etc., where conventional
point detection is impractical or more costly. The unit
is not suitable for applications where strong or reflected
sunlight is present, in these instances the SPB-24N
should be considered. The unit detects smoke linearly
over the protected range enabling early detection be-
fore the fire spreads. Compact design, good looks and
flush mounting installation makes this unit ideal for fit-
ting in areas where architectural considerations are
important.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The Photoelectric reflective beam detector consists of
STANDARD FEATURES the SRA-24 unit and a reflector, which face each other
• Detector spacing from 25ft-100ft. at a distance of between 25ft and 100ft.
• Pulsed beam to reduce overall consumption and In the event of fire the smoke generated will decrease
improve the noise rejection characteristics. the amount of near infrared light energy on the
• Small flat reflector. SRA-24, this decrease is electronically interpreted to
• Automatic drift compensation.
identify the occurrence of fire. An important feature of
• Fire detection sensitivity can be set to 20% or
the detector is that it monitors the protected space
30% obscuration.
linearly. This enables the detector to identify a fire
before it spreads, even when the smoke is scattered
over a large area.
SPECIFICATIONS
The fire detection sensitivity is factory set at 20%
Operating Voltage 15-33Vdc
beam obscuration and it can be changed to 30% with
Stand-by Current 350µA at 24Vdc
a sensitivity switch.
Max Current In Alarm 50mA at 24Vdc
Operating Range 25ft - 100ft The status of the unit is indicated by three LEDs
Sensitivity 20% or 30% which are viewed through a unique lens that allows
Compensation 1% per Hr. ±50% good visibility from any viewing angle, particularly from
Reflector mounting ±10% beneath the unit. The LEDs indicate, Normal, Setup,
angle Fault and Fire Condition, so the user can verify which
unit is in alarm.
Operating Temp. Range 32°F to +100°F
Storage Temp. Range -22°F to +158°F The unit indicates a fault on the zone under the
Maximum Humidity 95%RH - Non condensing following conditions:
(at 104°F)
Color & Case Material Ivory ABS
• Compensation limit exceeded
Size: SRA-24 6" x 4.8" x 3.1"
• Total obscuration of beam
Reflector 7.5" x 7.5" x.1"
• Beam detector unit removed from zone
Weight: SRA-24 1.9 lbs (Including termination module)
Reflector 1.6 oz. PRODUCT LISTINGS
Factory Mutual:
CSFM #: 7260-0410:158

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
The contractor shall furnish and install, where indicated on the plans, HOCHIKI America SRA-24 Reflective
Beam Detector. The detector shall have a range of 25 feet to 100 feet. The beam smoke detector shall be
field adjustable to one of the two obscuration settings of 20%, or 30% per span. These settings shall be
capable of being verified with calibrated filters. Side to side spacing shall be a maximum of 60 feet on
center.
The reflective beam detector shall posses circuitry that automatically compensates for normal ambient
changes in the intensity of the emitted beam strength. The microprocessor shall provide compensation for
a change in received signal value, with time, caused by contamination of the optics. Since such a change
with time appears as a slow change in the beam signal, the microcomputer compensates in such a manner
that the signal moves closer to the reference data at a rate of approximately +1% per hour. When this
compensating capability reaches a limit, the microcomputer automatically generates a trouble signal.
The reflective beam detector(s) shall also signal a trouble condition if the beam has a blockage of 90% for
more than 20 seconds and automatically resets to normal when blockage is removed.
The reflective beam detector(s) shall be UL listed for these applications. Voltage and RF transient protec-
tion shall be integral to the internal circuitry of the reflective beam detector so as to minimize false alarm
potential.
To facilitate easy installation and setup, the reflective beam detectors shall employ signal strength indicat-
ing LED's. Alignment shall be facilitated by turning an alignment adjustment screws and monitoring the
relative signal strength based upon which LEDs are illuminated.
The detectors shall also illuminate a red LED, which is visible externally, when an alarm condition is indi-
cated.
The reflective beam detector shall provide a Form "A" dry contact for alarm and Form "B" dry contact for
trouble.
INSTALLATION
The HOCHIKI America SRA-24 Reflective Beam Detector shall be installed in accordance with the Instal-
lation Instruction Guide provided with every unit. Refer to the applicable NFPA Standards for additional
guidance on spacing, irregular ceiling surfaces and other design considerations.
TYPICAL WIRING
Reflector Reflector
End of Line Relay
End of Line
24V + 24V 24V 24V 24V Resistor
24V - 0V 0V 0V 0V
F1 F1 F1 F1
Zone +
Zone - F2 F2 F2 F2
T1 T2 T1 T2
Control
Panel
NOTE: End of line relay and trouble contacts are closed when power is applied.
Hochiki America Corporation SRA-24 Specifications subject to change without notice.

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
FOR SRA-24
PHOTOELECTRIC
REFLECTIVE BEAM
DETECTOR
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 1 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
Contents
Contents ............................................................................................................1
1. Overview .......................................................................................................3
1.1. General Description ......................................................................3
1.2. Detection principle........................................................................3
2. Installing The Detector .................................................................................4
2.1. Sighting .........................................................................................4
2.2. Installation.....................................................................................5
2.3. Opening the detector cover ...........................................................5
2.4. Field wiring ...................................................................................6
2.5. Reflector - Installation Procedure .................................................7
2.6. Adjustment & Calibration procedure............................................8
2.7 Testing the SRA-24........................................................................9
3. Maintenance..................................................................................................10
3.1. General ..........................................................................................10
3.2. Visual check..................................................................................10
3.3. Operation checks...........................................................................10
3.4. Precautions for insulation resistance checking .............................10
3.5. Re-initialization after cleaning or re-adjustment ..........................10
4. Summary OfTthe SRA-24's Functions...........................................................11
4.1. Alarm signal output and indicator lamp........................................11
4.2. Fault signal output and indicator lamp..........................................11
4.3. Indication of normal operation......................................................11
4.4. Total obscuration of the beam.......................................................11
4.5. Automatic compensation for change of SRA-24's signal
strength……………………………………………………………… 11
5. Specification..................................................................................................12
6. Troubleshooting ............................................................................................13
6.1. Monitor LED fails to flash............................................................13
6.2. Fire signal continues after reset ....................................................13
6.3. Fault signal cannot be reset……………………….......................13
6.4. Beam detector generates a fire but panel does not register the
condition….…………………………………………………………. 13
6.5. Beam detector generates a fault but panel does not register the
condition…………………………………………………………….. 13
7. Installation Guide Lines ...............................................................................14
7.1. General installation conditions .....................................................14
7.2. Installation in Saw-tooth type ceilings..........................................15
7.3. Installation in circular type ceilings..............................................15
7.4. Installation in sloped ceilings........................................................16
7.5. Installation in a monitor roof ........................................................16
7.6. Installation in corridors or aisles...................................................17
7.7. Installation precautions .................................................................18
7.8. Smoke patterns appropriate to the consideration of beam detector
installation…………………………………………………………… 19
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 2 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
1. Overview
1.1. General Description
The Photoelectric reflective beam detector consists of the SRA-24 unit and a reflector, which face
each other at a distance of between 25ft and 100ft.
In the event of fire the smoke generated will decrease the amount of near infrared light energy on the
SRA-24, this decrease is electronically interpreted to identify the occurrence of fire. An important
feature of the detector is that it monitors the protected space linearly. This enables the detector to
identify a fire before it spreads, even when the smoke is scattered over a large area.
The fire detection sensitivity is factory set at 20% beam obscuration and it can be changed to 30%
with a sensitivity switch.
1.2. Detection Principle
A near infrared pulsed beam generated by the SRA-24 and is reflected back to the unit, where it is
converted into an electrical signal. This signal is then amplified and applied via an A/D converter to a
micro-processor. The normal state signal (the initial beam data) once stored in the micro-processor is
used as a reference for comparison with subsequent beam signals.
When there is sufficient difference between actual beam strength and stored reference data to indicate
the occurrence of a fire, then a fire signal is produced.
The micro-processor also provides compensation for a change in received signal value with time,
caused by contamination of the optics or slight alignment changes. The processed signal is adjusted at
a rate of ±1% towards the reference data every hour. When the limit of compensation is reached the
micro-processor will automatically produce a fault signal.
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 3 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
2. Installing The Detector
2.1. Sighting
Select a suitable position for the installation of both SRA-24 and reflector, such that there are no
visible obstructions between them. Remember that the beam detector works on the principle of
reduction of light between the SRA-24 and reflector. If there is any possibility of an object remaining
within the beam for a few seconds then the sighting of the detector is unsuitable.
For mounting either the SRA-24 or reflector it is important to establish that the mounting place such as
the wall is solid and that the beam detector alignment will be rigid. The wall may appear to be solid, but
may be subject to twisting or other changes when the temperature outside the building varies greatly
during one day, for instance on cold, frosty days. The installer must ensure that the beam will not be
subject to misalignment due to changes in the building itself.
The spacing and sighting in specific types of locations is covered in section 7.

The beam detector must not be installed in the following locations:
⌦ Where the ceiling height is greater than 130ft
⌦ A roof top or place where open air circulates
⌦ Where the distance between top and bottom of the space is less than 18 inches
⌦ Where objects such as ceiling beams or girders are within 30 inches of the beam axis
⌦ In locations where a large amount of dust, fine powder or water vapor is present
⌦ In locations such as kitchens where smoke occurs normally
⌦ In locations which are exposed to extremely high temperatures
⌦ Where access to the beam detector is impossible for maintenance purposes
⌦ Where the rigid fixing of either the SRA-24 or reflector is impossible
⌦ Where access to the beam detector to align and set is impossible
⌦ Where there is not a clear line of site between the Receiver and Reflector
Warning
The SRA-24 is not solar blind, therefore the SRA-24 or reflector should not be installed where
they can be subjected to direct or reflected sunlight, i.e. via adjacent walls and reflective
surfaces. It is recommended that in these locations or where the beam detector may be
surrounded by glass, the SPB-24N should be fitted.
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 4 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
2.2. Installation
Please check that the beam detector contains the following components so installation can be carried
out:
# 1 SRA-24
# 1 Reflector (enclosed in packaging)
# 1 Mask
# 1 Installation manual
# 2 Installation Screws
# 1 SRA-24 mounting plate (termination module PCB on the back)
The termination module is designed to facilitate the installation of the SRA-24 beam detector to fire
cables using a standard surface/flush double gang installation box.
2.3. Opening The Detector Cover

Removal of the detector can be achieved by unscrewing the outer cover locking screw and pulling the
cover forward and then lifting the cover off of the locating slots at the top of the installation plate, the
cover is then retained by a anti-drop cable. The fixing plate screws should then be loosened (Figure 4-
1 & Figure 4-3) and the beam assembly can then be removed.
Figure 1 opening the detector housing
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 5 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
2.4. Field Wiring
The connection of this unit requires the use of a double gang installation box, either flush mount or
surface mount. Many equivalent type are usable providing that it has a minimum depth of 1.2 inches.
This item should be firmly fixed to the wall or other suitable mounting point first.
With reference to the wiring diagram Figure 2 & Figure 3 ensure that the field wiring is terminated
into the dual gang installation box.
Reflector Reflector End of Line R elay
End of Line R esistor

24 V+ 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
24 V- 0V 0V 0V 0V
F1 F1 F1 F1
Zone+
F2 F2 F2 F2
Zone-
T1 T2 T1 T2
C ontrol
Panel
Figure 2 wiring diagram
1 24V
2 24V
3 0V
4 0V
5 F1
6 F1
7 F2
8 F2
9 T1
10 T2
Figure 3 Termination PCB
Install the wires into the 10 position black connector of the Termination PCB (Figure 3).
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 6 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
Install the wires into the PCB then connect the pre-wired ribbon cable assembly to the socket on
the back plate (Figure 4-1), the back plate should then be screwed to the back box. Fix the beam
assembly to this by fitting the locating slots under the installation screws (Figure 4-2) and
pushing the beam up until the locating tabs can be dropped into the back plate (Figure 4-3). The
top installation screws should then be tightened, and the cover fitted to the beam detector once
the adjustment and calibration procedure has been completed see section 2.6.
4-2
4-1
4-3
Figure 4 Termination module
assembly
2.5. Reflector Installation Procedure

Reflector to wall mounting:
The reflector should be mounted using the .2 inch installation holes onto a flat surface with suitable
screws, care should be taken not to over tighten these screws as this could damage or distort the
reflector.
2” x 2”
Reflector
Reflector mask
Figure 5 Figure 6
If the SRA-24 is being used over a distance of 25ft-50ft then the mask should be fitted to the reflector
(figure 5). From distances of 50ft-100ft then the mask must not be fitted to the reflector (figure 6).
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 7 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
2.6. Adjustment & Calibration Procedure
The adjustment procedure should be carried out by powering up the SRA-24 and setting the switch to
calibrate, at this time the yellow LED will start to flash, Then using the sight holes and alignment
adjustment screws, the detector should be adjusted so the reflector can be seen in the center of the
sight hole. If the reflector is being used with the mask then the detector must be adjusted until the
black dot on the reflector is in the center of the sight hole.
Alignment with Alignment without

mask mask
Horizontal adjustment Vertical adjustment
When setting the SRA-24 up the set up switch must be set to calibrate, once alignment is completed
as above then the switch must be returned to the normal position.
Set up switch Sensitivity switch

Indication LED’s
Normal LEVEL2
Calibration LEVEL1
Set the sensitivity to the correct value using sensitivity switch. The sensitivity setting for the position
is shown below.
Switch Position Percentage Obscuration Coverage

Level 1 20% 25ft-50ft
Level 2 30% 50ft-100ft
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 8 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
The set up switch should now be set to the normal position, at this time the yellow and green
operating LED’s will be flashing this should last for one minute as the detector automatically adjusts.
When this has been completed the yellow LED will extinguish and the green LED will continue to
flash. If the adjustment isn’t completed satisfactorily then the yellow LED will flash on its own. The
cover should now be fitted and operation tests should now be carried out as described in section 2.7.
The SRA-24 has three LED’s mounted underneath the unit, these are yellow, green and red and are
illuminated depending on the current state of the SRA-24. Please find below a table showing the
various states of the SRA-24 and which LED’s will be illuminated.
LED 1 LED 2 LED 3

SRA-24 state Green Yellow Red
Beam in set up mode ⊗ ⊗
Operating satisfactorily ⊗
Beam in fault or calibration ⊗
⊗ See Note ⊗ See Note
Beam in Fire
●
⊗ - LED Flashing (once every 3 secs) ● - LED illuminated
Note: The Green and Yellow LED may flash depending on the power voltage in alarm.
2.7 Testing the SRA-24

After installing the detector or during periodic maintenance it is important to ascertain that the
detector has the correct fire sensitivity. This can be achieved by the use of filters.
Refer to the test filter usage table below.
Sensitivity setting (%) Type of test Filter Value

20 Operation 30%
Non-operation 10%
30 Operation 40%
Non-operation 20%
2.7.1 Operation check

The red alarm LED should light and an alarm signal should be transmitted to the control panel within
30 seconds after placing the appropriate filter in the front of detector.
2.7.2 Non-operation check
The SRA-24 should not operate within 30 seconds after placing the appropriate filter in the front of
detector.
Note: In order to avoid the influence of reflection of the test filter itself, insert the test filter within ½
inch from the surface of the detector.
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 9 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
3. Maintenance
3.1. General
The detector contains an automatic compensation function, which allows the detector to operate
correctly even when the amount of signal reaching the SRA-24 has changed (the compensation rate is
±1%/hour). This means that minor changes due to contamination and beam alignment will not affect
the sensitivity of the detector. There is of course a limit that the detector can compensate for and this
is -50% and +50% of the initial setting. In order to maintain proper performance the detector should
be checked every six months.
3.2. Visual Check
Check the condition of both the reflector and SRA-24 for physical damage or any other condition that
might impair proper operation. Ensure that both the SRA-24 and reflector are still firmly secured to
the wall or other mounting point.
If necessary clean the lens cover or reflector with a damp soft cloth. Washing liquid, alcohol or
detergent must not be used.
3.3. Operation Checks
Perform the sensitivity check function as defined in section 2.7.
3.4. Precautions For Insulation Resistance Checking
If the wiring to a beam detector is to be tested for insulation resistance using a high voltage tester
such as a Megger, the wiring to the beam detector must be disconnected from the detector by
disconnecting the white terminal connector from the PCB will enable testing to be carried out.
3.5. Re-initialization After Cleaning Or Re-adjustment

Because the beam detector contains sophisticated processing algorithms to take account of
fluctuations in the beam intensity and alignment, if during routine maintenance the beam detector
lenses have been cleaned or re-aligned then it will be necessary to make the detector read and store its
initial value. This can be achieved by moving the set up switch to the calibration position for 10
seconds and then moving it back to the normal position.
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 10 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
4. Summary Of The SRA-24's Functions
4.1. Alarm Signal Output And Indicator Lamp
When the beam is obscured by an amount that exceeds the sensitivity setting of the detector then a
fire signal is produced lighting the red LED on the SRA-24. It should be noted that the SRA-24 has a
sophisticated processing and analyzing circuit and therefore a fire will not occur immediately the
obscuration exceeds the sensitivity value, but will take typically 11 to 16 seconds to produce the fire
signal. The fire decision is based on an averaging technique and therefore the time to fire alarm will
vary depending on the level of obscuration and the sensitivity setting.
4.2. Fault Signal Output And Indicator Lamp
4.2.1. General
The beam detector may produce a fault condition for one of many different reasons, which will
depend on whether the detector has just been set up or is in normal operation, when this occurs the
yellow fault LED on the SRA-24 will be illuminated and flash.
4.2.2. After adjustment/re-initialization
The beam detector will produce a fault after or during adjustment for one of the following reasons:
⌦ The set up switch was left in the calibrate position
⌦ The signal strength is too high or too low.
4.2.3. During normal operation
The beam detector will produce a fault during normal operation for one of the following reasons:
⌦ The limit of contamination has been reached. The detector is only able to compensate for
contamination or alignment change up to a certain point.
⌦ The obscuration is greater than 90%.
⌦ The signal level increased rapidly from initial value.
4.3. Indication Of Normal Operation
When the SRA-24 has been set up correctly then the green LED mounted underneath the case will
flash every 3 seconds to confirm that the detector is operating satisfactorily.
4.4. Total Obscuration Of The Beam
If the beam detector is totally obscured, the green LED will continue flash and the yellow fault LED
will flash, a fault signal will then be produced at the fire alarm panel.
4.5. Automatic Compensation For Change of SRA-24's Signal Strength
From the time that the beam detector is initialized, the signal at the SRA-24 is checked every 60
minutes for variation and will be altered by ±1% back towards the original stored value. The beam
detector will store the initialization value, when the set up switch is moved from calibrate to normal.
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 11 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
5. Specification
Installation Environment Indoor use only
Principle of Operation Light beam obscuration (near infra-red)
Rated voltage 24V (nominal)
Operating voltage range 15.0 ~ 33V dc
Peak surge voltage 42V
Current in alarm 50mA
Quiescent current 350µA
Compensation method 1% every hour. towards initial value
Compensation limits +50% to -50% of the initial value
Fire condition Red fire LED on SRA-24 illuminated
Fault condition Yellow fire LED on SRA-24 flashes
Monitor condition Set up condition: Both green and yellow LED's flash
Normal operation: Green LED flashes
Monitor condition flash repetition time 1 per 3 seconds

Minimum time needed to reset from fire 100msec
Minimum time needed before beam can reset after fire 3 seconds
produced
Output Contacts Alarm signal (N/O, dry contact)

Fault signal (N/C, dry contact)
Operating temperature range -10°C to 50°C
Maximum humidity 95% R.H. non-condensing
Beam length 25ft to 100ft
Sensitivity 20%, 30% obscuration
Size Reflector: 7.5” x 7.5” x .1”
SRA-24: 6” x 4.8” x 3.1”
Weight (without termination module) Reflector: 1.6oz. SRA-24: 1.9lbs
Color White Ivory (Black lens)
Housing material ABS resin
Reflector material Expanded Polyvinyl Chloride
Reflector sheet Aluminum metallic acrylic film
Mounting Wall mounting
Reflector mounting angle +/- 10°
Connection method Termination module: terminal connection
Wiring method Termination module: 3 or 4 wire configuration
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 12 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
6. Troubleshooting
The following conditions relate to the SRA-24 itself.
6.1. Monitor LED Fails To Flash
The monitor LED should flash every 3 seconds if it does not the reason may be as follows:
⌦ Power supply voltage to the SRA-24 less than 15V
⌦ SRA-24 is damaged
Ensure that the SRA-24 has been powered for more than 60 seconds and that the power at the SRA-
24 is greater than 15V.
Note: If the set up switch position is “Calibration”, or power supply voltage is less than 15V, only
yellow LED will flash.
6.2. Fire Signal Continues After Reset
When a fire has occurred there may be certain circumstances that will prevent the beam detector from
resetting. These are:
⌦ There is an obstruction of the optical path between reflector and SRA-24. Ensure there is
no obstruction.
⌦ The optical axis has been altered suddenly. The beam will need re-alignment.
⌦ Insufficient time between fire and reset. At least 3 seconds are required before resetting
the beam after the fire signal has occurred.
6.3. Fault Signal Cannot Be Reset
If a fault has been generated without any obvious reason, it has occurred due to one of the following
reasons:
⌦ Contamination limit has been exceeded (light received has changed by more than 50%)
To clear this condition the set up and adjustment procedure should be repeated after
cleaning detector and reflector.
⌦ Beam detector has totally been obscured or light received has rapidly increased. The
reason will be the same as for 6.2 above.
6.4. Beam Detector Generates a Fire But Panel Does Not Register the Condition
⌦ The zone is incorrectly wired to the beam detector. The wiring must be done in
accordance with the relevant wiring diagram
6.5. Beam Detector Generates a Fault But Panel Does Not Register the
Condition
⌦ The zone is incorrectly wired to the beam detector. The wiring must be done in
accordance with the relevant wiring diagram.
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 13 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
7. Installation Guide Lines
The Hochiki SRA-24 beam detector must be installed according to the requirements laid out in
National or local standards. The following guidelines for installation are provided to give information
in certain installation conditions where no advise or regulations are provided by the relevant standard.
7.1. General Installation Conditions

The diagram in Figure 7 relates to the typical installation condition i.e. in a long straight area and
details the sighting positions of the beam detector.
H=ceiling height h=mounting height

l1=side wall distance l2=back wall distance
P=distance between optical axes L=distance between Reflector/SRA-24
If H ≤ 50ft then use beam detectors at locations 1 and 2

If H > 50ft then beam detectors should be mounted at locations 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5
For Detectors at 1 and 2 For detectors at 3, 4 and 5

h ≤ 0.8H h' = 0.5H
l1 ≤ 30ft l1'≤ 15ft
l2 ≤ 15ft
P ≤ 60ft P' ≤ 45ft
L = 25ft to 100ft L = 25ft to 100ft
Figure 7 General installation conditions
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 14 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
7.2. Installation in Saw-Tooth Type Ceilings
In installations where there is a saw-tooth shape to the ceiling the detectors should be mounted with
the axis either in condition A or condition B according to Figure 8. If the height of the ceiling 'a' is
greater than 0.2'H' do not install with the axis according to line B.
Figure 8 Installation in saw-tooth shaped roofs
7.3. Installation In Circular Type Ceilings

The installation in a cylindrical or circular roofed building should be in accordance with Figure 9. In
the case of the cylindrical roof position A or B for the detector's axis is acceptable.
Figure 9 Installation in circular shaped ceilings
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 15 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
7.4. Installation In Sloped Ceilings
The installation for a sloped type roof or ceiling will be as shown in Figure 10. Either position A or B
is acceptable for installation of the SRA-24.
Figure 10 Installation under a sloped ceiling
7.5. Installation In a Monitor Roof

The installation for a monitor roof should be performed as in Figure 11. The detector's installation
height should be 0.8H or higher. If there is ventilation in the top part of the roof then the detector
must be placed below the opening. The detector should be installed in accordance with the following
height restriction: H-a > h ≥ 0.8H
Figure 11 Installation in a monitor roof
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 16 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
7.6. Installation In Corridors Or Aisles
7.6.1. Closed corridor
When the detector is installed in a corridor with a closed corner it is possible to use just one detector
as shown in Figure 12 providing that the distance L is less than 24ft.
Figure 12 Installation in a closed corridor
7.6.2. Corridor with open adjoining aisle

When the detector is installed in a corridor with an area adjoining which is open as shown in Figure
13, it is necessary to consider the adjoining area as a separate detection area.
Figure 13 Installation in an open corridor
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 17 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
7.6.3. Corridor with corners
When the detector is installed in a corridor with a bend and an aisle as shown in Figure 14 it will be
necessary to use at least 2 beam detectors to cover the corridors. If the distance P is greater than 50ft
then another beam detector will need to be installed at point C.
Figure 14 Installation in a corridor with corners

7.7. Installation Precautions
The following precautions are necessary when installing beam detectors:
⌦ In a room where an air inlet is positioned in the ceiling the beam detector should be
placed near to the air inlet.
⌦ Select an appropriate installation place where the detector is unaffected by air being
drawn into a ventilated opening.
⌦ The distance between the SRA-24 and the wall immediately behind the SRA-24 should
be less than 24ft.
⌦ If more than one detector is installed they must be positioned in such a manner that they
cannot affect each other’s operation.
⌦ The detector should be positioned such that a shutter or hanging wall will not affect it.
⌦ The detector should be positioned such that it will be unaffected by moving objects.
⌦ The detector should not be installed in a rooftop or place where open air circulates.
⌦ The detector should be installed where the distance between top and bottom of the space
is greater than 18 inches.
⌦ The monitoring distance between the reflector and SRA-24 is 25ft to 100ft and the
maximum distance of coverage between the line of the beam is 24ft.
⌦ If there is a probability of people walking in the area of the beam then the beam detector
should be installed at least 9ft from the floor.
⌦ The beam detector should not be installed at a height greater than 80ft unless the fire
detection system is connected directly to the fire brigade or via a central station and rapid
attendance by the fire brigade is possible. In any case the maximum installation height is
130ft.
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 18 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
7.8. Smoke Patterns Appropriate To The Consideration of Beam Detector
Installation
Height in feet
131
98
65
32
[A] This pattern is produced by hotter burning fires and is very narrow at ground
level. Therefore, it may be easier to detect at a higher level or at the ceiling.
[B] This type of smoke produced by a smouldering fire will not rise above 50ft
and therefore to cover this type of risk it is necessary to install the detector
below 50ft.
[C] This smoke pattern will be detected by detectors installed at any height.
Figure 15 Typical smoke patterns

Buena Park, CA 90621-2268 USA
Tel (714) 522-2246
Fax (714) 522-2268
Technical Support
Tel: (800) 845-6692
Fax: (714) 690-7890
E-MAIL: technicalsupport@hochiki.com
DWG. # HA-06-100
Page 19 of 19 3/02
Part # 1700-10160
SZA-NA(FM) HIGH SENSITIVITY SMOKE
DETECTION SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
The Hochiki America SZA-NA(FM) high sensitivity
smoke detection system is capable of detecting
minute particles of smoke. The SZA-NA(FM) is ideal
for applications where response time is critical. It
provides the earliest response to fires available. The
SZA-NA(FM) provides a detection solution for rooms
with high air flow, and rooms with large open spaces.
SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply 24 VDC ± 10% 0.5A or less
STANDARD FEATURES Current Output
4-20mA DC output (Receiving resistance: 100 ohm or less)
• Detects very low density smoke Contact Output
• 200 m2 detection area (2150 ft2) Alarm 1 output, Alarm 2 output , Alarm 3 output,
• No filter necessary & System Fault output
• N/O or N/C alarm contacts form A, form B Contact Capacity
• Automatic and manual laser tests 24 VDC, 0.5A or less (each contact output)
• Four selectable sensitivity ranges:
Contact Output Logic
*Sensitivity 1: 0.005 to 0.1%/m (0.002 to 0.03%/ft)
NO (form A) or NC (form B) selectable
by a jumper pin
AC Power Supply Monitoring Input
NO (form A) or NC (form B) selectable
• 3 alarm levels: by system setting
*Alarm 1 (low)
Internal Wiring Heat-resistance shielded wires
*Alarm 2 (medium)
*Alarm 3 (high) Materials
Body & panel: Steel plate of 0.8 mm thick, baked painting
Display operating panel: Steel plate of 1.0 mm thick
Colors
Body & panel: Munsell 2.5Y9/1 or equivalent
Display operating panel: Munsell 5Y6/0.5 or equivalent
Weight Approximately 8.2 lbs. (3.7kg.)
Dimensions 12.48" W x 8.86" H x 4.00" D
317mm x 225mm x 102mm
Exploded View of Front Panel Operating Temperature 14°F to 122°F
(-10 ºC to +50 ºC)
PRODUCT LISTINGS
Installation Indoor (Non-condensing)
Accessory Dedicated flexible pipe
3026973
Continued on back.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
OPERATION
An aspirating smoke detection system continuously draws air from the monitored area into the sampling pipes. The
air is drawn from the sampling pipes into the main sampling unit. In the main sampling unit, the air is analyzed by
very sensitive laser detection components. The laser detection components constantly monitor for the presence of
smoke particles.
If smoke particles are detected, the unit will activate the alarm output relays in accordance with the sensitivity
selected and the alarm level reached. The SZA-NA(FM) High Sensitivity Smoke Detector is between 20 and 1000
times more sensitive than spot-type smoke detectors. The SZA-NA(FM) has three alarm stages. Alarm 1 is the
lowest obscuration alarm (high sensitivity), activating when very small amounts of smoke are detected. The Orange
Alarm 1 LED will light, and the Alarm 1 relay will activate. As the smoke density reaches alarm level 2, the Red
Alarm 2 LED will light and Alarm 2 relay will activate. As the smoke density reaches alarm level 3, the Red Alarm 3
LED will flash and the Alarm 3 relay will activate.
The SZA-NA(FM) is ideal for use in areas such as computer server rooms, clean rooms, telecommunication
equipment rooms, medical equipment/operating rooms, power generation plants, and many other applications. By
continuously sampling the area, the SZA-NA(FM) can provide the earliest warning of the presence of smoke, even
before the smoke is visible to the human eye.
4
3
1 – Relay Connections 2 – Jumpers (N/O or N/C) 3 – Programming Display

4 – Fan Unit 5 – Laser Unit and Air Flow Sensor 6 – 24 VDC Fuse
TERMINAL BLOCK MOUNTING
Hochiki America Corporation SZA-NA(FM) Specifications subject to change without notice.

SRM-SOLENOID RELEASING MODULE
APPLICATION
This module will be connected to a SLC loop utilizing
the Hochiki DCP (digital communications protocol).
The DCP-SRM will provide a supervised 24 VDC output
to a fire alarm releasing solenoid or squib agent
release supervision circuit.
OPERATION
There are separate wiring terminals provided for both
STANDARD FEATURES the Solenoid and Agent Release Module (ARM)
• Solenoid output with supervision for open and short devices. Although there are two sets of terminals, this
circuit conditions. Check on supervised status module can only be used for one type at a time. The
occurs upon receipt of an A-D command ARM end-of-line (EOL) resistor must be removed when
• Output relay rate to supply 2A @ 30 VDC for the used with a solenoid. A panel command allows the
solenoid load user to choose which type of device is being controlled
• Addressable FET switch used to control output for and supervised. In the event of an alarm condition, the
extra security in releasing functions module will be activated to supply up to 2 amps of
• Activation pulse time from 1-127seconds in 1 current to the solenoid or ARM devices. The solenoid
second intervals or 1-127 minutes in 1 minute activation time is programmable at the DCP control
intervals. panel.
• Visible Bi-colored LED is software controlled and can
be programmed to blink red or green when polled. Solenoid activating pulse time can be programmed
The LED can be latched on when activated. from 1 second to 127 second in 1 second intervals or
• Programmed with DCP expansion mode commands from 1 minute to 127 minutes in 1 minute intervals.
or with a handheld programmer The output can also be latched on until commanded to
SPECIFICATIONS be turned off by the control panel.
Absolute Max Applied Voltage: S, SC: 41VDC
AUX+, AUX-: 26VDC
Supply Voltage Nominal: S, SC : 33VDC
AUX+, AUX-: 24VDC
Normal Current Consumption (S, SC): 220µA
Maximum Current Consumption (S, SC): 300µA PRODUCT LISTINGS
Normal AUX+, AUX- Consumption: 1.2mA Underwriters Laboratories: S5694
(Max. 2Amp load) Underwriters Laboratories of Canada: CS943
Maximum Output Current to SOL+, SOL-: 2A @ 30VDC CSFM #: 7300-0410:150
End Of Line Device: 2.7K Ohm MEA Report # 284-91-E Vol. IV
Humidity: 90% RH, Non-Condensing

Phone: 714/522-2246 • Fax: 714/522-2268
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, the Hochiki addressable Solenoid Releasing
Module (SRM). The modules shall be UL listed compatible with the Hochiki HAX-2000 fire alarm control panel.
The device address shall be electrically programmable and stored in EEPROM. A bi-colored LED shall indicate
device status.
The SRM shall fit inside a single gang electrical back box. The SRM shall be supplied with a plastic cover and
shall be suitable for mounting to a 4" square or double gang electrical back box. The SRM shall provide a monitor
LED that is visible from outside the cover plate.
Back side of a SRM
Hochiki America Corporation • SRM Specifications subject to change without notice.

TCH-B100 HAND-HELD PROGRAMMER
APPLICATION
TCH-B100 is designed for use with all analog sensors

and modules.
ADDRESS SETTING:
1. Install sensor onto programmer, ensuring that

sensor protrusions align with programmer grooves.
2. Press the left gray button to switch programmer on.
A battery check message will appear followed by
the device's address (Unprogrammed sensors will
read address 127).
STANDARD FEATURES 3. Set the required address by incrementing the left
and right gray buttons (the display will show three
• Compact unit red flashing dots if the address being programmed
• Easy to use is different from the device's current address).
• Provides address setting and reading 4. When the desired address is present, press the red
• Can be used on both sensors and modules button to store that address. The three red dots on
the display will no longer be present.
• Has the diagnostic ability to display the
analog value
• Over 8000 address settings from one battery.
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated Voltage: 9 VDC
Battery: 9 VDC
Weight: 0.34 lbs
PRODUCT PARTS
Length: 6 1/4"
• 9 Volt Battery
Color: White
• Remote Programming Cables
Continued on back

Phone: 714/522-2246 • Fax: 714/522-2268
Remote Programming
Jack
Programming Buttons
Display
PROGRAMMING BUTTONS:
LEFT GRAY BUTTON Power on. Automatically reads the addresss of a sensor.
Subsequent operations will advance the device address by ten.
RIGHT GRAY BUTTON Power off. Advances the device address by one.
RED BUTTON Stores the displayed address to the device and is used to read sensor analog
levels.
NOTE: Prior to programming, ensure battery is connected.
Remote Programming Cable

(All Modules except DCP-FRCME-S)
To Remote
Programming Jack

(DCP-FRCME-S)
TESTING A SENSOR
Note: Ionization sensors require a 30 second stabilization period before analog value reading should be taken.
1. Install the sensor and power up programmer as previously described on page 1

2. Press the “Red” button. An “A” will appear on the display followed by the analog value. The
value will be continuously updated for three minutes
3. The “ALG’ photoelectric sensor should have a value displayed of between 56-63. The “AIE”
ionization sensor should have a value displayed of between 52-73.
Values out of these ranges indicate that the sensor chamber has become contaminated. Refer to technical
bulletin “HA-96” for proper servicing instructions or return sensor to factory for servicing.
DISPLAY MESSAGES:
bAt- On upon power up (battery check). Also on when battery is low. Low battery good for up to 3,000
address setting operation.
E0 - Attempting to set an address beyond 127.
E1 - Attempting to program an address with no device connected.
E2 - Can not find device after power up.
E3 - Invalid sensor response.
E4 - Can not find the device program.
E5 - Device read error.
E6 - Fail during Analog value reading
Hochiki America Corporation • TCH-B100 Hand-Held Programmer Specifications subject to change without notice.
TRT-A100 SMOKE DETECTOR TESTER/REMOVAL TOOL
APPLICATION
The HOCHIKI America TRT-A100 Smoke Detector Tester/
Removal Tool enables the user to access, test, remove
and reinstall the SIH and SLK series smoke detectors.
The detectors, manufactured with a magnetically
activated dual reed switch for sensitivity testing, can be
sensitivity tested. This meets the requirements of a UL
listed calibrated test without the use of combustion
materials.
The TRT-A100 is in compliance with the test requirements

outlined in the NFPA 72 Inspection, Testing and
Maintenance, Chapter 7.
OPERATION
Test Procedure
This method of sensitivity testing is designed only for

HOCHIKI America smoke detector models SIH and SLK
Series that contain a label which identities this specific
feature. See below. DO NOT attempt to use this method
STANDARD FEATURES of sensitivity testing on detectors without this label.
• Combination tester/removal.
• Tests Hochiki America smoke detectors with a
dual reed switch.
• Choose either a Hand held or 15' stainless steel
• No combustion material needed.
• No meter, batteries, or screwdriver required.
• UL listed.
• Meets outlined requirements in the NFPA 72
Inspection, Testing and Maintenance, Chapter 7. Conduct the testing with detector wired to appropriate
initiating circuit or current limited power source and with
SPECIFICATIONS normal applied power. Abnormal or low power conditions
Detector Tester/Removal Tool may effect sensitivity. Always reset the power before
you test the next unit.
Dimensions 3.4" D x 2.4" H
Material Highly durable PVC 1. Place the TRT-A100 onto the detector aligning the
molded plastic orange arrow shown on the removal/test tool with
Color Gray-provides visible contrast the tamper resistant set screw on the detector.
Alignment One side for test, one side 2. Wait six to eight seconds. Detector SHOULD NOT
for removal. Color-coded alarm.
labels for easy visibility Continued on back.
Tester/Removal Tool Handle
Options Hand Held or Extension Pole PRODUCT LISTINGS
Dimensions Pole extends to 15'
Material Stainless steel with Underwriters Laboratories: S1316
easy grip black handle MEA Report #: 284-91-E Vol. II

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
3. If the detector does alarm when the removal/test tool is placed in this position, the detector is not within specified
sensitivity limits and may require service.
4. Rotate the TRT-A100 one-half circle (180°). Align white arrow shown on tester tool with tamper resistant set
screw.
5. Wait six to eight seconds. Detector SHOULD alarm and the indicator LED should remain lit.
6. If detector does not alarm when the TRT-A100 is positioned correctly, may not within specified sensitivity limits
and may require service. See Technical Bulletin HA-88 (November '96) for more information.
Removal Procedure
This section explains how to use the HOCHIKI America TRT-A100 Tester/Removal Tool to remove smoke detectors
from their bases.
1. Flip the TRT-A100 so the five small arrows located beneath the white orange arrows are point upward.
2. Fit the TRT-A100 to the detector and lock into place.
3. To remove a detector, rotate the TRT-A100 to the left (counterclockwise).
4. To install a detector, rotate the TRT-A100 to the right (clockwise).
Hochiki America Corporation TRT-A100 Specifications subject to change without notice.

TSA-B110 SMOKE DETECTOR SENSITIVITY TESTER
DESCRIPTION
The Hochiki America TSA-B110 Smoke Detector Sen-
sitivity Tester is designed for efficient and accurate test-
ing of the sensitivity of smoke detectors. For ease of
use in field applications the tester is easy to transport
and compact. Two densitometer circuits allow the TSA-
B110 Smoke Detector Sensitivity Tester to test both
ionization and photoelectric smoke detectors.
The TSA-B110 Smoke Detector Sensitivity Tester is a

sensitive piece of electronic equipment. The unit must
be used in a temperature range of 50°F to 86°F. Sudden
jarring or dropping of the TSA-B110 may damage the
unit. Operation will be affected if proper care is not
taken.
OPERATION
STANDARD FEATURES 1. Pull out the measuring unit drawer to expose the
• Tests the sensitivity of Hochiki's previous model meters and AC plug connector.
photoelectric and ionization smoke detectors. 2. Remove the AC cord. Connect one end to the AC
plug connector and the other end to a 120VAC
• Lightweight and portable for easy use in the field.
electrical outlet.
• Obscuration/sensitivity testing similar to that of a 3. Turn the AC source switch on. The circulating fan
UL 268 Smoke Box. starts.
• Voltage Adjustment Knob easily changes tester 4. Allow five minutes for warm-up to ensure stability
voltage to the rated voltage of the detector. of the testing circuits.
• Indicator lamp automatically lights at completion 5. Open the top cover and locate the wire leads and
of testing. clip.
6. If you are using a detector base, connect the wire
leads to this base and mount the base to the
wooden installation plate provided.
Terminal Markings: Source cable (not used)
Signal line (+)
Common line (-)
SPECIFICATIONS
Configuring the TSA-B110
Rated Voltage 120 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Source Voltage 108V - 132V AC 7. Use the photo/ion change-over switch to
choose the type of detector (ION or PHOTO) which
Smoke Generating is to be tested.
Material SM-101-P Punk Stick 8. Use the voltage adjustment knob to adjust the
Operating Temperature voltage to agree with the rated voltage of the detec-
Range 50°F to 86°F tor being tested (for SLK-12 use 17.0 VDC).
9. Use the densitometer “0” adjustment knob to
Dimensions 15.74" x 11.02" x 7.87" set the pointer to zero (0).
Continued on back.
Weight 13 Lbs.

Phone: 714/522-2246 Fax: 714/522-2268
Testing a Detector
10. Place a detector to be tested into the base in the sensitivity tester’s smoke chamber and close the lid.
11. Insert an ignited punk stick into the smoke-producing chamber on the lower right side. When the detector
alarms, an indicator lamp lights, the meter locks, and a buzzer sounds.
12. Observe the value indicated by the meter (a holding circuit locks the meter in place for about one minute).
13. Remove the punk stick and open the top cover.
14. Remove the detector. Smoke will be exhausted and the densitometer meter will reset to “0”. The lamp and
buzzer function will clear at this time.
Repeat Steps 7 through 14 to test additional detectors.
AC SOURCE SWITCH
VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT
KNOB
DENSITOMETER “0”
ADJUSTMENT KNOBS
SMOKE-PRODUCING
PHOTO/ION
CHAMBER
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH
MAINTENANCE
Maintaining the TSA-B110 will assure many years of reliable use. It is recommended the maintenance be
performed by qualified personnel every two years. Consult with your Hochiki distributor for a technician in your area.
NOTE: Hochiki America Corporation recommends returning the TSA-B110 to the factory every two years for
calibration to ensure optimum performance.
Hochiki America Corporation TSA-B110 Specifications subject to change without notice.

H E AT D E T E C T O R T E S T E R S
fast
efficient
convenient
innovative
safe
patented
30ft reach
CAT™
Heat Detector Testing: Why and How ?
National standards require that heat detectors are tested regularly by application of a heat source.
The SOLO™ range includes two professional, alternative Or, for those seeking a lower cost solution,
solutions to meet that requirement:
2. The SOLO 409 provides a powerful heat source
1. The cordless SOLO 461, incorporating the innovative contained within the transparent cup, which enables a view
CAT™ (Cross Air Technology), activates 95% of all spot of the illuminated LED upon successful activation.
type heat detectors (fixed temperature, rate of rise and
combination) within seconds and many times faster While the SOLO 409 does need a power cord, it is nonetheless a
than previous designs. professional heat detector testing tool, designed for safe use in
the appropriate environment without causing damage to the
The rechargeable Battery Batons™, mounted inside the heat detector.
access pole, enable safe and efficient testing without any
trailing cords or the need for a safety transformer.
SOLO RANGE INTEGRATION

Both products integrate with the universal SOLO™ range, which represents today's most advanced system for
testing, removing and replacing both smoke and heat detectors at heights up to 30ft.
SOLO 409
HEAT TESTER
The SOLO 409 is a professional and robust tool for testing heat
detectors fitted at heights up to 30ft. Unlike the SOLO 461, it
does require a power cord lead but, conversely, does not require any
special energy saving features.
● Designed for use on fixed temperature, rate of rise and

combination detectors.
● Suitable for any model of spot type heat detector fitted at heights of
up to 30ft.
● Large clear cup fits over detector enabling a clear view of the
detector LED.
● Tests detectors up to 194˚F operating temperature.
● Thermal cut-out for added protection.
What is CAT™ ? Under the control of a microprocessor,
The revolutionary and patented CAT™ (Cross Air Technology) system applies blown air is heated by the element
just before exiting the duct. The narrow
the stimulus directly to the sensor in the most efficient way possible - horizontally.
opening focuses the heat into a 'beam'.
In the case of heat detector testing, CAT™:

● Reduces test times dramatically.
● Sets detectors into alarm more rapidly than any other safe technique.
● Uses the minimum power necessary, thereby extending battery life.
● Suits rate of rise, fixed temperature and combination detectors up to 194˚F.
● Minimises the possibility of heat damage to the plastic of the detector.
For tests on combination rate of rise / non-restorable detectors, a silicon baffle is supplied
to ensure correct airflow. energy efficient
The SOLO 461 incorporates a 'reference platform', which ensures that the 'beam' of heated
air is lined up correctly with the sensor, whatever size and shape of detector.
Under the control of a microprocessor, blown air is heated by the element
just before exiting the duct. The narrow opening focuses the heat into a 'beam'.
Because the hot 'beam' of air is targeted directly at the sensor, substantial amounts of energy
and time are saved. This design allows many more tests per Battery Baton™ than ever before.
SOLO 461 CORDLESS (CAT™) HEAT TESTER

The SOLO 461 provides a solution for testing heat detectors that is second to none.
Its patented design is convenience itself, while offering the fastest functional test possible
in the safest and most controlled way.
● Heat is directed straight at the detector sensor.

● Sets 95% of all heat detector types into alarm within seconds.
● Tests detectors up to 30ft with SOLO universal access poles.
● No cords - power from Battery Baton™ is delivered to unit via the frame.
● Uses same Battery Batons™ and charger as previous model - no need to buy new ones.
● Infra-red beam is broken by detector to activate heat generation.
● Microprocessor control maintains constant heat and airflow with variations in battery voltage.
● Goes into standby after 120 secs of use for protection.
● Switches off completely after 5 minutes in standby for further protection.
● Supplied with 2 Battery Batons™ and fast charger
(operates from 110 / 120V, AC supply
or 12V DC car battery).
Specifications
SOLO 461 (CATTM Cordless)
Suitable detector types : Spot type, Rate of Rise, Fixed Temperature and Combination up to 194ºF
Maximum detector size : Any - so long as the sensing element can be targeted by the heat source
Number of test: Typically 50 tests of 30 secs duration per Battery BatonTM
Limitless, if using one Battery Baton™ while charging another
Maximum height: Up to 10ft using SOLO 461 alone. Up to 30ft using SOLO extension poles
Approvals: CE Mark
UL listed (charger)
Safety Features: Battery over-current cut-out
Element safety cut out after 120 seconds
Auto power off after 5 mins
Operating features: Color coded LED user feedback
Automatic infrared sensing of detector
Multi position head
1 hour recharge time for Battery Baton™ (car - 12V DC or 110 / 120V AC)
Other interchangeable equipment available in Environment: Operating temperature 40ºF to 115ºF
the range includes: Storage Temperature 15ºF to 120ºF
Humidity: 0-85% RH non-condensing
● Functional smoke detector tester.
Relevant Weights and Dimensions
● A single universal detector removal / Weight Dimensions
extraction tool. Solo 460: 21oz Inside diameter 4in approx
Solo 720: 18oz Diameter 1.15in, Length 19.3in
● Telescopic access pole to 20ft.
Solo 724: 2lb 10oz 3in (w) X 5.3in (l) X 2.6in(h)
● Further extension poles to 30ft.
SOLO 409 (Corded)
Suitable detector types: Spot type, Rate of Rise, Fixed Temperature and Combination up to 90ºC / 194ºF
Maximum height: Up to 30ft using SOLO extension poles
Operating voltages: 110 / 120V AC
Power: 600W approx
Frequency: 50 / 60 Hz
Cable length: 20in nominal
Type of connector: CEE 17 Industrial
Weight: 1lb 14oz
Dimensions: Inside diameter 4.5in approx, working depth 3in approx
Smoke detector sensitivity Safety: Thermal cut out, electrically fused, double insulated
testing instrument
Please note the following important information regarding these products:

Not for use in hazardous areas (those containing explosive vapours or dust).
Care must be taken when handling these products immediately after use, as parts may be hot to the touch.
Tests with these products may prove that the detector is operational and capable of responding to heat;
they do not indicate the calibration level of the fixed temperature element or the grade status.
Care needs to be taken when testing combination non-restorable / rate of rise devices.
Ordering Information
Part No Description
Solo 409: 110 / 120V AC Corded Heat Detector Tester
Solo 460: Cordless “Head Unit” - note: requires Solo 720 and Solo724
Solo 461: Cordless Heat Detector Test kit including:
1x Solo 460 CAT™ Cordless Heat Detector Tester
2x Solo 720 Battery Baton™
1x Solo 724 Universal Battery Charger
Solo 720: Battery Baton™ for Solo 460
Solo 724: Universal Fast Charger for Battery Batons™
TSE-A100 SELF-CONTAINED SMOKE GENERATOR
APPLICATION
The Hochiki America TSE-A100 is one of the most
advanced units of its kind and is the result of extensive
research and development aimed at making the job of
testing detectors a simple and efficient operation .
The TSE-A100 can be used to test all types of smoke

detectors by applying smoke from an internal smoke
source.
Although this is not a calibrated amount of smoke, the

TSE-A100 is an excellent choice for periodic functional
testing of smoke detectors.
OPERATION
Preparation
1. Remove the TSE-A100 from its carrying case.
2. Unscrew the combustion chamber from the
bottom of the TSE-A100.
3. Unscrew the punk stick holder retainer from
the combustion chamber.
4. Insert a punk stick into the punk stick holder in
the combustion chamber.
5. Light the punk stick with a flame.
STANDARD FEATURES 6. Reassemble the combustion chamber.
• Tests all types of smoke detectors. 7. Screw the combustion chamber back into the
• Completely self contained and portable. bottom of the TSE-A100
• Extends from 5.25 feet to 14.1 feet. 8. Extend the telescopic pole of the TSE-A100 to
• Internal Smoke Source. a length which enables you to reach the
• Non-Toxic Smoke Source. detector you wish to test.
• Unit includes shoulder sling carrying case.
• Optional adapter for high velocity conditions. Testing a Detector
Once you have prepared the TSE-A100, follow the steps
• Exhaust function to clear detector.
in this section to test smoke detectors.
• Built-in filter to prevent tar residue from adhering to
the surface of the detector. NOTE: Allow 30 to 60 seconds after igniting punk stick
for sufficient smoke generation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Continued on back
Rated Voltage 3 VDC
Battery 2 - "D" Batteries
PRODUCT PARTS
Combustion Material Punk Stick
(7 mm diameter, 150 mm long) • TSE-A100 Self-Contained Smoke Generator
Weight 5 Lbs. • Punk Stick (Part No. TSE-P100)
Length 5.25 to 14.1 feet
Color Brown

Phone: 714/522-2246 • Fax: 714/522-2268
Testing a Detector, continued Storing the TSE-A100
1. Rotate the combustion chamber so the #2

1. Rotate the combustion chamber to the #1
arrow line sup with the power indicator screw.
position to turn the power off.
The fan powers on and a steady flow of smoke
is released from the tip of the TSE-A100. 2. Compress the telescopic pole to its shortest
length.
2. Raise the extended tip of the TSE-A100 to
within 6-8' of the detector. The detector should 3. Replace the TSE-A100 in its carry case.
alarm. 4. Store in a cool, dry place.
If no smoke comes out, check to make sure the 5. For extended storage, remove the batteries.
punk stick is ignited, and the power indicator on
the combustion chamber is set to #2.
NOTE
1. Use only the filter and combustion material

specified.
2. Check battery capacity before use to assure
efficient operation.
3. Remove batteries before long-period storage.
Telescopic Pole
Power Indicator Screw
Punk Stick Holder Retainer
Combustion Chamber
Punk Stick
Instruction Label
Hochiki America Corporation • TSE-A100 Specifications subject to change without notice.

Introduction Ionization Smoke Sensor
Hochiki America Corporation provides its customers with
reliable, high quality fire detection equipment utilizing Features
the latest technology available. The AIE-EA ionization smoke sensor has a
computer-designed smoke chamber that can detect
Analog Sensors smoldering or fast-flaming fires.
Our new sensors are dramatically small in size like their The combination of a high signal-to-noise ratio and
predecessors the Hochiki America low profile conventional sensitivity stability make this sensor effective in a wide
smoke detectors. Yet they maintain the dependability range of environmental conditions.
Hochiki customers have come to rely on. This bulletin User programmable alarm thresholds.
documents all the NS Analog Sensors (ALG-EA, ALG-V A reliable and fully digital transmission method, which
AIE-EA, and ATG-EA).
is highly immune to noise.
Photoelectric Smoke Sensor The control panel is able to verify the status of any
device. Whether the device is dirty or approaching an
Features alarm condition. It can make this determination
The ALG-EA/-V photoelectric smoke chamber that can routinely.
detect smoldering or fast-flaming fires. It is possible to assign a priority to any device that is
The combination of a high signal-to-noise ratio and deemed necessary by the nature of the systems design.
sensitivity stability make this sensor effective in a wide There is an interrupt sequence, which can assign
range of environmental conditions. priority to fire and other similar signals.
User programmable alarm thresholds.
A reliable and fully digital transmission method, which is
highly immune to noise.
The control panel is able to verify the status of any device.
Whether the device is dirty or approaching an alarm
condition, it can make this determination routinely.
It is possible to assign a priority to any device that is AIE-EA
deemed necessary by the nature of the systems design.
There is an interrupt sequence, which can assign priority
to fire and other similar signals. AIE-EA Specifications
Radioactive Source Americium 241 (0.98 µCi)
Voltage Operating Range 24.0 ~ 40.7 VDC
Average Current Consumption 41.0 VDC MAXIMUM
Normal Mode (S-SC) 350 µ A Typical
460 µA Maximum
Low Power Mode (S-SC) 140 µA @ 0.75s
ALG-EA/-V 100 µA @ 1.50s
When Called (S-SC) 2mA (momentary)
ALG-EA/-V Specifications Alarm mode (S-SC) 8mA
Light Source GaAlAs Infrared Emitting Diode Remote LED (during alarm) 8mA
Voltage Operating Range 24.0 ~ 40.7 VDC Device Type Code A8 Hex
Average Current Consumption 41.0 VDC MAXIMUM Operating Temperature -10°~ 50°C
Normal Mode (S-SC) 390 µ A Typical Storage Temperature -20°~ 60°C
540 µA Maximum S-SC Protocol
Low Power Mode (S-SC) 120 µA @ 0.75s Half duplex, asynchronous communication
110 µA @ 1.50s Speed: 1200 bps
When Called (S-SC) 2mA (momentary) 1 stop bit, 1 parity bit
Alarm mode (S-SC) 8mA Error check: Check-sum, even parity check
Remote LED (during alarm) 8mA TX protocol control: polling, selecting, interrupt
Device Type Code 88 Hex TX code: 8 bit binary data
Operating Temperature -10°~ 50°C S-SC line resistance 50 Ohm MAX. (14~18 AWG. wiring)
Storage Temperature -20°~ 60°C Dimensions 3-15/16"D X 1-1/2"H
S-SC Protocol Weight 4.2 oz. (with YBN-NSA-4 base 5.9 oz.)
Half duplex, asynchronous communication Test Feature See control panel operating manual
Speed: 1200 bps Environment Indoor Use Only
1 stop bit, 1 parity bit Address setting method EEPROM (refer to control panel
Error check: Check-sum, even parity check (1 - 127 addresses) operating manual for address
TX protocol control: polling, selecting, interrupt setting procedure or utilize
TX code: 8 bit binary data Hochiki TCH-B100 - See Page 9)
S-SC line resistance 50 Ohm MAX. (14~18 AWG. wiring) Base Requirement HSB-NSA-6 or YBN-NSA-4
Dimensions 3-15/16"D X 1-1/2"H
Weight 3.4 oz. (with YBN-NSA-4 base 5.1 oz.)
Test Feature See control panel operating manual
Environment Indoor Use Only
Address setting method EEPROM (refer to control panel
(1 - 127 addresses) operating manual for address
setting procedure or utilize
Hochiki TCH-B100 - See Page 9)
Base Requirement HSB-NSA-6 or YBN-NSA-4
TECHNICAL BULLETIN HA-96
DECEMBER 2003 1
Heat Sensor Space involved.
Height of ceilings.
Features Surface condition of ceilings.
The ATG-EA heat sensor is a computer-designed heat Total area.
sensing device that can accurately detect fast-flaming fires. Air movement--stratification.
The combination of a high signal-to-noise ratio and Vent locations--velocities and dilution.
sensitivity stability make this sensor effective in a wide Deflections and obstructions.
range of environmental conditions.
User programmable alarm thresholds. Location Sensors
A reliable and fully digital transmission method, which is One smoke sensor covers 450 to 900 square feet.
highly immune to noise.
One heat sensor covers up to 2500 square feet.
The control panel is able to verify the status of any device.
Such as whether or not the device is approaching an Consider local conditions and codes along with engineering evaluations
alarm condition. The control panel can make this to determine the proper spacing and specifications.
determination routinely. Warning: HEAT SENSORS ARE NOT LIFE SAFETY DEVICES. WHERE LIFE
It is possible to assign a priority to any device that is SAFETY IS A FACTOR SMOKE SENSORS ARE RECOMMENDED.
deemed necessary by the nature of the systems design. Examples
There is an interrupt sequence, which can assign priority You may use 30-foot spacing on smooth ceilings for smoke sensors.
to fire and other similar signals. You may use 50-foot spacing on smooth ceilings for heat sensors.
Beams other obstructions extending more that 18" below the ceiling
reduce the effective range of the sensors. Such obstructions should
designate a new separation point, and be considered a border for a new
section.
ATG-EA Beams or other obstructions extending more that 8" but less than 18"
require reduced spacing at the perpendicular of the obstructions.
ATG-EA Specifications NOTE: FOR INFORMATION ON DIFFERING STYLES OF CONSTRUCTION
Heat Sensing Element Thermistor
CONSULT THE NFPA HANDBOOK, SECTION 72.
Voltage Operating Range 24.0 ~ 40.7 VDC
Average Current Consumption 41.0 VDC MAXIMUM Warning: DO NOT INSTALL HOCHIKI SMOKE SENSORS IN THE
FOLLOWING AREAS:
Normal Mode (S-SC) 350 µ A Typical
500 µ A Maximum Where temperatures are likely to exceed 100°F or fall below 32°F.
Low Power Mode (S-SC) 110 µA @ 0.75s Closer than 4 inches to any side wall.
100 µA @ 1.50s Where forced ventilation can dilute the smoke from a fire
When Called (S-SC) 2mA (momentary) In known areas of combustion such as kitchens or furnace rooms.
Alarm mode (S-SC) 8mA
Remote LED (during alarm) 8mA Testing
Device Type Code 98 Hex
Operating Temperature -10°~ 50°C Smoke Sensors
Storage Temperature -20°~ 60°C Remember, for a smoke sensor to operate efficiently, combustion
S-SC Protocol
Half duplex, asynchronous communication products must enter the outer chamber. Air flow, stratification, velocity,
Speed: 1200 bps stagnation, and migration all affect the efficiency and accuracy of the
1 stop bit, 1 parity bit sensor.
Error check: Check-sum, even parity check You may use an air flow meter to determine the movement of air within
TX protocol control: polling, selecting, interrupt
TX code: 8 bit binary data a structure.
S-SC line resistance 50 Ohm MAX. (14~18 AWG. wiring) Field testing equipment is available from Hochiki for testing the function
Dimensions 3-15/16"D X 1-9/16"H of the sensors. See the Hochiki Tester section in this bulletin and the
Weight 3.2 oz. (with YBN-NSA-4 base 4.9 oz.) control panel operation manual for more information.
Test Feature See control panel operating manual
Address setting method EEPROM (refer to control panel Maintenance
(1 - 127 addresses) operating manual for address Consult local codes and ordinances.
setting procedure or utilize
Hochiki TCH-B100 - See Page 9) Hochiki recommends biannual confirmation of functional operation and
Base Requirement HSB-NSA-6 or YBN-NSA-4 external appearance.
You can obtain field testing equipment from Hochiki. See the Hochiki
Proper placement of sensors Tester section in this bulletin for more information.
This section explains how to determine the number of sensors you
need, and where to place them. Heat Sensors
By following the guidelines listed in NFPA 72, base the number
and location of sensors on an engineering survey of the area to be There are two basic test methods that can be used to determine proper
protected. operation of the ATG-EA.
Factors to consider 1. Testing can be accomplished by use of the built in test feature.
Contents to be protected. For proper operation refer to the control panel operation manual.
Type of construction and use of structure. 2. Functional testing can be accomplished by using the TTA-1H
Human occupancy. heat sensor tester. See testers section.
Burning characteristics of contents
2 DECEMBER 2003
Manual cleaning procedures
BOTTOM VIEW OF ALG-EA
Cleaning the photoelectric sensor
OUTER COVER
This section explains how to clean the ALG-EA/-V sensors.
RECESS AND KEY Use the diagram to identify the sensor's parts.
OUTER COVER Tools

You will need:
Hochiki America's NSRT-A100 Cover Removal Tool
A small soft bristled artist's paint brush
Denatured alcohol
Clean dry compressed air
NOTE: Use only lint-free materials when cleaning the chambers of

the photoelectric smoke detector. Use of fibrous materials may result
in false alarms.
Remove and disassemble the sensor

Follow the steps in this section to prepare the sensor for cleaning:
1. Remove the sensor from its base.
2. Disassemble sensor by following the NSRT-A100 instructions found
on page 5 of this document.
OUTER COVER OUTER COVER

RECESS AND KEY
Clean the sensor
Follow the steps in this section to clean the sensor.
CAUTION: Do not attempt to remove the insect screen.
1. Remove the Outer Cover of the sensor as specified on page 5
and set aside.
2. Place the sensor in the palm of your left hand and grasp the
Chamber Cover with your right hand. Twist the Chamber Cover counter
clockwise until the Cover Tabs clear the Tab Catches. Lift and
separate the Chamber Cover from the Optical Unit.
3. Swab the Optical Unit with denatured alcohol using a small soft
bristled brush.
4. Use dry clean compressed air to dry the optical unit and to remove
any remaining particles.
ALIGNMENT 5. Clean the Chamber Cover and Outer Cover in the same manner.
ARROW 1
CHAMBER
COVER COVER Reassemble the sensor.
TABS Follow the steps in this section to reassemble the sensor.
(3 total
1 hidden) 1. Locate the Alignment Arrows on both the Chamber Cover and the
Optical Unit.
2. Set the Chamber Cover onto the Optical Unit while making sure that
SENSING TAB
CHAMBER
OPE
N SE CATCH Alignment Arrow 1 and Alignment Arrow 2 are aligned with one another.
CLO (3 TOTAL 3. Holding the sensor in your left hand and grasping the Chamber Cover
1 hidden)
with your right hand, rotate the Chamber Cover clockwise until the
Cover Tabs snap into the Tab Catches.
PHOTO-
DIODE 4. Place the Outer Cover of the sensor nose down on a flat surface.
5. Align the Outer Cover Keys with the Recess in the Outer Cover (two
OUTER orientations are possible, only one will fit properly).
COVER
KEY 6. With the Outer Cover Keys aligned with the Cover Recessed, press
OUTER down firmly on the back of the sensor. The sensor will snap into
COVER the Outer Cover. The sensor is now ready to be returned to the
KEY
IR LED base from which it was removed.
ALIGNMENT 7. The sensor should be re-tested by following the test procedure
ARROW 2 found in the control panel literature.
OPTICAL UNIT
(BLACK AREA)
EXPLODED VIEW OF ALG-EA NOTE: If after testing, the sensor is not working within the prescribed
range then return it to the manufacturer for servicing.

DECEMBER 2003 3
AIE Cleaning Instructions
This section explains how to clean the AIE-EA sensor. Use the
diagram to identify the sensor's part.
Tool
You will need:
Soap solution (1 teaspoon of Lemon Joy to 1 gallon clean water)
Soap bristled brush
Distilled water
Vacuum

Follow the steps in this section to prepare the sensor for cleaning:
1. Remove the sensor from its base.
2. Disassemble sensor by following the NSRT-A100 instructions
found on page 5 of this document. OUTER COVER
CAUTION: Only the Outer Cover may be cleaned with a soap RECESS AND KEY
solution. Never attempt to clean any other part of the sensor with a
soap solution. This may render the sensor inoperable.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE THE INSECT SCREEN !!!. BOTTOM VIEW OF AIE-EA
Clean the sensor OUTER COVER

Follow the steps in this section to clean the sensor.
1. Remove the Outer Cover of the sensor as specified on page 5 and
set aside.
2. Vacuum the Outer Chamber and Insect Screen to remove any
foreign matter from the sensor.
3. Submerse the Outer Cover in the soap solution and scrub with the
brush to remove any foreign matter from the Outer Cover.
4. Rinse the Outer Cover in distilled water and blow it dry with clean
compressed air.
Reassemble the sensor

Follow the steps in this section to reassemble the sensor:
1. Place the Outer Cover of the sensor nose down on a flat surface.
2. Align the Outer Cover Keys with the Recessed in the Outer Cover STATUS LEDS OUTER CHAMBER
(Two orientations are possible, only one will fit properly).
3. With the Outer Cover Keys aligned with the Outer Cover INSECT SCREEN
Recessed, press down firmly on the back of the sensor. The sensor
will snap into the Outer Cover. The sensor is now ready to be
returned to the base from which it was removed.
4. The sensor should be re-tested by following the test procedure
found in the control panel literature.
NOTE: If after testing, the sensor is not working within the
prescribed range, then return it to the manufacturer for
servicing.
OUTER COVER KEYS
EXPLODED VIEW OF AIE-EA

4
DECEMBER 2003
Sensor Cover Removal Instructions
LOCATOR
This section explains how to remove the outer cover from the
AIE-EA or the ALG-EA/ ALG-V by using the NSRT-A100.
Tool
You will need:
Hochiki America's NSRT-A100 tool

Follow the steps in this section for removal of the sensor cover:
1. Place the sensor to be disassembled on the NSRT-A100 tool
making sure that the Locator on the sensor is aligned as shown
on the diagram.
2. Using your thumb and index finger rotate the sensor back and
forth until it drops into place on the NSRT-A100.
3. Grasp the sensor firmly and rotate the sensor clockwise
(approximately 30 deg.) until the Locator on the sensor lines up
with the Mounting Ears of the NSRT-A100. The contact blades
on the sensor will engage on the NSRT-A100 and will prevent ALIGN
further rotation. LOCATOR
4. The sensor cover is now disengaged from the sensor body and can HERE
be removed by pulling the sensor cover away from the NSRT- MOUNTING
A100. EARS
5. After the cover has been removed, refer to the sensor cleaning
instructions to clean and reassemble the sensor.
ROTATE
TO
REMOVE
COVER
ALIGN
LOCATOR
HERE
NSRT-A100

DECEMBER 2003 5
Testers
The TSE-A100 smoke detector tester
The Hochiki TSE-A100 is one of the most advanced units of its kind and
is the result of extensive research and development aimed at making the
job of testing sensors a simple and efficient operation.
The TSE-A100 can be used to test all types of smoke sensors by

applying smoke from an internal smoke source.
Telescopic Pole
Features
The TSE-A100 employs telescoping construction for easy adjustment
to ceiling height.
Simple operating controls are located on the base of the unit.
The TSE-A100 houses its own source of smoke (punk sticks) within a
special chamber that isolates the combustion material from the
outside. This unique design enables the tester safely to generate a
stable volume of smoke.
The unit comes with a shoulder-sling carrying case for easy
portability from one site to another.
The TSE-A100 extends from 5.25 feet to 14.1 feet.

Preparing the TSE-A100
This section explains how to prepare the TSE-A100 to test smoke
Combustion Chamber sensor.
Punk Stick 1. Remove the TSE-A100 from its carrying case.
2. Unscrew the combustion chamber from the bottom of the TSE-A100
3. Unscrew the punk stick holder retainer from the combustion chamber.
4. Insert a punk stick into the punk stick holder in the combustion
chamber.
6. Reassemble the combustion chamber.
7. Screw the combustion chamber back into the bottom of the TSE-A100
8. Extend the telescopic pole of the TSE-A100 to a length which
Instruction Label enables you to reach the detector you wish to test.
Testing a detector
Once you have prepared the TSE-A100, follow the steps in this section
to test smoke detectors.
NOTE: Allow 30 to 60 seconds after igniting punk stick for sufficient
smoke generation. For proper airflow, observe battery polarity.
1. Rotate the combustion chamber so the #2 arrow lines up with the
power indicator screw. The fan powers on and a steady flow of smoke
is released from the tip of the TSE-A100.
2. Raise the extended tip of the TSE-A100 to within 6-8" of the sensor.
TSE-A100 specifications The sensor should alarm.
Rated Voltage 3 VDC
Battery D size (2) Storing the TSE-A100
Combustion material Punk stick (7mm diameter, 150mm long) This section explains how to store the TSE-A100 after use.
Weight 5 pounds 1. Rotate the combustion chamber to the #1 position to turn the power
Maximum length 14.1 feet off.
2. Compress the telescopic pole to its shortest length.
3. Replace the TSE-A100 in its carrying case.
4. Store in a cool, dry place.
5. For extended storage, remove the batteries.
6 DECEMBER 2003
The TTA-1H Heat Sensor Tester ATG-EA
View of TTA-1H
The TTA-1H is a state of the art heat sensor tester. It is the most in relationship
advanced heat testing device of its kind. It is the result of intense to sensor
research and developement aimed at making the job of testing self
restoring heat devices a simple and efficient operation.
Lightweight Head
Features with built in
Quick response ceramic heater element. circulation fan
Built in circulation fan for even distribution of heat.
Swivel mounted head for easy access to heat sensor.
Rubber contact points to protect the heat sensor, yet allowing
good contact for rapid testing.
Inline switch between test pole and battery pack adding to the
simple and easy operation.
Power indicating LED on bottom of test head.
Three section pole with friction power locks.
Use of portable battery pack with belt mount. Adjustable
Optional use shoulder strap for battery pack. aluminum pole
Battery pack protected by a 10A circuit breaker.
Special calibration plate provided so as to perform a quick
periodic calibration check.
Top View Of TTA-1H Head

Special Quick Response
Rubber Bumbers
Ceramic Heater and Pad
Testing a heat sensor
This section explains how to use the TTA-1H to test
smoke sensors.
WARNING:
DO NOT USE THIS DEVICE ON NON-RESTORABLE
HEAT SENSORS OR DETECTORS!!!!
1. Connect 12Volt plug from the TTA-1H into the

battery pack.
2. Raise the extended head of the TTA-1H up to the

Mounting Knobs the sensor, and slip the head over the sensor.
3. Rotate the HDT-380 until it is snug over the device.

Specifications Tester and Pole
4. Slide the power switch located at the bottom of the
Operating Voltage 12 VDC pole to the on position. The sensor should alarm
Current Consumption between 5 and 15 seconds.
Normal Operation 4 amps
Maximum Surge 14 amps (2sec. typical) 5. Once the sensor has alarmed remove the TTA-1H
Heater Temperature 380°F (maximum) and slide the power switch to the off position.
Pole extension 3 sections 3.6ft.(min.) 8.8ft.(max.)
Weight Head 15.87oz. 6. Testing is now complete for that sensor.
Pole 2.15 lbs.
Dimensions Head 4.33in.D X 6.10in.H 7. For added details refer to operation manual.
Pole 1.38in.D
Battery Pack
Battery type NICAD 12V. 2.8Ah
Life 500 charges (minimum)
Number of sensors tested 200 max. (5sec. ON - 60sec. OFF)
per charge 150 max. (10sec. ON - 60sec. OFF)
Weight 2.2 lbs.
Dimensions 8.03in.L X 2.99in.W X 2.17D
Charger 12VDC 350mA
DECEMBER 2003 7
Reactions to particle size
The following table shows how photoelectric and ionization sensors react to materials of varying particle size. The
solid lines indicate absolute size. The dashed lines identify areas to consider when engineering a job using Hochiki
sensors.
Particle Size in Microns
1000 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001
Rain Fine Rain Mist Wood Smoke
Sulfuric Acid Mist Cigarette Smoke
Pine Resin Smoke
Carbon Powder
Pigments
Ammonia Vapor
Smoke of Zinc Oxide
Gas Molecules
Flare Smoke (magnesium-oxide)
Chimney Smoke
Factory Dust
Dust in Clean Air
Pollen Yellow Ochre
Bacteria Viruses
Particles Visible
To naked eye Through microscope Through high power microscope
Hochiki Sensors
Photoelectric Smoke Sensors
Ionization Smoke Sensors
Particle Size and the Hochiki Sensors

July 2000 8
TCH-B100-NS Programmer operating instruction
TCH-B100-NS is a hand held programmer. It is designed for use with
the following products: ALG-V/ ALG-EA, AIE-EA, ATG-EA,
FRCME-S, FRCME-P, FRCME-4, SOM, R2M, RM.
Features Remote
The TCH-B100-NS is a compact unit and easy to use. Programming Jack
The TCH-B100-NS provides address setting and reading.
Has the diagnostic ability to display the analog value.
Use 9V battery
Automatically increments the address ready to set the address of
the next sensor.
Automatically switches the power off after use
Programming
Programming Buttons Buttons Display
Left Gray Button: Power on. Automatically reads the address of a
sensor. Subsequent operations will advance the
device address by ten.
Right Gray Button: Power off. Advances the device address by
one.
Red Button: Stores the displayed address to the device and is
used to read sensor analog levels.
Address Setting
1. Install sensor onto programmer, ensuring that sensor protrusion (All Modules except DCP-FRCME-S
aligns with programmer grooves. and FRCME-P)
2. Press the left gray button to switch programmed on. A battery
check message will appear followed by the devices address
( un-programmed sensors will read address 127). To Remote
3. Set the required address by incrementing the left and right gray Programming
buttons (the display will show three red flashing dots if the address Jack
being programmed is different from the device's current address).
4. When the desired address is present press the red button to store
that address. The three red dots on the display will no longer be Remote Programming Cable
(DCP-FRCME-P)
present.
Reading Analog Value:

NOTE: For Ion Sensor, do not read analog value for 30 seconds
Remote
( stabilization period).
Programming Cable
1. Install the sensor and power up programmer as previously described. (DCP-FRCME-S)
2. Press the red button. An "A" will appear on the display followed
by the analog value. This value will be continuously updated for
three minutes or until the unit is turned off.
Display Message:
bAt - On upon power up ( battery check). Also on when battery is
low. Low battery good for up to 3,000 address setting
operation.
E0 - Attempting to set an address beyond 127.
E1 - Attempting to program an address with no device connected.
E2 - Can not find device after power up.
E3 - Invalid sensor response
E4 - Can not find the device program.
E5 - Device read error.
E6 - Fail during Analog value reading.

DECEMBER 2003 8
Introduction
Hochiki America Corporation provides its customers with reliable, high
quality fire detection equipment utilizing the latest technology available.
NS Detectors SLR-835/-835H/-835B-2/-
Our new conventional NS detectors are dramatically small in size like their 835BH-2/-835B-4/-835BH-4
predecessor the original low profile conventional smoke detectors. Yet Front View Of All Versions Back View Of Baseless Version
they maintain the dependability Hochiki customers have come to rely on.
This bulletin documents all the NS Conventional Smoke Detectors SLR-835 Specifications
(SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-24H, SLR-835/-835H/-835HW*/-835B-2/ Light Source GaAlAs Infrared Emitting Diode
-835B-2W*/-835BH-2/-835BH-2W*/-835B-4/-835B-4W*/ Voltage Operating Range
-835BH-4/-835BH-4W*/, SIJ-24 and DCD-135/190). Nominal Rated Voltage 12.0 VDC or 24.0 VDC
* W= Indicates white Working Voltage 8.0 ~ 35.0 VDC
Maximum Allowable Voltage 42.0 VDC MAXIMUM
Maximum Ripple 15%
Photoelectric Smoke Detector Average Current Consumption
Features Supervisory Current 38 A (at 12VDC)
The SLR series photoelectric smoke detector has a computer- 55 A (at 24VDC)
designed smoke chamber that can detect smoldering or 70 A (at 35VDC)
fast-flaming fires. Surge Current 200 A (at 24VDC)
Maximum Allowable Current 150mA Maximum
The SLR series has a wider range than other photoelectric Minimum, Alarm Trip Current 6mA
detectors. It's coverage extends into the range of the Ionization Alarm Current For SLR-835B-4 48mA (at 12VDC, 25°C)
detector. This makes the SLR series a uniquely versatile smoke 34mA (at 24VDC, 25°C)
detector. 52mA (at 35VDC, 25°C)
The combination of a high signal-to noise ratio and sensitivity Heat Element Rating
stability make this sensor effective in a wide range of ( SLR-835H only) 135°F
environmental conditions. Operating Temperature -10° ~ +50°C
Two indicator LEDS set at 180 degrees from each other offer Storage Temperature -20° ~ +60°C
360 degree viewing of detector status. Dimensions of the SLR-835
and SLR-835H 3-15/16"D X 2.0"H W/TRIM RING
Automatic built-in test feature. Indicates when chamber is dirty
Dimensions of the
or if sensitivity has shifted outside its intended range. It will SLR-835B-2, and -4 3-15/16"D X 2.4"H
automatically indicate its status with no testing. SLR-835BH-2, and 835BH-4 3-15/16"D X 2.4"H
A hidden self locking feature (requires activation). Weight of the SLR-835
Inter-changeability with SLK series and SIH series detectors. and SLR-835H 3.1 oz. (with NS4-100 base 4.6 oz.)
Weight of the
SLR-835B-2, and -4 3.96 oz. (with Trim Ring 5.76 oz.)
SLR-835BH-2, and 835BH-4 3.96 oz. (with Trim Ring 5.76 oz.)
Test Feature Automatic built-in test feature
(see HA-06-074 page 4)
Base Requirement NS6 Series, NS4 Series, and HSC
SLR-24H SLR-24/ -24V
For SLR-835 Only Relay Series
SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-24H Specifications Mounting Requirement For
SLR-835B-2,/-835BH-2/-
Light Source GaAlAs Infrared Emitting Diode 835B-4/-835BH-4
Voltage Operating Range Baseless Detector Trim Ring SLR-835 Baseless
Nominal Rated Voltage 24.0 VDC
Working Voltage 15.0 ~ 33.0 VDC Ionization Smoke Detector
Maximum Allowable Voltage 42.0 VDC MAXIMUM Features
Allowable Wave Form Filtered DC, 5V Ripple Max. The SIJ-24 ionization smoke detector uses a dual-chamber design
Average Current Consumption that detects smoldering or fast-flaming fires.
Supervisory Current 45 A (at 24VDC) The combination of a high signal-to-noise ratio and sensitivity
Surge Current 160 A (at 24VDC) stability make this sensor effective in a wide range of
Maximum Allowable Current 150mA Maximum environmental conditions.
Minimum, Alarm Trip Current 6mA A single radioactive source ionizes the air in both the detection
Operating Temperature -10° ~ +50°C and reference chambers. Though the reference chamber is not
Storage Temperature -20° ~ +60°C sealed, it provides a clean air comparison for the detection
Heat Element Rating chamber.
( SLR-24H only) 135°F This dual-chamber design makes the SIJ-24 remarkably stable in
Dimensions 3-15/16"D X 1-1/2"H a wide range of environmental conditions.
Weight 3.1 oz. (with NS4-100 base 4.6 oz.)
Test Feature Automatic built-in test feature
(see HA-06-060 page 4)
Base Requirement NS6 Series, NS4 Series, and HSC
Relay Series SIJ-24
OCTOBER 2002 Page 1 of 7
SIJ-24 Specifications Proper placement of detectors
Radioactive Source Americium 241 (0.50 Ci) This section explains how to determine the number of detectors
Voltage Operating Range you need, and where to place them.
Nominal Rated Voltage 24.0 VDC By following the guidelines listed in NFPA 72, base the number and
Working Voltage 15.0 ~ 33.0 VDC location of detectors on an engineering survey of the area to be
Maximum Allowable Voltage 42.0 VDC MAXIMUM protected.
Allowable Wave Form Filtered DC, 5V Ripple Max.
Average Current Consumption
Factors to consider
Contents to be protected
Supervisory Current 45 A (at 24VDC) Type of construction and use of structure
Surge Current 200 A (at 24VDC) Human occupancy
Maximum Allowable Current 150mA Maximum Burning characteristics of contents
Minimum, Alarm Trip Current 6mA Space involved
Operating Temperature -10° ~ +50°C Height of ceilings
Storage Temperature -20° ~ +60°C Surface condition of ceilings
Dimensions 3-15/16"D X 1-1/2"H Total area
Weight 3.0 oz. (with NS4-100 base 4.5 oz.) Air movement--stratification
Built-in test feature with magnet Vent locations--velocities and dilution
Test Feature
Deflections and obstructions
activation (see HA-06-060 page 4)
Environment Indoor Use Only Locating Detectors
Base Requirement NS6 Series, NS4 Series, and HSC One smoke detector covers 450 to 900 square feet.
Relay Series One heat detector covers up to 2500 square feet.
Consider local conditions and codes along with engineering
Heat Detectors evaluation to determine the proper spacing and specifications.
WARNING: HEAT DETECTORS ARE NOT LIFE SAFETY DEVICES. WHERE
Features LIFE SAFETY IS A FACTOR SMOKE DETECTORS ARE RECOMMENDED.
The DCD-135/190 heat detectors are computer-designed heat
detectors that can accurately detect fast-flaming fires. Examples
The combination of a high signal-to-noise ratio and sensitivity You may use 30-foot spacing on smooth ceilings for smoke detectors.
stability make this detector effective in a wide range of You may use 50-foot spacing on smooth ceilings for heat detectors.
environmental conditions. Beams or other obstructions extending more than 18" below the ceiling
360 degree viewing of detector status using two LEDs. reduce the effective range of the sensors. Such obstructions should
Bi-color LEDs. Blinks Green for normal standby and then turns designate a new separation point, and be considered a border for a new
steady Red when detectors goes into alarm. section.
Inter-changeability with SIJ-24 and SLR-24. Beams or other obstructions extending more than 8" but less than 18"
A hidden self locking feature (requires activation). require reduced spacing at the perpendicular of the obstructions.
NOTE: FOR INFORMATION ON DIFFERING STYLES OF
CONSTRUCTION CONSULT THE NFPA HAND BOOK, SECTION 72
WARNING: DO NOT INSTALL HOCHIKI SMOKE DETECTORS IN THE
FOLLOWING AREAS:
Where temperatures are likely to exceed 100°F or fall below 32°F
Closer than 4 inches to any side wall
DCD-135/ 190 Where forced ventilation can dilute the smoke from a fire
In known areas of combustion such as kitchens or furnace rooms
DCD-135/190 Specifications
Heat Sensing Element Thermistor Testing
Voltage Operating Range Smoke Detectors
Nominal Rated Voltage 24.0 VDC Remember, for a smoke detector to operate efficiently, combustion
Working Voltage 15.0 ~ 33.0 VDC products must enter the outer chamber. Air flow, stratification,
Maximum Allowable Voltage 42.0 VDC MAXIMUM velocity, stagnation, and migration all affect the efficiency and
Allowable Wave Form Filtered DC, 5V Ripple Max. accuracy of the detector.
Average Current Consumption You may use an air flow meter to determine the movement of air
Supervisory Current 35 A (at 24VDC) within a structure.
Surge Current 160 A (at 24VDC) Field testing equipment is available from Hochiki for testing the
Maximum Allowable Current 150mA Maximum function of the detectors. See the Hochiki Testers section in this
Minimum, Alarm Trip Current 6mA bulletin and the installation instructions for more information.
Operating Temperature -10° ~ +50°C Maintenance
Storage Temperature -20° ~ +60°C Consult local codes and ordinances.
Dimensions 3-15/16"D X 1-1/2"H Hochiki recommends bi-annual confirmation of functional operation
Weight 3.1 oz. (with NS4-100 base 4.6 oz.) and external appearance.
Test Feature See page 7 of this bulletin You can obtain field testing equipment from Hochiki. See the Hochiki
Fixed Temperature Rating Testers section in this bulletin for more information.
Model DCD-135 135°F
Model DCD-190 190°F Heat Detectors
Rate of Rise Rating (Both) 15°F/min. There is one basic test method that can be used to determine proper
Environment Indoor Use Only operation of the DCD-135/190
Base Requirement NS6 Series, NS4 Series, and HSC 1 Functional testing can be accomplished by using the TTA-1H
Relay Series heat detector/sensor tester. See testers section.
OCTOBER 2002 Page 2 of 7
Manual cleaning procedures
BOTTOM VIEW OF SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835/-835H
ALIGNMENT ARROW Cleaning the photoelectric detector
This section explains how to clean the SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-24H/-835
and SLR-835H detectors.
Use the diagram to identify the detector's parts.
Tools
You will need:
A small soft-bristled artist's paint brush
Denatured alcohol
NOTE: Use only lint-free materials when cleaning the chambers of

the photoelectric smoke detector. Use of fibrous materials may result
in false alarms.
Remove and disassemble the detector

ENCLOSURE Follow the steps in this section to prepare the detector for cleaning:
1. Remove the detector from its base.
OUTER COVER
OUTER COVER NUB 2. Disassmble detector by following the NSRT-A100 instructions found
on page 5 of this document.
Clean the detector
Follow the steps in this section to clean the detector.
CAUTION: Do not attempt to remove the insect screen.
1. Remove the Outer Cover of the detector as specified on page 5
and set aside.
2. Place the detector in the palm of your left hand and grasp the
Chamber Cover with your right hand. Twist the Chamber Cover counter
clockwise until the Cover Tabs clear the Tab Catches. Lift and
separate the Chamber Cover from the Optical Unit.
3. Swab the Optical Unit with denatured alcohol using a small soft
ALIGNMENT bristled brush.
ARROW 1 4. Use dry clean compressed air to dry the optical unit and to remove
CHAMBER any remaining particles.
COVER COVER
TABS 5. Clean the Chamber Cover and Outer Cover in the same manner.
(3 total
1 hidden)
Reassemble the detector
Follow the steps in this section to reassemble the detector.
SENSING OPE TAB 1. Locate the Alignment Arrows on both the Chamber Cover and the
CHAMBER N SE CATCH
CLO (3 total Optical Unit.
1 hidden) 2. Set the Chamber Cover onto the Optical Unit while making sure that
Alignment Arrow 1 and Alignment Arrow 2 are aligned with one another.
PHOTO- 3. Holding the detector in your left hand and grasping the Chamber Cover
DIODE with your right hand, rotate the Chamber Cover clockwise until the
Cover Tabs snap into the Tab Catches.
4. Place the Outer Cover of the detector nose down on a flat surface.
5. Align the Outer Cover Nub with the Alignment Arrow on the Enclosure
(two orientations are possible, only one will fit properly).
6. With the Outer Cover Nub aligned with the Alignment Arrow, press
IR LED down firmly on the back of the detector. The detector will snap into
ALIGNMENT
ARROW 2 the Outer Cover. The detector is now ready to be returned to the
base from which it was removed.
EXPLODED VIEW OF SLR-24/ -24V/-24VN/-835/-835H 7. The detector should be re-tested by following the test procedure
found in the control panel literature.
NOTE:
1. ON SLR-24H, SLR-835BH AND SLR-835H TAKE CARE NOT
TO DISTURB OR DAMAGE THE THERMISTOR HEAT
ELEMENT DURING THE CLEANING PROCEDURE
2. If after testing, the detector is not working within the Prescribed
range then return it to the manufacturer for servicing.
TECHNICAL BULLETIN HA-97 Page 3 of 7

OCTOBER 2002
Disassembly, Cleaning, And Test Procedure For
SLR-835B Series Detectors
Disassembly Procedure
SCREWDRIVER HEAD
1. Remove the detector from the trim ring.
2. Disassemble detector by placing one screwdriver under the

TAB as shown in Diagram 1. TAB
3. Place the second screwdriver under the next adjacent TAB DIRECTION TO
pushing it the direction shown in Diagram 1. MOVE TAB
DIAGRAM 1
4. Push the screwdriver outward from the center of the
detector and lift the Enclosure upward.
5. Do the same with the second screwdriver, but do not

remove it. Keep it in place.
6. Take the first screwdriver and place it under the second

TAB. Push the TAB outward and lift the Enclosure upward.
7. With three Tabs freed, the Enclosure should finally remove

TAB LOCATIONS
easily with the application of the screwdriver.
Cleaning Procedure
1. The cleaning instructions are the same as for the SLR-24

Series Detectors (refer to page 3).
Testing Procedure BACK OF THE SLR-835 BASELESS
1. The SLR-835B series photoelectric smoke detector has a

built-in test feature that will automatically indicate a change in
sensitivity.
2. When the detector's LEDs blink green. This is an

indication that it is within it's listed sensitivity window.
3. When the detector's LEDs begin to blink red, then this

indicates the detector's sensitivity is out of its listed range.
4. For go-no-go testing refer to diagram 2 magnet placement.

Detector should alarm within 10 seconds.
DIAGRAM 2

OCTOBER 2002 Page 3A of 7
SIJ Cleaning Instructions
This section explains how to clean the SIJ-24 detectors. Use the
diagram to identify the detector's parts. CONTACT BLADES
Tools
You will need:
Small blade type screw driver.
Soap solution (1 teaspoon of Lemon Joy to 1 gallon clean water)
Soft bristled brush
Distilled water
Vacuum
Remove and disassemble the detector

Follow the steps in this section to prepare the detector for cleaning:
1. Remove the detector from its base, and place it with the bottom up.
2. Take the small screw driver and gently pry each of the Outer Cover OUTER COVER
Clips outward from the center of the detector, and at the same time CLIP - LARGE
lifting the enclosure upward by the Contact Blades. This will free
the Outer Chamber/ Enclosure form the Outer Cover OUTER COVER
CLIPS (3 SMALL)
CAUTION: Only the Outer Cover may be cleaned with a soap solution. BOTTOM VIEW OF SIJ-24
Never attempt to clean any other part of the detector with
a soap solution. This may render the detector inoperable.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE THE INSECT SCREEN. OUTER COVER
Clean the sensor

Follow the steps in this section to clean the detector.
1. Remove the Outer Cover of the detector as specified above, and
set aside.
2. Vacuum the Outer Chamber to remove any foreign matter from the
detector.
3. Submerse the Outer Cover in the soap solution and scrub with the
brush to remove any foreign matter from the Outer Cover.
4. Rinse the Outer Cover in distilled water and blow it dry with
clean compressed air.
Reassemble the detector

Follow the steps in this section to reassemble the detector.
1. Place the Outer Cover of the detector nose down on a flat surface.
2. Align the Outer Cover Clips with the Enclosure Keys (There is STATUS LEDS
one large clip and three small clips, observe orientation).
3. With the Outer Cover Clips aligned with the Enclosure Keys, OUTER CHAMBER
press down firmly on the back of the detector. The detector will
snap into the Outer Cover. The detector is now ready to be (ONE HIDDEN)
returned to the base from which it was removed.
4. The detector should be re-tested by following the test procedure
found in the detectors installation instructions (HA-06-060).
NOTE: If, after testing, the detector is not working within the prescribed
range, then return it to the manufacturer for servicing.
ENCLOSURE KEYS
(4 TOTAL TWO ARE HIDDEN)
CONTACT BLADE
EXPLODED VIEW OF SIJ-24

OCTOBER 2002
Page 4 of 7
SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835 Cover Removal Instructions
This section explains how to remove the outer cover from the
SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835 by using the NSRT-A100.
Tools
You will need:
Hochiki America's NSRT-A100 tool
Remove and disassemble the SLR-24/- 24V/-24VN/-835

Follow the steps in this section for removal of the SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835
cover:
1.Place the SLR-24/-24V/-835 to be disassembled on the

NSRT-A100 tool, making sure that the Locator on the SLR-24/-24V/
-24VN/-835 is aligned as shown on the diagram.
2.Using your thumb and index finger rotate the SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835

back and forth until it drops into place on the NSRT-A100.
3.Grasp the SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835 firmly and rotate it clockwise

approximately 30 deg.) until the Locator on the SLR-24/24V/-24VN/-835
lines up with the Mounting Ears of the NSRT-A100. The contact
blades on the SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835 will engage on the NSRT-A100
and will prevent further rotation.
4.The SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835 cover is now disengaged from the body

and can be removed by pulling the SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835 cover away LOCATOR
from the NSRT-A100.
5.After the cover has been removed, refer to the SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835/
cleaning instructions to clean and reassemble the SLR-24/-24V/-24VN/-835.
ALIGN
LOCATOR
HERE
MOUNTING
EARS
ROTATE
TO
REMOVE
COVER
ALIGN
LOCATOR
HERE
NSRT-A100

OCTOBER 2002
Page 5 of 7
Testers
The TSE-A100 smoke detector tester
The Hochiki TSE-A100 is one of the most advanced units of its kind and
is the result of extensive research and development aimed at making the
job of testing detectors a simple and efficient operation.
The TSE-A100 can be used to test all types of smoke detectors by

applying smoke from an internal smoke source.
Telescopic Pole
Features
The TSE-A100 employs telescoping construction for easy adjustment
to ceiling height.
Simple operating controls are located on the base of the unit.
The TSE-A100 houses its own source of smoke (punk sticks) within a
special chamber that isolates the combustion material from the
outside. This unique design enables the tester safely to generate a
stable volume of smoke.
The unit comes with a shoulder-sling carrying case for easy
portability from one site to another.
The TSE-A100 extends from 5.25 feet to 14.1 feet.

Preparing the TSE-A100
This section explains how to prepare the TSE-A100 to test smoke
Combustion Chamber detectors.
Punk Stick 1. Remove the TSE-A100 from its carrying case.
2. Unscrew the combustion chamber from the bottom of the TSE-A100
3. Unscrew the punk stick holder retainer from the combustion chamber.
4. Insert a punk stick into the punk stick holder in the combustion
chamber.
6. Reassemble the combustion chamber.
7. Screw the combustion chamber back into the bottom of the TSE-A100
8. Extend the telescopic pole of the TSE-A100 to a length which
enables you to reach the detector you wish to test.
Instruction Label
Testing a detector
Once you have prepared the TSE-A100, follow the steps in this section
to test smoke detectors.
NOTE: Allow 30 to 60 seconds after igniting punk stick for sufficient
smoke generation. For proper airflow, observe battery polarity.
1. Rotate the combustion chamber so the #2 arrow lines up with the
power indicator screw. The fan powers on and a steady flow of smoke
is released from the tip of the TSE-A100.
2. Raise the extended tip of the TSE-A100 to within 6-8" of the detector.
TSE-A100 specifications The detector should alarm.
Rated Voltage 3 VDC
Battery D size (2) Storing the TSE-A100
Combustion material Punk stick (7mm diameter, 150mm long) This section explains how to store the TSE-A100 after use.
Weight 5 pounds 1. Rotate the combustion chamber to the #1 position to turn the power
Maximum length 14.1 feet off.
2. Compress the telescopic pole to its shortest length.
3. Replace the TSE-A100 in its carrying case.
4. Store in a cool, dry place.
5. For extended storage, remove the batteries.
OCTOBER 2002
Page 6 of 7
The TTA-1H Heat Detector Tester DCD-135/190
View of TTA-1H
The TTA-1H is a state of the art heat detector tester. It is the most in relationship
advanced heat testing device of its kind. It is the result of intense to detector
research and development aimed at making the job of testing self
restoring heat devices a simple and efficient operation.
Lightweight Head
Features with built in
Quick response ceramic heater element. circulation fan
Built in circulation fan for even distribution of heat.
Swivel mounted head for easy access to heat detector.
Rubber contact points to protect the heat detector, yet allowing
good contact for rapid testing.
Inline switch between test pole and battery pack adding to the
simple and easy operation.
Power indicating LED on bottom of test head.
Three section pole with friction power locks.
Use of portable battery pack with belt mount. Adjustable
Optional use shoulder strap for battery pack. aluminum pole
Battery pack protected by a 10A circuit breaker.
Special calibration plate provided so as to perform a quick
periodic calibration check.
Top View Of TTA-1H Head

Special Quick Response
Rubber Bumpers
Ceramic Heater and Pad
Testing a heat detector
This section explains how to use the TTA-1H to test
smoke detectors.
WARNING:
DO NOT USE THIS DEVICE ON NON-RESTORABLE
HEAT SENSORS OR DETECTORS.
1. Connect 12Volt plug from the TTA-1H into the

battery pack.
2. Raise the extended head of the TTA-1H up to the

Mounting Knobs the detector, and slip the head over the detector.
3. Rotate the TTA-1H until it is snug over the device.

Specifications Tester and Pole
4. Slide the power switch located at the bottom of the
Operating Voltage 12 VDC pole to the on position. The detector should alarm
Current Consumption between 5 and 15 seconds.
Normal Operation 4 amps
Maximum Surge 14 amps (2sec. typical) 5. Once the detector has alarmed remove the TTA-1H
Heater Temperature 380°F (maximum) and slide the power switch to the off position.
Pole extension 3 sections 3.6ft.(min.) 8.8ft.(max.)
Weight Head 15.87oz. 6. Testing is now complete for that detector.
Pole 2.15 lbs.
Dimensions Head 4.33in.D X 6.10in.H 7. For added details refer to operation manual.
Pole 1.38in.D
Battery Pack
Battery type NICAD 12V. 2.8Ah
Life 500 charges (minimum)
Number of detectors tested 200 max. (5sec. ON - 60sec. OFF)
per charge 150 max. (10sec. ON - 60sec. OFF)
Weight 2.2 lbs.
Dimensions 8.03in.L X 2.99in.W X 2.17D
Charger 12VDC 350mA
OCTOBER 2002
Page 7 of 7
Reactions to particle size
The following table shows how photoelectric and ionization detectors react to materials of varying particle size. The
solid lines indicate absolute size. The dashed lines identify areas to consider when engineering a job using Hochiki
detectors.
Particle Size in Microns
Rain Fine Rain Mist Wood Smoke
Sulfuric Acid Mist Cigarette Smoke
Pine Resin Smoke
Carbon Powder
Pigments
Ammonia Vapor
Smoke of Zinc Oxide
Gas Molecules
Flare Smoke (magnesium-oxide)
Chimney Smoke
Factory Dust
Dust in Clean Air
Pollen Yellow Ochre
Bacteria Viruses
Particles Visible
To naked eye Through microscope Through high power microscope
Hochiki Detectors
Photoelectric Smoke Detectors
Ionization Smoke Detectors
Particle Size and the Hochiki Detectors

July 2000 8
LIST OF COMPATIBLE CONTROL UNITS AND SMOKE DETECTORS 22-Oct-2002
LISTED AFTER MARCH 1, 1989
ADEMCO
2-Wire Compatibility Listings
PANEL MODEL ZONE MODEL ZONE LOOP MAX EOL DETECTOR DETECTOR BASE MODEL BASE ID
ID STYLE DET MODEL ID
VISTA 100 N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 100 N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835B-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 100 N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 100 N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835BH-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 100-24 N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 100-24 N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835B-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 100-24 N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 100-24 N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835BH-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 20HWSE N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 20HWSE N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835B-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 20HWSE N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 20HWSE N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835BH-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 40 N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 40 N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835B-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 40 N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 40 N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835BH-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 50PUL N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 50PUL N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835B-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 50PUL N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 50PUL N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835BH-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 20SE N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 20SE N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835B-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 20SE N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
VISTA 20SE N/A A B 10 2K OHMS SLR-835BH-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
ADT
ADT-XP XPM-8 A B;D 60 2.2K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
ADT-XP XPM-8 A B;D 60 2.2K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
ADT-XP XPM-8 A B;D 60 2.2K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
ADT-XP XPM-8 A B;D 60 2.2K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
ADT-XP XPM-8 A B;D 60 2.2K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
ADT-XP XPM-8 A B;D 60 2.2K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
ADT-XP XPM-8 A B;D 60 2.2K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
ADT-XP XPM-8 A B;D 60 2.2K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
ADT-XP XPM-8 A B;D 60 2.2K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
ADT-XP XPM-8 A B;D 60 2.2K SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
ADT-XP XPM-8 A B;D 60 2.2K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
ADT-XP XPM-8 A B;D 60 2.2K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
ADT-XP XPM-8 A B;D 60 2.2K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
ADT-XP XPM-8 A B;D 60 2.2K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
ADT-XP XPM-8 A B;D 60 2.2K SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
UNIMODE 4-16 IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A A B;D 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
UNIMODE 4-16 IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A A B;D 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
UNIMODE 4-16 IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A A B;D 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
UNIMODE 4-16 IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A A B;D 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
UNIMODE 4-16 IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A A B;D 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
UNIMODE 4-16 IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A A B;D 35 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
UNIMODE 4-16 IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A A B;D 35 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
UNIMODE 4-16 IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A A B;D 35 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
UNIMODE 4-16 IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A A B;D 35 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
UNIMODE 4-16 IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A A B;D 35 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
UNIMODE 4-16 IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A A B;D 35 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
UNIMODE 4-16 IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A A B;D 35 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
UNIMODE 4-16 IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A A B;D 35 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
UNIMODE 4-16 IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A A B;D 35 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
UNIMODE 4-16 IZ4;8W/WO IZE-A A B;D 35 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
UNIMODE 4-16 IZ4;9W/WO IZE-A A B;D 35 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB--3
ADVANTOR
ULF 3000-24 N/A ULF1 A 10 6.8K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-200D HB-20
ULF 3000-24 N/A ULF1 A 10 6.8K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-200 HB-55
ULF 3000-24 N/A ULF1 A 10 6.8K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-200D HB-20
ULF 3000-24 N/A ULF1 A 10 6.8K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-200 HB-55
ULF 3000-24 N/A ULF1 A 10 6.8K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-200D HB-20
ULF 3000-24 N/A ULF1 A 10 6.8K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-200 HB-55
ANSUL
AUTOPULSE FOUR 415413 REV.4 B 45 417213 DCA-135 N/A HSC-21L HB-60
AUTOPULSE FOUR 415413 REV.4 B 45 417213 DCA-190 N/A HSC-21L HB-60
AUTOPULSE FOUR 415413 REV.4 B 45 417213 SIH-24F HD-3 HS-21D HB-2
AUTOPULSE FOUR 415413 REV.4 B 45 417213 SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-21 HB-51
AUTOPULSE FOUR 415413 REV.4 B 45 417213 SIH-24F HD-3 HSC-224R HB-73
AUTOPULSE FOUR 415413 REV.4 B 45 417213 SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M21 HB-2
AUTOPULSE FOUR 415413 REV.4 B 45 417213 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-21D HB-2
AUTOPULSE FOUR 415413 REV.4 B 45 417213 SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-21 HB-51
AUTOPULSE FOUR 415413 REV.4 B 45 417213 SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-21 HB-51
AUTOPULSE FOUR 415413 REV.4 B 45 417213 SLK-24F HD-3 HSC-224R HB-73
AUTOPULSE FOUR 415413 REV.4 B 45 417213 SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M21 HB-2
AUTOPULSE FOUR 415413 REV.4 B 45 417213 SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-21D HB-2
AUTOPULSE FOUR 415413 REV.4 B 45 417213 SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-21 HB-51
AUTOPULSE FOUR 415413 REV.4 B 45 417213 SLK-24FH HD-3 HSC-224R HB-73
AUTOPULSE FOUR 415413 REV.4 B 45 417213 DCA-135 N/A YBA-M21 HB-2
AUTOPULSE FOUR 416610 REV. 1 D 45 417213 DCA-190 N/A HSC-21L HB-60
AUTOPULSE FOUR 416610 REV. 1 D 45 417213 SIH-24F HD-3 HSC-21L HB-60
AUTOPULSE FOUR 416610 REV. 1 D 45 417213 SIH-24F HD-3 HS-21D HB-2
AUTOPULSE FOUR 416610 REV. 1 D 45 417213 SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-21 HB-51
AUTOPULSE FOUR 416610 REV. 1 D 45 417213 SIH-24F HD-3 HSC-224R HB-73
AUTOPULSE FOUR 416610 REV. 1 D 45 417213 SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M21 HB-2
AUTOPULSE FOUR 416610 REV. 1 D 45 417213 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-21D HB-2
AUTOPULSE FOUR 416610 REV. 1 D 45 417213 SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-21 HB-51
AUTOPULSE FOUR 416610 REV. 1 D 45 417213 SLK-24F HD-3 HSC-224R HB-73
AUTOPULSE FOUR 416610 REV. 1 D 45 417213 SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M21 HB-2
AUTOPULSE FOUR 416610 REV. 1 D 45 417213 SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-21D HB-2
AUTOPULSE FOUR 416610 REV. 1 D 45 417213 SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-21 HB-51
AUTOPULSE FOUR 416610 REV. 1 D 45 417213 SLK-24FH HD-3 HSC-224R HB-73
AUTOPULSE FOUR 416610 REV. 1 D 45 417213 SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M21 HB-2
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 24 3.9K 1400 A N/A N/A
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 20 3.9K 1451 A B401 A
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 20 3.9K 1451 A B401B A
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 20 3.9K 1451DH A DH400 A
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 20 3.9K 1851DH A DH1851DC A
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 20 3.9K 2400 A N/A N/A
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 1 3.9K 2400AIT A N/A N/A
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 1 3.9K 2400AT A N/A N/A
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 20 3.9K 2400TH A N/A N/A
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 20 3.9K 2451 A B401 A
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 20 3.9K 2451 A DH400 A
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 20 3.9K 2451TH A B401 A
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 20 3.9K 2451TH A B401B A
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 1 3.9K 2451TH A B406B A
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 20 3.9K 2851DH A DH2851DC A
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 1 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 25 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 25 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 1 3.9K SLD-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 25 3.9K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 1 3.9K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
AUTOPULSE IQ301 MMX-2, M3-TW A B 25 3.9K SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
C & K SYSTEMS
238,2316 ZONE 8 NONE A 10 2.2K SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1 HB-80
LIST OF COMPATIBLE CONTROL UNITS AND SMOKE DETECTORS 5-Mar-2003
CADDX
NX6, NX8 3800-0001 MDL NO A 20 680 OHMS SLR-835,-835W HD-3 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
NX6,NX8 3800-0001 MDL NO A 20 680 OHMS SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
NX8-E 3800-0020 MDL NO A 20 680 OHMS SLR-835,-835W HD-3 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
NX8-E 3800-0020 MDL NO A 20 680 OHMS SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
CHEMETRON
PANEL MODEL ZONE MODELZONE LOOP MAX EOL DETECTOR DETECTOR BASE MODEL BASE ID
MICRO 1-EV A A D 60 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
MICRO 1-EV A A D 60 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
MICRO 1-EV A A D 60 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224RB HB-12
MICRO 1-EV A A D 50 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
MICRO 1-EV A A D 50 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220RB HB-12
MICRO 1-EV A A D 50 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
MICRO 1-EV A A D 50 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-224RB HB-14
MICRO 1-EV A A D 50 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
MICRO 1-EV A A D 50 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220RB HB-12
MICRO 1-EV A A D 50 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
MICRO 1-EV A A D 50 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224RB HB-14
MICRO1-EV N/A 4 B,D 14 2.7K OHM DCD-135, DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-224L HB-62
MICRO1-EV N/A 4 B,D 14 2.7K OHM DCD-135, DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-224L HB-62
MICRO1-EV N/A 4 B,D 14 2.7K OHM DFE-190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
MICRO1-EV N/A 4 B,D 14 2.7K OHM DFE-190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
MICRO1-EV N/A 4 B,D 14 2.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-224,NS6-224 HB-5
MICRO1-EV N/A 4 B,D 14 2.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-224,NS6-224 HB-5
MICRO1-EV N/A 4 B,D 14 2.7K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-224,NS6-224 HB-5
MICRO1-EV N/A 4 B,D 14 2.7K OHM SLR-24,-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MICRO1-EV N/A 4 B,D 14 2.7K OHM SLR-24,-24H HD-3 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
MICRO1-EV N/A 4 B,D 14 2.7K OHM SLR-24, SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-224R HB-73
MICRO1-EV N/A 4 B,D 14 2.7K OHM SLR-24, SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-224R HB-73
MICRO1-EV N/A 4 B,D 14 2.7K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-224,NS6-224 HB-5
MICRO1-EV N/A 4 B,D 14 2.7K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
MICRO1-EV CLASS N/A 4 B,D 10 2.7K OHM DCD-135 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MICRO1-EV CLASS N/A 4 B,D 10 2.7K OHM DCD-135 HD-3 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
MICRO1-EV CLASS N/A 4 B,D 10 2.7K OHM DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MICRO1-EV CLASS N/A 4 B,D 10 2.7K OHM DCD-190 HD-3 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
MICRO1-EV CLASS N/A 4 B,D 10 2.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MICRO1-EV CLASS N/A 4 B,D 10 2.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
MICRO1-EV CLASS N/A 4 B,D 10 2.7K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MICRO1-EV CLASS N/A 4 B,D 10 2.7K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
SG N/A 1 B 33 4.7K OHM SIF-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
SG N/A 1 B 33 4.7K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
SG N/A 1 B 33 4.7K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
SG N/A 1 B 33 4.7K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
DETECTION SYS.
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 20 2.2K OHM DCD-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 20 2.2K OHM DCD-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 20 2.2K OHM DCD-135,-190 HD-3 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 20 2.2K OHM DCD-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 20 2.2K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 20 2.2K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 20 2.2K OHM SLR-24H,-24V HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 20 2.2K OHM SLR-24H,-24V HD-3 NS4-100,NS6-100 HB-55
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 20 2.2K OHM SLR-24H,-24V HD-3 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 20 2.2K OHM SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-100,NS6-100 HB-55
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 20 2.2K OHM SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 20 2.2K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 20 2.2K OHM SLR-835H HD-5 HSC-220R HB-72
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 20 2.2K OHM SLR-835H HD-5 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 1 2.2K OHM SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 1 2.2K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 1 2.2K OHM SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
DS9400I, DS9400M N/A A B 1 2.2K OHM SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2R HB-86
UPDATED 9/11/03
DIGITAL MONITOR
XR5FC 2--5 A A 22 3.3k SLK12 HD-4 HSB-12-1,-12-1N HB-80
XR5FC 2--5 A A 7 3.3k SLK-835,-835H HD-5 HSB-200,-200N HB-55
XR5SL 2--5 A A 22 3.3k SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1,-12-1N HB-80
XR5SL 2--5 A A 7 3.3k SLK-835,-835H HD-5 HSB-200,-200N HB-55
DMP
XR10 10 ON XR10 A A 22 3.3K SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1,-12-1N HB-80
XR10 10 ON XR10 A A 7 3.3K SLK-835,-835H HD-5 HSB-200,-200N HB-55
XR10 10 ON XR10 A A 7 3.3K SLR-835 HD-3 NS6-100 HB-55
XR20 10 ON XR20 A A 22 3.3K SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1,-12-1N HB-80
XR20 10 ON XR20 A A 7 3.3K SLR-835B HD-6 NA NA
XR20 715 A A 7 3.3K SLR-835 HD-3 NS6-100 HB-55
XR20 715,-16 A A 7 3.3K SLR-835B HD-6 NA NA
XR20 715,-16,-8 A A 7 3.3K SLK-835,-835H HD-5 HSB-200,-200N HB-55
XR20 715,-16-,-8 A A 22 3.3K SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1,-12-1N HB-80
XR20 715-16 A A 7 3.3K SLR-835 HD-3 NS6-100 HB-55
XR20 715-8 A A 7 3.3K SLR-835 HD-3 NS6-100 HB-55
XR20 715-8 A A 7 3.3K SLR-835B HD-6 NA NA
XR200 715 A A 22 3.3K SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1,-12-1N HB-80
XR200 715 A A 7 3.3K SLK-835,-835H HD-5 HSB-200,-200N HB-55
XR200 715 OR Z 9 &10 A A 22 3.3K SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1,-12-1N HB-80
XR200 715, 715-16 A A 7 3.3K SLK-835,-835H HD-5 HSB-200,-200N HB-55
XR200 715,-16 A A 7 3.3K SLR-835 HD-3 NS6-100 HB-55
XR200 715,-16 A A 7 3.3K SLR-835B HD-6 NA NA
XR200 715,-16,-8 A A 22 3.3K SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1,-12-1N HD-4
XR200 715-8 A A 7 3.3K SLK-835,-835H HD-5 HSB-200,-200N HB-55
XR200 715-8 A A 7 3.3K SLR-835 HD-3 NS6-100 HB-55
XR200 9 & 10 ON XR200 A A 22 3.3K SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1,-12-1N HB-80
XR200 9,10 ON XR200 A A 7 3.3K SLR-835 HD-3 NS6-100 HB-55
XR200 9,10 ON XR200 A A 7 3.3K SLR-835B HD-6 NA NA
XR200 XR200 A A 22 3.3K SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1,-12-1N HB-80
XR200 XR200 A A 7 3.3K SLK-835,-835H HD-5 HSB-200,-200N HB-55
XR5FC 2-5 ON XR5FC A A 22 3.3K SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1,-12-1N HB-80
XR5FC 2-5 ON XR5FC A A 7 3.3K SLK-835,-835H HD-5 HSB-200,-200N HB-55
XR5FC 2-5 ON XR5FC A A 7 3.3K SLR-835 HD-6 NA NA
XR5FC 2-5 ON XR5FC A A 7 3.3K SLR-835 HD-3 NS6-100 HB-55
XR5SL 2-5 ON XR5SL A A 22 3.3K SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1,-12-1N HB-80
XR5SL 2-5 ON XR5SL A A 7 3.3K SLK-835,-835H HD-5 HSB-200,-200N HB-55
XR5SL 2-5 ON XR5SL A A 7 3.3K SLR-835 HD-3 NS6-100 HB-55
XR5SL 2-5 ON XR5SL A A 7 3.3K SLR-835B HD-6 NA NA
XR6 6 ON XR6 A A 7 3.3K SLR-835B HD-6 NA NA
XR6 715 A A 7 3.3K SLR-835B HD-6 NA NA
DSC
PC1555 UA000 PC15-1 B 30 2.2K OHM SLR-835, 835W HD-3 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
PC1555 UA000 PC15-1 B 30 2.2K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
PC1555 UA000 PC15-1 B 30 2.2K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
PC4020CF PC4701 PM-2 B 30 2.2K OHM SLR-835, 835W HD-3 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
PC4020CF PC4701 PM-2 B 30 2.2K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
PC4020CF PC4701 PM-2 B 30 2.2K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
PC5010 PC5010 PC5-1 B 30 2.2K OHM SLR-835, 835W HD-3 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
PC5010 PC5010 PC5-1 B 30 2.2K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
PC5010 PC5010 PC5-1 B 30 2.2K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
PC5020 PC5020 PC5-2 B 30 2.2K OHM SLR-835, 835W HD-3 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
PC5020 PC5020 PC5-2 B 30 2.2K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
PC5020 PC5020 PC5-2 B 30 2.2K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
EDWARDS
5783B N/A 001 B 33 4.7K OHM SIF-24F HD-2 HS-220D HB-3
5783B N/A 001 B 33 4.7K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
5783B N/A 001 B 33 4.7K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
5783B N/A 001 B 33 4.7K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
F.A.S.T. INC.
PANEL MODEL ZONE MODEL ZONE LOOP MAX EOL DETECTOR MODEL DETECTOR BASE MODEL BASE ID
ID STYLE DET ID
RZB12-6MFC 240204 5389 B 15 PN260001 SIF-24F HD-2 HS-22D HB-3
RZB12-6MFC 240204 5389 B 15 PN260001 SIF-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
RZB12-6MFC 240204 5389 B 15 PN260001 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
RZB12-6MFC 240204 5389 B 15 PN260001 SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
RZB12-6MFC 240204 5389 B 15 PN260001 SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
RZB12-6MFC 240204 5389 B 15 PN260001 SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
FARADAY
ID STYLE DET ID
852 N/A FOS1 B 30 3.9K OHM DCA-135 N/A HS-224L HB-18
852 N/A FOS1 B 30 3.9K OHM DFE-135 N/A HS-224L HB-18
15108AL N/A FOS2 B 30 5.6K OHM DCA-135 N/A HS-224L HB-18
15108AL N/A FOS2 D 30 N/A DCA-135 N/A HS-224L HB-18
15108AL N/A FOS2 B 30 5.6K OHM DFE-135 N/A HS-224L HB-18
15108AL N/A FOS2 D 30 N/A DFE-135 N/A HS-224L HB-18
19000A N/A B B 30 5.6K OHM DCA-135 N/A HS-224L HB-18
19000A N/A B D 30 N/A DCA-135 N/A HS-224L HB-18
19000A N/A B B 30 5.6K OHM DFE-135 N/A HS-224L HB-18
19000A N/A B D 30 N/A DFE-135 N/A HS-224L HB-18
Page 1 of 2

ID STYLE DET ID
19000A EVAC N/A B B 30 5.6K OHM DCA-135 N/A HS-224L HB-18
19000A EVAC N/A B D 30 N/A DCA-135 N/A HS-224L HB-18
19000A EVAC N/A B B 30 5.6K OHM DFE-135 N/A HS-224L HB-18
19000A EVAC N/A B D 30 N/A DFE-135 N/A HS-224L HB-18
2022-FSP NA C B 30 3.9K AL-DCA-135 NA HS-224L HB-18
2022-FSP NA C B 30 3.9K AL-DFE-135 NA HS-224L HB-18
2022-FSP NA C B 30 3.9K SIF-24F HD-2 AL-HS-224D HB-5
2022-FSP NA C B 30 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 AL-HS-224D HB-5
2022-FSP NA C B 30 3.9K SLK-24F HD-3 AL-HS-224D HB-5
2022-FSP NA C B 30 3.9K SLK-24FH HD-3 AL-HS-224D HB-5
2042-FSP NA C B 30 3.9K SIF-24F HD-2 AL-HS-224D HB-5
2042-FSP NA C B 30 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 AL-HS-224D HB-5
2042-FSP NA C B 30 3.9K SLK-24F HD-3 AL-HS-224D HB-5
2042-FSP NA C B 30 3.9K SLK-24FH HD-3 AL-HS-224D HB-5
6110-FSP 401310, 311, 312 D B 30 3.9K AL-DCA-135 NA HS-224L HB-18
6110-FSP 401310, 311, 312 D B 30 3.9K AL-DCA-190 NA HS-224L HB-18
6110-FSP 401310, 311, 312 D B 30 3.9K AL-DFE-135 NA HS-224L HB-18
6110-FSP 401310, 311, 312 D B 30 3.9K AL-DFE-190 NA HS-224L HB-18
6110-FSP 401310, 311, 312 D B 30 3.9K SIF-24F HD-2 AL-HS-224D HB-5
6110-FSP 401310, 311, 312 C B 30 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 AL-HS-224D HB-5
6110-FSP 401310, 311, 312 C B 30 3.9K SLK-24F HD-3 AL-HS-224D HB-5
6110-FSP 401310, 311, 312 C B 30 3.9K SLK-24FH HD-3 AL-HS-224D HB-5
MPC-2000 401310 D B 30 10808 SIF-24F HD-2 HS-224D HB-5
MPC-2000 401310 D D 30 N/A SIF-24F HD-2 HS-224D HB-5
MPC-2000 401310 D D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
MPC-2000 401310 D B 30 10808 SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
MPC-2000 401310 D D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
MPC-2000 401310 D B 30 10808 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
MPC-2000 401310 D D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
MPC-2000 401310 D B 30 10808 SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
MPC-2000 401311 D D 30 N/A SIF-24F HD-2 HS-224D HB-5
MPC-2000 401311 D B 30 10808 SIF-24F HD-2 HS-224D HB-5
MPC-2000 401311 D B 30 10808 SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
MPC-2000 401311 D D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
MPC-2000 401311 D B 30 10808 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
MPC-2000 401311 D D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
MPC-2000 401311 D B 30 10808 SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
MPC-2000 401311 D D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
Page 2 of 2
FIKE
ID STYLE DET ID
RHINO 10-2141, 10-2144 DET220 B, D 50 3.3K OHM DFE-135, -190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
RHINO 10-2141, 10-2144 DET220 B, D 50 3.3K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
RHINO 10-2141, 10-2144 DET220 B, D 50 3.3K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
RHINO 10-050 10-2141, -2144 DET220 B, D 50 3.3K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
RHINO 10-050 10-2141, 10-2144 DET470 B 30 3.3K OHM DCD-135 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
RHINO 10-050 10-2141, 10-2144 DET470 B 30 3.3K OHM DCD-135 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
RHINO 10-050 10-2141, 10-2144 DET470 B 30 3.3K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
RHINO 10-050 10-2141, 10-2144 DET470 B 30 3.3K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
RHINO 10-050 10-2141, 10-2144 DET470 B 30 3.3K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
RHINO 10-050 10-2141, 10-2144 DET470 B 30 3.3K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SHP 10-051 10-2171 102171 B 25 4.3K OHM DCD-135 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SHP 10-051 10-2171 102171 B 25 4.3K OHM DCD-135 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SHP 10-051 10-2171 MDL. NO B, D 25 4.3K OHM DCD-135, DCD-190 HD-3 NS4-221, NS6-221 HB-4
SHP 10-051 10-2171 102171 B 25 4.3K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SHP 10-051 10-2171 102171 B 25 4.3K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SHP 10-051 10-2171 MDL. NO B, D 25 4.3K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-221, NS6-221 HB-4
SHP 10-051 10-2171 102171 B 25 4.3K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SHP 10-051 10-2171 102171 B 25 4.3K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SHP 10-051 10-2171 MDL NO B, D 25 4.3K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-221, NS6-221 HB-4
SHP 10-051 10-2171 MDL. NO B, D 25 4.3K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
10-038 N/A 038000 B 87 1.5K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
10-038 N/A 038000 D 87 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
10-038 N/A 038000 B 87 1.5K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
10-038 N/A 038000 D 87 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
10-038 N/A 038000 B 87 1.5K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
10-038 N/A 038000 D 87 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
10-038 N/A 038000 D 87 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220RB HB-12
10-038 N/A 038000 B 87 1.5K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220RB HB-12
10-038 N/A 038000 B 87 1.5K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
10-038 N/A 038000 D 87 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
10-039 N/A 038000 D 87 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
10-039 N/A 038000 B 87 1.5K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
Page 1 of 2

ID STYLE DET ID
10-039 N/A 038000 B 87 1.5K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
10-039 N/A 038000 D 87 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
10-039 N/A 038000 D 87 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
10-039 N/A 038000 B 87 1.5K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
10-039 N/A 038000 D 87 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220RB HB-12
10-039 N/A 038000 B 87 1.5K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220RB HB-12
10-039 N/A 038000 D 87 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
10-039 N/A 038000 B 87 1.5K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
RHINO 10-050 N/A 1 SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET220 B, D 50 3.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET B, D 50 3.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-24 HB-53
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET220 B, D 50 3.3K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET B, D 50 3.3K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET220 B, D 50 3.3K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET B, D 50 3.3K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET220 B, D 50 3.3K SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET220 B, D 50 3.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET220 B, D 50 3.3 SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET B, D 50 3.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET220 B, D 50 3.3K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET B, D 50 3.3K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET220 B, D 50 3.3K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET B, D 50 3.3K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET220 B, D 50 3.3K SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET B, D 50 3.3 SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
RHINO 10-050 DCM-10-2141 DET B, D 50 3.3K SLK-24F HB-5 YBA-M224 HB-5
SHP 10-051 10-2171 MDL NO B, D 25 4.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-221D HB-4
SHP 10-051 10-2171 MDL NO B, D 25 4.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SHP 10-051 10-2171 MDL NO B, D 25 4.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SHP 10-051 10-2171 MDL NO B, D 25 4.3K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
SHP 10-051 10-2171 MDL NO B, D 25 4.3K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
SHP 10-051 10-2171 MDL NO B, D 25 4.3K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-221D HB-4
SHP 10-051 10-2171 MDL NO B, D 25 4.3K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SHP 10-051 10-2171 MDL NO B, D 25 4.3K SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
SHP 10-051 10-2171 MDL NO B, D 25 4.3K SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
Page 2 of 2
FIRELITE
ID STYLE DET ID
MP-12 N/A A B, D 11 2.2K LPSD-12 HD-4 BLP-12-R HB-83
MP-12 N/A A B, D 11 2.2K LPSD-12 HD-4 BLP-12-RN HB-83
MP-12 N/A A B, D 15 2.2K OHM SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MP-12 N/A A B, D 15 2.2K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
MP-24 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
MP-24 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MP-24 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MP-24 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM DFE-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
MP-24 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MP-24 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MP-24 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MP-24 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MP-24 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MP-24 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
MS-4012 N/A A B 11 2.2K LPSD-12 HD-4 BLP-12-R HB-83
MS-4012 N/A A B 11 2.2K LPSD-12 HD-4 BLP-12-RN HB-83
MS-4412B N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
MS-4412B N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-4412B N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-4412B N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM DFE-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
MS-4412B N/A A B 15 2.2K LPSD-12 HD-4 BLP-12-R HB-83
MS-4412B N/A A B 15 2.2K LPSD-12 HD-4 BLP-12-RN HB-83
MS-4412B N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-4412B N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-4412B N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-4412B N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-4412B N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-4412B N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
MS4412B N/A A B 10 2.2K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
MS4412B N/A A B 10 2.2K OHM SLR-835H HD-5 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
MS-5012 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
MS-5012 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-5012 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-5012 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM DFE-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
MS-5012 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-5012 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-5012 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-5012 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-5012 N/A A B 10 2.2K OHM SLR-835H HD-5 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
MS-5012 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-5012 N/A A B 15 2.2K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
MS-5012 ZONE 2, 3 A B 11 2.2K LPSD-12 HD-4 BLP-12-R HB-83
MS-5012 ZONE 2, 3 A B 11 2.2K LPSD-12 HD-4 BLP-12-RN HB-83
MS-5024, -5024UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
MS-5024, -5024UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-5024, -5024UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-5024, -5024UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM DFE-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
MS-5024, -5024UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-5024, -5024UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-5024, -5024UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-5024, -5024UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-5024, -5024UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-5024, -5024UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
MS-5024,-5024UD N/A A B 10 4.7K OHM SLR-835H HD-5 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-5024,-5024UD N/A A B 10 4.7K OHM SLR-835H HD-5 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
MS-5024,-5024UD N/A A B,D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2,SBC-2W HB-85
MS-5024,-5024UD N/A A B,D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
MS-5024,-5024UD N/A A B,D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
MS-5024,-5024UD N/A A B,D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 SBC-2,SBC-2W HB-85
MS-5024,-5024UD N/A A B,D 1 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
MS-5024,-5024UD N/A A B,D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
MS-5024,-5024UD N/A A B,D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2R HB-85
MS-5210UD CAC-10E A B,D 10 4.7K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
MS-5210UD CAC-10E A B,D 10 4.7K OHM SLR-835H HD-5 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-5210UD CAC-10E A B,D 10 4.7K OHM SLR-835H HD-5 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
MS-5210UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
MS-5210UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-5210UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-5210UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM DFE-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
MS-5210UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-5210UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
Page 1 of 2

ID STYLE DET ID
MS-5210UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-5210UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-5210UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-5210UD N/A A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
MS-5210UD N/A,CAC-10F A B, D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
MS-5210UD N/A,CAC-10F A B, D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 SBC-2,SBC-2W HB-85
MS-5210UD N/A,CAC-10F A B, D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
MS-5210UD N/A,CAC-10F A B, D 1 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
MS-5210UD N/A,CAC-10F A B, D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
MS-5210UD N/A,CAC-10F A B, D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2R HB-85
MS4424 N/A A B,D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2,SBC-2W HB-85
MS4424 N/A A B,D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
MS4424 N/A A B,D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
MS4424 N/A A B,D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 SBC-2,SBC-2W HB-85
MS4424 N/A A B,D 1 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
MS4424 N/A A B,D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
MS4424 N/A A B,D 1 4.7K OHM SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2R HB-85
MS-4424B N/A A B 10 4.7K OHM SLR-835H HD-5 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-4424B N/A A B 10 4.7K OHM SLR-835H HD-5 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
MS-4424, MS4424B N/A A B 15 4.7K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
MS-4424, MS4424B N/A A B 15 4.7K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-4424, MS4424B N/A A B 15 4.7K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-4424, MS4424B N/A A B 15 4.7K OHM DFE-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
MS-4424, MS4424B N/A A B 15 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-4424, MS4424B N/A A B 15 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-4424, MS4424B N/A A B 15 4.7K OHM SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
MS-4424, MS4424B N/A A B 15 4.7K OHM SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-4424, MS4424B N/A A B 15 4.7K OHM SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MS-4424, MS4424B N/A A B 15 4.7K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
RP-1001,-1002 N/A A B, D 20 4.7K OHM DFE-135, -190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
RP-1001,-1002 N/A A B, D 20 4.7K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
RP-1001, -1002 N/A A B, D 20 4.7K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
RP-1001,RP-1002 N/A A B, D 10 4.7K OHM DCD-135, DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
RP-1001,RP-1002 N/A A B, D 10 4.7K OHM DCD-135, DCD-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
RP-1001,RP-1002 N/A A B, D 10 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
RP-1001,RP-1002 N/A A B, D 10 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
RP-1001,RP-1002 N/A A B, D 10 4.7K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
RP-1001,RP-1002 N/A A B, D 10 4.7K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
S200/S2000 IZ-4F,IZ-8F A B, D 15 4.7K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
S200/S2000 IZ-4F,IZ-8F A B, D 15 4.7K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
S200/S2000 IZ-4F,IZ-8F A B, D 15 4.7K OHM DCD-135, -190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
S200/S2000 IZ-4F,IZ-8F A B, D 15 4.7K OHM DFE-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
S200/S2000 IZ-4F,IZ-8F A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
S200/S2000 IZ-4F,IZ-8F A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
S200/S2000 IZ-4F,IZ-8F A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
S200/S2000 IZ-4F,IZ-8F A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
S200/S2000 IZ-4F,IZ-8F A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
S200/S2000 IZ-4F,IZ-8F A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
SFP-400,-400B N/A A B, D 20 4.7K OHM DFE-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
SFP-400,-400B N/A A B, D 20 4.7K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SFP-400,-400B N/A A B, D 20 4.7K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SFP-400,-400B N/A A B, D 20 4.7K OHM DCD-135, DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SFP-400,-400B N/A A B, D 20 4.7K OHM DCD-135, DCD-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SFP-400,-400B N/A A B, D 20 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SFP-400,-400B N/A A B, D 20 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SFP-400,-400B N/A A B, D 20 4.7K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SFP-400,-400B N/A A B, D 20 4.7K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
UPDATED 9/11/03
Page 2 of 2
FIRESCAN
ID STYLE DET ID
SHP 10-2171 MDL NO B/D 25 4.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-221D HB-4
SHP 10-2171 MDL NO B/D 25 4.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SHP 10-2171 MDL NO B/D 25 4.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SHP 10-2171 MDL NO B/D 25 4.3K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-220 HB-3
SHP 10-2171 MDL NO B/D 25 4.3K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
SHP 10-2171 MDL NO B/D 25 4.3K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-221D HB-4
SHP 10-2171 MDL NO B/D 25 4.3K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SHP 10-2171 MDL NO B/D 25 4.3K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SHP 10-2171 MDL NO B/D 25 4.3K SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
SHP 10-2171 MDL NO B/D 25 4.3K SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
SHP 10-2171 MDL NO B/D 25 4.3K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-221D HB-4
SHP 10-2171 MDL NO B/D 25 4.3K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SHP 10-2171 MDL NO B/D 25 4.3K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SHP 10-2171 MDL NO B/D 25 4.3K SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
SHP 10-2171 MDL NO B/D 25 4.3K SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
G.S. BLDG. SYS.

ID STYLE DET ID
IRC-1 130022 5876 B 15 260001 SIF-24F HD-2 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-1 130022 5876 D 15 N/A SIF-24F HD-2 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-1 130022 5876 B 15 260001 SIF-24F HD-2 YBA-M22 HB-3
IRC-1 130022 5876 D 15 N/A SIF-24F HD-2 YBA-M22 HB-3
IRC-1 130022 5876 B 15 260001 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-1 130022 5876 D 15 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-1 130022 5876 B 15 260001 SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
IRC-1 130022 5876 D 15 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
IRC-1 130022 5876 B 15 260001 SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-1 130022 5876 D 15 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-1 130022 5876 B 15 260001 SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
IRC-1 130022 5876 D 15 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
IRC-3 130082 3289A B 15 260001 SIF-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-3 130082 3289A D 15 N/A SIF-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-3 130082 3289A B 15 260001 SIF-24F HD-2 YBA-M22 HB-3
IRC-3 130082 3289A D 15 N/A SIF-24F HD-2 YBA-M22 HB-3
IRC-3 130082 3289A D 15 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-3 130082 3289A B 15 260001 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-3 130082 3289A D 15 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
IRC-3 130082 3289A B 15 260001 SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
IRC-3 130082 3289A D 15 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-3 130082 3289A B 15 260001 SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-3 130082 3289A D 15 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
IRC-3 130082 3289B B 15 260001 SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
IRC-3 130108 3289B B 15 260001 SIF-24F HD-2 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-3 130108 3289B B 15 260001 SIF-24F HD-2 YBA-M22 HB-3
IRC-3 130108 3289B B 15 260001 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-3 130108 3289B B 15 260001 SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
IRC-3 130108 3289B B 15 260001 SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-3 240205 5389 B 15 PN260001 SIF-24F HD-2 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-3 240205 5389 B 15 PN260001 SIF-24F HD-2 YBA-M22 HB-3
IRC-3 240205 5389 B 15 PN260001 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-3 240205 5389 B 15 PN260001 SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
IRC-3 240205 5389 B 15 PN260001 SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
IRC-3 240205 5389 B 15 PN260001 SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SIF-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SIF-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SIF-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SIF-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-M224 HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M224D HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24F SLK-24F HS-220D HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24F SLK-24F HS-M224 HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-M224 HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M224D HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M224D HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
Page 1 of 3

ID STYLE DET ID
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-M224 HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-M224 HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-M224 HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-M224 HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M224D HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M224D HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1, LSS4 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-M224 HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M224D HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4CLA 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-M224 HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-M224 HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M224D HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M224D HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 4ZEXP 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-M224 HB-5
Page 2 of 3

ID STYLE DET ID
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-M224 HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M224D HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M224D HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
LSS1/12,LSS4/12 MOTHERBOARD 0.0 B 30 3.9K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
Page 3 of 3
GRINNELL
ID STYLE DET ID
C200 NA 24F B 30 7628 SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D/HSB-224 HB-5
C200 NA 24F B 30 7628 SLK-24F,-FH HD3 HS-224D HB-5
HOCHIKI AMERICA CORPORATION

ID STYLE DET ID
AL-1500 AL-4ZDM HP-2A B 30 4.7K DCA-135 N/A YBF-RL/4H5US HB-21
AL-1500 AL-4ZDM HP-2A B 30 4.7K DFE-135 N/A YBF-RL/4H5US HB-21
AL-1500 AL-4ZDM HP-2A B 30 4.7K SIF-24F HD-2 HS-224RB HB-14
AL-1500 AL-4ZDM HP-2A B 30 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224RB HB-14
AL-1500 AL-4ZDM HP-2A B 30 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-224RB HB-14
AL-1500 AL-4ZDM HP-2A B 30 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224RB HB-14
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM DFE-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM DCD-135,DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM DCD-135,DCD-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24V HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24V HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-835,-835H HD-5 HSC-220R HB-72
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-835,-835W HD-5 NS4-220, -220W HB-3
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-835,-835W HD-5 NS6-220, -220W HB-3
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 3 3.9K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 3 3.9K OHM SLR-835B-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 3 3.9K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 3 3.9K OHM SLR-835BH-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 NS4-220, -220W HB-3
HCP1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 NS6-220, -220W HB-3
HCP-1000 SERIES N/A A B, D 1 3.9K OHM SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2,SBC-2W HB-85
HCP-1000 SERIES N/A A B, D 1 3.9K OHM SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2R HB-85
HCP-1000 SERIES N/A A B, D 1 3.9K OHM SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
HCP-1000 SERIES N/A A B, D 1 3.9K OHM SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
HCP-1000 SERIES N/A A B, D 1 3.9K OHM SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 SBC-2,SBC-2W HB-85
HCP-1000 SERIES N/A A B, D 1 3.9K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
HCP-1000 SERIES N/A A B, D 1 3.9K OHM SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
HCP-1000 SERIES N/A A B, D 1 3.9K OHM SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2R HB-85
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM DCD-135,DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM DCD-135,DCD-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM DFE-135, -190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24V HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24V HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-835,-835H HD-5 HSC-220R HB-72
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-835,-835W HD-5 NS4-220, -220W HB-3
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-835,-835W HD-5 NS6-220, -220W HB-3
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 3 3.9K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 3 3.9K OHM SLR-835B-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 3 3.9K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 3 3.9K OHM SLR-835BH-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 NS4-220, -220W HB-3
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 NS6-220, -220W HB-3
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 1 3.9K OHM SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2,SBC-2W HB-85
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 1 3.9K OHM SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 1 3.9K OHM SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 1 3.9K OHM SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 SBC-2,SBC-2W HB-85
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 1 3.9K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 1 3.9K OHM SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
HCP200 SERIES N/A A B, D 1 3.9K OHM SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2R HB-85
UPDATED 9/11/03
ISI WIRELESS
ID STYLE DET ID
FMS 1000 4ZID 4ZID D 66 N/A SIF-24F HD-2 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 1000 4ZID 4ZID D 66 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 1000 4ZM 4ZMB B 66 4.7K OHM SIF-24F HD-2 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 1000 4ZM 4ZMA B 15 22K OHM SIF-24F HD-2 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 1000 4ZM 4ZMB B 66 4.7K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 1000 4ZM 4ZMA B 15 22K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 500 4ZID 4ZID D 66 N/A SIF-24F HD-2 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 500 4ZID 4ZID D 66 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 500 4ZM 4ZMA B 15 22K OHM SIF-24F HD-2 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 500 4ZM 4ZMB B 66 4.7K OHM SIF-24F HD-2 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 500 4ZM 4ZMA B 15 22K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 500 4ZM 4ZMB B 66 4.7K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 500-96 4ZID 4ZID D 66 N/A SIF-24F HD-2 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 500-96 4ZID 4ZID D 66 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 500-96 4ZM 4ZMA B 15 22K OHM SIF-24F HD-2 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 500-96 4ZM 4ZMB B 66 4.7K OHM SIF-24F HD-2 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 500-96 4ZM 4ZMA B 15 22K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220 HB-3
FMS 500-96 4ZM 4ZMB B 66 4.7K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220 HB-3
MIRCOM
ID STYLE DET ID
FA-1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM DEF-135, -190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
FA-1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-101U N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM DCD-135 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-101U N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM DCD-135 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-101U N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-101U N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-101U N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-101U N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-101U, FA-1020U N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM DEF-135, -190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
FA-101U, FA-1020U N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-101U, FA-1020U N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-1025U N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM DFE-135, -190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
FA-1025U N/A A B,D 30 3.9K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-1025U N/A A B,D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-102U N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-102U N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-104/8U N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM DEF-135, -190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
FA-104/8U N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-104/8U N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-104/8U, 8UX N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-104/8U, 8UX N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-104/8U, 8UX N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM DCD-135 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-104/8U, 8UX N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM DCD-135 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-104/8U, 8UX N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-104/8U, 8UX N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM DCD-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-104/8U, 8UX N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-104/8U, 8UX N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-104/8U, 8UX N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-104/8U, 8UX N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-104/BUX N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM DEF-135, -190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
FA-104/BUX N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-104/BUX N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-200 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM DEF-135, -190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
FA-200 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-200 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-200 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
FA-200, FA-1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM DCD-135 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-200, FA-1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM DCD-135 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-200, FA-1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-200, FA-1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM DCD-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-200, FA-1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-200, FA-1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-200, FA-1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA-200, FA-1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FA-1000 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
SERIES 100 N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM DCD-135 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SERIES 100 N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM DCD-135 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SERIES 100 N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SERIES 100 N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM DCD-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SERIES 100 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM DEF-135, -190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
SERIES 100 N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SERIES 100 N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SERIES 100 N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SERIES 100 N/A A B 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SERIES 100 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SERIES 100 N/A A B, D 30 3.9K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
MODULAR PROT.
ID STYLE DET ID
RP-1002M N/A A B, D 30 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
RP-1002M N/A A B, D 30 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
RP-1002M N/A A B, D 30 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
RP-1002M N/A A B, D 30 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
RP-1002M N/A A B, D 30 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
RP-1002M N/A A B, D 30 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
RP-1002M N/A A B, D 30 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
RP-1002M N/A A B, D 30 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
RP-1002M N/A A B, D 30 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
RP-1002M N/A A B, D 30 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
RP-1002M N/A A B, D 30 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
RP-1002M N/A A B, D 30 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
RP-1002M N/A A B, D 30 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
RP-1002M N/A A B, D 30 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
RP-1002M A B, D 30 SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
NAPCO
ID STYLE DET ID
GEM-3200,-P9600 NA GEM-PS B 10 2.2K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
GEM-P1632 NA MDL NO B 10 2.2K SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
GEM-P1632 NA NA B,D 10 2.2K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
GEM-P3200 NA GEM-PF B 10 2.2K SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
GEM-P800 NA XP-S B 10 2.2K SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
GEM-P800,-P800E NA XP-S B 10 2.2K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
GEM-P800E,P801 NA XP-S B 10 3.9K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
GEM-P801 NA XP-S B 10 2.2K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
GEM-P816, V2,V3 GEM-P816 MDL NO B 10 2.2K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
GEM-P816, V2,V3 NA XP-S B 10 2.2K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
GEM-P9600 NA GEM-PS B 10 2.2K SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
MA3000,SS5500 NA MDL NO B 10 2.2K SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
MA3000/SS5500 NA MDL NO B 10 2.2K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
SS-P3200 NA GEM-PS B 10 2.2K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
SS-P3200,-P9600 NA GEM-PS B 10 2.2K SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
SS-P9600 NA GEM-PS B 10 2.2K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
XP-400, XP-600 NA XP-S B 10 2.2K SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
XP400, XP600 NA XP-S B 10 2.2K OHM SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
NOTIFIER
ID STYLE DET ID
AFM-200 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 1 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
AFM-200 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
AFM-200 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
AFM-200 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 1 3.9K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
AFM-200 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
AFM-200 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 1 3.9K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
AFM-200 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
AFP-1010 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 1 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
AFP-1010 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
AFP-1010 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
AFP-1010 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 1 3.9K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
AFP-1010 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
AFP-1010 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 1 3.9K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
AFP-1010 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
AFP-200 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
AFP-200 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
AFP-200 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 1 3.9K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
AFP-200 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
AFP-200 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 1 3.9K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
AFP-200 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
AM 2020 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 1 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
AM 2020 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
AM 2020 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
AM 2020 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 1 3.9K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
AM 2020 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
AM 2020 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 1 3.9K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
AM 2020 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
MMX-2 MMX-2 A BD 25 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220 HB-56
MMX-2 MMX-2 A BD 25 3.9K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HS-220 HB-56
RP-1001 N/A A BD 30 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220 HB-56
RP-1001 N/A A BD 30 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
RP-1001 N/A A BD 30 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HS-220 HB-56
RP-1001 N/A A BD 30 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
RP-1002 N/A A BD 30 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220 HB-56
RP-1002 N/A A BD 30 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
RP-1002 N/A A B, D 30 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
S 5000 IZ-4,IZM-8 A B, D 15 4.7K OHM DFE-135,-190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
S 5000 IZ-4,IZM-8 A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
S 5000 IZ-4,IZM-8 A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
S 5000 IZ-4,IZM-8 A B, D 20 4.7K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
S 5000 IZM-8 A B, D 10 4.7K OHM DCD-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
S 5000 IZM-8 A B, D 10 4.7K OHM DCD-135,-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8 A B, D 10 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
S 5000 IZM-8 A B, D 10 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8 A B, D 10 4.7K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
S 5000 IZM-8 A B, D 10 4.7K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A B 30 4.7K OHM SIF-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A D 30 N/A SIF-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A D 30 N/A SIF-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A B 30 4.7K OHM SIF-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A D 30 N/A SIF-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A B 30 4.7K OHM SIF-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A B 30 4.7K OHM SIF-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A D 30 N/A SIF-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A B 30 4.7K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A B 30 4.7K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A B 30 4.7K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A D 30 N/A SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A B 30 4.7K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A B 30 4.7K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
Page 1 of 3

ID STYLE DET ID
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A B 30 4.7K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A D 30 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A B 30 4.7K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A A D 30 N/A HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A B 30 4.7K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A B 30 4.7K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A B 30 4.7K OHM SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220 HB-56
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A B 30 4.7K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A B 30 4.7K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
S 5000 IZM-8, IZE-A A D 30 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M220 HB-3
S 5000 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 1 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
S 5000 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
S 5000 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
S 5000 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 1 3.9K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
S 5000 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
S 5000 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 1 3.9K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
S 5000 MMX-2, M3-TW A BD 25 3.9K SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M22 HB-3
SFB-400B N/A A BD 30 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SFB-400B N/A A BD 30 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SFB-400 N/A A BD 30 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SFB-400 N/A A BD 30 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SFB-400B N/A A B 30 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
SFB-400B N/A A B 30 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-22D,YBA-M22 HB-3
SFB-400B N/A A BD 30 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SFB-400B N/A A BD 30 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SFB-400B N/A A B 30 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HS-2-RB HB-10
SFB-400B N/A A B 30 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HS-22D,YBA-M22 HB-3
SLG-2000 N/A A B, D 10 4.7K OHM DCD-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SLG-2000 N/A A B, D 10 4.7K OHM DCD-135,-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SLG-2000 N/A A BD 30 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SLG-2000 N/A A B, D 10 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SLG-2000 N/A A B, D 10 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SLG-2000 N/A A BD 30 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SLG-2000 N/A A B, D 10 4.7K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SLG-2000 N/A A B, D 10 4.7K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SLG-2000,XPM-8 N/A A B, D 20 4.7K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4 A B 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4 A B 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4 A B 35 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4 A B 35 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4, IZM-8 A B, D 10 4.7K OHM DCD-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4, IZM-8 A B, D 10 4.7K OHM DCD-135,-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4, IZM-8 A B, D 15 4.7K OHM DFE-135,-190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4, IZM-8 A B, D 10 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4, IZM-8 A B, D 10 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4, IZM-8 A B, D 10 4.7K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4, IZM-8 A B, D 10 4.7K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4, IZM-8 A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4, IZM-8 A B, D 15 4.7K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4A A B 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4A A B 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4A A B 35 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SYSTEM 500 IZ-4A A B 35 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
Page 2 of 3

ID STYLE DET ID
SYSTEM 500 IZ-8 A BD 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SYSTEM 500 IZ-8 A BD 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SYSTEM 500 IZ-8 A BD 35 4.7K SLK-24/FH HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SYSTEM 500 IZ-8 A BD 35 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SYSTEM 500 IZE-A A BD 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SYSTEM 500 IZE-A A BD 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SYSTEM 500 IZE-A A BD 35 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SYSTEM 500 IZE-A A BD 35 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SYSTEM 5000 IZE-A IZE-A B, D 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SYSTEM 5000 IZM-8 IZM-8 B 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SYSTEM 5000 IZE-A IZE-A B, D 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SYSTEM 5000 IZE-A IZE-A B, D 35 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SYSTEM 5000 IZE-A A B, D 35 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
SYSTEM 5000 IZM-8 A B 35 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SYSTEM 5000 IZM-8 A B 35 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
SYSTEM 5000 IZM-8 A B 35 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
XP TRANSPONDER N/A A B, D 20 2.2K OHM DCD-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
XP TRANSPONDER N/A A B, D 20 2.2K OHM DCD-135,-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
XP TRANSPONDER N/A A B, D 20 2.2K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
XP TRANSPONDER N/A A B, D 20 2.2K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
XP TRANSPONDER N/A A B, D 20 2.2K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
XP TRANSPONDER N/A A B, D 20 2.2K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
XP TRANSPONDER XPM-8 A B, D 60 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
XP TRANSPONDER XPM-8 A B, D 60 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
XP TRANSPONDER XPM-8 A B, D 60 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
XP TRANSPONDER XPM-8 A B, D 60 4.7K SLK-24F/FH HD-3 HSB-224 HB-53
Page 3 of 3
PARADOX SECURITY SYSTEMS

SPECTRA 1738 N/A A B 1 N/A SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
SPECTRA 1738 N/A A B 1 N/A SLR-835BH-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
SPECTRA 1738EX N/A A B 1 N/A SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
SPECTRA 1738EX N/A A B 1 N/A SLR-835BH-2W HD-6 N/A N/A
POTTER ELECTRIC
ID STYLE DET ID
PFC-100 NRC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24FH HD3 HS-221D HB4
PFC 100 RC N/A A B, D 1 5.1K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-221D HB-2
PFC 100 RC N/A A B, D 1 5.1K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-221D HB-4
PFC 100 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-21D HB-2
PFC 100 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-221 RB HB-13
PFC 100 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-221D HB-4
PFC 100 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-21D HB-2
PFC 100 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-221 RB HB-13
PFC-100 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-221 HB-54
PFC-100 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-221N HB-54
PFC-100 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-221R HB-71
PFC-100 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-221 HB-54
PFC-100 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-221N HB-54
PFC-100 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-221R HB-71
PFC-100 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-221 HB-54
PFC-100 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-221N HB-54
PFC-100 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSC-221R HB-71
PFC-2000 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-221 HB-54
PFC-2000 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-221N HB-54
PFC-2000 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SIH-24F HD-3 HSC-221R HB-71
PFC-2000 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-221 HB-54
PFC-2000 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-221N HB-54
PFC-2000 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24F HD-3 HSC-221R HB-71
PFC-2000 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-221 HB-54
PFC-2000 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-221N HB-54
PFC-2000 RC N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSC-221R HB-71
PFC-4410 N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-221 HB-54
PFC-4410 N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-221N HB-54
PFC-4410 N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-221 HB-54
PFC-4410 N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-221N HB-54
PFC-4410 N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-221 HB-54
PFC-4410 N/A A B, D 25 5.1K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-221N HB-54
PROTECTOWIRE
ID STYLE DET ID
ACR-1600 SERIES ZM-2200 MDL NO AD 20 ELR-1A SIF-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
ACR-1600 SERIES ZM-2200 MDL NO AD 20 ELR-1A SIF-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
ACR-1600 SERIES ZM-2200 MDL NO AD 20 ELR-1A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
ACR-1600 SERIES ZM-2200 MDL NO AD 20 ELR-1A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
ACR-1600 SERIES ZM-2200 MDL NO AD 20 ELR-1A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
ACR-1600 SERIES ZM-2200 MDL NO AD 20 ELR-1A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FS2000 ZC-91, ZC-91M MDL NO B, D 30 4.7K OHM DCD-135 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FS2000 ZC-91, ZC-91M MDL NO B, D 30 4.7K OHM DCD-135 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FS2000 ZC-91, ZC-91M MDL NO B, D 30 4.7K OHM DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FS2000 ZC-91, ZC-91M MDL NO B, D 30 4.7K OHM DCD-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FS2000 ZC-91, ZC-91M MDL NO B, D 30 4.7K OHM DFE-135,-190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
FS2000 ZC-91, ZC-91M MDL NO B, D 30 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FS2000 ZC-91, ZC-91M MDL NO B, D 30 4.7K OHM SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FS2000 ZC-91, ZC-91M MDL NO B, D 30 4.7K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FS2000 ZC-91, ZC-91M MDL NO B, D 30 4.7K OHM SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FS2000 ZC-91, ZC-91M MDL NO B, D 30 4.7K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FS2000 ZC-91, ZC-91M MDL NO B, D 30 4.7K SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220 HB-3
FS2000 ZC-91, ZC-91M MDL NO B, D 30 4.7K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
FS2000 ZC-91, ZC-91M MDL NO B, D 30 4.7K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
FS2000 SERIES ZC-91 ZC-91 BD 30 4.7K OHM SIH-24F HD-S HS-220D HB-3
FS2000 SERIES ZC-91 ZC-91 BD 30 4.7K OHM SIH-24F HD-S HS-220D HB-3
FS2000 SERIES ZC-91 ZC-91 BD 30 4.7K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FS2000 SERIES ZC-91M ZC-91 BD 30 4.7K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
RADIONICS
ID STYLE DET ID
D2012,D2112 2 WIRE POINT1 A 40 1.8K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
D2212 ZONE 1 221201 A 15 2K D262 HD-4 D261A HB-80
D2212, D2412 2 WIRE POINT1 A 40 1.8K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
D2212B 1 B A 15 15- D262 HD-4 D261A HB-80
D2212B ZONE 1 221201 A 15 2K D262 HD-4 D261A HB-80
D2212BE 1 B A 15 15- D262 HD-4 D261A HB-80
D2412UE 1 B A 15 15- D262 HD-4 D261A HB-80
D2812 1 B A 15 15 D262 HD-4 D261A HB-80
D2812,D2812U 2 WIRE POINT1 A 40 1.8K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
D4112 N/A B A 20 1.8K OHM SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1 HB-80
D4112 N/A B A 20 1.8K OHM SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1N HB-80
D4112 N/A 1 A 20 D104F SLK-12 HD-4 YBC-RL/12 HB-40
D6112 N/A B A 20 1.8K OHM SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1 HB-80
D6112 N/A B A 20 1.8K OHM SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1N HB-80
D6112 N/A 2 A 20 D104F SLK-12 HD-4 YBC-RL/12 HB-40
D7112 D125B A A 20 1.8K OHM SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1 HB-80
D7112 D125B A A 20 1.8K OHM SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1N HB-80
D7212 OWB/125B 24VDC MDL NO A 80 1.8K SIH-24F HD-3 HS224D HB-5
D7212 OWB/D125B 24VDC MDL NO A 80 1.8K SIH-24F HD-3 HS224D HB-5
D7212 OWB/D125B 24VDC MDL NO A 80 1.8K SLK-24F HD-3 HS224D HB-5
D7212,D7412 D125B D125B A 40 1.8K OHM DFE-135,-190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
D7212,D7412 D125B D125B A 40 1.8K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
D7212,D7412 D125B D125B A 40 1.8K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-100, NS6-100 HB-55
D7212,D7412 D125B D125B A 40 1.8K OHM SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
D7212,D7412 ZONE 1 D125B A 40 1.8K OHM DCD-135,DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
D7212,D7412 ZONE 1 D125B A 40 1.8K OHM DCD-135,DCD-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
D7212,D7412 ZONE 1 D125B A 40 1.8K OHM SIJ-24,SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
D7212,D7412 ZONE 1 D125B A 40 1.8K OHM SIJ-24,SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
D7412 ONBOARD W/125B MDL NO A 80 1.8K SIH-24F HD-3 HS224D HB-5
D7412 ONBOARD W/D125B MDL NO A 80 1.8K SIH-24F HD-3 HS224D HB-5
D7412 ONBOARD W/D125B MDL NO A 15 1.8K SLK-12 HD-4 YBC-AL/12 HB-40
D7412 ONBOARD W/D125B MDL NO A 80 1.8K SLK-24F HD-3 HS224D HB-5
D8112 D8112 W/D125B MDL NO A 20 1.8K OHM SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1 HB-80
D8112 D8112 W/D125B MDL NO A 20 1.8K OHM SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1N HB-80
D8112 N/A 2 TO 8 A 20 D108 SLK-12 HD-4 YBC-RL/12 HB-40
D8112,D9112 ZONE NO D125B A 40 1.8K OHM SLR-835B--2 HD-6 N/A N/A
D9112,D9412 ZONE 1 D125B A 40 1.8K OHM DCD-135,DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
D9112,D9412 ZONE 1 D125B A 40 1.8K OHM DCD-135,DCD-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
D9112,D9412 ZONE 1 D125B A 40 1.8K OHM SIJ-24,SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
D9112,D9412 ZONE 1 D125B A 40 1.8K OHM SIJ-24,SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
D9112B,D9124 D125B D125B A 40 1.8K OHM DFE-135,-190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
D9112B,D9124 D125B D125B A 40 1.8K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
D9112B,D9124 D125B D125B A 40 1.8K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-100, NS6-100 HB-55
D9112B,D9124 D125B D125B A 40 1.8K OHM SLR-835B--2 HD-6 N/A N/A
D9412 D125B D125B A 40 1.8K OHM DFE-135,-190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
D9412 D125B D125B A 40 1.8K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
D9412 D125B D125B A 40 1.8K OHM SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-100, NS6-100 HB-55
D9412 D125B D125B A 40 1.8K OHM SLR-835B--2 HD-6 N/A N/A
D9412 ONBOARD W/D125B MDL NO A 80 1.8K SIH-24F HD-3 HS224D HB-5
D9412 ONBOARD W/D125B MDL NO A 15 1.8K SLK-12 HD-4 YBC-AL/12 HB-40
1 of 1
RAULAND-BORG
ID STYLE DET ID
FA3002 FA3002 LP01 A 50 3.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3002 LP02 A 50 3.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3002 LP01 A 50 3.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FA3002 FA3002 LP02 A 50 3.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FA3002 FA3002 LP01 A 50 3.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA3002 FA3002 LP02 A 50 3.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA3002 FA3002 LP01 A 50 3.3K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3002 LP02 A 50 3.3K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3002 LP02 A 50 3.3K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FA3002 FA3002 LP01 A 50 3.3K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FA3002 FA3002 LP02 A 50 3.3K SLK-24F HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA3002 FA3002 LP01 A 50 3.3K SLK-24F HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA3002 FA3002 LP01 A 50 3.3K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3002 LP02 A 50 3.3K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3002 LP02 A 50 3.3K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FA3002 FA3002 LP01 A 50 3.3K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA3002 FA3002 LP02 A 50 3.3K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
FA3002 FA3120,FA3125 CZ02 A 1 30K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3120,FA3125 CZ01 A 1 20K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FA3002 FA3120,FA3125 CZ01 A 1 20K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3120,FA3125 CZ01 A 1 20K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3120,FA3125 CZ01 A 1 20K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FA3002 FA3120,FA3125 CZ02 A 3 30K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FA3002 FA3120,FA3125 CZ01 A 1 20K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3120,FA3125 CZ02 A 1 30K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3120,FA3125 CZ02 A 3 30K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FA3002 FA3120,FA3125 CZ01 A 1 20K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FA3002 FA3120,FA3125 CZ02 A 3 30K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FA3002 FA3120,FAP3125 CZ02 A 1 30K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3130,FAP3135 CZ02 A 1 30K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3130,FAP3135 CZ01 A 1 20K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3130,FAP3135 CZ02 A 3 30K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FA3002 FA3130,FAP3135 CZ01 A 1 20K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FA3002 FA3130,FAP3135 CZ02 A 1 30K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3130,FAP3135 CZ01 A 1 20K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3130,FAP3135 CZ01 A 1 20K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FA3002 FA3130,FAP3135 CZ02 A 3 30K SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FA3002 FA3130,FAP3135 CZ02 A 1 30K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FA3002 FA3130,FAP3135 CZ02 A 3 30K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FA3002 FA3130,FAP3135 CZ01 A 1 20K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
FIRE PLEX FA3001 LPO1 2 A 50 1344 SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FIRE PLEX FA3001 LPO1 2 A 50 1344 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FIRE PLEX FA3130,FAP3135 CZ01 A 1 1346 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
FIRE PLEX FA3130,FAP3135 CZ01 A 1 1346 SIH-24F HD-3 HS-220D HB-3
SECURTON
ID STYLE DET ID
MR-2600 MR-2600 MDL NO B 29 MRD-2904 SIH-24F HD-2 HS-221D HB-4
MR-2600 MR-2600 MDL NO B 29 MRD-2904 SIH-24F HD-2 YBA-M221 HB-4
MR-2600 MR-2600 MDL NO B 25 MRD-2904 SIH-24F HD-3 HS-221D HB-4
MR-2600 MR-2600 MDL NO B 25 MRD-2904 SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M221 HB-4
MR-2600 MR-2600 MDL NO B 22 MRD-2904 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-221D HB-4
MR-2600 MR-2600 MDL NO B 22 MRD-2904 SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M221 HB-4
MR-2600 MR-2600 MDL NO B 22 MRD-2904 SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-221D HB-4
MR-2600 MR-2600 MDL NO B 22 MRD-2904 SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M221 HB-4
MR-2900 MR-2928 A B, C 34 MRD-2904 SIH-24F HD-2 HS-221D HB-4
MR-2900 MR-2928 A B, C 34 MRD-2904 SIH-24F HD-2 YBA-M221 HB-4
MR-2900 MR-2928 A B, C 26 MRD-2904 SIH-24F HD-3 HS-221D HB-4
MR-2900 MR-2928 A B, C 26 MRD-2904 SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M221 HB-4
MR-2900 MR-2928 A B, C 24 MRD-2904 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-221D HB-4
MR-2900 MR-2928 A B, C 24 MRD-2904 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-221D HB-4
MR-2900 MR-2928 A B, C 24 MRD-2904 SLK-24F HD-3 YBA-M221 HB-4
MR-2900 MR-2928 A B, C 24 MRD-2904 SLK-24FH HD-3 YBA-M221 HB-4
SILENT KNIGHT
ID STYLE DET ID
5204 N/A 24C B 30 7628 DFE-135,-190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
5204 N/A 24C B 30 7628 SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
5204 N/A 24C B 30 7628 SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
5204 12 VOLT N/A N/A A 20 7628 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
5204 12 VOLT N/A N/A A 20 7628 SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
5207 5210 24A B 30 7628 DCD-135 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
5207 5210 24A B 30 7628 DCD-135 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
5207 5210 24A B 30 7628 DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
5207 5210 24A B 30 7628 DCD-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
5207 5210 24A B 30 7628 DFE-135,-190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
5207 5210 24A B 30 7628 SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
5207 5210 24A B 30 7628 SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
5207 5210 24A B 30 7628 SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
5207 5210 24A B 30 7628 SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
5207 5210 24A B 30 7628 SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
5207 5210 24A B 30 7628 SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
5207 5210 24A B 30 7628 SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-100, NS6-100 HB-55
5207 5210 24A B 30 7628 SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
5207 5210 24A B 30 7628 SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
5207 5210 24A B 10 7628 SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D/HSB-224 HB-5
5207 5210 24A B 10 7628 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-224D/HSB-224 HB-5
5207 N/A 24D B 30 7628 DCD-135 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
5207 N/A 24D B 30 7628 DCD-135 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
5207 N/A 24D B 30 7628 DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
5207 N/A 24D B 30 7628 DCD-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
5207 N/A 24D B 30 7628 DFE-135,-190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
5207 N/A 24D B 30 7628 SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
5207 N/A 24D B 30 7628 SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
5207 N/A 24B A 40 7628 4.7 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
5207 N/A 24A B 20 7628 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
5207 N/A 24B A 40 7628 4.7 SLK-24FH HD-5 HS-224C HB-5
5207 N/A 24B A 40 7628 4.7 SLK-24FH HD-5 HS-224C HB-5
5207 N/A 24A B 20 7628 SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
5207 N/A 24D B 30 7628 SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
5207 N/A 24D B 30 7628 SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
5207 N/A 24D B 30 7628 SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
5207 N/A 24D B 30 7628 SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
5207 N/A 24D B 25 7628 SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D/HSB-224 HB-5
5207 N/A 24D B 25 7628 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-224D/HSB-224 HB-5
5820, 5828XL N/A 24H B, D 12 7628 DCD-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
5820, 5828XL N/A 24H B, D 12 7628 DCD-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
5820, 5828XL N/A 24H B, D 12 7628 DCD-135,-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
5820, 5828XL N/A 24H B, D 12 7628 DFE-135,-190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
5820, 5828XL N/A 24H B, D 12 7628 SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
5820, 5828XL N/A 24H B, D 12 7628 SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
5820, 5828XL N/A 24H B, D 12 7628 SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
5820, 5828XL N/A 24H B, D 12 7628 SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 NS4-100, NS6-100 HB-55
5820, 5828XL N/A 24H B, D 12 7628 SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
5820, 5828XL N/A 24H B, D 12 7628 SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-100, NS6-100 HB-55
5820, 5828XL N/A 24H B, D 12 7628 SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
5820, 5828XL N/A 24H B, D 12 7628 SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
7181 N/A B B 30 7628 DCD-135 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
7181 N/A B B 30 7628 DCD-135 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
7181 N/A B B 30 7628 DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
7181 N/A B B 30 7628 DCD-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
7181 N/A B B 30 7628 DFE-135,-190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
7181 N/A B B 30 7628 SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
7181 N/A B B 30 7628 SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
7181 N/A B B 18 7628 SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1 HB-80
7181 N/A B B 18 7628 SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1 HB-80
7181 N/A B B 18 7628 SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1N HB-80
7181 N/A B B 18 7628 SLK-12 HD-4 HSB-12-1N HB-80
7181 N/A B B 30 7628 SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
7181 N/A B B 30 7628 SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
7181 N/A B B 30 7628 SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
7181 N/A B B 30 7628 SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
7181 N/A 24B B, D 20 7628 SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
SD500-SDM NA 241 B/D 25 7628 SIH-24F HD-3 YBA-M224 HB-5
Page 1 of 3

ID STYLE DET ID
SD500-SDM NA 241 B, D 25 7628 SLK-24F HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
SD500-SDM NA 241 B, D 25 7628 SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
SD500-SDM NA 241 B/D 25 7628 SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
SK-5208,FC-5208 SK-5217,FC-5217 24J B, D 15 7628 SLR-835H HD-5 HSC-220R HB-72
SK-5208,FC-5208 SK-5217,FC-5217 24J B, D 15 7628 SLR-835H HD-5 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 15 N/A DCD-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 15 N/A DCD-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 15 N/A DCD-135,-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 15 N/A DFE-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 15 N/A SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 15 N/A SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 15 N/A SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 15 N/A SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 NS4-100, NS6-100 HB-55
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 15 N/A SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 15 N/A SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-100, NS6-100 HB-55
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 15 N/A SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 15 N/A SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
SK6324 N/A 24F D 10 7628 SLR-835H HD-5 HSC-220R HB-72
SK6324 N/A 24F D 10 7628 SLR-835H HD-5 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 1 N/A SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2,SBC-2W HB-85
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 1 N/A SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 1 N/A SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 1 N/A SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 SBC-2,SBC-2W HB-85
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 1 N/A SIJ-24 HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 1 N/A SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
SK-6324 N/A 24F B 1 N/A SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2R HB-85
SK-2224 NA 24F B 30 7628 SIH-24F HD-3 HS-224D/HSB-224 HB-5
SK-2224 NA 24F B 30 7628 SLK-24F, -24FH HD-3 HS-224D HB-5
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24FF D 15 N/A DCD-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24FF D 15 N/A DCD-135,-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24FF D 15 N/A DFE-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24FF D 15 N/A SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24FF D 15 N/A SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24FF D 15 N/A SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24FF D 15 N/A SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 NS4-100, NS6-100 HB-55
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24FF D 15 N/A SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24FF D 15 N/A SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-100, NS6-100 HB-55
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24FF D 15 N/A SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24FF D 15 N/A SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
SK2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 10 7628 SLR-835BH-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
SK2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 10 7628 SLR-835H HD-5 HSC-220R HB-72
SK2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 10 7628 SLR-835H HD-5 NS4-100,NS6-100 HB-55
SK2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 10 7628 SLR-835H HD-5 NS4-220 HB-3
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 30 7628 DCD-135 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 30 7628 DCD-135 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 30 7628 DCD-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 30 7628 DCD-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 30 N/A DFE-135,-190 N/A HSC-220L HB-64
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 30 N/A SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 30 N/A SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 30 7628 SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 30 7628 SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 30 N/A SLR-24H HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 30 N/A SLR-24H HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 1 7628 SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2,SBC-2W HB-85
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 1 7628 SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 1 7628 SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 1 7628 SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 SBC-2,SBC-2W HB-85
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 1 7628 SIJ-24 HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 1 7628 SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
SK-2224, SK4224 N/A 24F B 1 7628 SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2R HB-85
SK4224 N/A 24FF D 10 7628 SLR-835H HD-5 HSC-220R HB-72
SK4224 N/A 24FF D 10 7628 SLR-835H HD-5 NS4-100,NS6-100 HB-55
SK4224 N/A 24FF D 10 7628 SLR-835H HD-5 NS4-220,NS6-220 HB-3
SK4224 N/A 24FF D 30 N/A SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
SK5208 N/A 24J B, D 15 7628 DCD-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
SK5208 N/A 24J B, D 15 7628 DCD-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SK5208 N/A 24J B, D 15 7628 DCD-135,-190 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
Page 2 of 3

ID STYLE DET ID
SK5208 N/A 24J B, D 15 7628 DFE-135,-190 HD-3 HSC-220L HB-64
SK5208 N/A 24J B, D 15 7628 SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SK5208 N/A 24J B, D 15 7628 SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SK5208 N/A 24J B, D 15 7628 SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
SK5208 N/A 24J B, D 15 7628 SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 NS4-100, NS6-100 HB-55
SK5208 N/A 24J B, D 15 7628 SLR-24H, -24V HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SK5208 N/A 24J B, D 15 7628 SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-100, NS6-100 HB-55
SK5208 N/A 24J B, D 15 7628 SLR-835 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
SK5208 N/A 24J B, D 15 7628 SLR-835B-2 HD-6 N/A N/A
SK5208/FC-5208 N/A 24J B, D 1 7628 SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2,SBC-2W HB-85
SK5208/FC-5208 N/A 24J B, D 1 7628 SLR-835,-835W HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
SK5208/FC-5208 N/A 24J B, D 1 7628 SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 SBC-2R,SBC-2RW HB-85
SK5208/FC-5208 N/A 24J B, D 1 7628 SLR-835H,-835HW HD-5 SBC-2,SBC-2W HB-85
SK5208/FC-5208 N/A 24J B, D 1 7628 SIJ-24 HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
SK5208/FC-5208 N/A 24J B, D 1 7628 SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2 HB-85
SK5208/FC-5208 N/A 24J B, D 1 7628 SLR-24V HD-3 SBC-2R HB-85
C6000 N/A 24E B 30 7628 DCD-135 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
C6000 N/A 24E B 30 7628 DCD-135 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
C6000 N/A 24E B 30 7628 SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
C6000 N/A 24E B 30 7628 SIJ-24 HD-3 HSC-221R HB-71
C6000 N/A 24E B 30 7628 SIJ-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
C6000 N/A 24E B 30 7628 SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-220R HB-72
C6000 N/A 24E B 30 7628 SLR-24 HD-3 HSC-221R HB-71
C6000 N/A 24E B 30 7628 SLR-24 HD-3 NS4-220, NS6-220 HB-3
UPDATED 9/11/03
Page 3 of 3
SIMPLEX
ID STYLE DET ID
SERIES 4010 4090-9101&-9106 MDL NO B, D 20 3.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-221 HB-4
SERIES 4010 4090-9101&-9106 MDL NO B, D 20 3.3K SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-221S HB-54
SERIES 4010 4090-9101&-9106 MDL NO B, D 20 3.3K SLK-24FB HD-3 HS-221 HB-4
SERIES 4010 4090-9101&-9106 MDL NO B, D 20 3.3K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-221 HB-4
SERIES 4010 4090-9101&-9106 MDL NO B, D 20 3.3K SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-221S HB-54
SERIES 4010 4090-9101&-9106 MDL NO B, D 20 3.3K SLK-24KB HD-3 HS-221 HB-4
SERIES 4010 4090-9101&-9106 MDL NO B, D 20 3.3K SLK-24KB HD-3 HSB-221S HB-54
SERIES 4010 4090-9101&-9106 MDL NO B, D 20 40909101 SLK-24FB HD-3 HSB-221S HB-54
SPECTRONICS 2-Wire Compatibility Listings
ID STYLE DET ID
324 320/LC/OS-24 MDL NO B 15 15 K SIH-24F HD-2 HS-200 D HD-20
324 320/LC/OS-24 MDL NO B 11 15 K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
324 320/LC/OS-24 MDL NO B 13 15 K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
324 320/LC/OS-24 MDL NO B 13 15 K SLK-24FG HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/641 MX8/WIB MDL NO B 13 15K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX ADS MDL NO B 15 15 K SIH-24F HD-2 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX ADS MDL NO B 11 15 K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX ADS MDL NO B 13 15 K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX ADS MDL NO B 13 15 K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX ADS-H MDL NO B 50 4.7K SIH-24F HD-2 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX ADS-H MDL NO B 39 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX ADS-H MDL NO B 44 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/OSH MDL NO B 50 4.7K SIF-24F HD-2 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/OSH MDL NO B 40 4.7K OHM SIF-24F HD-2 HS-22D HB-3
624/MX MX/OSH MDL NO B 39 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/OSH MDL NO B 44 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/OSH MDL NO B 40 4.7K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
624/MX MX/OSH MDL NO B 44 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/OSH MDL NO B 39 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/OSH MDL NO B 40 4.7K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
624/MX MX/I0-1O MDL NO B, D 22 15 k SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/I01O-H MDL NO B 39 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/I01O MDL NO B 39 4.7K SIF-24F HD-2 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/I01O MDL NO B 50 4.7K SIF-24F HD-2 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/I01O MDL NO B, D 19 15 K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/I01O MDL NO B, D 22 15 K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/I01O-H MDL NO B 44 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/I01O-H MDL NO B 44 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/I0-1O-H MDL NO B 50 4.7K OHM SIH-24F HD-2 HS-22D HB-3
624/MX MX/I0-1O-H MDL NO B 40 4.7K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
624/MX MX/I0-1O-H MDL NO B 40 4.7K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
624/MX MX/OSRP MDL NO B 15 15 K SIF-24F HD-2 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/OSRP MDL NO B 11 15 K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/OSRP MDL NO B 13 15 K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
624/MX MX/OSRP MDL NO B 13 15 K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640 MX8/WIBH MDL NO B 50 4.7K OHM SIF-24F HD-2 HS-22D HB-3
640 MX8/WIBH MDL NO B 40 4.7K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
640 MX8/WIBH MDL NO B 40 4.7K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
640 S2W MDL NO B 50 4.7K OHM SIF-24F HD-2 HS-22D HB-3
640 S2W MDL NO B 40 4.7K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
640 S2W MDL NO B 40 4.7K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
640 S2WA MDL NO D 50 N/A SIF-24F HD-2 HS-22D HB-3
640 S2WA MDL NO D 40 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
640 S2WA MDL NO D 40 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
640/641 MX8/WIB MDL NO B 15 15 K SIF-24F HD-2 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 MX8/WIB MDL NO B 50 4.7K SIF-24F HD-2 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 MX8/WIB MDL NO B 11 15 K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 MX8/WIB MDL NO B 39 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 MX8/WIB MDL NO B 44 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 MX8/WIB MDL NO B 44 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 MX8/WIB MDL NO B 13 15 K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 S2/OSS MDL NO B 15 15 K SIF-24F HD-2 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 S2/OSS MDL NO B 11 15 K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 S2/OSS MDL NO B 13 15 K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 S21/OSS MDL NO B 13 15 K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 S2A MDL NO D 15 15 K SIF-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 S2A MDL NO D 11 15 K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 S2A MDL NO D 13 15 K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 S2A MDL NO D 13 15 K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 S2W MDL NO B 50 4.7K SIF-24F HD-2 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 S2W MDL NO B 44 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 S2W MDL NO B 44 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 S2WA MDL NO D 50 4.7K SIF-24F HD-2 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 S2WA MDL NO D 39 4.7K SIH-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 S2WA MDL NO D 44 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
640/641 S2WA MDL NO D 44 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
641 MX8/WIBH MDL NO B 50 4.7K OHM SIF-24F HD-2 HS-22D HB-3
641 MX8/WIBH MDL NO B 40 4.7K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
Page 1 of 2

ID STYLE DET ID
641 MX8/WIBH MDL NO B 40 4.7K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
641 S2W MDL NO B 50 4.7K OHM SIF-24F HD-2 HS-22D HB-3
641 S2W MDL NO B 40 4.7K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
641 S2W MDL NO B 40 4.7K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
641 S2WA MDL NO D 50 N/A SIF-24F HD-2 HS-22D HB-3
641 S2WA MDL NO D 40 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
641 S2WA MDL NO D 40 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-22D HB-3
FASA FASA FASA B 50 4.7K OHM SIF-24F HD-2 HB-22D HB-3
FASA FASA FASA D 50 N/A SIF-24F HD-2 HB-22D HB-3
FASA FASA MDL NO BD 50 4.7K SIF-24F HD-2 HS-200 D HD-20
FASA FASA MDL NO BD 39 4.7K SIF-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
FASA FASA FASA D 40 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 HB-22D HB-3
FASA FASA FASA B 40 4.7K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HB-22D HB-3
FASA FASA MDL NO B 44 4.7K SLK-24F HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
FASA FASA FASA B 40 4.7K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HB-22D HB-3
FASA FASA FASA D 40 N/A SLK-24FH HD-3 HB-22D HB-3
FASA FASA MDL NO BD 44 4.7K SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-200 D HD-20
Page 2 of 2
UPTIME
ID STYLE DET ID
1A N/A ZA/B B 30 10K OHM SIF-24F HD-2 HS-21D HB-2
1A N/A ZA/B B 24 10K OHM SLK-24F HD-3 HS-21D HB-2
1A N/A ZA/B B 24 10K OHM SLK-24FH HD-3 HS-21D HB-2
VIKING
ID STYLE DET ID
PAR-3, B-1 N/A A BD 30 71252 SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
PAR-3, B-1 N/A A BD 30 71252 SIH-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-54
PAR-3, B-1 N/A A BD 30 71252 SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
PAR-3, B-1 N/A A BD 30 71252 SLK-24F HD-3 HSB-224 HB-54
PAR-3, B-1 N/A A BD 30 71252 SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-220 HB-56
PAR-3, B-1 N/A A BD 30 71252 SLK-24FH HD-3 HSB-224 HB-54
WORMALD
ID STYLE DET ID
AUTOPULSE 1000 N/A SZB1 B 75 68710 SLK-24F HD-3 DB-201N HB-2
AUTOPULSE 1000 N/A SZB1 B 75 68710 SLK-24F HD-3 DBR-202N HB-7
AUTOPULSE 2000 N/A M6D1 D 45 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 DB-201N HB-2
AUTOPULSE 2000 N/A M6B1 B 75 70061 SLK-24F HD-3 DB-201N HB-2
AUTOPULSE 2000 N/A M6B1 B 75 70061 SLK-24F HD-3 DBR-202N HB-7
AUTOPULSE 3000 N/A M6B1 B 75 70061 SLK-24F HD-3 DI-201N HD-2
AUTOPULSE 4000 N/A M20B1 B 75 70061 SLK-24F HD-3 DI-201N HB-2
MULTIZONE 20M N/A M20D1 D 40 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 DB-201N HB-2
MULTIZONE 20M N/A M20B1 B 75 70061 SLK-24F HD-3 DBR-202N HB-7
MULTIZONE 20M N/A M20B1 B 75 70061 SLK-24F HD-3 DI-201N HB-2
MULTIZONE 20P N/A M20B1 B 75 70061 SLK-24F HD-3 DB-201N HB-2
MULTIZONE 20P N/A M20D1 D 40 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 DB-201N HB-2
MULTIZONE 20P N/A M20B1 B 75 70061 SLK-24F HD-3 DBR-202N HB-7
MULTIZONE 6P N/A M6D1 D 45 N/A SLK-24F HD-3 DB-201N HB-2
MULTIZONE 6P N/A M6B1 B 75 70061 SLK-24F HD-3 DBR-202N HB-7
MULTIZONE 6P N/A M6B1 B 75 70061 SLK-24F HD-3 DI-201N HB-2
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION
OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL
FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM
LISTING SERVICE
LISTING No. 3240-0410:155 Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY: Duct Smoke Detector Housing/Base
LISTEE: Hochiki America, 7051 Village Drive, Suite 100, Buena Park, CA 90621-2268
*Contact: Bob Misiuk (714) 670-3251 FAX (714) 690-7890
DESIGN: Models DH-98-I, DH-98-P, DH-98-A, DH-98-AR, DH-98-HVI and DH-98-HVP duct smoke
detector units. Each unit consists of a smoke detector head, Models SIJ-24DH (ionization
type), SLR-24DH or ALG-DH (photoelectric type), plastic enclosure, plastic cover, relays,
electrical components, and sampling and exhaust tubes. The smoke detector heads are
not suitable for use as open area detection. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional
detailed product description and operational considerations.
RATING: 120 VAC, 230 VAC, 24 VAC and 24 VDC
INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes & ordinances and
in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
MARKING: Listee's name, model designation, electrical rating and UL label.
APPROVAL: Listed as duct smoke detector units for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm
control units to detect an abnormal amount of smoke density in the return air ducts of air
conditioning and ventilating system. The air velocity in the duct shall be between 300-
4000 fpm.
NOTE: For duct application only. Not suitable for open area protection.
*Rev. 11-16-2000
This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results
and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or
recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation
criteria. Refer to listee’s data sheet, installation instructions and/or other suitable information sources.
Date Issued: JUNE 12, 2006 Listing Expires June 30, 2007
Authorized By: DIANE K. AREND, Senior Deputy

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
CATEGORY: Annunciators
LISTEE: Hochiki America, 7051 Village Dr., Suite 100, Buena Park, CA 90621
DESIGN: Model HRAM-208 remote multiplex annunciator and HRTI-1 Remote trouble Indicator.
Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational
considerations.
RATING: 20-19 VDC
in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. For indoor use only.
MARKING: Listee's name, model number and UL label.
APPROVAL: Listed as annunciator panel for use with listee's separately listed compatible Model HCP-
200 Series fire alarm control unit (CSFM Listing No. 7165-0410:152).
XLF: 7120-1477:108
*Rev. 11-16-2000

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
DESIGN: Model HRA-1000 remote multiplex annunciator panel. The main annunciator module
provides indication for 32 zones. Each adder annunciator module provides indication for
48 additional zones. Unit includes main annunciator chassis HRAM-1032 and adder
annunciator chassis HRAX-1048. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed
product description and operational considerations.
RATING: 20-29 VDC
INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes & ordinances
and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. For indoor use only.
APPROVAL: Listed as annunciator panel for use with listee's separately listed compatible Model HPC-
1000 fire alarm control unit (CSFM Listing No. 7165-0410:154).
XLF: 7120-1477:107
*Rev. 11-16-2000

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
CATEGORY: Boxes/Pull Stations
Contact: Bob Misiuk (714) 670-3251 FAX (714) 690-7890
DESIGN: Models HMS-401U, HMS-501U noncoded fire alarm manual pull stations; and Model
HMS-DA station adapter. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product
description and operational considerations.
RATING: 30 VDC, 1A
APPROVAL: Listed as fire alarm manual pull stations for use with separately listed electrically and
functionally compatible fire alarm control units.
XLF: 7150-1477:101
10-02-2000

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
CATEGORY: Control Unit (Non High-Rise)
DESIGN: Model HCP-201, HCP-202, HCP-204 and HCP-204E fire alarm control units. Non-coded;
automatic, manual, local, remote station, central station, waterflow and sprinkler
supervisory service. System components:
HCP-201,-202,-204,-204E Main Fire Alarm Assembly

HDM-204 Initiating & NAC Zones
HRM-204, HRM-208 Relay Module
HPR-100 Polarity reversal & City Tie
HDACT-100 DACT
BB-815, BB-816 Enclosure
INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes & ordinances,
and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
MARKING: Listee's name, model number, electrical rating and UL label.
APPROVAL: Listed as fire alarm control units for use with separately listed electrically and functionally
compatible initiating and indicating devices.
This control unit does not generate a temporal pattern signal. If the distinctive three-pulse
Temporal Pattern Fire Alarm Evacuation Signal (for total evacuation) in accordance with
NFPA 72, 1999 Edition is required, the control unit must be used with appliances that can
generate the temporal pattern signal. Refer to listee's Installation instructions Manual for
details.
NOTE: For Fire Alarm Verification Feature, the maximum Retard/Reset/Restart period shall not
exceed 30.0 seconds.
XLF: 07165-1477:109
*Rev. 11-16-2000

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
DESIGN: HCP-1000 fire alarm control unit. Non-coded, automatic, manual, local, auxiliary, remote
station, waterflow and sprinkler supervisory service. System components:
HCP-1000 Control Unit

HBB-1024, HBB-1072 Backbox
HMCC-1024-6, -12 24-Zone Chassis
HMCC-1024-6S, -12S 24-Zone Chassis
HECH-1048 Expander Chassis
HDM-1008 8-Zone Detection Module
HSGM-1004 4-Zone NAC Module
HRM-1008 Relay Adder Module
HPR-100 Polarity Reversal and City Tie
HFA-1024TR Flush Trim Ring
APPROVAL: Listed as fire alarm control units for use with separately listed electrically and functionally
compatible initiating and indicating devices.
This control unit can generate a distinctive three-pulse Temporal Pattern Fire Alarm
Evacuation Signal (for total evacuation) in accordance with NFPA 72, 1999 Edition. Refer
to listee's Installation Manual for details.
NOTE: For Fire Alarm Verification Feature (delay of fire alarm signal), the maximum
Retard/Reset/Restart period shall not exceed 30 seconds.
XLF: 7165-1477:106
*Rev. 11-16-2000

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
LISTEE: Hochiki America, 7051 Village Dr., Suite 100, Buena Park, CA 90621-*2268
DESIGN: Model FireNet 4127 Analog Addressable fire alarm control unit. Automatic, manual, waterflow and
sprinkler supervisory service. Refer to the listee's data sheet for detailed product description and
operational considerations. System components:
MODULE PART NO. DESCRIPTION

FN-4127-BO (K6002) Control Board
FN-4127-IO (K6006) 16 Channel Input/Output Board
FN-4127-CPA-BO (K6001) Front LCD Indicator Panel
FN-4127-SLC (K6004) Loop 3, 4 Board
FN-4127-NIC (K6005) Network Card
FN-PS4 (S400) Power Supply
FN-ENC (FN-ENC) Enclosures
FN-ACC (FN-ACC) Battery/Accessory Enclosure
MARKING: Listee's name, model number, electrical rating, and UL label.
APPROVAL: Listed as fire alarm control panel for use with separately listed electrically and functionally
compatible initiating and indicating devices. Refer to listee’s Installation Instruction Manual for
details.
*This control unit can generate a temporal pattern Fire Alarm Evacuation signal (for total
evacuation) in accordance with NFPA 72, 1999 Edition.
NOTE: For Fire Alarm Verification Feature (delay of fire alarm signal), the maximum
Retard/Reset/Restart period shall not exceed 30 seconds.
*Corr. 10-18-2005

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
CATEGORY: Beam Smoke Detection System
DESIGN: Model SPB-24 and SPB-24N projected beam smoke detection system. Unit consists of one
emitter unit and one receiver unit. Refer to listee's printed data sheet for additional product
description and operational consideration.
RATING: 24 VDC
INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances
MARKING: Listee's name, model number, electrical ratings, and UL Label
APPROVAL: Listed as beam smoke detectors for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control
units.
*Rev. 11-16-2000

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
LISTINGS No. 7260-0410:158 Page 1 of 1
CATEGORY: Beam Smoke Detection System
DESIGN: Model SRA-24 projected beam smoke detector. Unit consists of a transmitter/receiver unit
and a reflector unit. This device is intended for ceiling installation only between 25 to 100 ft
apart. Refer to the listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational
considerations.
RATING: 24 V dc
and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction
MARKING: Listee's name, model number, electrical ratings, and UL Label.
APPROVAL: Listed as beam smoke detector for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control
units. Refer to listee’s Installation Instructions Manual for details.
04-14-03KK

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
CATEGORY: Heat Detector
LISTEE: Hochiki America, 7051 Village Dr., Suite 100, Buena Park, CA 90621-2268
DESIGN: Models AL-DFE-135 and AL-DFE-190. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product
INSTALLATION: In accordance with the listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and
ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
MARKING: Listee's name, model number, temperature & electrical ratings and UL label.
APPROVAL: Listed as system heat detectors when used in conjunction with listed compatible bases
(CSFM Listing No. 7300-0410:132) and separately listed compatible control units.
NOTE: Combined Listing No. 7270-0410:117 and 7270-0410:119
*Rev. 11-16-2000

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
DESIGN: Model ATA-EA detector with Model YBC-RL/2NC or YBF-RL/2NBE base. Refer to listee's data
sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations.
INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and
MARKING: Listee's name, model designation, rating and UL label.
APPROVAL: Listed as a heat detector for use with Fike Model 10-201 control unit (CSFM Listing No. 7165-
0900:106).
*Rev. 11-16-2000

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
Contact: Bob Misiuk (714) 670-3251 Fax (714) 690-7890
DESIGN: Model ATG-EA electronic fixed temperature heat detector (analog) with Models YBN-NSA-4
and HSB-NSA-6 bases. Unit consists of resistors, capacitors, diodes, transistors, LED,
thermistors, mounted on a printed wiring board inside an enclosure. Refer to listee's data
sheet for additional detailed product description and operational considerations.
RATING: Electrical: 39.5 VDC

Temperature Range: 134oF - 149oF
MARKING: Listee's name, model designation, electrical/temperature rating and UL label.
APPROVAL: Listed as heat detector for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control units.
*Corrected 11-06-2001

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
DESIGN: Models DCD-135 and DCD-190, fixed temperature and rate of rise heat detectors. Refer to
listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational considerations.
RATING: Temperature: DCD-135: 135 0 F

DCD-190: 190 0 F
MARKING: Listee's name, model designation, rating and UL label.
APPROVAL: Listed as fixed temperature and rate of rise heat detector for use listed bases (CSFM Listing
No. 7300-0410:132) and separately listed fire alarm control units.
*Rev. 11-16-2000

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
CATEGORY: Ionization Smoke Detector
DESIGN: Models SIH-24F and *SIJ-24 ionization type smoke detector. Refer to listee's data sheet for
RATING: 24 VDC
APPROVAL: Listed as ionization smoke detectors when used in conjunction with listed bases (CSFM
Listing No. 7300-0410:132) and separately listed compatible fire alarm control units.
NOTE: Formerly 7256-0410:110 & 135
*Rev. 11-16--2000

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
CATEGORY: Photoelectric Smoke Detector
DESIGN: Models SLG-12, SLG-24, SLG-24FH, SLG-24F, SLK-12, SLK-24F, SLK-24FH, SLK-
24FB, SLK-24FL, SLK-24FLB, SLK-835, SLK-835H, SLR-835, SLR-835W, SLR-835B-
2, SLR-835B-4, SLR-835B-2W, SLR-835B-4W, SLR-24, SLR-24H, SLR-24V, *SLR-
24VN, SLR-835H, SLR-835HW, SLR-835BH-2, SLR-835BH-2W, SLR-835BH-4, SLR-
835BH-4W photoelectric type smoke detectors. Unit with suffix -H or -FH employs a
supplemental heat sensor. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product
RATING: 12 VDC and 24 VDC
APPROVAL: Listed as photoelectric smoke detectors for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm
control units when used in conjunction with listee's listed bases (CSFM Listing No. 7300-
0410:132). Models with supplemental heat sensor are not approved for use in lieu of
required heat detectors.
NOTE: Formerly 7257-0410:107
*Rev. 2-14-2003 IPI

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
DESIGN: Models SLG-12, SLG-24, SLG-24FH, SLG-24F, SLK-12, SLK-24F, SLK-24FH, SLK-
24FB, SLK-24FL, SLK-24FLB, SLK-835, SLK-835H, SLR-835, SLR-835W, SLR-835B-
2, SLR-835B-4, SLR-835B-2W, SLR-835B-4W, SLR-24, SLR-24H, SLR-24V, *SLR-
24VN, SLR-835H, SLR-835HW, SLR-835BH-2, SLR-835BH-2W, SLR-835BH-4, SLR-
835BH-4W photoelectric type smoke detectors. Unit with suffix -H or -FH employs a
supplemental heat sensor. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product
RATING: 12 VDC and 24 VDC
APPROVAL: Listed as photoelectric smoke detectors for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm
control units when used in conjunction with listee's listed bases (CSFM Listing No. 7300-
0410:132). Models with supplemental heat sensor are not approved for use in lieu of
required heat detectors.
NOTE: Formerly 7257-0410:107
*Rev. 2-14-2003 IPI

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
DESIGN: Model ALA-EA detector with Model YBC-RL/2NC base, and Model ALB-EA with Models
YBC-RL/2NC and YBF-RL/2NBE bases. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product
MARKING: Listee's name, model number, rating and UL label.
APPROVAL: Listed as photoelectric smoke detectors for use with Fike Model 10-201 control unit (CSFM
Listing No. 7165-0900:106).
*Rev. 11-16-2000

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
DESIGN: Models ALG-EA and ALG-V analog addressable photoelectric type smoke detector with
Models YBN-NSA-4 and HSB-NSA-6 bases. Unit consists of resistors, capacitors,
diodes, transistors, LED, photo diode, mounted on a printed wiring board inside an
enclosure. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and
operational considerations.
RATING: 39.5 VDC
APPROVAL: Listed as photoelectric smoke detector for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm
control units.
*Rev. 11-16-2000
Authorized By: DIANE K. AREND Senior Deputy

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
CATEGORY: Misc. Devices/Control Unit Accessories
LISTEE: Hochiki America, *7051 Village Dr., Suite 100, Buena Park, CA 90621-2268
DESIGN: Detector bases (2 and 4-wire). Unit is intended for use with a separately listed compatible
detector head. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational
considerations. Models listed below.
HA-4W HA-4W1 HA-4WX HA-2

HA-SL HA-SR HA-SLR HA-RA2
HA-NRA2 HA-L12R HA-2R HA-22R
HA-L2 HA-L2A HA-L2R HA-L22
HA-L22A HA-L22F HA-L22R HA-L22S
HA-LA2 HA-LRA HA-LRA2 HA-LNA2
HA-LNRA2
HS-2 HS-2L HS-2D HS-21

HS-21L HS-21D HS-22 HS-22L
HS-22D HS-100 HS-200D HS-220
HS-220L HS-220D HS-221 HS-221L
HS-221D HS-221X HS-221XL HS-221XD
HS-224 HS-224L HS-224D HS-225
HS-225L HS-225D HS-2RB HS-21RB
HS-220RB HS-221RB HS-224RB HS-2RB4
HSB-2 HSB-2N HSB-12-1 HSB-12-1N

HSB-12-4 HSB-12-4N HSB-21 HSB-21N
HSB-100 HSB-200 HSB-200N HSB-220
HSB-220N HSB-221 HSB-221N HSB-221S
HSB-224 HSB-224N HSB-225 HSB-225N
HSC-4R HSC-21L HSC-220L HSC-220R
HSC-221L HSC-221R HSC-224RA HSC-224L
HSC-224R HSC-225L HSB-DCP-6 HSB-NSA-6
YBA-M2 YBA-M21 YBA-M22 YBA-M220

YBA-M221 YBA-M224 YBA-M225 YBA-M100
YBA-MAP YBA-R3 YBA-RL/4 YBA-RL/4-1
YBA-RL/4-2 YBA-RL/4-RA YBC-RL/12 YBC-RL/12-1
YBC-RL/12-2 YBC-RL/12-4 YBC-RL/4-RA YBC-RL/2NC
YBC-RL/2NBE YBJ-RL/2ND YBN-R/2NA YBN-NSA-4
NS4-100 NS4-220 NS4-221 NS4-224
NS6-100 NS6-220 NS6-221 NS6-224
Models may or may not come with suffix -W.
*Corrected. 11-06-2001
Listing No. 7300-0410:132
Page 2 of 2
APPROVAL: Listed as bases for use with listee’s separately listed compatible smoke and heat detectors.
Refer to heat or smoke detector listings for compatibility. Models HA-2R, HA-SLR, HA-LRA2
and HSC Series w/ suffix R are also suitable for releasing device service. Model YBA-R3 is
intended for use with thermostat detector only.
NOTE: Formerly 7300-0410:100, 106, 115, 124, 125, 126, 130, 131 & 133
*Corrected 11-06-2001
This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test
results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or
recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements o r installation

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
DESIGN: Models HA-EOLR, AL-HA-EOLR, HA-EOLR-12 and AL-HA-EOLR-12 end-of-line relays.

Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational
considerations.
MARKING: Listee's name, model number, contact and coil rating, and UL label.
APPROVAL: Listed as end-of-line relays for use with separately listed compatible 4-wire detectors.
*Rev. 11-16-2000

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
*Contact: Bob Misiuk (714) 670-3251 Fax (714) 690-7890
DESIGN: Model YBJ-RL/2ND and HSB-DCP-6 detector bases. Refer to listee's data sheet for
additional detailed product description and operational considerations.
APPROVAL: Listed as detector bases for use with listee's separately listed electrically compatible detector
heads and fire alarm control units.
*Rev. 11-16-2000

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
DESIGN: Control Unit Accessories Models:
DCP-RM, DCP-R2M Analog Relay Module

DCP-SCI Short Circuit Isolator
DCP-FRCME, DCP-FRCME-P, Monitor Modules
DCP-FRCME-S, DCP-FRCME-4, Monitor Modules
DCP-FRCME-S-100, DCP-FRCME-4-100 Monitor Modules
DCP-SOM Supervised Output Module
DCP-SRM Solenoid Releasing Module
DCP-DIMM Dual Input Monitor Module
*CZM Conventional Zone Module
Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational
considerations.
APPROVAL: Listed as control unit accessories for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control
units. Refer to listee’s Installation Instruction Manual for details.
*Rev. 06-08-04

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
DESIGN: Models SBC-2, -2R, -4/12, -4/24 detector sounder base. The use of suffix “W” indicates
the color white. Unit SBC-2R employs a relay. SBC-4 models employ extra output leads
for connection to a control panel intitiating loop. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional
APPROVAL: Listed as detector base for use with separately listed functionally and electrically compatible
fire alarm control units. Designed specifically for use with listee’s Models SIJ-24 (CSFM
Listing No. 7271-0410:135) Ionization Smoke Detector or Models SLR-24V, SLR-835 (CSFM
Listing No. 7272-0410:107) Photoelectric Smoke Detector. Refer to listee’s Installation
Instruction Manual for details.
NOTE: These appliances can generate a distinctive three-pulse Temporal Pattern Fire Alarm
Evacuation Signal (for total evacuation) in accordance with NFPA 72, 1999 Edition.
10-27-03

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
CATEGORY: Boxes/Pull Stations for Hazardous Locations
DESIGN: Model HPS-SA-EX/WP with or without the suffix DA-C non-coded, explosion proof,
weather proof manual pull stations. These devices consist of a switch and terminal block
mounted within an explosion proof enclosure. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional
RATING: Electrical: 120 VAC, 10 A
INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances,
APPROVAL: Listed as fire alarm manual pull stations for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm
control units. Suitable for use outdoor and in Class I, Group B, C and D; Class II, Group E, F
and G hazardous locations. Refer to listee’s Installation Instruction Manual for details.
XLF: 7151-1039:104
08-24-2004

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
DESIGN: Models HPS-CP and HPS/CP/S non-coded boxes. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed
INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and
MARKING: Listee's name, model name, and UL label.
APPROVAL: Listed as boxes for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control units. Refer to
listee’s Installation Instruction Manual for details.
XLF: 7150-0512:006
08-24-2004

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
DESIGN: Models HPS-SAH, HPS/SAK, HPS-DAH, HPS-DAH/S, and HPS-SAH-WP with or without
the suffix DA-C non-coded manual pull stations. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed
INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions and applicable codes and
ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
APPROVAL: Listed as fire alarm manual pull stations for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm
control units. Model HPS-SAH-WP is suitable for outdoor use. Refer to listee’s Installation
XLF: 7150-1039:101
08-24-2004

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
DESIGN: Model FN-LCD-N Network LCD Annunciator. Connects to the control panel via the RS-
485 network interface. Employs four Form C relays that are unsupervised. Refer to
listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational
considerations.
RATING: 24 VDC
MARKING: Listee's name, model number, rating, and UL label.
APPROVAL: Listed as annunciator panel for use with listee's separately listed compatible Model FireNet
4127 fire alarm control unit (CSFM Listing No. 7165-0410:159). Refer to listee’s Installation
01-12-2005

Program Manager
LISTING SERVICE
DESIGN: Model ASB detector sounder base. Unit has an intregral audible signal for use with spot-
type detector units. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description
and operational considerations.
APPROVAL: Listed as a detector base for use with separately listed functionally and electrically compatible
fire alarm control units. Designed specifically for use with listee’s Model ALG-V (CSFM
Listing No. 7272-0410:149) Photoelectric Smoke Detector; Model AIE-EA (CSFM Listing No.
7271-0410:148) Ionization Smoke Detector; or Model ATG-EA (CSFM Listing No. 7270-
0410:147) Heat Detector. Refer to listee’s Installation Instruction Manual for details.
NOTE: These appliances can generate a distinctive three-pulse Temporal Pattern Fire Alarm
Evacuation Signal (for total evacuation) in accordance with NFPA 72, 1999 Edition.
08-24-2004

Program Manager

Hochiki Products PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hochiki Products PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Click sign of the pulldown menu

Hochiki America Corporation Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

Hochiki America Corporation Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

YBN-NSA-4 Base HSB-NSA-6 Base

TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

Hochiki America Corporation Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

HSB-NSA-6 Base YBN-NSA-4 Base

Hochiki America Corporation Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

(DIAGRAM OF 2 BASES HERE)

HSB-NSA-6 Base YBN-NSA-4 Base

TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

Hochiki America Corporation • ATG-EA Specifications subject to change without notice.

The HOCHIKI America YBN-NSA-4 and the HSB-NSA-

The YBN-NSA-4 and HSB-NSA-6 are designed specifi-

The YBN-NSA-4 and HSB-NSA-6 common mounting

Hochiki America Corporation Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

8mA MAX. 8mA MAX.

- OPTIONAL WIRING CONFIGURATIONS FOR REMOTE OUTPUT

Operating Voltage 17 - 41 VDC

The ASB has a highly configurable programming

Specifications subject to change without notice. Continued on back.

Hochiki America Corporation Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

DO NOT CONNECT FOR CLASS B (STYLE 4)

BLACK BLACK BLACK

NUMBER OF BASES PERMITTED

127 1.4 ohm 50 ohm

Hochiki America Corporation ASB Specifications subject to change without notice.

Hochiki America Corporation Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

FireNET ORDERING MODELS

Hochiki America Corporation Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

SLC COMPATIBLE DEVICES & SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

• UL 864 9th edition Listed

Security is established by the use of a password or SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Hochiki America Corporation Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

DIP Switch used to set

To AUX 24VDC of control

Hochiki America Corporation FN-LCD-S Specifications subject to change without notice.

Hochiki America Corporation Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

Hochiki America Corporation FN-LCD-N Specifications subject to change without notice.

Hochiki America Corporation Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

Hochiki America Corporation FN-LCD-N Specifications subject to change without notice.

An alarm condition is actuated by pulling down on the

Hochiki America Corporation Find latest revision at www.hochiki.com

NON-CODED ALARM BOX

TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM EXAMPLE, CONNECTED

S+ SC- S+ SC- S+ SC-

S6512 S6512 S6512

For Proper Installation, see HA-06-063 Rev 2/02

For Proper Installation, see HA-06-063 Rev 2/02

For Proper Installation, see HA-06-063 Rev 2/02

Hochiki America Corporation

Hochiki America Corporation

Hochiki America Corporation

(IN) S (IN) S (IN) S (IN) S

SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX

SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX

SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX

SER. NO. XXXXXXXXX

ISSUE NO. AH-9774

ISSUE NO. AH-9774

(IN) SC (IN) SC (IN) SC (IN) SC